Laboratory Products - Specimen Collection Catalog

Document technical information

Format pdf
Size 4.7 MB
First found May 22, 2018

Document content analysis

Category Also themed
Language
English
Type
not defined
Concepts
no text concepts found

Persons

Organizations

Places

Transcript

Laboratory Products Equipment Supplies
Equipment
Vol. II
Laboratory products for your Equipment needs.
Better solutions for your laboratory.
Dependable, quality equipment is essential
to your laboratory’s success. From centrifuges
and refrigerators to incubators and microscopes,
Cardinal Health offers the most advanced
technology at affordable prices.
Cutting-edge equipment represents only
a portion of the Cardinal Health complete
laboratory product portfolio. Our comprehensive
offering is designed to meet the needs of all
disciplines, from histology to microbiology.
Catalogs designed for your lab…
Microbiology
Histology
Laboratory products for your Microbiology needs.
Laboratory products for your Histology needs.
Laboratory Products Blood Bank - Hematology Supplies
Our knowledgeable sales professionals
will assist you in navigating the thousands of
laboratory supplies from hundreds of leading
manufacturers. Helping you to select the best
products at the best prices.
Blood Bank - Hematology
Letting you get back to the business of running
your lab.
Laboratory products for your Blood Bank and Hematology needs.
Laboratory Products General Lab Supplies
To hear more about how we can support
your lab, contact your Cardinal Health
sales representative or call 800.964.5227.
Laboratory Products Histology Supplies
Laboratory Products Microbiology Supplies
Laboratory Products Clinical Chemistry Supplies
Clinical Chemistry
Vol. II
Laboratory products for your Clinical Chemistry needs.
Laboratory Products Rapid Diagnostics Supplies
Rapid Diagnostics
Laboratory products for your Rapid Diagnostics and Point-of-Care Testing needs.
Laboratory Products
General Lab Supplies
Your trusted lab partner
Laboratory products for your General Lab needs.
Cardinal Health brand products for your laboratory.
Laboratory Products Specimen Collection Supplies
Specimen Collection
Laboratory products for your Specimen Collection needs.
Table of Contents
Autoclaves and Sterilizers............................................................. 2-3
Centrifuge and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges...................................................... 4-38
Cold Storage
Refrigerators
General Laboratory........................................................................39-47
Blood Bank........................................................................................ 48-51
Chromatography............................................................................. 52-54
Pharmacy........................................................................................... 55-58
General Purpose..............................................................................58-62
Refrigerators and Freezers
General Purpose..............................................................................63-65
Spark-Free................................................................................................ 66
Explosion-Proof......................................................................................67
Flammable Material....................................................................... 67-68
Freezers
General Laboratory........................................................................ 69-75
Blood Bank/Plasma........................................................................ 76-79
General Purpose..............................................................................79-82
Explosion-Proof......................................................................................82
Flammable Material..............................................................................82
Ultra-Low Temperature................................................................83-88
Incubators......................................................................................... 125-137
Microscopes and Accessories
Microscopes..................................................................................138-146
Microscope Accessories................................................................... 147
Microscope Bulbs........................................................................148-152
Molecular Diagnostics.............................................................153-158
Osmometers.................................................................................... 159-161
Safety Cabinets and Fume Hoods...................................162-168
Constant Temperature
Hot Plates...........................................................................................89-90
Miscellaneous......................................................................................... 90
Storage
Cabinets................................................................................................. 169
Ovens..........................................................................................................91
Safety Cabinets............................................................................169-173
Plasma Thawers......................................................................................92
Safety Cans and Accessories................................................... 173-174
Water Baths....................................................................................... 93-97
Furniture
Temperature Recorders.......................................................... 175-177
Blood Draw Chairs........................................................................ 98-101
Weighing...........................................................................................178-187
Carts................................................................................................. 101-103
Product Index................................................................................ 188-203
Chairs and Stools.........................................................................103-106
Catalog No. Index........................................................................204-212
General Lab
Miscellaneous................................................................................107-112
Terms and Conditions of Sale............................................. 213-214
Mixers...............................................................................................112-115
Rockers.............................................................................................115-116
Rotators...........................................................................................116-118
Shakers............................................................................................ 119-123
Stirrers..................................................................................................... 124
To order, call: 800.964.5227
cardinalhealth.com
1
Autoclaves and Sterilizers
Autoclaves and Sterilizers
Nova Microcinerator
ARGOS TECHNOLOGIES - Designed to
sterilize metal inoculating loops and needles
without using an open flame, this 120V unit
also eliminates aerosoling of microorganisms.
The microcinerator protects your laboratory
technicians from dangerous gases, flames and
splatter because it uses infrared heat inside
a ceramic tube. After reaching its optimum
sterilization temperature of 815°C (1500°F),
the loop or needle is sterilized within 5 to
7 seconds. A perforated stainless steel cowl protects the heating
element. Unlike other models with fixed burner assemblies, this unit can
be adjusted to multiple positions. The ergonomic design reduces hand
fatigue by allowing the user to access the burner from a comfortable
angle of entry.
Cat. No.
ATS3011
Mfr. No.
S3011
Description
Nova microcinerator
Qty.
1/ea
HEIDOLPH NORTH AMERICA - Fast, convenient and effective way to
clean and descale steam sterilizers, incuding the chamber, reservoir
and tubing. Premeasured packets replace messy liquids, measuring and
scrubbing. Sprinkle one packet into the chamber and run. Recommended
every 20 cycles of use or once per week, depending on usage. Regular use
optimizes autoclave function and extends operating life.
Mfr. No.
023212803
Description
Autoclave cleaner
Qty.
10 pk/bx
Cardinal Health products combine
the clinical effectiveness you need
for your laboratory patients—with the
cost-effectiveness you require for
your bottom line.
2
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
HEIDOLPH NORTH AMERICA - These manually operated benchtop
autoclaves feature analog controls and gauges for simple operation.
They are ideal for both solid and liquid sterilization. Designed with a
chamber made of 316L stainless steel for long-lasting durability, they
are equipped with a large reservoir to minimize fill-ups. The benchtop
autoclaves require no special plumbing or venting for use.
Both fast and slow exhausts of chamber pressure are available, providing
quick cycle times for solid materials and eliminating liquid boil-over. The
continuous pressure purge system removes air pockets to help ensure
thorough, even sterilization; a built-in drying cycle thoroughly dries
absorbent materials and helps prevent rusting. Standard safety features
include a heat-insulated, double-locking door and a low-water-level
sensor that automatically discontinues operation, if there is insufficient
water for the sterilization cycle. Analog controls and a pressure
temperature gauge with peak indicator display your parameter settings
at a glance. UL listed and CSA approved.
Chamber Brite™ Autoclave Cleaner
Cat. No.
C3512-163
Heidolph Tuttnauer® Analog Benchtop
Steam Autoclaves
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . 212° to 273°F (100° to 134°C)
Time selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 60 minutes
Model 1730M (A9080-1) dimensions
Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 x 12 in.
Overall (W x D x H). . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 x 16 x 12.5 in.
Model 2340M (A9080-4) dimensions
Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 x 18 in.
Overall (W x D x H). . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 x 20 x 15 in.
Model 2540M (A9080-13) dimensions
Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 x 18 in.
Overall (W x D x H). . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 x 20 x 15 in.
Model 3545M (C3512-142) dimensions
Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.2 x 18.5 in.
Overall (W x D x H). . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.5 x 21.5 x 18 in.
Cat. No.
A9080-1
Mfr. No.
023210002
A9080-4
023210100
A9080-13
023210304
C3512-142
023210631
cardinalhealth.com
Description
Model 1730M - 120V, 60 Hz,
1,050W - 3 stainless steel trays
Model 2340M - 120V, 60 Hz,
1,400W - 3 stainless steel trays
Model 2540M - 120V, 60 Hz,
1,400W - 4 stainless steel trays
Model 3545M - 220V, 60 Hz,
2,200W - 2 stainless steel trays
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Autoclaves and Sterilizers
LEICA BIOSYSTEMS - Replacement core heating element for the
120V Bacti-Cinerator™. The ceramic heating element contains no
asbestos. Designed to prevent splatter across work areas when utilized
in the Bacti-Cinerator™. It is intended to accommodate loops, needles
and culture tube mouths.
Cat. No.
MS001304
Mfr. No.
39001304
Description
Replacement heating element - 120V
Qty.
1/ea
Heidolph Tuttnauer® Automated Electronic Benchtop
Sterilizer with Printer
HEIDOLPH NORTH AMERICA - Every stage of the cycle, including
water fill, heating, sterilization, exhaust and drying, are microprocessor
controlled and are completely automatic with these electronic models.
The digital display continuously shows you temperature, pressure and
running time. Four fully adjustable, single-button programs make these
sterilizers easy to use and ensure reproducible runs. The battery backup
ensures that all parameter settings and controls are retained in the event
of a power failure.
All electronic models offer: sterilization time to 59 minutes, temperature
selection from 105°C to 137°C, in-line particle filter to protect valves,
electronic pressure and temperature sensors, low-water alarm—sounds
when reservoir needs to be filled and standby heating—keeps the
chamber warm for quicker cycles.
The EP Model helps you meet GLP documentation requirements. This
sterilizer has a built-in printer that provides a printed summary at the end
of each cycle, documenting temperature, elapsed drying and sterilization
times, selected cycle, cycle number, real time and date, as well as any
errors or interruptions that may have occurred during the cycle.
Large Capacity Automatic Autoclave with Printer
TUTTNAUER - This large capacity automatic tabletop autoclave features
a closed-door active drying system. Perfect for multi-doctor practices,
clinics or surgery centers. A 15 x 30 in. chamber accommodates longer
instruments or a large number of small instruments.
Specifications:
ūū Capacity for 15 full-size IMS cassettes
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105°C to 137°C
Time selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 59 minutes
Chamber dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 x 18 in.
Chamber volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23L
Overall (W x D x H). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 x 20 x 15 in.
ūū Closed door active drying system to maintain sterility and ensure
efficient drying of packs and pouches
Cat. No.
A9080-16
Mfr. No.
023210461
ūū Hepa filter 0.2 µm air filter (replaceable)
ūū Easy-to-use, single touch control system increases productivity
ūū 3 pre-set sterilization programs
Description
Qty.
Model 2540EP, with printer paper
1/ea
and 4 stainless steel trays, 10-in dia.
chamber, 220V
ūū Program and customize cycle parameters to suit your needs and
maximize flexibility
ūū Integrated printer for cycle documentation
ūū Interdependent temperature and pressure monitoring
ūū Cycle information recovery in the case of power failure or
cycle interruption
Bacti-Cinerator™ IV Sterilizer
LEICA BIOSYSTEMS RICHMOND INC - Conveniently
and efficiently sterilize inoculating loops, needles
and culture tube mouths with these sterilizers.
Units kill microorganisms utilizing infrared heat
produced by a ceramic core element with no
asbestos, ensuring sterility and helping to prevent
splatter across the work area.
ūū Insufficient water detector with automatic shut-off
ūū Supplied with a 3 shelf stand
ūū Internal printer
Cat. No.
3870EAP
Mfr. No.
3870EAP
Description
Autoclave sterilizer with printer
Qty.
1/ea
Complete sterilization is achieved within
5 to 7 seconds at a temperature of 1500°F.
Featuring a small footprint, the units are ideal for both anaerobic and
aerobic chambers. Select from models configured for different voltages.
Replacement heating elements are also available separately. Sterilizer
dimensions (L x W x H): 7 x 3 x 9 in.
Cat. No.
MS004002
MS001373
Mfr. No.
394002
39001373
Description
120V sterilizer
Replacement heating element 120V
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
cardinalhealth.com
3
Autoclaves and Sterilizers
Replacement Heating Element For
Bacti-Cinerator™ III Sterilizers
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
PlasmaPrep™ Centrifuge
SlidePrep Plus™ Cytology Centrifuge
CARDINAL HEALTH - Our high-quality,
cost-effective centrifuge offers
4 pre-programmed spin times:
ūū 30 sec. for platelet-rich plasma
ūū 3 min. for platelet-poor plasma
ūū 2 min. for intermediate spins
ūū 5 min. for hard spins
CARDINAL HEALTH - Our SlidePrep
Plus™ Cytology Centrifuge comes
in a convenient, small size yet can
process up to six specimens at once.
Digital controls and easy-to-read
LCD display enable users to alter
or monitor current settings easily.
The unit’s memory stores up to
25 programs for instant recall. Three
acceleration options allow users
excellent flexibility and exceptional
protection for fragile samples. Alarm
reminds users at 1-minute intervals
to remove specimens to protect them
from air-drying and ensure consistent
results. Built-in safety features can help
reduce accidents, resulting in sample loss.
Tubes can be processed as they arrive, no
need to wait for batches. Processes up to
six samples at once. Accepts 10.25 x 47mm
through 16 x 100mm tubes. The centrifuge
is whisper-quiet and heavy-duty and is
microprocessor controlled for ease of use.
It has an automatic out-of-balance shut
down and all the features to help keep you
safe. Fast separation without high-speed
risk for COAG or STAT. Not for use with gel separator tubes.
SlidePrep Plus™ is a trademark of Separation Technology, Inc.
PlasmaPrep™ is a trademark of Separation Technology, Inc.
Cat. No.
B4360B
B4360-3
Mfr. No.
100-103
630-102
Description
PlasmaPrep™ centrifuge
Rotor tool
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Cat. No.
CH100-400
Mfr. No.
100-500
Description
SlidePrep Plus™ centrifuge
Qty.
1/ea
Thermo Scientific Heraeus®
Clinifuge® Centrifuge
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - The Thermo
Scientific Heraeus® Clinifuge® centrifuge
is ideal for clinical laboratory procedures
such as rapidly processing patients’
samples for blood, urine or fecal
separations, for clinical chemistry,
hematology, RBC or coag studies.
The Heraeus® Clinifuge® centrifuge is
extremely accurate, and the speed is
controlled to within 1%, ensuring the
highest possible reproducibility of
runs. Accuracy is unaffected by power
fluctuations, ambient temperature or
other environmental influences.
This centrifuge employs a frequency-controlled, brushless induction
drive system that runs quietly and requires virtually no maintenance.
Microprocessor control simplifies operation, and an easy-to-use touch
panel allows you to store parameters for one-button operation.
Our focus is on
your lab.
Solidly built, this centrifuge sits firmly on your benchtop and runs
without vibration. An interior air circulation system keeps rotor
temperature rise to a minimum. A steel lid-locking device ensures that
the lid cannot be opened while the centrifuge is running. Centrifuge
includes a 12-place, fixed-angle rotor for 10 and 15mL tubes, as well as
adapters for 5 and 7mL tubes.
Specifications:
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 x 10mL
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,600 x g
Cat. No.
C1700-5
C1700-15
C1700-22
4
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
75003539
75003760
75003762
Description
Clinifuge® centrifuge
Replacement 12-place rotor
Rubber cushion
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
12/pk
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
Thermo Scientific Heraeus® Labofuge® 300
Clinical Centrifuge
Thermo Scientific Heraeus® Cryofuge® 5500i
Refrigerated Floor Model Centrifuge
Specifications:
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 x 1000mL
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,000 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15,320 x g
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . -9° to +40° C
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . 38 x 27 x 28 in.
Cat. No.
C1721-56
Mfr. No.
75004479
C1721-63
C1721-50
C1721-52
C1721-53
75006476
75006436
75006477
75006421
Description
Heraeus® Cryofuge® 5500i
refrigerated centrifuge, 208V,
60 Hz, 12.9A
4 x 100mL rotor
Double bucket 2 x 500mL
Round bucket 1L
Sealing cap
Specifications:
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 x 10mL
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,028 x g
Cat. No.
C1800-1
C1800-10
Mfr. No.
75003231
76003265
C1800-13
76003266
Description
Heraeus® Labofuge® centrifuge
Replacement horizontal rotor
with tube adapters, 8 x 15mL
Replacement tube distance pad
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
6/pk
Thermo Scientific Heraeus® Megafuge® 8 Centrifuge
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1pr/ea
1/ea
1pr/ea
Cardinal Health offers more
than 80,000 laboratory
products from 400 leading
manufacturers.
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - The new Thermo
Scientific Heraeus Megafuge 8 small
benchtop centrifuge fits in to your lab
and workflow.
ūū Designed for reliable, safe operation
with biocontainment sealing options,
including Thermo Scientific™ ClickSeal™
lids for glove-friendly, one-handed
operation. ClickSeal™ lids provide broad
chemical resistance with exceptional
strength for durability and reliability
ūū Secure push-button Thermo Scientific™
Auto-Lock™ rotor exchange in as little
as 3 seconds, providing application
flexibility and clear chamber access for cleaning convenience.
The Auto-Lock rotor exchange allows a quick switch between
applications, from conical tubes to microtubes and microplates
ūū Intuitive interface for programming ease has one-touch operation
with pre-saved protocols accessible via direct access key, available
password protection and a highly visible backlit display for clear
reading of parameters across the lab. The control panel is glove- and
detergent-friendly
ūū Swinging bucket rotor maximum capacity is 24 x 5/7mL blood and
urine tubes (with the Thermo Scientific TX-150 rotor)
Specifications:
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . 12.2 x 14.6 x 18.9 in.
Maximum speed/RCF . . . . . . . . . . 4500 rpm and 3260 x g
Cat. No.
H75007210
H75007211
To order, call: 800.964.5227
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
75007210
75007211
Description
Ventilated, 120V 60Hz
Ventilated, 230V 50/60Hz
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
5
Centrifuges and Accessories
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Thermo Scientific Heraeus® Cryofuge® 5500i large
capacity centrifuges can be used in a wide range of environments for
a variety of blood banking and clinical applications. Offering optimal
capacity for small, blood processing centers and blood banks, these
versatile centrifuges can accommodate blood bags, blood collection,
clinical tubes and clinical analyzer tube racks. Each centrifuge features
Thermo Scientific SMARTSpin® imbalance detection system, a Soft-Touch
lid lock and a maintenance-free brushless induction drive. Rotors and
accessories are sold separately.
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Featuring
horizontal rotor technology and a
space-saving design, the Thermo
Scientific Heraeus® Labofuge® 300
centrifuge comes with an 8 x 15mL
swing-out rotor for processing
blood collection tubes as well as
pelleting cells and microorganisms.
It can also accommodate a 12 x 10mL
fixed-angle rotor (sold separately) for basic
clinical applications. The centrifuge is suitable for processing 7, 10 and
15mL tubes, including tubes containing separation gel. Other features
include quiet, maintenance-free brushless drive technology, precise
microprocessor control and an adjustable digital timer from 0 to 99 min.
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
Thermo Scientific Heraeus®
Megafuge® 40 Centrifuge Series
Centrifuges and Accessories
Thermo Scientific Heraeus®
Megafuge® 16 Centrifuge Series
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - The Thermo Scientific Heraeus® Megafuge®
16 general-purpose 4 x 400mL centrifuge series delivers exceptional
capacity, ergonomic features and value for routine processing needs.
The Heraeus® Megafuge® 16 general-purpose centrifuge series is
ideal for everyday sample processing, including clinical protocols,
cell culture applications and microplate processing, including clinical
chemistry, hematology, RBC, coag studies, pathology/urinalysis, clinical
microbiology, clinical immunology and immunological tests.
ūū Intuitive controls simplify operation and provide detailed
information on a wide range of operating parameters and
processing status for optimal performance
ūū Auto-Lock® rotor exchange enables push-button installation and
exchange of rotors, saving time switching between applications
ūū Easy access to rotor chamber for quick cleaning, a healthier working
environment and longer unit life
ūū Certified ClickSeal biocontainment lids enable one-handed
open/close capability, eliminating screw caps and complicated clips
ūū Compact dimensions optimize work area and ergonomic height
and curved design enables easy sample loading and unloading and
easy cleaning
Specifications:
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6L (4 x 400mL)
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15,200 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25,830 x g
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.8 L x 17.3 W x 14.2 in. H [34.3 in. H open]
(60.5 x 44 x 36cm [87cm open])
Cat. No.
H75004231
Mfr. No.
75004231
H75004271
75004271
6
Description
Heraeus® Megafuge® 16 ventilated centrifuge
Heraeus® Megafuge® 16R refrigerated centrifuge
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - The Thermo Scientific Heraeus® Megafuge® 40
Centrifuge Series offers exceptional capacity, ergonomic features and
value for routine sample processing on the benchtop, including clinical
protocols, cell culture applications and microplate processing, including
clinical chemistry, hematology, RBC, coag studies, pathology/urinalysis,
clinical microbiology, clinical immunology and immunological tests.
The Heraeus® Megafuge® 40 series can process up to 40 x 50mL conical
tubes or 196 blood tubes, with biocontainment sealing options available.
Proprietary design innovations enable safe, simple and comfortable
operation every day.
ūū Intuitive controls simplify operation and provide detailed
information on a wide range of operating parameters and
processing status for optimal performance
ūū Auto-Lock® rotor exchange allows easy push-button installation and
exchange of rotors, saving time switching between applications
ūū Easy access to rotor chamber for quick cleaning, a healthier working
environment and longer unit life
ūū Certified ClickSeal biocontainment lids enable one-handed
open/close capability, helping to eliminate screw caps and
complicated clips
ūū Advanced rotor management system maximizes acceleration,
braking and residual load imbalance for each rotor and bucket option
ūū Compact dimensions optimize work area and ergonomic height
and curved design enables easy sample loading and unloading and
easy cleaning
Specifications:
Ventilated Heraeus® Megafuge® 40
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.4 L x 22.2 W x 14.2 in. H [35.4 in. H open]
(67 x 56.5 x 36cm [90cm open])
Refrigerated Heraeus® Megafuge® 40R
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . -10° to +40° C
Refrigeration system. . . . . . . . . CFC-free
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.4 L x 29.3 W x 14.2 in. H [35.4 in. H open]
(67 x 74.5 x 36cm [90cm open])
Cat. No.
H75004504
Mfr. No.
75004504
H75004519
75004519
cardinalhealth.com
Description
Heraeus® Megafuge® 40 ventilated centrifuge
Heraeus® Megafuge® 40R refrigerated centrifuge
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
Thermo Scientific Heraeus®
Multifuge® X3 Centrifuge Series
Thermo Scientific Heraeus®
Multifuge® X1 Centrifuge Series
ūū Intuitive control panel and digital display
ūū Detailed operation information, including display of set and actual
parameters, maximize run performance and temperature accuracy
for improved sample protection
ūū Easily adjust speed, time and temperature, even during the run with
the convenient keyboard for direct input
ūū Double temperature management system displays the air
temperature in the chamber as well as the sample temperature,
ensuring accurate control of the sample temperature during the run
ūū Secure, push-button AutoLock® rotor exchange in only 3 seconds for
application versatility
ūū Advanced rotor management system maximizes acceleration,
braking and residual load imbalance for each rotor and bucket option
ūū Space-saving design, conserves workspace
Ventilated Heraeus® Multifuge® X1
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.8 L x 17.3 W x 14.2 in. H [34.3 in. H open]
(60.5 x 44 x 36cm [87cm open])
Refrigerated Heraeus® Multifuge® X1R
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . -10° to +40° C
Refrigeration system. . . . . . . . . CFC-free
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.8 L x 24.5 W x 14.2 in. H [34.3 in. H open]
(60.5 x 62.3 x 36cm [87cm open])
H75003821 75003821
Description
Heraeus® Multifuge® X1 - ventilated
Heraeus® Multifuge® X1R - refrigerated
BIOShield® 720 high speed swinging
bucket rotor
BIOShield® 720 tube adapters
To order, call: 800.964.5227
ūū Easily adjust speed, time and temperature, even during the run with
the convenient keyboard for direct input
ūū Double temperature management system displays the air
temperature in the chamber as well as the sample temperature,
ensuring accurate control of the sample temperature during the run
ūū Secure, push-button AutoLock® rotor exchange in only 3 seconds for
application versatility
ūū Advanced rotor management system maximizes acceleration,
braking and residual load imbalance for each rotor and
bucket option
ūū Compact size conserves workspace
Specifications:
Specifications:
Mfr. No.
75004211
75004251
75003621
ūū Detailed operation information, including display of set and actual
parameters, maximize run performance and temperature accuracy
for improved sample protection
ūū Pre-cooling function with direct button
ūū Pre-cooling function with direct button
Cat. No.
H75004211
H75004251
H75003621
ūū Intuitive control panel and digital display
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Ventilated Heraeus® Multifuge® X3
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.4 L x 22.2 W x 14.2 in. H [35.4 in. H open]
(67 x 56.5 x 36cm [90cm open])
Refrigerated Heraeus® Multifuge® X3R
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . -10° to +40° C
Refrigeration system. . . . . . . . . CFC-free
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.4 L x 29.3 W x 14.2 in. H [35.4 in. H open]
(67 x 74.5 x 36cm [90cm open])
Cat. No.
H75004516
Mfr. No.
75004516
H75004531
75004531
H75004537
75004537
cardinalhealth.com
Description
Heraeus® Multifuge® X3R refrigerated centrifuge
Heraeus® Multifuge® X3F ventilated centrifuge
Heraeus® Multifuge® X3FR refrigerated centrifuge,
floor-standing configuration
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
7
Centrifuges and Accessories
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - The Thermo Scientific Heraeus® Multifuge® X1
centrifuge series offers exceptional throughput and versatility with
a broad range of rotors and adapters and energy-efficient operation.
Heraeus® Multifuge® X1 centrifuges are ideal for clinical chemistry,
hematology, RBC, coag studies, pathology/urinalysis, clinical
microbiology, clinical immunology and immunological tests.
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - The Thermo Scientific Heraeus® Multifuge® X3
centrifuge series offers maximum performance and versatility, with
exceptional energy efficiency and a broad range of rotors and adapters,
to handle diverse laboratory applications like clinical chemistry,
hematology, RBC, coag studies, pathology/urinalysis, clinical
microbiology, clinical immunology and immunological tests.
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
Centrifuges and Accessories
Thermo Scientific Medilite Benchtop Centrifuge
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Use Thermo Scientific
Medilite centrifuges for routine blood and
urine separations and other low-speed
applications for tube sizes up to 15mL or
spin up to six 15mL or twelve 10mL tubes
at 3,100 rpm for fast, positive separations.
They also accommodate sealed tubes
for aerosol containment. The centrifuges
feature an integral mechanical timer
that allows you to select spins up to
30 minutes or for an indefinite length
via a hold-mode option. Other features
include a power interrupt if the lid is opened
during a run, rubber section feet for stability, a brushless motor for
maintenance-free operation and viewports for independent speed
verification and rotor rotation viewing. The centrifuges come complete
with either a 6- or 12-place 45° angle rotor and standard tube shields.
Specifications:
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 x 15mL (C1590-3; C1590-4)
12 x 10mL (C1590-5)
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,100 rpm (C1590-3; C1590-5)
2,700/3,100 rpm (C1590-4 )
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,228 x g (C1590-3; C1590-5)
920/1,228 x g (C1590-4 )
Cat. No.
C1590-3
C1590-4
C1590-5
Mfr. No.
004480F
004490F
004580F
Description
Medilite 6-place centrifuge 120
Medilite 6-place centrifuge 220
Medilite 12-place centrifuge 120
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Thermo Scientific Espresso Personal Microcentrifuge
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - The Thermo Scientific
Espresso 12-place centrifuge achieves
speeds up to 14,600 rpm (14,500 x g) and
complete with rotor, accommodates
micro tubes from 0.5 to 2.0mL, or even
smaller volumes with adapters.
Thermo Scientific Heraeus® Pico® and
Fresco® Microcentrifuges
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - These microcentrifuges provide quick and efficient
processing of microvolume samples, such as molecular biology tests
and DNA/RNA isolation or hematocrit processing. Their fast acceleration/
deceleration times provide higher throughput per hour and the
extensive rotor selection and two speed options available (17,000 and
21,000 x g) easily allow for both complex and simple protocols. Intuitive
controls and bright displays allow for easy setup and operation, and the
integrated timer with HOLD mode is programmable from 1 through 99
minutes in 1 minute increments. For added safety, the Thermo Scientific
ClickSeal® biocontainment rotor lid makes an audible click when a proper
seal has been made, ensuring that samples are secure. Highly-resistant
rotor materials allow vigorous cleaning and autoclaving. Small footprint
minimizes bench space required.
Heraeus® Pico® models are ventilated and measure (H x W x D)
8.86 x 9.56 x 13.8 in. (225 x 243 x 352mm). Heraeus® Fresco® models are
refrigerated, can be set from -9° to +40°C and measure (H x W x D)
12.9 x 11.6 x 17.5 in. (330 x 295 x 445mm).
Pico® and Fresco® 17, Pico® and Fresco® 21
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17,000 x g (17) and 21,100 x g (21)
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,300 rpm (17) and 14,800 rpm (21)
Acceleration/braking curves. . . . 2 acceleration, 9 braking
Every aspect of the Espresso has been
designed with the bench scientist in
mind: from its bright display to its
innovative controls.
Cat. No.
C1900-50
Mfr. No.
75002411
C1900-56
75002416
C1900-58
75002477
C1900-59
75002478
ūū Easy-to-clean with fully autoclavable, non-corroding, pre-installed
plastic rotor
C1900-60
75002492
ūū Fast spin up/spin down offers significant time savings that
increase productivity
C1900-52
75003424
ūū 76.5 sq. in. footprint occupies minimal bench space
C1715-36
76003758
Ideal for microsample processing, such
as molecular biology tests and DNA/RNA
isolation, the versatile, yet compact Espresso
performs standard runs with a minimum of adjustments.
ūū Intuitive, single-knob control allows user to set parameters quickly
and precisely
ūū Large LED display shows parameters clearly
ūū Exceptionally quiet; allows users to work without distraction
Cat. No.
11210800
8
Mfr. No.
11210800
Description
Espresso microcentrifuge, 60Hz
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Description
Pico 17 microcentrifuge, 60 Hz and
24 x 1.5/2.0mL rotor, ClickSeal® lid
Pico 21 microcentrifuge, 60 Hz and
24 x 1.5/2.0mL rotor, ClickSeal® lid
Pico 21 microcentrifuge, 60 Hz and
24 x 1.5/2.0mL rotor with ClickSeal®
lid; and dual row rotor 18 x 0.5mL
and 18 x 2.0mL with screw-on lid
Fresco 21 microcentrifuge, 60 Hz
and 24 x 1.5/2.0mL rotor with
ClickSeal® lid; dual 18 x 0.5mL
and 18 x 2.0mL with screw-on lid
Pico 17 microcentrifuge, 60 Hz and
Hematocrit rotor
24 x 1.5/2.0mL rotor with
ClickSeal® lid
0.5/0.6mL microliter tube adapters
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
24/pk
Qty.
1/ea
cardinalhealth.com
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
Thermo Scientific Centra®-W
Automatic Cell Washing System
Thermo Scientific Sorvall®
CW2 Plus Cell Washer
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Fast and easy to
operate, this cell washing system performs
a wash cycle in only 85 seconds. Set all of
the steps of your wash cycle just once, and
from then on, operate the unit by loading
the rotor, shutting the cover and pressing
the start button. After the spin cycle, the
rotor adjusts to a precise decant angle,
allowing it to retain more washed cells
and remove more residual saline than
manual techniques.
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - The Thermo
Scientific Sorvall® CW2 Plus Cell Washer
is the reliable choice for simplifying
work and saving time in washing
blood cells for antiglobulin reagent
tests such as ABO compatibility,
Rh testing, cross-matching and the
Coombs procedure.
The autoclavable rotor is easy to remove, and the clear tube holders
allow you to inspect samples and note any breakage. It accepts up to
twelve 10 x 75mm or 12 x 75mm tubes with no need for clips or adapters.
System has two-speed brushless induction motor, stainless steel shaft
with sealed, permanently lubricated bearings and dynamic braking in
automatic or manual modes. Unit includes rotor, clamp valve for saline
flow control and initial supply of pump and feed tubing. Meets ISO 9001
certified quality system and IEC 1010-2-020. CSA certified.
Specifications:
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . Twelve 10 to 12 x 75mm tubes
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,000 to 1,999 x g
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . 151/5 x 12½ x 17 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 100, 120, 220 or 240V, 50 or 60 Hz
Maximum speed
Spin cycle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3550 rpm
Decant cycle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700 rpm
Cat. No. Mfr. No.
Description
Qty.
C1512-4 80300569 Cell washing system - 100/120/240V, 60Hz 1/ea
ūū Fully automated for reproducible results
ūū Automated blood cell washing: standardized, consistent procedures
eliminate the variations that result from manual protocols
ūū Automatic alerts: indicate if the saline level is low and when a run
is complete
ūū Pump tubing is easily changed
Cat. No.
C1512-6
Mfr. No.
80300566
C1512-7
80300567
Description
Sorvall® CW2 Plus Cell Washer 50Hz - fill/decant speed = 580 rpm
Sorvall® CW2 Plus Cell Washer 60Hz - fill/decant speed = 700 rpm
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Thermo Scientific Sorvall® CW2 Plus Cell Washer
Replacement Rotor
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Replacement dual-angle rotor for 12 x 75mm tubes.
Cat. No.
C1800-20
Mfr. No.
04285
Description
Rotor
Qty.
1/ea
Visit us online at cardinalhealth.com
Search by keyword, product category, material number or manufacturer name.
To order, call: 800.964.5227
cardinalhealth.com
9
Centrifuges and Accessories
The unit’s membrane touch control
panel features easy-to-read,
multicolored LED displays and logical
international symbols. Displays show
the number of the wash cycle in process
and time remaining. Alarm sounds when saline reservoir is depleted
or interrupted. Unit stops at completion of step in process to verify
procedure. The panel has no protruding parts to puncture safety gloves
or obstruct cleaning.
The Sorvall® CW2 Plus cell washing
system is designed to support the
most common applications requiring
the automatic washing of donor blood.
Desktop size, it offers a time-saving
wash cycle, easy-to-read digital
displays, easy-to-use touchpad
controls and standardized, reproducible
procedures. Simply insert the sample tubes, select the test parameters
and benefit from reliable results in minutes, time after time.
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
Thermo Scientific BIOLiner® Swinging Bucket Rotor
Patented feature: ClickSeal Bucket Sealing System
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - The Thermo
Scientific BIOLiner® Swinging Bucket
Rotor delivers maximum flexibility
at 3,500 rpm. Capacity flexibility
with a variety of adapters: 750 to
5mL. Optional microplate carriers
accommodate standard and deep
well microplates for greater versatility.
Centrifuges and Accessories
Compatible with: Thermo Scientific Heraeus®
Megafuge® 16, Heraeus® Multifuge® X1 Centrifuge series.
Specifications:
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 x 750mL (3L)
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,500 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,739 x g
Thermo Scientific Sorvall® RC3BP Plus Floor
Model Centrifuge
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - The Thermo Scientific Sorvall® RC3BP large
capacity centrifuge is ideal for a wide range of applications including
blood banking, low-speed separations and general, large-batch
and high-volume processing. It combines outstanding convenience
with exceptional ease-of-use to expedite daily processing. State-ofthe-art capabilities and a proven set of optional rotors and adapters
enhance productivity.
ūū 6 x 1L capacity supports batch processing in biotech and
pharmaceutical environments
Cat. No.
H75003667
H75003668
Mfr. No.
75003667
75003668
Description
BIOLiner® rotor
BIOLiner® buckets
Thermo Scientific HIGHPlate® 6000
Microplate Rotor
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - The Thermo
Scientific HIGHPlate® 6000 microplate
rotor accommodates a variety of
filtration plates up to 80mm high.
ūū Intuitive keypad controls and large digital display
ūū Automated lid-locking mechanism protects operator
ūū Accumulated Centrifugal Effect (ACE), step-run and slow start/stop
modes help ensure precise, reproducible separations
Compatible with: Thermo Scientific
Heraeus® Multifuge® X3/X3R
ūū 15-program memory provides one-touch recall of commonly
used protocols
Specifications:
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 5 standard plates
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,300 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,168 x g
ūū Controllable acceleration/braking for delicate low-speed pelleting
ūū Security key helps prevent unauthorized access
Cat. No.
C1901-1
Mfr. No.
75007530
Description
Qty.
Sorvall® RC 3BP large capacity centrifuge, 1/ea
208-220V, 60 Hz, 19A (single phase)
Compatible with: Thermo Scientific
Heraeus® Megafuge® 16, Heraeus®
Multifuge® X1 Centrifuge series.
Description
8 x 50mL individually sealed rotor
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Description
HIGHPlate® microplate rotor
Qty.
1/ea
Compatible with: Thermo Scientific
Heraeus® Megafuge® 40/40R, Heraeus®
Multifuge® X3/X3R Centrifuge series
Specifications:
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 x 50mL
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,500 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,755 x g
10
Mfr. No.
75003606
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - The Thermo
Scientific Microliter 48 x 2mL Sealed
Aluminum Fixed Angle Rotor supports
micro-volume protocols. Capacity
flexibility with adapters ranging from
12 to 24mL, from PCR to Microtubes.
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - The Thermo
Scientific 8 x 50mL Sealed Fixed-Angle
Rotor centrifuges have 8 conical
tubes in individually sealed vessels.
Mfr. No.
75003694
Cat. No.
H75003606
Thermo Scientific Microliter 48 x 2mL Sealed
Aluminum Fixed-Angle Rotor
Thermo Scientific 8 x 50mL Individually
Sealed Fixed-Angle Rotor
Cat. No.
H75003694
Qty.
1/ea
4/ea
Qty.
1/ea
Specifications:
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 x 2mL
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15,200 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25,314 x g
Cat. No.
H75003602
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
75003602
Description
Microliter 48 x 2mL rotor
Qty.
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
Thermo Scientific TX-200
Swinging Bucket Rotors
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - The Thermo
Scientific TX-200 Rotor accommodates
a wide range of processing volumes.
Capacity is flexible with round bucket
adapters ranging from 180 to 2.0mL.
Compatible with: Thermo Scientific
Heraeus® Multifuge® X1, Heraeus®
Megafuge® 16 Centrifuge series
Specifications:
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 x 180mL (0.72L)
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,500 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,580 x g
Mfr. No.
75003658
75003659
75003660
75003812
H75003807
75003807
H75003810
75003810
H75003771
75003771
H75003808
75003808
H75003785
75003785
H75003803
75003803
Description
TX-200 rotor
Round buckets, 200mL
ClickSeal® biocontainment lids
Adapter for 48 x 2mL
conical microtube
Adapter for 8 x 14mL conical
urine tube
Adapter for 36 x 5/7mL round
bottom open-top tube
Adapter for 20 x 15mL
conical tube
Adapter for 28 x 10/15mL
blood collection tube
Adapter for 32 x 5/7mL
blood collection tube
Adapter for 4 x 50mL conical
or skirted tube
Thermo Scientific TX-400
Swinging Bucket Rotors
Thermo Scientific TX-750
Swinging Bucket Rotor
with Certified Clickseal®
biocontainment lids
with Breakthrough Auto-Lock®
Rotor Exchange technology
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - The Thermo
Scientific TX-750 Swinging Bucket Rotor
delivers maximum flexibility at 4700 rpm.
Capacity is flexible with adapters ranging
from 750 to 1.5mL. Choose from round or
rectangular buckets and a wide array of available
adapters. Optional microplate carriers accommodate s
tandard and deepwell microplates for greater versatility.
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - The Thermo
Scientific TX-400 Swinging Bucket
Rotor supports a wide range of sample
sizes and applications. The rotor accepts
32 to 76 blood tubes and up to 16 conical
tubes in a single run. Flexible capacity
with adapters ranging from 400 to 1.5mL.
Compatible with: Thermo Scientific Heraeus® Multifuge® X1, Heraeus®
Megafuge® 16 Centrifuge series
Specifications:
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 x 400mL (1.6L)
Maximum speed/RCF . . . . . . . . . . 5,000 rpm/4,696 x g
Cat. No.
H75003629
H75003655
H75003656
H75003657
H75003680
Mfr. No.
75003629
75003655
75003656
75003657
75003680
H75003701
75003701
H75003798
75003798
H75003681
75003681
H75003704
75003704
H75003682
H75003700
75003682
75003700
H75003683
75003683
Description
TX-400 Rotor
Round Buckets, 400mL
ClickSeal® Biocontainment lids
Replacement O-rings for lids
Adapter for 19 x 5/7mL blood
collection tube
Adapter for 12 x 10mL blood
collection tube
Adapter for 7 x 15mL conical
urine tube
Adapter for 14 x 10/15mL blood
collection tube
Adapter for 10 x 15mL round
bottom tube
Adapter for 9 x 15mL conical tube
Adapter for 136 x 2mL
conical microtube
Adapter for 4 x 50mL conical tube
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Qty.
1/ea
4/pk
4/pk
4/pk
4/pk
Qty.
1/ea
4/pk
4/pk
4/ea
4/ea
4/ea
4/ea
4/ea
4/ea
4/ea
Compatible with: Thermo Scientific Heraeus® Megafuge® 40/40R,
Multifuge® X3/X3R Centrifuge series
Specifications:
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 x 750mL (3L)
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,700 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,816 x g
Cat. No.
H75003607
H75003608
H75003609A
Mfr. No.
75003607
75003608
75003609
4/pk
H75003638
75003638
4/pk
H75003639A
75003639
4/pk
H75003719
75003719
4/pk
H75003723
75003723
Description
TX-750 rotor
Round buckets, 750mL
ClickSeal® biocontainment
lids for round buckets
Adapter for 28 x 50mL
conical tube
Adapter for 56 x 15mL
conical tube
Adapter 84 x 10/15mL
blood collection tube
Adapter 108 x 5/7mL
blood collection tube
Qty.
1/ea
4/pk
4/pk
4/pk
4/pk
4/pk
4/pk
4/pk
4/pk
4/pk
cardinalhealth.com
11
Centrifuges and Accessories
Cat. No.
H75003658
H75003659
H75003660
H75003812
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
Spectrafuge 6C
Centrifuges and Accessories
Azer Mini Centrifuges
AZER SCIENTIFIC - These personal centrifuges quickly reach 6,000 rpm
upon closing the lid. The small size makes them the perfect choice for
quick spin downs right at your workspace. Simply open the lid and
the rotor quickly decelerates to a stop. An 8-place microtube rotor is
included and comes installed. A second rotor for 0.2mL PCR tubes
and strips is also included and stored with the rotor removal key in
a convenient compartment on the bottom of the centrifuge.
Specifications:
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 x 1.5 to 2.0mL tubes or 2 x PCR strips
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,000 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,000 x g
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 x 5.9 x 4.5 in.
Cat. No.
ESCSM120V
ESCSMB120V
ESCSMR120V
Mfr. No.
ESCSM120V
ESCSMB120V
ESCSMR120V
Description
With clear lid
With blue lid
With red lid
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Z100A Compact Variable-Speed
Clinical Centrifuge
Specifications:
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 x 15mL tubes
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,000 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,900 x g
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . . . . 11 x 13.75 x 10.2 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V, 50/60 Hz
12
Mfr. No.
ESCZ100A
ESC020017A
Description
Z100A centrifuge
Combination adapter for
5mL, 7mL and 10mL tubes
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Specifications
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,500 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,000 x g
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 x 15mL
Timer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 sec. to 30 min. with continuous and
hold features
Acceleration/deceleration. . . . . . 14/27 sec.
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.25 x 9.5 x 7 in. (21 x 24 x 18cm)
Rotor angle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30°
Electrical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V or 230V, 50-60 Hz
Cat. No.
ESC6C120V
Mfr. No.
ESC6C120V
Description
With 6 x 15mL angle rotor, 120V
Qty.
1/ea
Z206A Compact Centrifuge
AZER SCIENTIFIC - Ideal for use in a
clinical setting or research lab, this
variable-speed centrifuge runs up to
4,000 rpm. It features a clear lid that
enables you to view the rotor and
includes a safety lock feature that cuts
power to the centrifuge when you open
the lid. The easy-to-clean, rugged ABS
housing adds durability. The centrifuge
includes a 6 x 15mL fixed-angle rotor that accepts six 10 or 15mL tubes
directly. Adapters that accept smaller tubes are available separately.
Cat. No.
ESCZ100A
ESC020017A
AZER SCIENTIFIC - The Spectrafuge 6C
has been designed for quick
production of PPP (platelet poor
plasma) and PRP (platelet rich plasma)
as well as other applications in the
clinical or research laboratory. The
included 6-place rotor is capable of
running round or conical bottom 15mL
or 10mL tubes. Adapters for smaller
tube sizes are available separately.
The centrifuge’s control panel features
easy turn knobs and large digital
displays for time and speed. Time can
be set as low as 30 sec. and to the “on”
position for continuous run. The Spectrafuge 6C is one of the smallest
centrifuges in its class. The 8 x 9 in. footprint makes it ideal for almost any
laboratory and it can easily be transported from lab to lab.
AZER SCIENTIFIC - This compact
centrifuge is ideal for both clinical
and research laboratories. The
large display on the centrifuge’s
modern control panel, along
with the precise control of the
microprocessor allows for control
over 10 levels of acceleration,
deceleration and an imbalance
sensor. With a maximum speed of
6,000 rpm, the Z206A can accept conical and round bottom tubes.
Angle rotors available (not included).
Cat. No.
ESC206A120
Mfr. No.
ESC206A120V
ESC20096
ESC20096
Description
Compact centrifuge without rotor
Angle rotor for
12 x 15mL tubes
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Qty.
1/ea
6/pk
cardinalhealth.com
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
Z300 Universal Centrifuge
AZER SCIENTIFIC - This universal centrifuge
has a broad speed range and a high
g-force, making it ideal for use in a wide
range of clinical and molecular biology
applications. Select timed, continuous or
momentary operation and two acceleration
and deceleration rates. Safety features
include a rotor recognition program that
automatically identifies each rotor and
limits it to the maximum rated speed
and an imbalance detection system that
stops operation of the unit if an improperly loaded rotor is detected.
Centrifuge ESC300120V features an air circulating system to help prevent
sample temperature from rising above room temperature, even during
long runs. Rotors and accessories are available separately.
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
ESC300120V
ESC300120V
Swing-out rotors
ESC30050
ESC30050
ESC30015
ESC30015
ESC30016
ESC30016
Description
Z300 centrifuge, 120V
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Specifications:
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 x 100mL
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,500 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17,310 x g
Temperature range (Z300 K models only). . . . -10° to +40°C
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 x 18.1 x 13 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V, 60 Hz or 230V, 50 Hz
BD Adams™ 6-Place Compact II
Centrifuge with Rotor
BD Dynac™ III Multispeed Centrifuge
BD DIAGNOSTICS - The BD Adams™ 6-Place
Compact II is a cost effective, reliable
centrifuge designed especially for the
small laboratory. This single speed
centrifuge is ideal for separating blood
specimens prior to analytical testing
and other separation needs.
The BD Adams™ 6-Place Compact II
centrifuge with a 6-place head includes
cushions, spacers and adapters to
accommodate 2, 3, 5, 7, 10 and 15mL
BD Vacutainer® tubes; 13 x 75mm or 13 x 100mm
BD Vacutainer® tubes with BD Hemogard™ closures; and glass tubes
from 12 x 75mm to 17 x 120mm. It has a 30-minute timer with a hold
position for continuous operation. The brushless motor is designed
to permit only a small temperature rise to protect specimen analytes.
This centrifuge is complete with a built-in safety interlock switch and
a cover that seals when closed.
Specifications:
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 x 120mm
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3200 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1163 x g
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5 x 14.5 x 8.5 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 120V, 60 Hz, 1.5A
Cat. No.
C1410
Mfr. No.
420225
Description
BD Adams™ Compact II centrifuge
Qty.
1/ea
BD DIAGNOSTICS - This multipurpose
BD Dynac™ III centrifuge is designed
for clinical laboratories performing
separations in hematology, chemistry,
urinalysis, blood banking, microbiology
and cytology. The Dynac™ III delivers
digitally precise, variable speed which is
microprocessor controlled. The centrifuge
is user programmable by speed, RCF and
time. It is compact and portable and fits
into most laboratory refrigerators. It can be used with interchangeable
rotors and has a continuously adjustable electronic speed control and
electronic tachometer, which permits the selection of a wide range of
operating speeds. A zero speed switch, fail-safe positive cover lock and
other safety features are incorporated for maximum operator protection.
Ten programmable memory locations are available for storage of time
and speed settings. Also features a one-piece aluminum guard bowl
made of heavy gauge construction and rubber feet bolted to the bottom
of the base plate to absorb vibrations. A variety of rotors and accessories
for use with the centrifuge are available separately.
Specifications:
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . 4 x 100mL
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.5 x 16 x 19 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . 120V, 60 Hz, 6A
Maximum speed
Rotors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3530 rpm (swing-out), 4000 rpm (fixed-angle)
Maximum RCF
Rotors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2456 x g (swing-out), 2509 x g (fixed-angle)
Cat. No.
C1420-1A
To order, call: 800.964.5227
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
420104
Description
BD Dynac™ III centrifuge
Qty.
1/ea
13
Centrifuges and Accessories
For 4 x 50mL tubes
For 8 x 15mL tubes
With 2 microplate carriers,
2,762 x g maximum
ESC32371
ESC32371
With 4 buckets
(without covers)
Inserts for swing-out rotor ESC32371
ESC320724
ESC320724
For 4 x 10mL
(16, 17 x 100mm) tubes
ESC320725
ESC320725
For 7 x 5mL
(10, 12 x 75mm) tubes
Carriers for Z300 models
ESC300122
ESC300122
For 1 x 50mL conical tubes
Qty.
1/ea
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
BD Triac™ Combination Centrifuge
Centrifuges and Accessories
BD DIAGNOSTICS - The BD Triac™
Combination Centrifuge is used for
direct reading of microhematocrit
determinations, plasma/serum
separation from blood collection tubes
and urine sedimentation. This centrifuge
features three push-button modes:
urine, blood and microhematocrit.
After you select a spin time, the timer
stays set for all subsequent operating
cycles until it is reset.
BD Sero-Fuge™ 2000 Centrifuges
BD DIAGNOSTICS - The BD Sero-Fuge™ 2000 Centrifuges are extra-quiet,
easy-to-use centrifuges that can accommodate a wide range of tube
sizes for blood grouping, typing, cross matching and other cell-washing
procedures. The tubes in the head swing out to an angle of 45° in
motion and assume a vertical position when the centrifuge is at rest.
The interchangeable heads serve as holders in which tubes can be filled,
centrifuged, transported, incubated and emptied without individual
handling. Tube positions are numbered for quick identification
The BD Sero-Fuge™ 2000 Centrifuges feature a molded polycarbonate
base and lid with a white polyurethane enamel finish. All are shock
mounted on four cushioning rubber feet and feature an induction-type
motor and special airflow design to minimize sound and vibration.
As an additional safety measure, the locking cover with the lid seal
gasket cannot be opened until the rotor has stopped. The on-board
tachometer and solid-state digital timer help ensure precise control.
Other features include user-controlled end-of-cycle alarm, usercontrolled brake, a timer/reset button and a cycle repeat/recall button.
Interior and exterior are ergonomically designed for easy operation,
cleaning and maintenance. The BD Sero-Fuge™ 2000 Centrifuges come
complete with 12-place head and a 6 ft. heavy-duty, strain-relieved
three-conductor cord. Choose a fixed-speed (3550 rpm) or dual-speed
(2450 and 3550 rpm) model. Fixed-speed centrifuge is available in
115 and 230V models; dual-speed centrifuge is 115V.
Specifications:
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 x 75mm
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3550 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000 x g
Dimensions (L x W x H). . . . . . . . . 17 x 13 x 12 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 115 or 230V, 60 Hz
Cat. No.
B5061-1
B5061-2
14
Mfr. No.
420351
420352
Description
Fixed-speed model 2001, 115V
Dual-speed model 2002, 115V
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
The unit accommodates 12 microhematocrit
tubes up to 75mm, eight 17 x 120mm conical
centrifuge tubes or eight 7, 10 or 15mL vacuum
blood collection tubes. Adapters are available for spinning 2 or 3mL
vacuum blood collection tubes. Four interchangeable trunnions hold
two tubes each. Features include a push-button brake, lid safety lock,
built-in microhematocrit reader and see-through cover. The unit
comes complete with a head, four trunnions and 200 precalibrated
BD SurePrep™ capillary tubes.
Specifications:
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . Urine - 8 x 120mm, blood - 8 x 15mL,
microhematocrit - 12 x 75mm
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Urine - 2300rpm, blood - 3500rpm,
microhematocrit - 10,400rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Urine - 660 x g, blood - 1500 x g,
microhematocrit - 12,600 x g
Dimensions (Dia. x H x D). . . . . . . 12 x 10 x 14 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 120V, 60 Hz
Cat. No.
B4389-1
Mfr. No.
420200
Description
BD Triac™ centrifuge
Qty.
1/ea
Model 614B Fixed-Angle Centrifuge
DRUCKER - The Model 614B fixed-angle
tabletop centrifuge accommodates test
tubes from 75 to 125mm in length.
It features a mechanical 30 min. timer.
Rotor and tube holders (6 green for
75mm tubes, 6 red for 100mm tubes
and 6 black for 125mm tubes) included.
Dimensions: (H x W x D) 8.5 x 11 x 12.5 in.
Specifications:
Power requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V, 60Hz, 4A
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 x 15mL
Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3150 rpm
RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,200 x g
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
614B
614B
Replacement tube holders
7713033
7713033
7713031
7713031
cardinalhealth.com
Description
Fixed speed centrifuge
Qty.
1/ea
75mm - green
100mm - red
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
Horizon Easy-Spin
Horizontal Centrifuges
Specifications:
Power requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V, 60 Hz, 4A
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 x 10mL
Model 653ES
Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,150 rpm
RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,500 x g
Model 653V
Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 to 3,200 rpm*
RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 to 1,500 x g*
*With standard rotor
Cat. No.
653ES
653V
Horizon Elite Centrifuges
DRUCKER - The Model 755-24 is a
cost-effective, single speed 24-place
centrifuge and utilizes the unique
patented horizontal rotor design.
Select from 2 rotors. Includes a
“0” rpm safety lid lock and a
mechanical cycle counter.
The Model 755V is a variable speed
Model 755VES shown
centrifuge that will spin up to 12 tubes
(up to 17 x 125mm), with the unique patented horizontal rotor design.
It has a 1/2 hp brushless DC motor for quiet, smooth operation and
welded steel construction for strength and durability. The electronically
controlled timer can be set from 1 to 30 min. An end-of-run alarm
sounds when the rotor has stopped to indicate that the cycle is
complete. Other features include electronic braking that reduces the
deceleration time to about 15 sec. and a cycle counter to monitor
machine usage. An automatic lid lock prevents the lid from opening
while the centrifuge is in operation.
The Model 755V-24 is a variable speed centrifuge that will spin up
to twenty-four 10mL tubes (up to 17 x 100mm), up to twelve 15mL
tubes (up to 17 x 125mm) or six 50mL tubes with the unique patented
horizontal rotor design. It has a 1/2 hp brushless DC motor for quiet,
smooth operation and welded steel construction for strength and
durability. The electronically controlled timer can be set from 1 to 30 min.
An end-of-run alarm sounds when the rotor has stopped to indicate
that the cycle is complete. Other features include electronic braking that
reduces the deceleration time to about 15 sec. and a cycle counter to
monitor machine usage. An automatic lid lock helps prevent the lid from
opening while the centrifuge is in operation.
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Mfr. No.
653ES
653V
Description
Fixed speed
Variable speed
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
The Horizon 755VES features the largest holding capacity of Drucker’s
Elite Series centrifuges. Its standard horizontal rotor and carriers can
accommodate up to 24 test tubes. The 755VES offers control over almost
every aspect of the unit’s operation from variable acceleration and
deceleration to easy time and speed input. The digital timer can be set
from 1 to 99 min. The exclusive Drucker horizontal rotor allows for quick
and easy sample loading and complete horizontal separation. Save your
settings in one of 10 memory locations and recall them at the touch of a
button. Dimensions: (H x W x D) 9 x 14.5 x 17 in.
Specifications:
Power requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . 115V, 50/60 Hz, 1A
Maximum capacity
755-24, 755V-24 and 755VES . . . 24 x 10mL or 6 x 50mL with 6-place rotor
755V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 x 15mL with 12-place rotor
Speed
755-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,000 rpm
755V-24 and 755V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500-3,150 rpm
755VES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500-4,300 rpm
RCF
755-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,530 x g
755V-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,690 x g
755V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,860 x g
755VES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,160 x g
Nominal acceleration time . . . . . 30 sec.
Nominal deceleration time. . . . . 15 sec.
Cat. No.
755-24
755V-24
755V
755VES
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
755-24
755V-24
755V-12
755VES
Description
Fixed speed - 24-place
Variable speed - 24-place
Variable speed - 12-place
High speed - 12-place
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
15
Centrifuges and Accessories
DRUCKER - With its unique horizontal
rotor and higher separation force, the
Model 653ES reduces blood separation
time from 15 to 10 min. The Model
653ES features a digital time display
that may be easily set from 1 to 99 min.
Electronic braking brings the samples
to a fast controlled stop and may be
Model 653V shown
disengaged for delicate samples.
An audible end-of-run indicator signals when the run is complete. Safety
features include a transparent lid, a welded steel rotation chamber,
a “0” rpm lid safety interlock system and an out-of-balance system. The
Model 653ES includes a complete set of 2-place tube carriers designed
to spin test tubes up to 17 x 100mm and 1 in. tube cushion spacers when
using 75mm tubes.
The Horizon Model 653V gives you all of the advantages of the Horizon
product line—easy loading, horizontal separation, small size. Its
brushless DC motor provides extremely smooth operation and precise
speed control. The optional fixed angle rotor (7786044) can be used to
increase the maximum speed to 4,000 rpm and the capacity to six 50mL
(125mm) tubes. Dimensions: (H x W x D) 9 x 12.5 x 15 in.
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
Horizon Mini Centrifuges
Horizon Plasmafuge 6- and
12-Place Centrifuges
DRUCKER - Designed for multipurpose
separations, the Horizon models 642B,
642E and 642VES tabletop centrifuges
accommodate up to 6 test tubes
from 75 to 100mm in length. Features
include brushless AC motor, timer and
lid locking system. Rotor and tube
holders included.
Centrifuges and Accessories
The Horizon Model 642B is an
Model 642E shown
affordable horizontal centrifuge and
uses an exclusive patented horizontal rotor. The mechanical timer is
easily settable from 1 to 30 min. and a lid safety switch cuts power to the
motor if the lid is opened during a run.
The Horizon Model 642E is a cost-effective horizontal centrifuge with an
easy-to-use digital time control for precise spin times. The “one button”
operation assures consistent and repeatable runs for perfect separation.
Includes a “0” rpm safety lid lock.
The Horizon 642VES, is a variable-speed horizontal centrifuge designed
for the doctor’s office or small lab. The scrollable time setting and
digital readout makes it easy to use while its compact design minimizes
its footprint, leaving more room on your counter. Includes a “0” rpm
safety lid lock, electronic braking and an audible end-of-run indicator.
Dimensions (Models 642B, 642E and 642VES): (H x W x D) 8.5 x 11 x 12.5 in.
Specifications:
Power requirement . . . . . . . . . . 120V, 60Hz, 4A
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . 6 x 10mL
Model 642B and 642E
Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,380 rpm
RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,600 x g
Model 642VES
Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,000 to 3,200 rpm
RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 to 1,134 x g using 75mm tube holders
139 to 1,425 x g using 100mm tube holders
Cat. No.
642B
642E
642VES
Mfr. No.
642B
642E
642VES
Description
Single speed - mechanical timer
Single speed - electronic timer
Variable speed - digital timer
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Online ordering services at
cardinalhealth.com put you
in command.
16
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
DRUCKER - Reduce processing
times and produce platelet-poor/
free plasma with these high-speed,
high-force variable-speed centrifuges.
They enable you to control nearly all
phases of operation, including variable
acceleration and deceleration. Each unit
has a 1/2 hp brushless motor for smooth
Model 842VESPP shown
and quiet operation, welded steel
construction for strength and durability and digital displays for speed
and time. The timer has a hold feature and can be set from 1 to 99 min.
You can set the running speed by rpm (in 50 rpm increments) or RCF on
the speed control. You can also customize the variable acceleration and
deceleration for each run. An end-of-run alarm sounds when the rotor
has stopped. Safety features include an automatic lid lock and an out-ofbalance detector. The clear lid with positive lid latching provides access
for a phototachometer and enables you to safely view the rotor.
Centrifuges 842VESSTND and 842VESPP are each supplied with six
100mm test tube holders, six 75mm tube holders, one 10 ft. line cord,
an operator’s manual and a 5/32 in. Allen wrench. Centrifuges 853VESSTND
and 853VESPP are each supplied with twelve 100mm tube holders,
twelve 75mm tube holders, one 10 ft. line cord, an operator’s manual and
twenty-four 0.25 in. cushions for glass tubes.
Choose from centrifuges with either 6- or 12-place capacity and with
either standard horizontal or performance plus horizontal rotor.
Specifications:
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 115V, 50/60 Hz, 1.7A
Maximum capacity
842VESPP and 842VESSTND….6 x 10mL
853VESPP and 853VESSTND….12 x 10mL
Speed
842VESPP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,000 to 6,500 rpm
853VESPP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 to 5,000 rpm
842VESSTND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,000 to 4,500 rpm
853VESSTND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 to 4,000 rpm
RCF
842VESPP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 to 5,000 x g
853VESPP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 to 3,800 x g
842VESSTND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 to 2,800 x g
853VESSTND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 to 2,400 x g
Nominal acceleration time . . . . . 30 sec.
Nominal deceleration time. . . . . 15 sec.
Cat. No.
842VESPP
853VESPP
842VESSTND
853VESSTND
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
842VES PP
853VES PP
842VES STND
853VES STND
Description
Variable speed - 6-place
Variable speed - 12-place
Variable speed - 6-place
Variable speed - 12-place
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
Eppendorf® Centrifuge Model 5702
EPPENDORF - The economical centrifuge
for clinical and cell culture labs. With
various fixed-angle and swing-bucket
rotors and an extensive range of
adapters, virtually all types of tubes
can be used. The ventilation system of
this model was specifically designed to
minimize sample warming—even under
constant use.
Clinical package includes: the centrifuge, a 4 x 100mL swing-bucket
rotor with round buckets, 4 adapters for blood tubes with an outer
diameter of 13mm and 4 adapters for 16mm tubes.
Cell culture package includes: the centrifuge, a 4 x 100mL swing-bucket
rotor with round buckets, 4 adapters for 15mL conical tubes and
4 adapters for 50mL conical tubes.
Specifications:
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 x 100mL, 30 x 15mL
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-4,400 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,000 x g
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . 12½ x 16 x 9½ in.
Cat. No.
C3514-68
C3514-475
Mfr. No.
022626001
022629883
226-28001
226-28102
022628001
022628102
Description
5702 without rotor - 120V
5702 with 4 x 100mL swing
bucket rotor - 120V
5702 clinical package
5702 cell culture package
Eppendorf® Refrigerated Centrifuge Model 5702 R and
Refrigerated and Heated Model 5702 RH
EPPENDORF - Refrigerated centrifuge 5702 R was developed with
the safety of your samples in mind. The compressor at the back of the
centrifuge keeps the footprint small and the access height low. It is
equipped with the latest innovations in cooling technology for accurate
temperature control and energy efficiency. Model 5702 RH allows
centrifugation under biological conditions to improve cell viability
for more accurate results in downstream applications (e.g., cell
transfection, IVF).
Product features (in addition to features listed for 5702):
ūū Virtually silent operation (<45 dB(A))
ūū 2 programming keys to store routine procedures
ūū FastTemp function for fast and accurate pre-cooling
ūū Standby cooling keeps centrifuge at programmed temperature
ūū ECO shut-off reduces energy consumption
ūū Built-in condensation drain to eliminate water accumulation
ūū 2-year warranty
Clinical package includes: the centrifuge, a 4 x 100mL swing-bucket
rotor with round buckets, 4 adapters for blood tubes with an outer
diameter of 13mm and 4 adapters for 16mm tubes.
Cell culture package includes: the centrifuge, a 4 x 100mL swing-bucket
rotor with round buckets, 4 adapters for 15mL conical tubes and
4 adapters for 50mL conical tubes.
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Specifications:
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 x 100mL, 30 x 15mL
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100–4,400 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,000 x g
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . -9°C to 40°C (RH: -9 to 42°C)
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . 15 x 22.8 x 10.2 in.
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
Model 5702 R and accessories
226-26205
022626205
5702 R without rotor, 120V
22629905
022629905
5702 R with 4 x 100mL swing
bucket rotor - 120V
226-28012
022628012
5702 R clinical package
226-28113
022628113
5702 R cell culture package
Model 5702 RH and accessories
C3514-467
022626213
5702 RH refrigerated and
heated centrifuge, 120V
226-28023
022628023
5702 RH clinical package
226-28124
022628124
5702 RH cell culture package
To order, call: 800.964.5227
cardinalhealth.com
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
17
Centrifuges and Accessories
Product features:
ūū Compact footprint to fit on every
lab bench
ūū Whisper-quiet operation to benefit
your work environment
ūū Soft-touch, one-finger lid closure for ergonomic operation
ūū Low access height for easy loading and unloading
ūū Digital display and automatic RPM/RCF conversion for reproducible
parameter settings
ūū Soft brake option for slow acceleration and braking optimized for
cell separation by gradient centrifugation
ūū Key lock option to prevent accidental parameter changes
ūū Imbalance detection for maximum safety
ūū Stainless steel rotor chamber is rust-proof and easy-to-clean
ūū 2-year warranty
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
Centrifuges and Accessories
Eppendorf® Multipurpose Centrifuges 5804/5804 R
and 5810/5810 R
EPPENDORF - Eppendorf centrifuges
5804/R and 5810/R offer high quality
and reliability with cost-efficient
solutions for your mid- to highthroughput applications—now
and in the future. Whether your
applications require spinning many
tubes at a time or centrifugation of
larger volume vessels at high speed,
these multipurpose centrifuges with
their variety of rotors and adapters
cover virtually any application
in tubes, bottles, flasks and
microplates. They feature the benefits of three centrifuges in one: a highcapacity centrifuge for cell culture and clinical applications, a high-speed
centrifuge for separating cell lysates and a microcentrifuge for nucleic
acid purification.
Product features:
ūū Low sound level to benefit your work environment
ūū Low-profile design for easy loading/unloading
ūū Centrifuge lid with soft-touch lid closure and low opening height for
stress-free lid locking
ūū Compact footprint saves valuable bench space
ūū Low lid opening height for use under shelves
ūū Short depth and low weight for a multipurpose centrifuge allows
placement on standard laboratory benches
ūū 120V power supply for use on standard outlets provides maximum
placement flexibility
ūū Compliant to international safety standards—no need to bolt the
unit to the table
ūū Automatic rotor recognition and imbalance detection for maximum
operational safety
ūū The user can enter speed, RCF and radius correction values
ūū 10 acceleration and 10 braking ramps for sensitive sample material
ūū Selectable program memory for up to 34 individual user programs
ūū 2-year warranty
Clinical package includes: the centrifuge, a swing-bucket rotor with
buckets, 4 adapters for blood tubes with an outer diameter of 13mm and
4 adapters for 16mm tubes.
Cell Culture package includes: the centrifuge, a swing-bucket rotor
with buckets, 4 adapters for 15mL conical tubes and 4 adapters for 50mL
conical tubes.
18
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Centrifuges 5804/5804 R
These compact models are ideal for applications in deep well plates
or for molecular applications in large volume tubes up to 100mL
(max. 15,500 x g). The optional 4 x 100mL swing-bucket rotor adds
flexibility and makes models 5804 and 5804 R winners for all low- to
medium- throughput laboratories.
Specifications:
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 x 100mL, 4 x DWP
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200–14,000 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20,800 x g
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . -9°C to 40°C
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . 18 x 20 x 13 in./25 x 20 x 13 in.
Centrifuges 5810/5810 R
These centrifuges are real workhorses for your mid- to high-throughput
laboratory. Still equipped with a space-saving small footprint, they
provide you high capacity for up to 4 x 500mL bottles, 28 x 50mL conical
tubes or 16 x microplates—capacity you would normally find in much
bigger centrifuges.
Specifications:
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 x 500mL, 4 x DWP
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200–14,000 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20,800 x g
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . -9°C to 40°C
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . 21 x 21 x 13 in./28 x 21 x 13 in.
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
Model 5804/5804R and accessories
226-22501 022622501 5804, without rotor, 120V
226-28034 022628034 5804 clinical package 4 x 100mL
226-28135 022628135 5804 cell culture package
4 x 100mL
226-23508 022623508 5804 R, without rotor, 115V
226-28045 022628045 5804 R clinical package 4 x 100mL
226-28146 022628146 5804 R cell culture package
4 x 100mL
Model 5810/5810R and accessories
226-25004 022625004 5810, without rotor, 115V
226-28056 022628056 5810 clinical package 4 x 250mL
226-28078 022628078 5810 clinical package 4 x 500mL
226-28157 022628157 5810 cell culture package
4 x 250mL
226-28179 022628179 5810 cell culture package
4 x 500mL
226-25501 022625501 5810 R, without rotor, 115V
226-28067 022628067 5810 R clinical package 4 x 250mL
226-28089 022628089 5810 R clinical package 4 x 500mL
226-28168 022628168 5810 R cell culture package
4 x 250mL
226-28180 022628180 5810 R cell culture package
4 x 500mL
cardinalhealth.com
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
Eppendorf® Microcentrifuge 5417R
EPPENDORF - Powerful and easy-to-use, these personal microcentrifuges
are small enough so that each workstation can be equipped with a
centrifuge for a wide range of molecular biology separations and quick
spins. Two models are available to meet your performance requirements.
Product features:
ūū Extremely compact with exceptionally small footprint
ūū Deceleration and acceleration of <13 s
ūū Embossed foil keypad for simple operation
ūū Remarkably quiet operation
ūū Fast Cool function: from room temperature to 4°C in approx. 15 min.
ūū Metal rotor housing
ūū Short-spin function with preselected rotational speed
ūū Conform to IEC 1010-2-020 safety regulations
ūū The rpm or rcf settings as required (from 500 rpm in steps of 100 rpm)
ūū Separate Short Spin button for fast, convenient quick spins
ūū Soft key for gentle acceleration and deceleration
ūū Excellent air-flow minimizes heating—protects temperaturesensitive samples
ūū Sample temperature <4°C maintained at maximum speed
ūū Automatic imbalance detection
ūū Lid automatically opens at the end of the run to reduce
handling time
ūū 2-year warranty
ūū Maintenance-free drive
ūū Rotor is autoclavable at 121°C, 20 min.
ūū Chemical-resistant inner centrifuge lid
ūū 2-year warranty
Specifications:
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 x 1.5/2.0mL
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . 13,400/14,500 rpm (MiniSpin plus™)
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12,100 x g (C3514-32), 14,100 x g (C3514-33)
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . 8.9 x 9.4 x 4.7 in.
Mfr. No.
022620100
C3514-33
022620207
Description
MiniSpin® with 12-place rotor 120V, 60Hz
MiniSpin plus™ with 12-place
rotor - 120V, 60Hz
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Key features include: an easy-to-read display and simple, self-explanatory
programming; short acceleration and braking times at maximum rcf and
large capacity; CFC-free Fast Cool function rapidly cools the unit down
to 4°C, which is also maintained during centrifugation at maximum
rotational speed and standby cooling keeps the centrifuge at the
required temperature.
Product features:
ūū Clear, easy-to-use digital display of time and speed
Cat. No.
C3514-32
EPPENDORF - High-performance microcentrifuge 5417R spins up to
25,000 x g for quick and efficient pelletization. It is compact, easy-to-use,
offers unsurpassed safety and reliability and accommodates a variety of
microcentrifuge rotors.
Specifications:
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 x 1.5/2.0mL
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16,400 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25,000 × g
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . -9°C to 40°C
Dimensions (W × D × H). . . . . . . . 12.2 x 23.6 x 9.8 in.
Cat. No.
22621815
Mfr. No.
022621815
Description
5417R (refrigerated) with
30 x1.5mL rotor - 120V
Qty.
1/ea
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
cardinalhealth.com
19
Centrifuges and Accessories
Eppendorf® MiniSpin® and MiniSpin plus™
Personal Microcentrifuges
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
Eppendorf® Microcentrifuge
Model 5418
Eppendorf® Microcentrifuge
Model 5424
EPPENDORF - Centrifuge 5418
features 18-place capacity rotors
are specifically designed for low
to medium capacity in 1.5/2mL
tubes and Microtainers®. Speed
of up to 16,873 x g allows for
standard molecular biology and
clinical applications.
EPPENDORF - Centrifuge 5424
features 24-place capacity and speed
up to 21,130 x g. Use for all modern
molecular biology applications in
Eppendorf and PCR tubes.
Product features:
ūū Compact footprint to fit on
crowded lab benches
Product features:
ūū OptiBowl® design allows for
whisper quiet operation
Centrifuges and Accessories
ūū Compact footprint to fit on
crowded lab benches
ūū Centrifuge lid with a soft-touch
closure for ergonomic operation
ūū OptiBowl® design allows for whisperquiet operation without rotor lid to
reduce handling time and benefit your
work environment
ūū Centrifuge lid with a soft-touch closure for ergonomic operation
ūū Lid opens automatically at the end of the run to prevent sample
warming and to allow easy access to samples
ūū QuickLock™ rotor lid for fast and reliable lid locking
ūū Rotor comes standard with an aerosol-tight lid for safe
centrifugation of hazardous samples
ūū Lid opens automatically at the
end of the run to allow easy
access to samples
ūū Rotor comes standard with an aerosol-tight lid for safe
centrifugation of hazardous samples
ūū Full-digit digital display and rpm/rcf conversion key for accurate
and reproducible parameter settings
ūū Large digital display and rpm/rcf conversion key for accurate and
reproducible parameter settings
ūū Easy accessible software features include: soft brake to protect
delicate samples; adjustable end-of-run alarm; soft spin speed
limitation; parameter lock; “At set RPM” function for maximum run
time reproducibility
ūū FastTemp function for fast and accurate pre-cooling
ūū Super fast 8 min. pre-cooling feature
ūū ECO shut-off reduces energy consumption
ūū ECO shut-off reduces energy consumption
ūū Built-in condensation drain to eliminate water accumulation
ūū Built-in condensation drain to eliminate water accumulation
ūū 2-year warranty
ūū Available as a rotary knob or keypad version
ūū 2-year warranty
Specifications:
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 x 1.5/2.0mL
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14,000 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16,873 x g
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . 8.2 x 11.8 x 8.2 in.
Cat. No.
P5063-144
20
Mfr. No.
022620304
Description
5418, with 18 x 1.5/2mL
aerosol-tight rotor - 120V
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Qty.
1/ea
Specifications:
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 x 1.5/2.0mL, 4 x PCR strips
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15,000 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21,130 x g
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . 9.3 x 12.6 x 8.9 in.
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
All options come with 24 x 1.5/2mL aerosol-tight rotor
P5063-146
022620401
5424 - rotary knobs - 120V
P5063-148
022620444
5424 - keypad - 120V
cardinalhealth.com
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
4 x 100mL Swing-Bucket Rotor (A-4-38) for Eppendorf®
Centrifuges 5702/5702 R/5702 RH
EPPENDORF - Rotor can be operated with
either 100mL round buckets for tubes
1.5mL to 85/100mL or rectangular buckets
for glass tubes from 5 to 25mL. Maximum
speed: 4,400 rpm. Maximum RCF: 3,000 x g.
Round buckets can be used with aerosoltight caps for safe centrifugation of
hazardous samples. Rotor, buckets, lids and
adapters are autoclavable (121°C, 20 min).
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Swing-bucket rotor A-4-38
C3514-70
022639048
EPPENDORF - Unique crossover centrifuges 5430 and 5430 R combine
the best features of a microcentrifuge (small footprint) and multipurpose
centrifuge (versatility) in one instrument. These centrifuges spin rotors
for Eppendorf® tubes and PCR strips as well as rotors for 15/50mL conical
tubes, Vacutainer®, 10 to 50mL OakRidge tubes, cryo and HPLC vials and
accommodate a swing bucket rotor for MTP and PCR plates.
Product features:
ūū Exceptional versatility—8 different rotors for tubes from 0.2mL to
50mL and microplates
ūū High centrifugation speed of up to 30,130 x g (17,500 rpm)
ūū Menu-driven operation with large backlit LCD display
ūū Saves up to 50 programs with names, 5 program keys
ūū Automatic rotor recognition with speed limitation
ūū Innovative Fast Temp pro allows for automated pre-cooling based
on pre-programmable time and date.
ūū ECO shut-off reduces energy consumption
ūū Built-in condensation drain to help eliminate water accumulation
ūū Available as a rotary knob or keypad version
ūū 2-year warranty
Specifications:
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 x 2mL, 6 x 50mL, 2x MTP
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17,500 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30,130 x g
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . -11°C to 40°C (5430 R only)
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . 13 x 16 x 9.8 in./15 x 25.2 x 11.7 in.
Cat. No.
22620511
Mfr. No.
022620511
22620509
022620509
22620572
022620572
226-20568 022620568
22620623
022620623
22620601
022620601
22620656
022620656
22620645
022620645
Description
5430 - rotary knobs, with
30 x 1.5/2mL AT rotor - 120V
5430 - keypad, with 30 x 1.5/2mL
AT rotor - 120V
5430 - rotary knobs, with 2x MTP
plate rotor - 120V
5430 - keypad, with 2x MTP
plate rotor - 120V
5430 R - rotary knobs, with
30 x 1.5/2mL aerosol-tight rotor - 120V
5430 R - keypad, with 30 x 1.5/2mL
AT rotor - 120V
5430 R - rotary knobs, with 2x MTP
plate rotor - 120V
5430 R - keypad, with 2x MTP
plate rotor - 120V
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Rotor A-4-38 with 4 x 100mL
round buckets
C3514-71
022639064
Rotor A-4-38 without buckets
C3512-97
022639081
Bucket, 100mL round
C3512-96
022639307
Bucket, 90mL rectangular
C3512-94
022639293
Aerosol-tight lid for 100mL
round buckets
Adapters for A-4-38 round buckets
C3512-133 022639102
5 x 2 to 7mL tubes
(12.5mm diameter)
C3512-131 022639242
4 x 2.6 to 7mL tubes
(13mm diameter)
C3512-128 022639269
4 x 4 to 10mL tubes
(16mm diameter)
C3512-129 022639129
4 x 9 to 15mL tubes
(17.5mm diameter)
C3512-126 022639200
2 x 15mL conical tube, (not
compatible with lid C3512-94)
C3512-121 022639188
1 x 15mL conical tubes
C3512-123 022639226
1 x 50mL conical tubes
Adapters for A-4-38 rectangular buckets
C3512-125 022639323
10 x 5 to 7mL tubes
(13mm diameter)
C3512-135 022639340
8 x 9mL tubes
(14.5mm diameter)
C3512-134 022639366
6 x 15mL tubes
(17.5mm diameter)
C3512-130 022639382
4 x 20mL tubes
(22mm diameter)
C3512-127 022639391
2 x 25mL tubes
(25mm diameter)
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
4/pk
4/pk
2/pk
2/pk
2/pk
2/pk
2/pk
2/pk
2/pk
2/pk
2/pk
2/pk
2/pk
2/pk
2/pk
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
cardinalhealth.com
21
Centrifuges and Accessories
Eppendorf® Microcentrifuge Models 5430/5430 R
Description
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
30 x 15mL Fixed-Angle Rotor (F-35-30-17) for
Eppendorf® Centrifuges 5702/5702 R/5702 RH
Swing-Bucket Rotor A-2-DWP for Eppendorf®
Centrifuges 5804/5804 R and 5810/5810 R
EPPENDORF - Rotor for high-capacity cell
culture and clinical applications
(e.g., ultrafiltration columns). Spins
30 x 15mL glass/Vacutainer or 20 x 15mL
conical tubes. Maximum speed:
4,400 rpm. Maximum RCF: 2,750 x g.
Also accommodates twenty 16 x 125mm
tubes. Rotor, buckets, lids and adapters
are autoclavable (121°C, 20 min).
EPPENDORF - Accommodates
plates up to 89mm in height.
Maximum speed: 3,700 rpm.
Maximum RCF: 2,250 x g. Buckets,
lids and adapters are autoclavable
(20 min., 121°C).
Cat. No.
C3514-58
C3514-73 rotor
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
Fixed-angle rotors F-35-30-17
C3514-73 022639404
Rotor with 30 x 15mL sleeves,
includes 20 inserts for 15mL
conical tubes and 30 rubber
mats for glass tubes
C3514-72 022639421
Rotor with 10 x 15mL sleeves,
includes 10 inserts for 15mL
conical tubes and 10 rubber
mats for glass tubes
1/ea
1/ea
EPPENDORF - Microcentrifuge tube
rotors are available with basic or
aerosol-tight lid for safe centrifugation
of hazardous samples. Maximum
speed: 14,000 rpm. Maximum RCF:
20,800 x g. Rotor, lids and adapters
are autoclavable (20 min., 121°C).
Mfr. No.
022637100
226-37002
022637002
Description
Rotor 30 x 1.5/2.0mL with
aerosol-tight lid
Rotor 30 x 1.5/2.0mL with basic lid
Qty
1/ea
1/ea
6 x 100mL Fixed-Angle Rotor (F-34-6-38) for
Eppendorf® Centrifuges 5804/5804 R and 5810/5810 R
EPPENDORF - High-speed rotor for
molecular applications in tubes from
0.2mL to 100mL (38mm diameter).
Low-weight design (7.0 lbs./3.2 kg) for
easy lifting and ergonomic carrying.
The low rotor profile with domed
rotor lid provides unmatched tube
accessibility and trouble-free tube
removal. Maximum speed: 12,000 rpm (11,000 rpm in 5804/5804R/5810).
Maximum RCF: 18,500 x g (15,500 rpm in 5804/5804R/5810). Rotor, lids
and adapters are autoclavable (20 min., 121°C).
Cat. No.
226-37207
Adapters
226-37215
2263727-4
226-37266
22
Mfr. No.
022637207
Description
Rotor 6 x 100mL with lid
Qty
1/ea
022637215
022637274
022637266
4 x 1.5/2.0mL tubes
1 x 15mL conical tubes
1 x 50mL conical tubes
2/pk
2/pk
2/pk
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Description
Rotor A-2-DWP, with 2 buckets
Qty
1/ea
Qty.
30 x 1.5/2.0mL Fixed-Angle Rotors (FA-45-30-11 and
F-45-30-11) for Eppendorf® Centrifuges 5804/5804 R
and 5810/5810 R
Cat. No.
226-37100
Mfr. No.
022638564
4 x 100mL Swing-Bucket Rotor (A-4-44) for Eppendorf®
Centrifuges 5804/5804 R and Centrifuges 5810/5810 R
EPPENDORF - Rotor accommodates
tubes from 0.2mL to 100mL.
Maximum speed: 5,000 rpm.
Maximum RCF: 4,500 x g. Aerosoltight caps for safe centrifugation
of hazardous samples optionally
available. Rotor, buckets, lids
and adapters are autoclavable
(121°C, 20 min.).
Cat. No.
226-37401
Mfr. No.
022637401
226-37428
022637428
Adapters
226-37509
022637509
Description
Rotor A-4-44 with 4 x 100mL
rectangular buckets
Aerosol-tight lids* for 100mL
rectangular buckets
Qty.
1/ea
2/pk
14 x 1.2 to 5mL tubes
2/pk
(11mm O.D.)
226-37541
022637541
9 x 1.8 to 7mL tubes
2/pk
(13mm diameter)
226-37568
022637568
7 x 4 to 10mL tubes
2/pk
(16mm diameter)
226-37584
022637584
6 x 7 to 17mL tubes
2/pk
(17.5mm diameter)
226-37606
022637606
4 x 15mL conical tubes
2/pk
C3514-55
022637673
1 x 50mL conical tubes
2/pk
*Aerosol-tightness tested and certified by the Centre of Emergency
Preparedness and Response, Health Protection Agency, Porton Down,
Great Britain.
cardinalhealth.com
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
4 x 250mL Swing-Bucket Rotor (A-4-62) for
Eppendorf® Centrifuges 5810/5810 R
Cat. No.
Adapters
226-38203
EPPENDORF - Economic swing-bucket
rotor A-4-62 accommodates tubes and
flasks from 0.2mL to 250mL as well as
plates up to 53mm height. Maximum
speed: 4,000 rpm. Maximum RCF:
3,250 x g. Aerosol-tight caps for safe
centrifugation of hazardous samples
optionally available. Rotor, buckets, lids
and adapters are autoclavable (20 min., 121°C).
Mfr. No.
022638009
226-38068
226-38033
022638068
022638033
Description
Rotor A-4-62 with 4 x 250mL
rectangular buckets
Bucket, 3x MTP/1x DWP
Aerosol-tight lids* for 250mL
rectangular buckets
Qty.
1/ea
4/pk
2/pk
Description
022638203
25 x 1.2 to 5mL tubes
2/pk
(11mm O.D.)
226-38246 022638246
15 x 1.8 to 7mL tubes
2/pk
(13mm diameter)
226-38262 022638262
12 x 4 to 10mL tubes
2/pk
(16mm diameter)
226-38301 022638301
12 x 7 to 17mL tubes (17.5mm 2/pk
diameter)
226-38289 022638289
9 x 15mL conical tubes
2/pk
226-38351 022638351
4 x 50mL conical tubes**
2/pk
226-38343 022638343
3 x 50mL conical tubes
2/pk
*Aerosol-tightness tested and certified by the Centre of Emergency
Preparedness and Response, Health Protection Agency, Porton Down,
Great Britain.
**Adapter cannot be used with aerosol-tight cap
4 x 500mL Swing-Bucket Rotor (A-4-81) for
Eppendorf® Centrifuges 5810/5810 R
Rotor FA-45-18-11 Kit for use in Eppendorf®
Microcentrifuge 5424 / 5424 R
EPPENDORF - High-capacity rotor
that can handle up to 28 x 50mL
conical or 48 x 15mL conical tubes
as well as up to 72 x 5/7mL or
64 x 10mL blood collection tubes.
Rotor A-4-81 accommodates
buckets for plates up to 60mm
height. Possibility for mixed
loading with 2 plate buckets and
2 rectangular tube buckets allows for increased versatility. Maximum
speed: 4,000 rpm. Maximum RCF: 3,250 x g. Aerosol-tight caps for safe
centrifugation of hazardous samples optionally available. Buckets, lids
and adapters are autoclavable (20 min., 121°C).
EPPENDORF - Innovative 18-place
rotor for mini-prep spin columns and
1.5/2.0mL tubes. Designed with an
extra-high rim to support open tube
lids during centrifugation—no more
torn-off lids. Maximum speed:
15,000 rpm. Maximum RCF: 18,111 x g.
Cat. No.
C3514-444
Mfr. No.
022638602
C3515-476
C3515-475
C3514-422
022638866
022638840
022638661
Adapters
22638700
022638700
Description
Rotor A-4-81 with 4 x 500mL
rectangular buckets
Bucket, 4x MTP/1x DWP
Bucket, 4x MTP/1x DWP
Aerosol-tight lids* for 500mL
rectangular buckets
Cat. No.
P5063-156
Mfr. No.
022653083
Description
Rotor FA-45-18-11-kit,
includes rotor lid
Qty.
1/ea
Qty.
1/ea
2/pk
4/pk
2/pk
25 x 1.8 to 7mL tubes
2/pk
(13mm diameter)
C3512-406
022638726
16 x 7 to 17mL tubes
2/pk
(17.5mm diameter)
C3512-403
022638742
12 x 15mL conical tubes
2/pk
C3514-423
022638769
5 x 50mL conical tubes
2/pk
C3512-417
022638921
1 x 180 to 250mL bottles
2/pk
(62mm diameter)
*Aerosol-tightness tested and certified by the Centre of Emergency
Preparedness and Response, Health Protection Agency, Porton Down,
Great Britain.
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Qty.
226-54403226-54306
Rotors for use in Eppendorf® Microcentrifuges
5430 and 5430 R
EPPENDORF
Cat. No.
226-54047
226-54004
226-54080
Mfr. No.
022654047
022654004
022654080
226-54128
022654128
226-54403
022654403
226-54306
022654306
226-54161
022654161
226-54209
022654209
cardinalhealth.com
Description
30 x 1.5/2mL aerosol-tight
30 x 1.5/2mL
24 x 1.5/2mL aerosol-tight
high-speed rotor
24x MiniPrep kit
(or 1.5/2mL tubes)
2x MTP plate rotor (plates up
to 29mm height)
6 x 15/50mL conical rotor
including adapter
18 x cryo tube rotor,
including adapter
8 x 8-tube PCR strip rotor
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
23
Centrifuges and Accessories
Cat. No.
226-38009
Mfr. No.
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
Eppendorf® Microcentrifuge Tube Racks
Centrifuges and Accessories
EPPENDORF - These racks, ideal
for sample processing and the
short- or medium-term storage
of samples, can be stored
in a freezer and withstand
temperatures as low as -80°C.
Each tube is properly spaced
and elevated for easy access
and convenient handling.
Tube racks are available for 0.5mL, 1.5mL and 2.0mL tubes. They can be
stacked, even when fully loaded, interlocked to other racks on both sides
and feature labeling surfaces to enable easy identification. The racks are
UV-resistant and fully autoclavable.
Cat. No.
C3514-28
C3514-26
Mfr. No.
022364243
022364227
Description
24 x 0.5mL tubes
24 x 1.5/2.0mL tubes
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
EPPENDORF - Safe centrifugation of PCR
plates (skirted, unskirted and semiskirted).
For use in all MTP and DWP rotors. Optimized
bores for most commonly available PCR plates.
Mfr. No.
022638947
HETTICH - The Hettich EBA™ 20 is
ideal for a small quantity of samples
and laboratories with limited bench
space. It is a small, non-refrigerated
clinical benchtop centrifuge.
The compact, microprocessorcontrolled centrifuge is supplied
with an 8-place angle rotor.
It accepts a variety of centrifuge
tubes up to a volume of 15mL.
Specifications:
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 x 15mL
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,000 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,461 x g
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . 8½ x 9 x 11½ in.
Cat. No.
C862120020
Eppendorf® PCR Plate
Adapter for Plate Buckets
Cat. No.
226-38947
Hettich EBA™ 20
Benchtop Centrifuge
Description
96-well PCR plate
Mfr. No.
2002-01
Description
Model 20 - 115V 60Hz
Qty.
1/ea
Hettich EBA™ 20S
Benchtop Centrifuge
Qty.
2/pk
VanGuard Model V6500
Constant Speed Centrifuge
HAMILTON BELL - Ideal for use in
diagnostic, clinical, biology and
chemistry labs and physicians’ offices,
this centrifuge features a constant
speed motor and electronics built for
smooth performance and reliability.
The centrifuge incorporates a fixedangle design which offers optimum
and efficient separation of blood
and materials of varying densities and high deposition rates. With the
transparent polycarbonate cover closed, the unit provides aerosol
and splash protection and allows you to view the tubes. The power
automatically shuts off when the cover is opened. The unit’s structural
foam housing and polycarbonate cover are secured to a steel base.
UL listed. Motor meets CSA standards.
HETTICH - The Hettich EBA™ 20S is
a high-speed benchtop clinical
centrifuge offering a 3 min. spin
for STAT, platelet-poor plasma and
coagulation samples. The EBA™ 20S
comes standard with a metal lid lock
adding extra protection to help
ensure user safety at higher speeds.
A quick-entry, easy-to-read, digital
display with impulse key for short
centrifugation complements
this easy-to-use, fast, compact
centrifuge. The 13 x 75mm tube
adapters are included.
Specifications:
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 x 15mL
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,000 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,153 x g
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . 8½ x 9 x 11½ in.
Cat. No.
C8621-6342
Mfr. No.
2080-01
Description
Model 20S - 115V 60Hz
Qty.
1/ea
Specifications:
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 x 15mL
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3400 rpm (±100)
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1318 x g
Timer range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 60 min.
Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 x 11 x 12 in.
Cat. No.
V6500
24
Mfr. No.
V6500
Description
V6500 centrifuge - 110V, 60 Hz
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Qty.
1/ea
cardinalhealth.com
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
Hettich EBA™ 21 Benchtop
Centrifuges and Rotors
Hettich EBA™ 270
Tabletop Centrifuge
HETTICH - This basic economy
benchtop centrifuge is ideal for
standard and conical tubes.
Designed for blood and serology
uses. Applications include
microliter tubes, round-bottom
tubes up to 50mL, conical tubes
up to 50mL, blood tubes up
to 10mL and hematocrit
capillaries. Includes metal
housing and lid lock. Multiple
rotors are available separately.
HETTICH - The Hettich EBA™ 270 is
a compact tabletop centrifuge for
the clinical laboratory. Features an
easy-to-read, multi-view digital display.
The centrifuge comes pre-packaged
with a built-in 90° horizontal rotor for
blood and round bottom tubes up to
15mL. Engineered to be quiet, reliable
and safe with Run-Silent™ operation
(<60dB). Includes auto-imbalance
detection and shut-off.
Cat. No.
C862110040
C862110043
Rotors
C8621-1116
Mfr. No.
1004-01
1004-31
Description
110-115V, 50-60Hz
110V, raised display
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1116
1/ea
C8621-1118
1118
6 x 50mL angle rotor
with buckets - max. RCF:
3,904 x g
12 x 5mL/7mL angle rotor
for decanting - max. RCF:
2,879 x g
12 x 15mL angle rotor max. RCF: 4,146 x g
24-place hematocrit rotor
with lid - max. RCF:
21,382 x g
6-place swing-out
rotor without buckets max. RCF: 2,711 x g
8-place swing-out
rotor without buckets max. RCF: 2,879 x g
12-place swing-out
rotor without buckets max. RCF: 2,963 x g
1.4 x 75mm capillary tubes heparinized, self-sealing,
Mylar®-coated
Bucket for rotor 1115
Bucket for 1126 rotor,
2mL - 5mL blood tubes
2,000/bx
C8621-1416
1416
C8621-1450
1450
C8621-1115
1115
C8621-1120
1120
C8621-1126
1126
Accessories
C8621-1071
1071
C8621-1123
C8621-1127
1123
1127
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Cat. No.
C8622-6378
Description
Centrifuge with rotor and
10mL, 15mL tube carriers
Qty.
1/ea
Hettich Hematocrit 210
Benchtop Centrifuge
HETTICH - This centrifuge is
designed for quick and easy
hematocrit determination. This
centrifuge features a standstill
indicator, an imbalance switch-off,
motor overheating protection and
an emergency lid-lock release. The
easy-to-use keypad has a digital
display that shows the current
parameter values. You can change
the rpm in increments of 100 and the
running time in minutes. Centrifuge
is supplied without a rotor. Choose
24-place rotor C8621-2076 for standard capillaries. Capillaries are secured
in separate chambers and are supported by an easy-to-clean, disposable
holding tray that can hold glass shards and leakage in case a tube breaks.
Specifications:
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 capillaries
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,000 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16,060 x g
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . 9¾ x 11 x 13 in.
Cat. No.
C862121040
C8621-2076
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Mfr. No.
2300-01
Centrifuges and Accessories
Specifications:
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 x 15mL
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,000 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,254 x g
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.4 x 12.83 x 15.31 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-115V 50-60Hz
Specifications:
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 x 50mL
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18,000 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25,718 x g
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9¾ x 10.82 x 13 in.
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
2104-01
2076
Description
Centrifuge - 100-127V, 50-60Hz
Hematocrit rotor 24-place with lid
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
25
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
Hettich MIKRO™ 120 Benchtop Centrifuge
Cat. No.
C862112040
Rotors
C8622-6354
HETTICH - A compact and dependable
microcentrifuge requiring very little bench space.
The small, powerful Hettich MIKRO™ 120 offers
a 24-place rotor for microliter tubes making
it the perfect tabletop centrifuge for all your
research applications. Includes auto-imbalance
detection shut-off, metal lid-lock assembly
and motor overheating protection.
Description
120 microliter centrifuge
Qty.
1/ea
1242
24-place angle rotor for
microliter tubes
1/ea
Adapters
C8621-2024
2024
1/ea
C8621-2023
2023
C8621-2031
2031
Adapter for Beckman &
PCR 0.2–0.4mL tubes
Adapter for BD Microtainer®
0.5–0.8mL
Adapter for 1.5mL micro tube
1/ea
1/ea
Centrifuges and Accessories
Specifications:
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 x 1.5/2.0mL
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14,000 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18,626 x g
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 x 9 x 11½ in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115V
Mfr. No.
1204-01
Hettich MIKRO™ 200/200R Benchtop Centrifuges
Hettich MIKRO™ 220/220R Benchtop Centrifuges
HETTICH - The Hettich MIKRO™ 200 and MIKRO™ 200R microliter
centrifuges perform research centrifugation tasks such as PCR, DNA and
RNA easily and effectively. The Fast Cool Function refrigerates quickly
down to +4°C in 10 to 15 min., making the MIKRO™ 200R microcentrifuge
ideal for the fast-paced laboratory. Highly reliable refrigeration helps
ensure that even temperature-sensitive samples are centrifuged correctly.
HETTICH - The Hettich MIKRO™ 220 and MIKRO™ 220R are advanced
microcentrifuges requiring very little bench space for such diverse
tabletop centrifuges. The MIKRO™ 220 is ideal for microliter tubes
required for PCR, DNA and RNA applications. The MIKRO™ 220R can also
accommodate blood tubes, conical tubes and round-bottom centrifuge
tubes up to 50mL.
Specifications:
Maximum capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 x 0.2–2.0mL
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15,000 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21,382 x g
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110V-115V/50-60Hz
C862124000 (MIKRO™ 200)
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10¼ x 10¾ x 13½ in.
C862124050 (MIKRO™ 200R)
Temperature control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -10°C to +40°C
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10¼ x 11 x 21½ in.
Specifications:
Drum rotor capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 x 1.5–2.0mL
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18,000 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31,514 x g
C862122000 (MIKRO™ 220)
Fixed angle capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 x 0.2–2.0mL
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12½ x 13 x 16½ in.
C862122051 (MIKRO™ 220R)
Fixed angle capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 x 0.2–2.0mL and 6 x 50mL
Temperature control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20°C to +40°C
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12½ x 13 x 25½ in.
Cat. No.
C862124000
C862124050
Rotors
C8622-6349
C8622-6351
C8622-6350
Mfr. No.
2400-01
2405-01
Description
MIKRO™ 200 model
MIKRO™ 200R refrigerated model
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
2424-B
2427-A
2426-B
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
C8622-6348
2418-A
24-place fixed angle rotor
30-place fixed angle rotor
20-place fixed angle rotor
for cryo tubes
4-place angle rotor for PCR strips
26
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
1/ea
Cat. No.
C862122000
C862122051
Mfr. No.
2200-01
2205-01
Description
MIKRO™ 220 model - 120V
MIKRO™ 220R refrigerated
model - 120V
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Rotors
C8621-1015
1015
1/ea
C8622-6346
C86211158L
C86211154L
1195-A
1158-L
1154-L
12 x 15mL angle rotor for
MIKRO™ 220R
24-place angle rotor with aerosol lid
48-place swing-out rotor
24-place swing-out rotor for
0.2–2.0mL tubes
cardinalhealth.com
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
Hettich Rotina™ 380/380R Benchtop Centrifuges
Hettich Rotanta 460/460R Benchtop Centrifuges
In addition to standard tubes, the Rotanta 460 also accommodates
a large variety of specialty applications such as blood bags, cytology,
plates, chrome bath and schlenk tubes. Available in non-refrigerated
(460) and refrigerated (460R) versions.
Specifications:
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 x 750mL
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15,000 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24,400 x g
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110–115V 60Hz
C8622-6374 (Rotanta 460)
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 x 21¾ x 28 in.
C8622-6375 (Rotanta 460R)
Temperature control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20°C to +40°C
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 x 30¼ x 28 in.
Mfr. No.
5650-01
5660-01
Description
Rotanta 460 model
Rotanta 460R refrigerated model
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
5647
4832
1/ea
1/ea
C8621-4833
4833
Adapter for 50mL conical tube
Adapter for 13 x 75mm tubes
(1.6–5mL)
Adapter for 13/16 x 100mm
tubes (4–10mL)
4-place swing-out rotor
1/ea
Bucket for 5624 rotor
Bio-containment lid for
5624 bucket
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Specifications:
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 x 290mL
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15,000 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24,400 x g
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115V
C8621-6347 (Rotina™ 380)
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 x 18 x 23½ in.
C8621-6348 (Rotina™ 380R)
Temperature control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20°C to +40°C
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 x 18 x 29½ in.
Cat. No.
C8621-6347
C8621-6348
Cat. No.
C8622-6374
C8622-6375
Adapters
C8621-5647
C8621-4832
Rotor
C8621-5624
5624
Bucket and accessories
C8622-6370
5620-A
C8621-5621
5621
HETTICH - The Hettich Rotina™ 380 and Rotina™ 380R benchtop
centrifuges save you space while spinning a large quantity of centrifuge
tubes per run. Both a research and clinical centrifuge, the Rotina™ 380
tabletop centrifuge can handle a variety of specialty applications such as
cytology, cell culture flasks and plates. Available in non-refrigerated (380)
and refrigerated (380R) versions.
1/ea
Mfr. No.
1701-01
1706-01
Swing-out rotors
C8621-6349
1754
C8621-1798
1798
C8621-1726
1726
C8621-1717
1717
Bucket and accessories
C8621-6350
1752
C8621-6353
1762
C8621-6361
1771-A
C8621-6362
1772-A
C8621-6351
1751
cardinalhealth.com
Description
Rotina™ 380 model
Rotina™ 380R
refrigerated model
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
4-place swing-out rotor
4-place rotor
6-place rotor (no buckets)
10-place, 50mL Falcon tubes
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Round bucket for 1754 rotor
Adapter for bucket 1752,
for 12 x 75/100mm tubes
Adapter for bucket 1752,
for 15mL conical tubes
Adapter for bucket 1752,
for 50mL conical tubes
Lid for bio-containment
for 1752 bucket
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
27
Centrifuges and Accessories
HETTICH - Hettich Rotanta 460/460R benchtop centrifuges offer
enhanced performance with an extended range of accessories that help
guarantee fast, trouble-free operation in daily laboratory use. Features
special braking ramp for spinning blood bags. With a maximum capacity
of 3L per run, the Hettich Rotanta 460/460R tabletop centrifuges are
designed for clinics and laboratory centers, as well as in life science
R & D laboratories.
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
Centrifuges and Accessories
Hettich Rotina™ 420/420R Benchtop Centrifuges
HETTICH - Hettich Rotina™ 420/420R high-performance benchtop
centrifuges are designed for large volumes, yet are not overly large
in size. The compact, 2L benchtop centrifuges are designed for high
sample throughput as well as for high sample volumes. Features noisedampening technology, self-diagnostic testing and one multi-functional
rotor for spinning tubes, bottles and plates. With a maximum capacity
of 4 x 600mL, 140 blood collection tubes, 52 x 15mL conical tubes or
16 microtitre plates, the Rotina™ 420 and Rotina™ 420R refrigerated
centrifuges are ideal for applications in clinical chemistry, biotechnology
and life science research facilities. Available in non-refrigerated (420) and
refrigerated (420R) versions.
Specifications:
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 x 600mL
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15,000 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24,400 x g
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115V
C862147010 (Rotina™ 420)
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.6 x 20 x 25½ in.
C862147060 (Rotina™ 420R)
Temperature control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20°C to +40°C
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.6 x 28 x 25.7 in.
Cat. No.
C862147010
C862147060
Mfr. No.
4701-01
4706-01
Rotors
C8621-4723
4723
C8621-4795
4795
Adapters
C8621-4762
4762
C8621-4763
4763
C8621-4764
4764
C8621-4765
4765
C8621-4769
4769
C8621-4770
4770
C8621-4771
4771
C8621-4775
4775
Bucket and accessories
C8621-4750
4750
C8621-4751
4751
28
Description
Rotina™ 420 model
Rotina™ 420R
refrigerated model
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
4-place swing-out rotor
4-place angle rotor
1/ea
1/ea
4-7mL, 13 x 100mm
4-15mL, 16 x 100mm
25/30mL, round/skirt
50/75mL round bottom
15mL conical
50mL round/conical/skirt
250mL, 61 x 122mm
13 x 75/100mm
1/pk
1/pk
1/pk
1/pk
1/pk
1/pk
1/pk
1/pk
Round bucket for 4723 rotor
Lid, biocontainment for
4750 bucket
1/ea
1/ea
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Hettich Roto Silenta 630RS Floor Standing Centrifuge
HETTICH - The Hettich Roto Silenta 630RS offers quiet and smooth
operation designed for high throughput in the blood bank. The Roto
Silenta has a non-wind shielded rotor for best sample temperature
control and provides up to a 120g imbalance allowance per run. The
Hettich Roto Silenta 630 RS floor standing centrifuge guarantees best
separating results with blood bags, bottles up to 2,000mL, tubes and
blood collection tubes. Every commercial blood bag system can be
accommodated. Loading the carriers and inserts is convenient and
easy. The control panel features a quick entry keypad, easy-to-read
multi-view digital display, control panel lock with key and an optional
bidirectional serial interface, optional barcode reader and optional
Hettinfo software package.
Specifications:
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 x 2,000mL
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,500 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,520 x g
Temperature control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20°C to +40°C
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38¼ x 32 x 40 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208V, 3 phase, 60Hz
Cat. No.
C8621-6320
Mfr. No.
5005-08
Description
Roto Silenta 630RS floor
standing model
Qty.
1/ea
Rotors
C8621-4176
C8621-4524
Adapter
C8621-4516
C8621-4525
4176
4524-A
6-place swing-out rotor
Bucket for 4176 rotor
1/ea
1/ea
4516
4525
Adapter for quad blood bags
Adapter for 500mL
quadruplicate blood bags
1/ea
1/ea
Bucket
C8621-4523
4523
Metal bucket for quad
blood bags
1/ea
cardinalhealth.com
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
Hettich Rotofix™ 32A
Benchtop Centrifuge
Specifications:
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 x 100mL or 32 x 15mL
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,000 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,226 x g
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 x 14½ x 17 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115V
HETTICH - The Hettich Rotofix™
32A is a rugged general-purpose
benchtop centrifuge ideal
for routine laboratory tasks
including clinical, research,
medical and industrial.
A variety of swing-out and fixed
angle rotors are available, as well
as a complete cytology system
with up to 12 slide carriers. The
Rotofix™ 32A comes standard with a solid metal housing and metal lid
locks for extra protection to help ensure durability and user safety.
HETTICH - The Hettich Universal™ 320 and Hettich Universal™
320R benchtop centrifuges provide excellent performance and a
comprehensive range of accessories. The Universal™ 320/320R features
noise-dampening technology and can be used for both standard
and special applications. Not only are the benchtop centrifuges
cost-effective, they also save valuable space in the laboratory.
You can program the Hettich Universal™ 320 to automatically sound
and open the lid when centrifugation is finished. A quick glance from
across the lab lets you know its ready to go. The Hettich Universal™ 320
has a short centrifugation impulse key that allows you to perform quick
spins when a full cycle isn’t necessary. The Universal™ 320R refrigerated
centrifuge offers a fast cool function that will bring the unit to +4°C in
10 to 15 min. Saves you valuable time when spinning delicate samples.
Specifications:
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 x 100mL or 32 x 15mL
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15,000 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21,382 x g
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115V
C862114010 (Universal™ 320)
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13½ x 15½ x 20½ in.
C862114060 (Universal™ 320R)
Temperature control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20°C to +40°C
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13½ x 15¾ x 27¼ in.
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Mfr. No.
1206-01
Description
Rotofix™ 32A
benchtop centrifuge
Qty.
1/ea
1613
1324
12-place fixed angle rotor
4-place swing-out rotor
1/ea
1/ea
1398
Bucket for 1324 rotor
1/ea
1486
Adapter for 13 x 75/100mm
tubes 1.6–7mL
1/ea
Cat. No.
C862114010
C862114060
Mfr. No.
1401-01
1406-06
Description
Universal™ 320 model
Universal™ 320R
refrigerated model
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Rotors
C8621-1460
1460
1/ea
C8621-1615
C8621-1324
C8621-1494
C8621-1624
1615
1324
1494
1624
C8621-1619
1619
C8621-1611
1611
C8621-1617
1617
C86211620A
1620A
C8621-1418
1418
C8621-1613
Buckets
C8621-1425
C8621-1398
Adapters
C8621-1441
1613
2-place swing-out for
microtitration plates
12-place 15mL angle rotor
4-place swing-out rotor
4-place swing-out rotor
4-place swing-out rotor,
90° angle
6-place rotor for 50mL Falcon
with buckets
8-place swing-out rotor,
90° angle
8-place swing out rotor,
45° angle 50mL Falcon
with buckets
6-place fixed angle
with buckets
8-place fixed angle for 15mL
and 50mL
12-place fixed angle rotor
1/ea
1425
1398
Bucket for 1494 rotor
Bucket for 1324 rotor
1/ea
1/ea
1441
1/ea
C8621-1438
1438
Adapter for 16 x 75/100mm
tubes (4–10mL)
Adapter for 13 x 75/100mm
tubes (1.6–7mL)
Rotors
C8621-1613
C8621-1324
Bucket
C8621-1398
Adapters
C8622-6344
cardinalhealth.com
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
29
Centrifuges and Accessories
Hettich Universal™ 320/320R Benchtop Centrifuges
Cat. No.
C862112060
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
Hettich Cyto-System Rotors and Accessories
Centrifuges and Accessories
HETTICH - Choose the Hettich Cyto-System for fast and economical
single layer slide preparation. The cytology clip rotors allow you to
perform multiple applications in the same centrifuge. You no longer
need a dedicated cyto centrifuge for a single application.
The Hettich Cyto-System fits into the Rotofix™ 32A and Universal™ 320
for spinning cytology clips and funnels, microliter tubes, 15mL and 50mL
conical tubes, blood tubes, urine tubes and plates.
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Standard clip rotors
C8621-6372
7010
C8621-6373
7011
C8621-6374
7012
Quick release clip rotors
C8621-6394
7013
C8621-6396
7015
Accessories
C8621-6377
7110
C8621-6382
7131
Description
Qty.
4-place with clips
8-place with clips
12-place with clips
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
4-place with clips
12-place with clips
1/ea
1/ea
Single disposable cell funnel
Single circle coated slides
50/ea
50/ea
Keeping pace with today’s lab.
CenSlide® 2000 Centrifuge System
IRIS SAMPLE PROCESSING - The CenSlide® 2000 closed centrifuge system
controls inherent variations in microscopic examination by standardizing
urine sediment volume, centrifuge conditions and technique while
significantly reducing total time for analysis. It is microprocessorcontrolled to automatically spin tubes at a preset speed for 1 min.
At the end of the cycle, the urine sediment is distributed evenly across
the viewing area for microscopic analysis. Includes a remote universal
power supply.
CenSlide® tube is both a centrifuge tube and a microscope slide in
one, eliminating the need for slides, coverslips and specimen transfer.
When centrifugation is complete, the 5mL tube is ready for analysis.
The StakRak® transport, storage and filling station for CenSlide® tube
accommodates up to 12 tubes. The CenSlide® microscope stage tube
holder keeps tube in place on microscope, allowing for easy viewing.
CE marked.
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
B8900-69
2C-9000-22
Accessories
B8900-70
2C-2000012
B8900-71
2C-2000240
B8900-72
2C-3000001
B8900-73
2C-5600001
Microscopic objective
B8900-74
2C-494000
B8900-75
30
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
cardinalhealth.com
2C-495000
Description
Centrifuge system
Qty.
1/ea
Tube with cap
Tube with cap
Tube station
Tube holder
120/bx
2,400/cs
1/ea
2/pk
Short with long working
distance - use with American
Optical microscopes
Long working distance use with non-American
Optical microscopes
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
CytoFuge® 2
Cytocentrifuge System
CritSpin® Microhematocrit Centrifuge System
IRIS SAMPLE PROCESSING - This microhematocrit provides complete
cell packing with a preset 2 min. spin cycle, high-intensity fiber-optic
light to tubes while in the rotor and optional digital reader that simplifies
tube reading. The rotor installs and removes instantly without tools.
Centrifuge B8900-16 includes centrifuge, 12-place rotor with transparent
lid, universal power supply and start-up supply of tubes and sealing clay.
Replacement 12-place hematocrit rotors are available with or without a
small plastic card reader and include a screw-on transparent lid. Choose
plain or heparinized SafeCrit® tubes, supplied in vial of 100.
Specifications:
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15,800 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,700 x g
Total cycle time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 sec.
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 x 40mm capillary tubes
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . 6.0 x 6.8 x 8.6 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 to 240V, 50/60Hz, 1.7A
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
CritSpin® systems
B8900-17
CS22
B8900-16
CS12
Replacement rotors
B8900-28
RH12
B8900-29
RH12-1
SafeCrit® plastic tubes
B8900-23
HP8H-10
B8900-24
HP8U-10
Glass tubes
B8900-21
HT9H-10
B8900-22
HT9U-10
Accessories
B8900-27
HS24-10
B8900-18A CSD2
B8900-68
00-Ring
B8900-32
HR05
Description
Qty.
With digital reader unit UL listed and CE marked;
digital reader - CE marked
Without digital reader UL listed and CE marked
1/ea
With card reader
Without card reader
1/ea
1/ea
Heparinized - 40mm, 20µL
Plain - 40mm, 20µL
1,000/cs
1,000/cs
Heparinized - 40mm, 10µL
Plain - 40mm, 10µL
1,000/cs
1,000/cs
Sealant pad for HCT tubes
Digital hematocrit reader
O-rings
Card-style reader
10/bx
1/ea
15/pk
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
1/ea
The reusable/disposable filter concentrators save time and improve
results by helping to eliminate the need to clean and sterilize reusable
sample chambers. Molded of virgin polypropylene, they include a hinged
backing plate to simplify assembly and an integral filter card to absorb
fluid at a controlled rate during the spin cycle. Concentrators accept
50 to 400µL of cell sample gently concentrated in a monolayer onto
a 7mm diameter area on the slide with minimal cell loss to the filter.
UL listed and CE marked.
Specifications:
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,400 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,060 x g
Cycle times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 and 30 min.
Sample size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 to 200μL, 50 to 400μL, 300 to 800μL
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . 5.3 x 6.6 x 8.6 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 24VDC, 1.7A
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
B8900-1
CF02
Centrifuge system
Replacement parts/accessories
B8900-14
CFRT-2
Rotor
B8900-13
CFRC
Cover for rotor B8900-14
B8900-7
FF01
Filter concentrator
B8900-95
FF01-B
Filter concentrator
B8900-8
FFR1
Filter concentrator, reusable
B8900-10
FFCL
Clip
B8900-9
CLIP
Clip for cell concentrator
B8900-2
BP01
Backing plate
Reusable/disposable cell concentrators
B8900-3
CC01
1-well - disposable
B8900-4
CC03
3-well - disposable
cardinalhealth.com
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
48/bx
192/bx
200/bx
4/pk
10/pk
10/bx
10/bx
10/bx
31
Centrifuges and Accessories
IRIS SAMPLE PROCESSING - The
CytoFuge® 2 system is a small,
easy-to-use personal cytocentrifuge.
Can be used as a diagnostic tool in
cytology, hematology, microbiology
and research applications. Samples
are processed quickly and quietly
on any bench or inside any safety
cabinet. The results are consistent,
and the easy-to-scan monolayer
cell presentations are of excellent
morphologic detail. The system
ensures operator safety by meeting
standards for mechanical, electrical
and biohazard safety and weighs
only 5.5 lbs. Rotor and chamber are bleach-compatible.
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
StatSpin® CytoFuge 12
Specification subject to change without prior notice.
IRIS SAMPLE PROCESSING - The
StatSpin® CytoFuge 12 is a small,
versatile and economically priced
cytocentrifuge that gently deposits
cells in a monolayer onto microscope
slides. Features cover interlock system
and sealed rotor with transparent lid.
Low-voltage drive system (24V). Results
are consistent: easy-to-scan monolayer
cell presentations of excellent morphologic
detail. ETL listed and CE marked.
StatSpin® is a registered trademark of Iris Sample Processing, Inc.
Specifications:
Rotor capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 to 12 slides
Speeds (forces). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 to 2,000rpm ± 5% (28-560 x g)
Acceleration rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low: 45-50 rpm/sec.; med: 65-70 rpm/sec.;
high: 85-95 rpm/sec.
Deceleration time. . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-100 rpm/sec. <30 sec.
Operating times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-99 min.
Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 yr.
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-240VAC – 10%, 2.5A, 50 or 60Hz
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.0 x 13.5 x 16.75 in.
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
B8900-91 CF12
Cytocentrifuge with 12-place rotor
Replacement parts/accessories
B8900-7
FF01
Filter concentrator
B8900-95
FF01-B
Filter concentrator
B8900-8
FFR1
Filter concentrator, reusable
B8900-10
FFCL
Clip
B8900-9
CLIP
Clip for cell concentrator
B8900-2
BP01
Backing plate
Reusable/disposable cell concentrators
B8900-3
CC01
1-well - disposable
B8900-4
CC03
3-well - disposable
StatSpin® Express 2 Centrifuge
StatSpin® Express 3 Centrifuge
IRIS SAMPLE PROCESSING - This compact and
quiet centrifuge spins 5mL blood collection
tubes in only 2 min. yet produces quality serum
and plasma equal to 10 to 15 min. runs produced
in larger equipment. This centrifuge is small and
quiet enough to be used right at the workstation.
Tubes can be processed as they arrive and no
waiting is necessary for batches to run.
The StatSpin® Express 2 centrifuge accepts
standard glass or plastic tubes 1.5 to 5mL
(13 x 75mm or smaller) and the rotor design
minimizes the chance of breakage.
IRIS SAMPLE PROCESSING - This quiet,
compact centrifuge is easy to use.
Simply select the 2, 3 or 5 min.
button on the side of the unit and
press “Start.” The centrifuge’s rapid
acceleration to optimal g-forces
produces sample separation in as
little as 2 min.
Specifications:
Speed/force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,500 rpm/4,440 x g
Cycle times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 120 and 180 sec.
Maximum tube size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 x 75mm (5mL)
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 x 6.6 x 8.6 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24VDC, 1.7A
32
Description
Centrifuge
Qty.
1/ea
Insert for 5mL tube (13 x 75mm tube)
Insert for 3mL tube (10.25 x 64mm tube)
Disposable chamber liner
4-place rotor
4/bx
4/bx
10/bx
1/ea
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
48/bx
192/bx
200/bx
4/pk
10/pk
10/bx
10/bx
10/bx
Features include a small, round
footprint that takes up little bench
space and fits well in small corners.
Unit comes equipped with an 8-place
rotor, a removable chamber liner,
eight 10mL inserts, eight 5mL inserts and a power cord. Diagnostic
error codes indicate imbalance and reduce chance of operator error.
Centrifuge offers 10% bleach-compatible surfaces and a polypropylene
rotor for easy cleaning. UL/CUL listed, CE marked. Use clearing reagents
B8900-45, B8900-46 and B8900-47 (available separately) with this
centrifuge to clear lipemic samples in 95 sec.
Use clearing reagents B8900-45, B8900-46
and B8900-47 (available separately) with this
centrifuge to clear lipemic samples in 95 sec.
UL listed and CE marked.
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
B8900-61 SSX2
Replacement parts
B8900-63 SV01
B8900-64 SV02
B8900-62 DL01
B8900-67 RTX4
Qty.
1/ea
Specifications:
Speed/force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,200 rpm/4,440 x g (±5%) at 2 and 3 min.
Cycle time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,600 rpm/2,685 x g (±5%) at 5 min.
Acceleration time. . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤25 sec. to 95% of speed
Deceleration time. . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤30 sec.
Tube accommodation. . . . . . . . . Accepts blood tubes 1.5 to 10mL
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . 7.1 x 11 x 10 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . 100 to 240V, 50/60 Hz, 3A
Cat. No.
B8900-85
U2251-24
U2251-25
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
SSX3
SV10
SV11
Description
Centrifuge
Tube - 13 x 75mm
Tube - 13 x 100mm
Qty.
1/ea
1/pk
1/pk
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
StatSpin® Express 4 High-Speed
Horizontal Centrifuge
Specifications:
Cycle times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,100 rpm/4,000 x g at 3 and 5 min.,
4,500 rpm/3,100 x g at 10 min.
Acceleration time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤30 sec.
Deceleration time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤30 sec.
Tube accommodation. . . . . . . . . . Accepts blood tubes 1.5 to 10mL
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . 8 x 13 x 16 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 100 to 240V, 50/60 Hz, 2.5A
Cat. No.
B8900-88
U2251-24
U2251-25
Mfr. No.
SSH4
SV10
SV11
Description
Centrifuge
Tube - 13 x 75mm
Tube - 13 x 100mm
Qty.
1/ea
1/pk
1/pk
Accessories for StatSpin® Express 3 and
Express 4 Centrifuges
IRIS SAMPLE PROCESSING
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
Accessories for Express 3 only
U2251-22 DL02
Disposable replacement
chamber liner
U2251-23 RTX8
8-place rotor
Accessories for Express 3 and 4
U2251-17 SV05
Insert for BD™ 2mL tubes
U2251-18 SV06
Insert for 7mL tubes (16 x 75mm)
U2251-19 SV07
Insert for 10mL tubes (16 x 100mm)
U2251-20 SV08
Insert for 5mL tubes (13 x 75mm)
U2251-21 SV09
Insert for 7mL tubes (13 x 100mm)
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Qty.
3/pk
1/ea
4/pk
8/pk
8/pk
8/pk
8/pk
StatSpin® MP Multipurpose Centrifuge
IRIS SAMPLE PROCESSING - The StatSpin® MP is an ideal, generalpurpose centrifuge for the stat, clinic or office laboratory. Sample
preparation is fast with quality serum or plasma in 30 to 120 seconds.
Small sample requirements make the StatSpin® MP centrifuge ideal
for finger stick procedures. This reduces labor and expense involved in
venous blood collection. Rotors can easily be changed with a simple
push-on or pull-off motion, transforming the centrifuge from hematocrit
to urine sediment to plasma. The interlocking lid prevents access while
in cycle and it is designed to meet international safety standards. Power
adapter included. UL listed and CE marked.
Specifications:
Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,800 to 20,000 rpm
RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,900 to 12,000 x g
Cycle duration
Plasma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 seconds
Urine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 seconds
Lipemic clearing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 seconds
Hematocrit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 seconds
Coag PPP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 seconds
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.25 x 6.63 x 8.75 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24VDC, 1.7A
Cat. No.
B8900-19
B8900-43
B8900-86
Mfr. No.
SSMP
CH03
PBCP
Replacement rotors
B8900-30
RT12
B8900-31
RM02
Description
Centrifuge
Heparin capillary collector
Rubber bulb for use with
SafeCrit® tubes
Replacement tube rotor
Replacement rotor, holds
2 BD Microtainer® tubes only
B8900-28
RH12
With card reader
B8900-29
RH12-1
Without card reader
Accessories for use with rotor B8900-30
B8900-40
TP5G
Untreated microtube - 0.5mL
B8900-36
TU15-10
Urine tube
B8900-39
PF35-05
Transfer pipette
cardinalhealth.com
Qty.
1/ea
50/bx
100/bg
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
50/bx
50/bg
500/cs
33
Centrifuges and Accessories
IRIS SAMPLE PROCESSING - Prepare
serum or plasma gel tubes in minutes
with this high-speed horizontal
centrifuge. In 3 minutes, the unit
can produce serum or plasma
equal to tubes spun for 10 or more
minutes in conventional horizontal
clinical centrifuges. It is ideal for
rapid separation of gel tubes with
flat gel barriers, sample prep for stat
chemistry and single piece flow for
rapid sample processing. Three speed
settings help eliminate the need to
adjust speed. Up to eight 1.5 to 10mL
blood tubes can be processed at once.
Safety features include a shield interlock and a steel bowl to provide
mechanical containment. The rugged, brushless motor is maintenancefree. Centrifuge is supplied with an 8-place rotor, eight 7mL inserts,
eight 10mL inserts, an operator’s manual, manual latch release tool,
a hex key tool and a power cord. Other insert sizes are available
separately. ETL listed and CE marked.
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
Accessories for StatSpin® MP Multipurpose
Centrifuge - StatSampler® Capillary Blood Collectors
Centrifuges and Accessories
IRIS SAMPLE PROCESSING - These blood collectors
help eliminate the need for scooping by using a
finger stick system with a capillary tube for easy blood
drawing. After draining the sample into a microtube,
the blood is centrifuged and serum or plasma is easily
removed. Collectors are available with or without
a separator gel. The gel barrier between the cells
and plasma allows for no remixing of the sample.
Collector with the separator gel barrier features a
200µL volume that yields approximately 120µL of
serum or plasma with normal hematocrits.
Hematocrit Plastic Tubes
IRIS SAMPLE PROCESSING - These 100% plastic hematocrit tubes help
eliminate the risk of infectious disease transmission by blood via broken
glass. The 75mm tubes are for use in conventional centrifuges that
support the full length of the tube.
Cat. No.
B8900-25
B8900-26
Mfr. No.
HP4H-10
HP4U-10
Description
Heparinized - red
Plain - blue
Qty.
1,000/cs
1,000/cs
Collectors are also available with an EDTA
anticoagulant, which minimizes microclots.
The blood is drained into a convenient
microtube and can be remixed and sampled.
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
Collectors without separator gel
B8900-51
SS1E
100 (µL)
B8900-52
SS1E-06
100 (µL)
B8900-53
SS2E
200 (µL)
Collector with separator gel
B8900-55
SS2H
200 (µL)
Qty.
50/bx
300/cs
50/bx
50/bx
Accessories for StatSpin® MP Multipurpose
Centrifuge - StatSpin® LipoClear® and
LipoClear® Plus Clearing Reagents
24-Place Microhematocrit Centrifuge
IRIS SAMPLE PROCESSING - These lipemia
clearing reagents are convenient, non-toxic and
non-carcinogenic. They feature a simple procedure
for use: add lipemic serum/plasma, mix and let
stand 5 min. and then centrifuge. Results are
multiplied by a 1.2 factor when finished. Clearing
reagents are designed not to affect enzymes and bilirubin.
LipoClear® reagents B8900-45, -46 and -47 clear lipemic samples in
95 seconds with a StatSpin® LipoClear® Plus reagent B8900-76 clears
lipemic samples in 3 minutes with a StatSpin® Express 2. Tubes can also
be spun in other microcentrifuges.
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
B8900-45
LC10
0.5mL sample size
B8900-46
LC40
0.5mL sample size
B8900-47
LC15
1.5mL sample size
LipoClear® Plus clearing reagent
B8900-76
LCP1
30mL bottle
34
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Qty.
10/bg
40/bg
40/bg
LW SCIENTIFIC - The M24 unit is designed for flexibility and ease of use
in the laboratory. Spin hematocrits in less than 5 minutes at 12,000 rpm.
This device has suction cups on its feet to hold it securely in place and
features a handy microhematocrit reader provided with every unit. Read
results directly on the rotor with the included reader disc.
Specifications:
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 x 75mm
Fixed speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12,000 rpm
Nominal RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14,800 x g
Dimensions (H x W x L). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 x 12 x 13 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110VAC
Cat. No.
C5700-12
Mfr. No.
HEC-24HF-7501
Description
24-place centrifuge
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
cardinalhealth.com
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
C3 Select Centrifuge
CxR - Horizontal,
Blood-Only Centrifuge
LW SCIENTIFIC - The C3 spins 3 to 15mL
test tubes up to 3,000 rpm. It has tighter
straight-line gel separations in order
to reduce re-spins and re-mixes and
allows for veterinary fecals to spin with
coverslips on the tube. Select from blood,
urine or fecals on the speed control, set
the timer and the C3 Select will spin at
the correct speed.
LW SCIENTIFIC - Perfect for reference
and blood labs, this centrifuge has
a brushless motor that is virtually
maintenance-free and the clear sight
window allows for easy strobing for
speed verification. It accommodates
most test tubes from 3 to 15mL.
Produces 1800 G force for
straight-line separations.
Cat. No.
C5700-43
Mfr. No.
C3C-08SS-1501
Specifications:
6-tube capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 to 15mL size tubes
Maximum tube size. . . . . . . . . . . . 17.5 x 125mm
Fixed speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3400 rpm
Dimensions (H x W x L). . . . . . . . . 8.75 x 13.5 x 15 in.
Cat. No.
C5700-46
Description
Swing out 8-place,
selectable-speed centrifuge,
30 min. timer
Mfr. No.
CXC-06SF-1501
Description
6-place horizontal
swing-out centrifuge
Qty.
1/ea
Qty.
1/ea
Combo Centrifuges
LW SCIENTIFIC - The V24
Combo centrifuge spins either
microhematocrits or test tubes.
Centrifuge C5700-16 features
a built-in digital tachometer.
Rotor (available separately) is
required; choose from 24-place
test tube rotor or 24-place
hematocrit rotor.
E8F - fixed speed
LW SCIENTIFIC - This unit accommodates most test tubes from
3 to 15mL. The wide stance helps eliminate wobble, while the suctioncupped feet help prevent slipping. The brushless motor (110V only)
is virtually maintenance-free and the lid port allows easy viewing of
specimens while in use.
Specifications:
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12,000 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14,800 x g
Dimensions (H x W x L). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 x 14 x 17 in.
Maximum capacity
24-place test tube rotor. . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 x 15mL
24-place microhematocrit rotor . . . . . 24 x 75mm
Cat. No.
C5700-15
Mfr. No.
CMP-BX77-7701
C5700-16
CMP-BX77-77T1
Rotors
C5700-18
C5700-19
CMP-RT24-15TT
CMP-RT24-75HE
To order, call: 800.964.5227
E8V - variable speed
E8 Fixed and Variable Centrifuges
Specifications:
8-tube capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 to 15mL size tubes
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,350 g
Maximum speed fixed. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,300 rpm - for blood only
Maximum speed variable. . . . . . . . . . 800–3,300 rpm - blood, urine, etc.
Dimensions (H x W x L). . . . . . . . . . . . 10 x 10 x 10 in.
Description
Centrifuge (without
digital tachometer)
Centrifuge (with
digital tachometer)
Qty.
1/ea
24-place test tube rotor
24-place hematocrit rotor
1/ea
1/ea
Cat. No.
C5700-47
M8000-126
Mfr. No.
E8C-08AF-1501
E8C-08AV-1501
Description
Fixed speed centrifuge
Variable speed centrifuge
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
cardinalhealth.com
35
Centrifuges and Accessories
Specifications:
8-tube capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 to 15mL
size tubes
Maximum tube size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.5 x 133mm
Dimensions (H x W x L). . . . . . . . . . . . 12 x 14.5 x 18 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110VAC
Selectable 3-position speed control
3,000 rpm for blood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,500 g
1,600 rpm for urine and semen. . . . 400 g
1,300 rpm for fecals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 g
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
Centrifuges and Accessories
Portafuge
LW SCIENTIFIC - The 8-place LW Scientific Portafuge is a portable,
fixed speed centrifuge designed to fit the needs of mobile medics and
traveling lab technicians. This unit accommodates most test tubes from
3 to 15mL. This unit is virtually maintenance-free and the lid port allows
easy viewing and taching for calibration. Simply insert the cigarette plug
into your car’s power outlet for quick blood separation at 3,000+ rpm.
Specifications:
8-tube capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 to 15mL size tubes
Fixed speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,000–3,500 rpm fixed speed - for blood
only (speed may vary by car model)
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,300–1,500 g
12V DC motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance-free
Dimensions (H x W x L). . . . . . . . . 10 x 10 x 10 in.
Cat. No.
C5700-48
Mfr. No.
E8C-08AF-150P
M8000-125
E8P-ADWL-12V8
Description
Portafuge centrifuge 12V,
fixed speed
AC-DC 110V power adapter
Qty.
1/ea
HemataSTAT Easy Read® Microhematocrit Centrifuge
SEPARATION TECHNOLOGY - Spin up to six capillary tubes in only
60 seconds with this small, lightweight centrifuge. Features whisperquiet operation, a built-in automatic digital tube reader with LCD and
a built-in tachometer. Standard 1.1mm ID capillary tubes can be spun
and read on these centrifuges. Centrifuges come complete with power
supply, 10 disposable transparent tube holders, instruction manual,
training video and quick-reference procedure guide.
Cat. No.
100-123
Mfr. No.
100-123
1/ea
Description
Centrifuge - for use with
1.1mm I.D. tubes
Qty.
1/ea
The ZipOCrit Centrifuge C5700-11 is ideal for microhematocrit-related
procedures and will reach 11,000 rpm for quick separations. The unit
comes with metal tube shields, a vial of Mylar®-coated 75mm capillary
tubes and a 15 min. timer.
Specifications:
Dimensions (H x W x L). . . . . . 4.5 x 6 x 8 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . DC 12V (AC adapter power cord included)
Model C5700-1
-place rotor for 1.5 and 2.0mL microtubes;
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . 6
12-place rotor for 0.5mL microtubes
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . 7,000 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,800 x g
Model C5700-11
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . 4 x 75mm
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . 11,000 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,400 x g
ZipSpin Portable Microtube and ZipOCrit
Microhematocrit Centrifuges
LW SCIENTIFIC - These portable, compact centrifuges spin either
microtubes or microhematocrit tubes at high rates of speed.
The ZipSpin Centrifuge C5700-1 is suited for microtubes and features
both 6- and 12-place rotors; the 6-place rotor holds 1.5 and 2mL tubes,
while the 12-place rotor holds 0.5mL tubes. The unit is powered by a
brushless motor and will reach speeds of up to 7,000 rpm. The centrifuge’s
transparent strobe-through lid allows for exact speed calibration.
36
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Cat. No.
C5700-1
C5700-11
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
ZPC-06AV-0203
ZPC-04HF-7503
Description
ZipSpin microtube centrifuge
ZipOCrit portable
microhematocrit centrifuge
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
HemataSTAT II®
Microhematocrit Centrifuge
Disposable Tube Holders for PlasmaPrep® Centrifuge
Cat. No.
C1801-1
C1801-12
270-106
Mfr. No.
100-100
230-100
270-106
270-107
270-107
C1801-15
270-108
C1806-22
C1806-23
260-100
270-109
Description
HemataSTAT II® centrifuge
Tube holders
ClearCRIT® 100% plastic capillary
tubes, 1.1mm I.D.
ClearCRIT® 100% plastic capillary
tubes, 0.5mm I.D.
ClearCRIT® Mylar®-wrapped
capillary tubes, 1.1mm I.D.
HemataSEAL® tube sealant
ClearCRIT® Mylar®-wrapped selfsealing capillary tubes, 1.1mm I.D.
Qty.
1/ea
50/pk
1,000/bx
1,000/bx
1,000/bx
10/bx
2,000/bx
Micro12™ Microcentrifuge
SEPARATION TECHNOLOGY - Use
this microcentrifuge for a variety of
applications, including quick spindowns,
microfiltrations and small-volume blood
and urine separations. It includes a
fixed-angle rotor that accommodates
eighteen 2mL tubes directly or tubes
up to 0.5mL in size with adapters.
The microcentrifuge also features
a 60 min. timer and a locking
mechanism that prevents the lid
of the microcentrifuge from being
opened while the rotor is spinning.
SEPARATION TECHNOLOGY - Use these tube holders instead of adapters
and cushions. In case of breakage, simply discard the holder and the
tube. There’s no need to clean the centrifuge bowl or to have contact
with the specimen. Designed for use with centrifuge B4360B, tube
holders promote rotor balancing and are color-coded for convenience.
Reusable. 25 tube holders per package.
Cat. No.
B4360-11
Mfr. No.
230-111
B4360-12
230-112
B4360-14
230-114
B4360-13
230-113
B4360-15
230-115
B4360-16
230-116
Description
Use with 10.25 x 64mm, red,
rubber stopper
Use with 13 x 75mm, blue,
rubber stopper
Use with 13 x 100mm, pink,
rubber stopper
Use with 13 x 75mm, silver,
plastic top
Use with 13 x 100mm, gold,
plastic top
Use with 16 x 100mm,
green, rubber stopper
Qty.
25/pk
25/pk
25/pk
25/pk
25/pk
25/pk
HemataCHEK® Hematocrit
Reference Controls
SEPARATION TECHNOLOGY HemataCHEK® controls provide quality
assurance for centrifuge operating
parameters including rpm, spin time,
tube readers, user technique and supplies.
The controls are available in low, normal
and high levels and are packaged in
different combinations to help you meet your
application requirements. They offer you great
stability—they don’t need to be refrigerated
and remain stable up to 31 days after being
opened. Controls have a 2-year shelf life from
date of manufacture. Available in boxes of 6 vials.
Cat. No.
C1801-7
C1801-2
C1801-8
C1801-5
Mfr. No.
300-105
300-101
300-107
300-103
C1801-6
300-104
C1801-4
300-102
Description
6 x 2.5mL low level
6 x 2.5mL normal level
6 x 2.5mL high level
3 x 2.5mL low level and
3 x 2.5mL normal level
3 x 2.5mL normal level and
3 x 2.5mL high level
2 x 2.5mL low level, 2 x 2.5mL
normal level and 2 x 2.5mL high level
Qty.
6/ea
6/ea
6/ea
6/ea
6/ea
6/ea
Specifications:
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 x 2.0mL
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14,000 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16,000 x g
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.25 x 8.9 x 7.6 in.
Cat. No.
C1801-24
Mfr. No.
100-152
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Description
Microcentrifuge
Qty.
1/ea
cardinalhealth.com
37
Centrifuges and Accessories
SEPARATION TECHNOLOGY This whisper-quiet device will
spin up to six capillary tubes
in only 60 seconds. It has an
easy-to-use, built-in tube
reader that provides an
electronic display of test
C1801-15
capillary tubes
results. For operator safety,
the unit has a locking lid and
a gasket seal for aerosol protection.
Also, disposable transparent tube
holders are used for the capillary
tubes while spinning to minimize
contact with specimens. Standard
75mm capillary tubes with either
a 1.1mm or 0.5mm I.D. can be spun
and read on the device. Capillary tubes
C1801-15 require HemataSEAL® tube sealant. Operates on AC current or
with an optional rechargeable battery (available separately) to enhance
its usefulness in remote locations. Designed to fit almost any lab location.
Dimensions (W x L x H): 7 x 11 x 5 in.
Centrifuges and Accessories
Centrifuges/Microcentrifuges
PowerSpin™ MX Centrifuge
UNICO® PowerSpin™ FX and
LX Benchtop Centrifuges
UNICO - The UNICO model
PowerSpin™ MX Series variable
speed centrifuge is specially
designed for years of demanding
laboratory work. It is easy-to-read,
user-friendly and aids against
human error. The MX centrifuge runs
extremely quiet. The rubber shock
absorbing suction cup feet hold the
unit in place resulting in a quieter
run with less vibration.
ūū Quiet running
(50dB at 3,400 rpm)
Centrifuges and Accessories
ūū 60 min. digital timer
ūū Lid window for speed verification with strobe tachometer
ūū Zero RPM Safety Latching System to secure lid from being opened
while rotor is spinning
Specifications:
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 x 117mm
Speed range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,000–3,400 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,750 x g
Cat. No.
C8624
Mfr. No.
C8624
Description
24-place rotor
Qty.
1/ea
UNICO - This centrifuge is made of
formed metal and has a baked paint
application that is acid- and reagentresistant. A safety switch built into
the handle assembly disconnects the
power to the motor whenever the latch
is lifted. The hematocrit tray is made of
plastic composite material backed by
an aluminum shell for durability and
lighter weight. The brushed motor is
mounted on rubber mounts to provide
quieter running and less vibration.
The centrifuge features a 24-place
rotor with replaceable rubber ring
and screw-down metal lid. It also has a
dependable 5 min. timer with bell signal
at end of run. Nominal speed is 12,000 rpm.
Specifications:
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . 24 capillary tubes, microhematocrit tubes
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12,000 rpm
Maximum RCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15,000
38
Mfr. No.
C-MH30
Description
Microhematocrit centrifuge
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Choose between fixed- or variable-speed centrifuges with either a
6- or 8-place angled rotor for 2 to 10mL tubes. The 6-place rotor can
accommodate up to three 15mL tubes. Adapters (available separately)
are required for 2 or 4 to 5mL tubes. Optional Tube-Holdster™ to organize
balance tubes and adapters. The centrifuges’ stainless steel rotor
chamber is easily accessible for cleaning and disinfection. Suction cup
rubber feet are included for both stability and vibration reduction.
UL-approved components. PowerSpin™ LX models meet CLIA regulations
for speed control.
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
Qty.
FX centrifuges - 3,400 rpm (speed) - 1,350 x g (RCF)
C806
C806
6-place rotor - 6 x 10mL
1/ea
C808
C808
8-place rotor - 8 x 10mL
1/ea
LX centrifuges - 300 – 4,000 rpm (speed) - 1,825 x g (RCF)
C856
C856
6-place rotor - 6 x 10mL
1/ea
C858
C858
8-place rotor - 8 x 10mL
1/ea
Accessories for PowerSpin™ centrifuges
C800-01
C800-01
8-place rotor
1/ea
C800-03
C800-03
Adapter for 5mL tubes
10/pk
C800-04
C800-04
Pediatric or microtube adapter 2/pk
C800-18
C800-18
Tube Holdster™ 18-place
1/ea
C800-75
C800-75
Tachometer
1/ea
UNICO® C-MH30
Microhematocrit Centrifuge
Cat. No.
C-MH30
UNICO - These tabletop centrifuges
are economical, reliable and extremely
quiet. They can spin at speeds of either
3,400 rpm or 300 to 4,000 rpm to help
ensure clean, complete separation
of cellular components and yield
superior serum or plasma specimens.
PowerSpin™ centrifuges operate at less
than 58dB for a quieter, less stressful
working environment. All models
feature a chemical-resistant, easyto-clean exterior, maintenance-free,
brushless motor and a latching lid
with safety switch triggered to shut off
power to motor when lid is raised. Additional
features include a 0 to 30 min. timer with bell tone
signal and a lid window for strobe tachometer rpm check.
Qty.
1/ea
Need a product immediately?
Call your sales or customer service representative
right away. Your representative will check availability
and pricing, place your order and follow through on
a speedy delivery. Or visit us at cardinalhealth.com.
cardinalhealth.com
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Cold Storage
Refrigerators: General Laboratory
Premier Series
Laboratory Refrigerators
CARDINAL HEALTH - Our selection of high
performance laboratory refrigerators offers
cabinet sizes to fit a variety of space needs
and storage equipment.
ūū Powerful industrial compressors
ūū Thick CFC-free insulation
ūū Access port standard
ūū Adjustable temperature set point
ūū Adjustable temperature alarms
ūū Built-in contacts for remote alarms
ūū Self-closing doors
ūū Adjustable shelves
ūū Smart defrost for temperature stability
UL certified.
Temperature range: +1°C to +8°C, factory pre-set to +4°C (auto defrost)
Cu. Ft.
4.9
4.9
4.9
11.5
11.5
11.5
23.3
23.3
23.3
23.3
29.2
29.2
29.2
29.2
45.8
Voltage (Hz)
115 (60)
115 (60)
208/230 (60)
115 (60)
115 (60)
208/230 (60)
115 (60)
115 (60)
208/230 (60)
208/230 (60)
115 (60)
115 (60)
208/230 (60)
208/230 (60)
115 (60)
Amps/Breaker
(Plug)
8.0/15 (P1)
8.0/15 (P1)
6.0/15 (P4)
9.4/15 (P1)
9.4/15 (P1)
6.0/15 (P4)
9.4/15 (P1)
9.4/15 (P1)
6.0/15 (P4)
6.0/15 (P4)
9.4/15 (P1)
9.4/15 (P1)
6.0/15 (P4)
6.0/15 (P4)
15.0/20 (P2)
Cabinet
Upright
Upright
Upright
Space saver
Space saver
Space saver
Upright
Upright
Upright
Upright
Upright
Upright
Upright
Upright
Upright
R3802-7D
45.8
208/230 (60)
8.0.5/15 (P4)
Upright
R3802-10A
LRG504A
R3802-10D
LRG504D
R3802-15A
LRG754A
R3802-15D
LRG754D
51.1
51.1
51.1
51.1
78.8
78.8
78.8
78.8
115 (60)
115 (60)
208/230 (60)
208/230 (60)
115 (60)
115 (60)
208/230 (60)
208/230 (60)
15/20 (P2)
15/20 (P2)
8.0.5/15 (P4)
8.0.5/15 (P4)
16.0/20 (P2)
16.0/20 (P2)
10.5/15 (P4)
10.5/15 (P4)
Upright
Upright
Upright
Upright
Upright
Upright
Upright
Upright
Door
Single, solid
Single, glass
Single, glass
Single, solid
Single, glass
Single, glass
Single, solid
Single, glass
Single, solid
Single, glass
Single, solid
Single, glass
Single, solid
Single, glass
Double,
sliding glass
Double,
sliding glass
Double, solid
Double, glass
Double, solid
Double, glass
Triple, solid
Triple, glass
Triple, solid
Triple, glass
Shelves
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
Int. Dimensions*
H x D x W in.
20 x 20.5 x 20
20 x 20.5 x 20
20 x 20.5 x 20
52.4 x 21.75 x 20
52.4 x 21.75 x 20
52.4 x 21.75 x 20
58 x 29 x 24
58 x 29 x 24
58 x 29 x 24
58 x 29 x 24
58 x 29 x 30
58 x 29 x 30
58 x 29 x 30
58 x 29 x 30
58 x 26 x 52.5
Ext. Dimensions*
H x D x W in.
33.4 x 26 x 24
33.4 x 26 x 24
33.4 x 26 x 24
73.6 x 29.4 x 24
73.6 x 29.4 x 24
73.6 x 29.4 x 24
79.2 x 37.2 x 28
79.2 x 37.2 x 28
79.2 x 37.2 x 28
79.2 x 37.2 x 28
79.2 x 37.2 x 34
79.2 x 37.2 x 34
79.2 x 37.2 x 34
79.2 x 37.2 x 34
79.2 x 34.5 x 56.5
Ship
Weight lbs.
220
220
220
280
280
280
370
370
370
370
435
435
435
435
670
8
58 x 26 x 52.5
79.2 x 34.5 x 56.5
670
8
8
8
8
12
12
12
12
58 x 29 x 52.5
58 x 29 x 52.5
58 x 29 x 52.5
58 x 29 x 52.5
58 x 29 x 81
58 x 29 x 81
58 x 29 x 81
58 x 29 x 81
79.2 x 37.2 x 56.5
79.2 x 37.2 x 56.5
79.2 x 37.2 x 56.5
79.2 x 37.2 x 56.5
79.2 x 37.2 x 85
79.2 x 37.2 x 85
79.2 x 37.2 x 85
79.2 x 37.2 x 85
585
585
585
585
805
805
805
805
* Published interior volumes are nominal; useable cu. ft. capacities may be offset by shelves, drawers, blower coils or cabinet protrusions. For specific cabinet dimensions and allowances, or for
verification of clearance tolerances, contact our sales representatives. Product performance may be affected by ambient temperature conditions, humidity conditions, sample loading preferences
and frequency of door openings. Contact our sales representatives for specific inquiries regarding your application.
To order, call: 800.964.5227
cardinalhealth.com
39
Cold Storage
Cat. No.
R3863-1A
LRG46A
LRG46D
R3802-3A
LRG124A
LRG124D
R3802-5A
LRG234A
R3802-5D
LRG234D
R3802-6A
LRG304A
R3802-6D
LRG304D
R3802-7A
Cold Storage
Refrigerators: General Laboratory
Pro Series
Laboratory Refrigerators
CARDINAL HEALTH - Our refrigerators deliver stable temperature control
over a range of +1°C to +12°C. Refrigerator door options include solid
and glass models. Also available with painted coated steel or stainless
steel exteriors. Shelving with pilaster mounting system allows flexibility
in placement. Equipped with 1 in. access port and 2 in. dual wheel casters.
ūū Full featured alarm system
ūū Lockable doors
ūū Temperature recording charts to confirm optimal
storage parameters
UL certified.
Temperature range: +1°C to +12°C, preset to +4°C; undercounter +2°C to +10°C, preset to +4°C (auto defrost)
Cat. No.
Cu. Ft.
Voltage (Hz)
Finish
Door
Chart
Recorder
Shelves
Int. Dimensions
H x D x W in.
Ext. Dimensions
H x D x W in.
Ship
Weight lbs.
Solid
No
2
20.4 x 21.5 x 19.4
34.6 x 27.5 x 24
210
Temperature range: +2°C to +10°C, preset to +4°C
Cold Storage
MR05PASEEE
5.4
115 (60)
Painted
Temperature range: +1°C to +12°C, preset to +4°C
MR12PAGAEE
12
115 (60)
Painted
Glass
No
4
45.75 x 20.75 x 21
72 x 24 x 24
230
MR12PAGARE
12
115 (60)
Painted
Glass
Yes
4
45.75 x 20.75 x 21
72 x 24 x 24
230
MR25PAGAEE
23
115 (60)
Painted
Glass
No
4
61.75 x 28.5 x 24
78 x 32 x 27
300
MR25PAGARE
23
115 (60)
Painted
Glass
Yes
4
61.75 x 28.5 x 24
78 x 32 x 27
300
MR25PASAEE
23
115 (60)
Painted
Solid
No
4
61.75 x 28.5 x 24
78 x 32 x 27
300
MR25PASARE
23
115 (60)
Painted
Solid
Yes
4
61.75 x 28.5 x 24
78 x 32 x 27
300
MR25SSGAEE
23
115 (60)
Stainless steel
Glass
No
4
61.75 x 28.5 x 24
78 x 32 x 27
300
MR25SSGARE
23
115 (60)
Stainless steel
Glass
Yes
4
61.75 x 28.5 x 24
78 x 32 x 27
300
MR25SSSAEE
23
115 (60)
Stainless steel
Solid
No
4
61.75 x 28.5 x 24
78 x 32 x 27
300
MR25SSSARE
23
115 (60)
Stainless steel
Solid
Yes
4
61.75 x 28.5 x 24
78 x 32 x 27
300
MR30PAGAEE
27
115 (60)
Painted
Glass
No
4
61.75 x 28.5 x 27
78 x 32 x 30
386
MR30PAGARE
27
115 (60)
Painted
Glass
Yes
4
61.75 x 28.5 x 27
78 x 32 x 30
386
MR30PASAEE
27
115 (60)
Painted
Solid
No
4
61.75 x 28.5 x 27
78 x 32 x 30
386
MR30PASARE
27
115 (60)
Painted
Solid
Yes
4
61.75 x 28.5 x 27
78 x 32 x 30
386
MR30SSGAEE
27
115 (60)
Stainless steel
Glass
No
4
61.75 x 28.5 x 27
78 x 32 x 30
386
MR30SSGARE
27
115 (60)
Stainless steel
Glass
Yes
4
61.75 x 28.5 x 27
78 x 32 x 30
386
MR30SSSAEE
27
115 (60)
Stainless steel
Solid
No
4
61.75 x 28.5 x 27
78 x 32 x 30
386
MR30SSSARE
27
115 (60)
Stainless steel
Solid
Yes
4
61.75 x 28.5 x 27
78 x 32 x 30
386
40
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
cardinalhealth.com
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Cold Storage
Refrigerators: General Laboratory
Pro Series
Laboratory Refrigerators (continued)
Internal light and fan standard on all Pro Series models
1 in. access port standard on all
refrigerators and freezers
Temperature range: +1°C to +12°C, preset to +4°C (auto defrost)
Ext. Dimensions
H x D x W in.
Ship
Weight lbs.
61.75 x 27 x 40.5
78 x 32 x 43.5
524
61.75 x 27 x 40.5
78 x 32 x 43.5
524
Voltage (Hz)
Finish
Door
MR38PAGAEE
38
115 (60)
Painted
Glass
No
8
MR38PAGARE
38
115 (60)
Painted
Glass
Yes
8
MR45PAGAEE
45
115 (60)
Painted
Glass
No
8
61.75 x 27 x 48.6
78 x 32 x 52
561
MR45PAGARE
45
115 (60)
Painted
Glass
Yes
8
61.75 x 27 x 48.6
78 x 32 x 52
561
MR45SSGAEE
45
115 (60)
Stainless steel
Glass
No
8
61.75 x 27 x 48.6
78 x 32 x 52
561
MR45SSGARE
45
115 (60)
Stainless steel
Glass
Yes
8
61.75 x 27 x 48.6
78 x 32 x 52
561
MR49PAGAEE
49
115 (60)
Painted
Glass
No
8
61.75 x 28.5 x 48.6
78 x 32 x 52
597
MR49PAGARE
49
115 (60)
Painted
Glass
Yes
8
61.75 x 28.5 x 48.6
78 x 32 x 52
597
MR49PASAEE
49
115 (60)
Painted
Solid
No
8
61.75 x 28.5 x 48.6
78 x 32 x 52
597
MR49PASARE
49
115 (60)
Painted
Solid
Yes
8
61.75 x 28.5 x 48.6
78 x 32 x 52
597
MR49SSGAEE
49
115 (60)
Stainless steel
Glass
No
8
61.75 x 27 x 48.6
78 x 32 x 52
597
MR49SSGARE
49
115 (60)
Stainless steel
Glass
Yes
8
61.75 x 27 x 48.6
78 x 32 x 52
597
MR49SSSAEE
49
115 (60)
Stainless steel
Solid
No
8
61.75 x 27 x 48.6
78 x 32 x 52
597
MR49SSSARE
49
115 (60)
Stainless steel
Solid
Yes
8
61.75 x 27 x 48.6
78 x 32 x 52
597
MR72PAGAEE
72
115 (60)
Painted
Glass
No
12
61.75 x 28.5 x 72
78 x 32 x 75
730
MR72PAGARE
72
115 (60)
Painted
Glass
Yes
12
61.75 x 28.5 x 72
78 x 32 x 75
730
MR72SSGAEE
72
115 (60)
Stainless steel
Glass
No
12
61.75 x 28.5 x 72
78 x 32 x 75
730
MR72SSGARE
72
115 (60)
Stainless steel
Glass
Yes
12
61.75 x 28.5 x 72
78 x 32 x 75
730
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Shelves
Int. Dimensions
H x D x W in.
Cu. Ft.
cardinalhealth.com
41
Cold Storage
Chart
Recorder
Cat. No.
Cold Storage
Refrigerators: General Laboratory
Thermo Scientific Jewett®
High-Performance Refrigerators
ūū Choice of solid or glass lockable doors
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Jewett® high-performance refrigerators offer safe,
secure cold storage solutions for critical samples and materials. Designed
for worry-free operation and the secure, controlled environment your
applications and materials require.
ūū Bright, digital temperature display
ūū Optional inkless, 7-day, graphic chart recorder
Cold Storage
ūū High-density, CFC-free, blown-in insulation conforms to cabinet
shape to reduce gaps and increase temperature uniformity
ūū Powerful, industrial-grade compressors for optimal
product protection
ūū 1 in. (2.5cm) insulated access port standard
ūū Positive, forced-air circulation maintains temperature uniformity
throughout the cabinet
ūū Set of four 2 in. (5.1cm) casters included: two locking and
two regular
ūū Environmentally friendly, mercury-free LED interior lighting
42
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
ūū Microprocessor control system with audio and visual alarms
ūū Spring-loaded, self-closing doors with 90° stay-open feature
ūū Hospital-grade plug
ūū NOTE: Chart recorders are optional, not standard
Cat. No.
JRG404A
JLR404A
JRG2304A
JLR2304A
JRG3004A
JLR3004A
JRG5004A
JLR5004A
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
JRG404A
JLR404A
JRG2304A
JLR2304A
JRG3004A
JLR3004A
JRG5004A
JLR5004A
Description
4.9 cu. ft. refrigerator, glass door
4.9 cu. ft. refrigerator, solid door
23.3 cu. ft. refrigerator, glass door
23.3 cu. ft. refrigerator, solid door
29.2 cu. ft. refrigerator, glass door
29.2 cu. ft. refrigerator, solid door
51.1 cu. ft. refrigerator, glass door
51.1 cu. ft. refrigerator, solid door
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Cold Storage
Refrigerators: General Laboratory
Thermo Scientific Jewett®
Pass-Thru Refrigerators
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Jewett®
pass-thru refrigerators offer
convenience when multiple
entry points are required.
Online ordering services at
cardinalhealth.com put you
in command.
Use our online services to help simplify your ordering
process. Our site provides one-click access to key areas
such as:
• Shop for products
• Quick orders
• Order status
• Review purchase history
Cat. No.
LR25D-1B
LR55D-1B
Mfr. No.
LR25D-1B
LR55D-1B
Description
24.8 cu. ft. refrigerator
55 cu. ft. refrigerator
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Visit cardinalhealth.com and register today.
Thermo Scientific Revco® High-Performance
Laboratory Refrigerators
ūū Alarm setpoints are preset to warn of temperature deviation at
5.5°C overtemperature and 1.5°C undertemperature
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Revco® highperformance refrigerators feature
a microprocessor control system,
positive airflow systems, industrialquality cabinet construction
and extra-strength refrigeration
compressors that are ideal
for industrial, clinical and
scientific applications.
ūū Positive forced-air circulation systems
ūū Industrial-grade cabinet construction and compressors
ūū High-density CFC-free urethane foam insulation
ūū Choice of solid or glass lockable doors
ūū Epoxy-coated, open-wire shelves adjustable in 1 in.
(2.5cm) increments
ūū Adjustable temperatures
between 1°C and 8°C
ūū Interior lights with door-activated ON/OFF switch, independent
switch on control panel, adjustable leveling feet (except 4.9 cu. ft.
undercounter model)
ūū Automatic defrost and
condensate removal
ūū 45.8 cu. ft. (1297L) units have double sliding glass doors, basemounted controls and refrigeration systems, independent switchactivated lights and dual-wheel 2 in. (5cm) casters instead of
leveling feet
ūū Digital electronic technology
designed to simplify operation
and deliver greater accuracy
using icon-based controls
ūū Undercounter model has a 1 in. (2.5cm) dia. access port with plug
ūū Large, easy-to-read digital
temperature display within 0.1°C
ūū NOTE: Chart recorders are optional, not standard
ūū Graphic thermometer is steady green when temperature is
normal, flashes top bar for overtemperature, flashes bulb for
undertemperature
ūū Sensor automatically initiates defrost cycle on demand, eliminating
need for a defrost timer, minimizing frost buildup and optimizing
coil efficiency
ūū Audible/visual warnings for temperature deviations or power failure,
remote alarm contacts
ūū Key-operated ON/OFF/ALARM ON master switch for setpoint security
ūū Alarm silence, ringback and auto reset
Cat. No.
RGL404A
R3900-5A
RGL1204A
REL1204-A
RGL2304A
REL2304-A
REL3004-A
REL4504-A
RGL5004A
REL5004-A
Mfr. No.
RGL404A
REL404A
RGL1204A
REL1204A
RGL2304A
REL2304A
REL3004A
REL4504A
RGL5004A
REL5004A
Description
4.9 cu. ft. - glass door - 115V
4.9 cu. ft. - solid door - 115V
11.5 cu. ft. - glass door - 115V
11.5 cu. ft. - solid door - 115V
23.3 cu. ft. - glass door - 115V
23.3 cu. ft. - solid door - 115V
29.2 cu. ft. - solid door - 115V
45.8 cu. ft. - 2 glass sliding doors - 115V
51.1 cu. ft.- 2 glass doors - 115V
51.1 cu. ft - 2 solid doors - 115V
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
ūū Controller battery backup system
To order, call: 800.964.5227
cardinalhealth.com
43
Cold Storage
ūū Cold-rolled steel interior and exterior finished with high-impact
powder paint coating
Cold Storage
Refrigerators: General Laboratory
Premier Lab Refrigerator with Sliding Glass Doors
Premier Laboratory Refrigerators
Cold Storage
NOR-LAKE SCIENTIFIC - NOR-LAKE® Premier Refrigerators are designed
for heavy-duty use. They feature automatic defrost and digital LED
microprocessor control with audible and visual high/low alarms with
remote alarm contacts. The exterior front, sides and back are painted
white. The exterior top and bottom are galvanized steel. The interior is
white and there are three epoxy-coated shelves per door, which can be
adjusted in 1 in. increments.
Refrigerator cabinet is formed-in-place with high-density polyurethane
foam insulation. Doors have heavy-duty pivot hinges and pull handles
with centered key locks and self-adjusting magnetic gaskets. These
refrigerators feature top-mounted refrigeration, air-cooled condensing
unit, automatic condensate evaporation and door-opening heaters
(glass door models). There are six casters (three locking) on three-door
models. Refrigerators are available with optional chart recorder, up
to eight stainless steel drawers, up to six wire basket drawers, internal
electrical outlet, lead access ports, stainless steel interior and exterior
and extra shelves. UL/CUL listed. Warranties: 18-month parts and labor,
5-year compressor (US and Canada).
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shelf area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . .
Exterior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . .
Cat. No.
NSPR803WWG
NSPR803WWW
44
Mfr. No.
NSPR803WWG/0
NSPR803WWW/0
2°C to 10°C factory preset at 4°C
42.8 sq. ft.
115V, 60Hz
59 x 78½ x 30 in.
795/8 x 82½ x 35½ in.
Description
80 cu. ft. - 3 glass doors
80 cu. ft. - 3 solid doors
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
NOR-LAKE SCIENTIFIC - Designed to meet the demanding requirements
of scientific and laboratory applications, this premier laboratory
refrigerator features two sliding glass doors and a microprocessor control
with digital LED display. Factory preset operating temperature is 4°C.
Audible and visual alarms will alert you of temperature fluctuations.
Remote alarm contacts are included.
The unit offers top-mounted refrigeration, an air-cooled condensing unit,
automatic defrost and foamed-in-place, high-density polyurethane foam
insulation. The exterior and interior are white and there are six epoxycoated adjustable shelves. Doors have a self-closing and hold-open
feature. Other features include fluorescent interior lighting, key locks and
four casters (two locking). Refrigerators are also available with optional
internal electrical outlet, chart recorder, access port and stainless steel
interior and exterior. UL/CUL listed. Warranties: 18-month parts and labor,
5-year compressor (US and Canada).
Specifications:
Shelf area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . .
Exterior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . .
Cat. No.
LR502WWG0
Mfr. No.
NSPR502WWG/0
26 sq. ft.
2°C to 10°C factory preset at 4°C
115V, 60Hz
59 x 51 x 30 in.
795/8 x 55 x 34 in.
Description
52 cu. ft. refrigerator
Qty.
1/ea
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
cardinalhealth.com
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Cold Storage
Refrigerators: General Laboratory
Premier Pass-Through
Refrigerators
Select™ Glass Door
Laboratory Refrigerators
NOR-LAKE SCIENTIFIC - These
laboratory refrigerators have a
front and rear door, for two-sided
access. They are available with
one pair, two pairs or three pairs
in a variety of configurations—
glass front door(s) and solid
back door(s), all-glass doors or
all-solid doors. All models have
a microprocessor control with
high/low audible and visual
alarms, remote alarm contacts
and an LED digital display. The
exterior front, solid doors and
sides are white. The exterior top
and bottom are galvanized steel.
The interior liner and door panel are white and there are three epoxycoated shelves per door, which can be adjusted in 1 in. increments.
NOR-LAKE SCIENTIFIC - These refrigerators
include a digital 4 x 20 character LCD display
microprocessor temperature controller with
audible and visual high/low temperature alarm,
which can be tested. Remote alarm contacts.
Door ajar alarm, visual and audible (volume
adjustable). Sensor failure alarm. 100-event
alarm logging. Password protection and
adjustable alarm beep or constant on
(keypad selectable). Door opening counter
with 24-hour automatic reset.
Cabinet and doors are formed-in-place with high-density polyurethane
foam insulation. Doors have pull handles, key locks and self-adjusting
magnetic gaskets. These refrigerators feature top-mounted refrigeration.
There are four casters (two locking) on one- and two-door models.
UL/CUL-listed. CE Mark. Refrigerators are available with several optional
features including extra shelves, two-way drawer wire baskets or
two-way stainless steel drawers (on applicable models), chart recorder,
lead access ports and stainless steel interior and exterior. Warranties:
18-month parts and labor, 5-year compressor (US and Canada).
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Glass front door solid back door
PT554WWG0
NSPT524WWG/0
NSPT806WWG
NSPT806WWG/0
All glass doors
PT242WWF0
NSPT242WWF/0
PT524WWF0
NSPT524WWF/0
NSPT806WWF
NSPT806WWF/0
White exterior cabinet front, sides and back. Interior cabinet liner is also
white. Exterior cabinet top and bottom are galvanized steel. Cabinet and
solid doors are foamed-in-place with CFC-free high-density polyurethane
foam insulation. Glass door(s), full size, double pane with pivot hinges
and pull door handles. Magnetic door gaskets. Key door lock(s) (two keys).
Three coated wire shelves per door section. Sensor access port, 1 in.
diameter. Four casters on one- and two-door models. 2 to 10V DC output
for product temperature (selectable to air temperature)
2°C to 10°C factory preset at 4°C
115V, 60 Hz
Warranties: 24-month parts and labor, 5-year compressor (US and Canada).
UL/CUL listed.
12.8 sq. ft.
59 x 23½ x 32 in.
795/8 x 27½ x 37¾ in.
Specifications:
Temperature control range. . . . . . . . . . . 2°C to 10°C factory preset at 4°C
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115V, 1PH, 60Hz, NEMA plug 5-15P
Interior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . 59 x 23½ x 30 in.
Exterior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . 795/8 x 27½ x 35½ in.
28.6 sq. ft.
59 x 51 x 32 in.
795/8 x 55 x 37¾ in.
Cat. No.
NSSR241WG0
42.8 sq. ft.
59 x 78½ x 32 in.
795/8 x 82½ x 37¾ in.
Description
Qty.
55.7 cu. ft. - 2 doors
85.8 cu. ft. - 3 doors
1/ea
1/ea
25.6 cu. ft. - 1 door
55.7 cu. ft. - 2 doors
85.8 cu. ft. - 3 doors
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Mfr. No.
NSSR241WWG/0
Description
24 cu. ft. refrigerator
Qty.
1/ea
If you don’t see what you are
looking for … contact us.
If you don’t see the product you are looking for, just
pick up the phone and ask your sales or customer
service representative to assist you. Visit our website at
cardinalhealth.com for more information.
Customer Service: 800.964.5227
To order, call: 800.964.5227
cardinalhealth.com
45
Cold Storage
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PT242WWF0
Shelf area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . .
Exterior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . .
PT554WWG0 and PT524WWF0
Shelf area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . .
Exterior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . .
NSPT806WWG and NSPT806WWF
Shelf area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . .
Exterior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . .
Air-cooled condensing unit, top-mounted
forced air refrigeration system and automatic
defrost and condensate evaporation. Continuous
product temperature display and low battery
test switch with buzzer. Real-time date/time
display. Digital calibration for air and product.
Three sensor system (two product, one air). Fan motor run time monitor.
Defrost heater time monitor. Condenser/compressor run time monitor.
Interior light, switch activated.
Cold Storage
Refrigerators: General Laboratory
Select™ Solid Door
Laboratory Refrigerators
NOR-LAKE SCIENTIFIC - These
refrigerators include a digital
4 x 20 character LCD display
microprocessor temperature
controller with audible and visual
high/low temperature alarm,
which can be tested. Remote alarm
contacts. Door ajar alarm, visual
and audible (volume adjustable).
Sensor failure alarm. 100-event
alarm logging. Password protection
and adjustable alarm beep or
constant on (keypad selectable).
Door opening counter with 24-hour
automatic reset.
Air-cooled condensing unit,
top-mounted forced air refrigeration
system and automatic defrost and condensate evaporation. Continuous
product temperature display and low battery test switch with buzzer.
Real time date/time display. Digital calibration for air and product.
Three sensor system (two product, one air). Fan motor run time monitor.
Defrost time monitor. Condenser/compressor run time monitor. Interior
light, switch-activated.
Cold Storage
White exterior cabinet front, sides and back. Exterior cabinet top and
bottom are galvanized steel. Interior cabinet liner and interior door panel
are painted white. Cabinet and solid doors are foamed-in-place with
CFC-free high-density polyurethane foam insulation. Heavy-duty solid
door(s) with pivot hinges and full length pull door handle(s). Magnetic
door gaskets. Centered key door lock(s) (two keys). Three coated wire
shelves per door section. Sensor access port, 1 in. diameter. Four casters
on one- and two-door models (two locking). 2 to 10V DC output for
product temperature (selectable to air temperature).
Warranties: 24-month parts and labor, 5-year compressor (US and
Canada). UL/CUL listed.
Specifications:
Temperature control range. . . . . . . . . . . 2°C to 10°C factory preset at 4°C
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115V, 1PH, 60Hz, NEMA plug 5-15P
NSSR241WW0
Interior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . 59 x 23½ x 30 in.
Exterior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . 795/8 x 27½ x 347/8 in.
NSSR331WW0
Interior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . 67 x 27¾ x 31 in.
Exterior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . 875/8 x 31¾ x 357/8 in.
NSSR522WW0
Interior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . 59 x 51 x 30 in.
Exterior dimensions (H x W x D . . . . . . . 795/8 x 55 x 347/8 in.
Cat. No.
NSSR241WW0
NSSR331WW0
NSSR522WW0
46
Mfr. No.
NSSR241WWW/0
NSSR331WWW/0
NSSR522WWW/0
Description
24 cu. ft. - 12.83 shelf sq. ft.
33 cu. ft. - 15.85 shelf sq. ft.
52 cu. ft. - 28.6 shelf sq. ft.
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Large Capacity Laboratory Refrigerators
PANASONIC - Stable and reliable refrigerated environment for exacting
laboratory requirements. Ideal temperature environment for clinical
research, pharmaceutical and industrial use. Adjustable shelves and
wide range setpoint for varying laboratory applications including
chromatography and pharmaceutical storage. Features include:
ūū Temperature stability
ūū Wide temperature range
ūū Speedy and powerful refrigeration
ūū Easy-to-manage layout
ūū Standard alarm and safety features
ūū HFC-refrigerant and CFC-free insulation
ūū Large fans
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2°C to 23°C
MPR-721
Interior dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . 25.6 x 28 x 59.1 in.
Exterior dimensions (W x D x H). . . . 30.3 x 36.2 x 77 in.
Shelves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 polyethylene-coated wire
MPR-721R
Interior dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . 25.6 x 28 x 59.1 in.
Exterior dimensions (W x D x H). . . . 30.3 x 36.2 x 77 in
Drawers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 coated steel, handles w/card holder
MPR-1411
Interior dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . 52 x 28 x 59.1 in.
Exterior dimensions (W x D x H). . . . 56.7 x 36.2 x 76.8 in.
Shelves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 polyethylene-coated wire
MPR-1411R
Interior dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . 52 x 28 x 59.1 in.
Exterior dimensions (W x D x H). . . . 56.7 x 36.2 x 76.8 in.
Drawers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 coated steel, handles w/card holder
Cat. No.
Single doors
MPR-721
MPR-721R
Double doors
MPR-1411
MPR-1411R
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
Description
Qty.
MPR-721
MPR-721R
24.2 cu. ft.- 4 shelves
23.7 cu. ft. - 5 drawers
1/ea
1/ea
MPR-1411
MPR-1411R
48.4 cu. ft. - 8 shelves
48.2 cu. ft. - 10 drawers
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Cold Storage
Refrigerators: General Laboratory
Undercounter Laboratory Refrigerators
Undercounter Laboratory Refrigerator
PANASONIC - These units provide
compact refrigeration and are ideal
for freestanding use or for use under
the bench in clinical, life science,
pharmaceutical, biotechnology and
industrial laboratories. The units
feature quiet operation and use HFC
refrigerant R-134a. Three adjustable
wire shelves help to maximize storage.
SRL4110WSE includes a door lock for
security. Refrigerators SR-L4110W
and SRL4110WSE have a temperature
control thermodial located inside the
refrigerator chamber.
PANASONIC - This undercounter
refrigerator features a microprocessor
controller with digital display to
regulate temperature. An alarm
notifies you if the temperature
deviates more than 3°C from the
setpoint. A door ajar alarm features a
delay timer to help eliminate nuisance
alarms. Forced air circulation in the
cabinet enables the unit to quickly
restore temperature uniformity after
door openings. The unit also includes
remote alarm contacts to connect to
a centralized alarm monitoring system
and a door lock for security.
SR-L4110W model shown
Specifications:
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115V, 60 Hz, 0.9A
SR-L4110W/SRL4110WSE
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -5° to +8°C
Exterior dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . . 21.4 x 22.8 x 33.8 in.
Cat. No.
SR-L4110W
SRL4110WSE
Mfr. No.
SR-L4110W-PA
SR-L4110WSEC-PA
Description
4.9 cu. ft.
4.9 cu. ft. with lock
SRL6111W model shown
Specifications:
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115V, 60 Hz, 0.9A
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1° to 14°C
Exterior dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . . 23.6 x 22.5 x 34.5 in.
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Cat. No.
SRL6111W
Mfr. No.
SR-L6111W-PA
Description
6.1 cu. ft. with lock
Qty.
1/ea
Is it worth it?
Cold Storage
The long hours in the lab.
The hard work.
The attention to detail.
The dedication.
The patience …
The patients.
The thought that I can help
people live longer,
healthier lives.
Yes.
Yes, it’s worth it.
To order, call: 800.964.5227
cardinalhealth.com
47
Cold Storage
Refrigerators: Blood Bank
Premier Series
Blood Bank Refrigerators
CARDINAL HEALTH - Our blood bank refrigerators are designed to meet
strict requirements established by the AABB, ANRC and FDA for storage
of whole blood and blood components. The complete selection of
+4°C refrigerators feature simplified push-button alarm test functions
and reliable, field-proven refrigeration systems designed for the most
demanding applications.
ūū Powerful industrial compressors
ūū Thick CFC-free insulation
ūū Access port standard
ūū Adjustable temperature setpoint
ūū Adjustable temperature alarms
ūū Built-in contacts for remote alarms
ūū Self-closing doors
ūū Adjustable steel drawers
ūū Built-in chart recorder (freestanding on 4.9 cu. ft.)
ūū Automatic alarm test
ūū Additional lower temperature probe
ūū Smart defrost for temperature stability
UL certified.
Cold Storage
Temperature range: +1°C to +8°C, factory pre-set to +4°C (auto defrost)
Cat. No.
Cu. Ft.
(Bag capacity) Voltage (Hz)
Amps/
Breaker
(Plug)
Cabinet
R3863-4A
4.9 (64)
115 (60)
8.0/15 (P1)
Undercounter
Single, solid
2
20 x 20.5 x 20
33.4 x 26 x 24
R3840-3A
11.5 (92)
115 (60)
9.4/15 (P1)
Space saver
Single, glass
6
52.4 x 21.75 x 20
73.6 x 29.4 x 24
320
R3840-5A
23.3 (385)
115 (60)
9.4/15 (P1)
Upright
Single, glass
7
58 x 29 x 24
79.2 x 36.4 x 28
470
R3840-5D
23.3 (385)
208/230 (60)
6.0/15 (P4)
Upright
Single, glass
7
58 x 29 x 24
79.2 x 36.4 x 28
470
R3840-6A
29.2 (426)
115 (60)
9.4/15 (P1)
Upright
Single, glass
6
58 x 29 x 30
79.2 x 36.4 x 34
505
TFSBB304D
29.2 (426)
208/230 (60)
6.0/15 (P4)
Upright
Single, glass
6
58 x 29 x 30
79.2 x 36.4 x 34
505
R3840-10A
51.1 (770)
115 (60)
15/20 (P2)
Upright
Double, glass
14
58 x 29 x 52.5
79.2 x 36.4 x 56.5
640
R3840-10D
51.1 (770)
208/230 (60)
8.0.5/15 (P4) Upright
Double, glass
14
58 x 29 x 52.5
79.2 x 36.4 x 56.5
640
Door
Drawers
Int. Dimensions*
H x D x W in.
Ext. Dimensions* Ship
H x D x W in.
Weight lbs.
220
* Published interior volumes are nominal; useable cu. ft. capacities may be offset by shelves, drawers, blower coils or cabinet protrusions. For specific cabinet dimensions and allowances, or for
verification of clearance tolerances, contact our sales representatives. Product performance may be affected by ambient temperature conditions, humidity conditions, sample loading preferences
and frequency of door openings. Contact our sales representatives for specific inquiries regarding your application.
48
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
cardinalhealth.com
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Cold Storage
Refrigerators: Blood Bank
Thermo Scientific Jewett®
High-Performance Blood
Bank Refrigerators
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Jewett® high-performance
blood bank refrigerators provide fast pull-down,
rapid temperature recovery and outstanding
+4°C temperature uniformity for refrigerated
blood and blood products.
Jewett® high-performance blood bank
refrigerators are designed to provide years of
reliable performance and to meet the strict
requirements established by the AABB, ANRC,
FDA and other international agencies. Units
hold 64 to 770 bags (depending on model),
maintain a consistent temperature and quickly
recover setpoint temperature after the door
has been opened and closed.
ūū Operating temperature 2°C to 4°C
(factory preset at 4°C)
ūū Microprocessor control
ūū High-density CFC-free, blown-in insulation
ūū Powerful, industrial-grade compressors
ūū 1 in. insulated access port
ūū Positive, forced-air circulation
ūū Set of four 2 in. casters: two locking and two regular
ūū Spring-loaded, self-closing doors with 90° stay-open feature with
lockable doors for added sample security
ūū Hospital-grade plug
ūū Standard inkless, 7-day graphic chart recorder
ūū Environmentally friendly, mercury-free, LED interior lighting
Cat. No.
JBB404A
JBB1204A
JBB2304A
JBB3004A
JBB5004A
Mfr. No.
JBB404A
JBB1204A
JBB2304A
JBB3004A
JBB5004A
Description
4.9 cu. ft. refrigerator
11.5 cu. ft. refrigerator
23.3 cu. ft. refrigerator
29.2 cu. ft. refrigerator
51.1 cu. ft. refrigerator
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
ūū Standard safety glass, double-pane doors (solid undercounter door)
ūū Adjustable stainless-steel drawers
Cold Storage
Thermo Scientific Jewett® Pass-Thru Blood
Bank Refrigerator
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Jewett® pass-thru blood bank refrigerators
offer convenience when multiple entry points are required.
Cat. No.
BBR25D-1B
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Mfr. No.
BBR25D-1B
cardinalhealth.com
Description
24.8 cu. ft. - HemaPro 2000
temp. surveillance module
Qty.
1/ea
49
Cold Storage
Refrigerators: Blood Bank
Thermo Scientific Revco® Blood Bank Refrigerators
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Revco® high-performance
blood bank refrigerators are designed to meet strict
requirements established by the AABB, ANRC and FDA
for storage of whole blood and blood components.
They feature microprocessor control systems, positive
airflow systems, industrial-quality cabinet construction
and extra-strength refrigeration compressors designed for
industrial, clinical and scientific use.
Positive, forced-air circulation maintains temperature
uniformity throughout. Directional airflow assures quick
recovery after door is opened. High-density, CFC-free
urethane foam insulation protects cabinet from ambient
temperature fluctuations and minimizes operating costs.
Heavy-duty, industrial-grade, hermetically sealed
compressors. Automatic condensate removal and defrost.
Digital electronic technology designed to simplify operation
and deliver greater accuracy. Factory-preset temperature
setpoint at 4°C. Adjustable temperatures between 1°C and 8°C.
Icon-based controls. Large, digital display that shows temperature
within 0.1°C. Graphic thermometer shows steady green for normal
temperature, flashes top bar for overtemperature and flashes bulb for
undertemperature.
ūū Sensor automatically initiates defrost cycle on demand, eliminating
need for a timer, minimizing frost buildup and optimizing
coil efficiency
ūū Key-operated ON/OFF/ALARM ON master switch for setpoint security;
audible/visual warnings for temperature deviations or power failure
ūū Alarm silence, ringback and auto reset and remote alarm contacts
ūū Controller battery backup system
Cold Storage
ūū Lockable doors self-close against closed-cell peripheral gasket
Blood Bank Refrigerators
NOR-LAKE SCIENTIFIC - These
blood bank refrigerators feature
an industrial-quality cabinet
with a heavy-duty refrigeration
system to help you maintain
your valuable materials.
Available with one or two fullsize glass doors with a variety
of monitoring instrumentation.
Air-temperature probe with
high/low alarms, two product
temperature probes with high/
low alarms, a 7-day electric chart
recorder with battery backup,
power failure alarm, continuous
LCD display of air and product temperatures, two levels of user password
protection and 100-event alarm logging with date/time stamp and
product temperatures.
All models feature a streamlined unit cooler design that optimizes
capacity and helps improve airflow and uniformity. Other features
include air-cooled condensing unit, automatic condensate evaporation,
microprocessor PLC control with digital display, automatic defrost,
fluorescent interior lighting and doorframe heaters.
50
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
ūū Dual-pane glass viewing door(s) insulated to prevent condensation
ūū Adjustable, full-extension, stainless steel drawers
ūū Interior cabinet lights (except undercounter model)
ūū Door-activated ON/OFF switch and independent switch on panel
ūū Undercounter model (solid door) and 1 in. dia. access port with plug
Cat. No.
R3900-6A
REB1204-A
REB2304-A
REB5004-A
Mfr. No.
REB404A
REB1204A
REB2304-A
REB5004A
Description
4.9 cu. ft. refrigerator - 115V
11.5 cu. ft. refrigerator - 115V
23.3 cu. ft. refrigerator - 115V
51.1 cu. ft. refrigerator - 115V
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
The cabinet is foamed-in-place with high-density polyurethane
insulation. The exterior front is white baked enamel. The exterior top
and bottom are galvanized steel. The interior is painted white and there
are eight stainless-steel drawers per door. Self-closing double-pane glass
doors have heavy-duty pivot hinges and pull handles with key lock and
self-adjusting magnetic gaskets. Four casters (two locking) on one- and
two-door models, six casters (three locking) on three-door models.
Preset at 4°C. UL/CUL listed. Meets AARB, ANRC and FDA requirements.
Warranties:18-month parts and labor, 5-year compressor (US and Canada).
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1°C to 6°C
Power requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115V, 60 Hz
BR241WWG0
Interior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 x 23½ x 30 in.
Exterior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . 795/8 x 27½ x 35½ in.
BR522WWG0
Interior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 x 51 x 30 in.
Exterior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . 795/8 x 55 x 35½ in.
NSBR803WW
Interior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 x 781/2 x 30 in.
Exterior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . 795/8 x 821/2 x 351/2 in.
Cat. No.
BR241WWG0
BR522WWG0
NSBR803WWG
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
NSBR241WWG/0
NSBR522WWG/0
NSBR803WWG/0
Description
24 cu. ft. - 1 door
52 cu. ft. - 2 doors
80 cu. ft. - 3 doors
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Cold Storage
Refrigerators: Blood Bank
Undercounter Blood
Bank Refrigerator
NOR-LAKE SCIENTIFIC Designed for blood banking,
this refrigerator has an
industrial-quality cabinet and
a heavy-duty refrigeration
system. It can be built-in on
three sides, as the air intake
and exhaust is through
the base in front. The unit
offers digital LED display
microprocessor temperature controller, high/low product alarm, remote
contacts and a freestanding temperature chart recorder. The exterior is
painted white enamel and the back and bottom are made of galvanized
steel; interior liner and door panel are aluminum. There is one adjustable
gray epoxy-coated wire shelf.
The refrigerator features a base-mount refrigeration system, an aircooled condensing unit with an expansion-valve refrigeration system,
automatic defrost, four 4 in. legs, magnetic door gasket, pull handle and
key door lock, 1 in. diameter sensor access port, four 4 in. legs. Casters
are optional. The cabinet and door are foamed-in-place with highdensity polyurethane foam insulation. Operating temperature is 4°C.
UL/CUL listed. Meets AABB, ANRC and FDA requirements for blood storage.
18-month parts and labor, 5-year compressor (US and Canada) warranty.
Specifications:
Shelf area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustable height. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . .
Exterior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . .
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cat. No.
BR051WMW0
Mfr. No.
NSBR051WMW/0
2.66 sq. ft.
2° to 8°C
34 to 351/4 in. (86 to 89cm)
227/8 x 23 x 191/2 in.
34 x 27 x 25 in.
115V, 60 Hz
Description
5.1 cu. ft. refrigerator
Qty.
1/ea
Blood Bank Refrigerators
PANASONIC - Panasonic blood bank refrigerators are designed to
conform to AABB criteria with a highly efficient compressor that provides
superior temperature recovery, rapid cooling and quiet performance
for each model. Designed with all the features for blood product
preservation such as superior uniformity, microprocessor control and
large flexible storage capacity. Ideally suited for whole blood storage
with stable and reliable temperature control for various inventory loads.
Features:
ūū Stable temperature control
ūū Roll-out drawers, Plexiglas® inner doors
ūū Forced air circulation for enhanced temperature stability
ūū User-friendly design
Cold Storage
ūū Temperature monitoring features
ūū The ideal +4°C environment for safe and reliable storage
of whole blood
Navigating
challenges,
discovering
solutions.
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . 4°C ±1°C (ambient temperature 35°C)
Temperature alarm. . . . . . High, 6°C; low, 2°C; audible and visual alarm
Storage capacity
MBR-107DH . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 (450mL bags)
MBR-304GR. . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 (450mL bags)
MBR-704GR. . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 (450mL bags)
MBR-1405GR. . . . . . . . . . . . 720 (450mL bags)
Cat. No.
MBR-107DH
MBR-304GR
MBR-704GR
MBR-1405GR
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
MBR-107DH
MBR-304GR
MBR-704GR
MBR-1405GR
Description
2.8 cu. ft. - 4 shelves
10.6 cu. ft. - 5 roll-out drawers
21.8 cu. ft. - 6 roll-out drawers
45.4 cu. ft. - 12 roll-out drawers
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
51
Cold Storage
Refrigerators: Chromatography
Premier Series
Chromatography Refrigerators
CARDINAL HEALTH - Our chromatography
refrigerators are designed for a variety of
applications requiring close temperature
control, full access to chromatography
instrumentation and easy setup of
instrumentation and apparatus within
the chamber.
ūū Powerful industrial compressors
ūū Thick CFC-free insulation
ūū 2 large access ports standard
ūū Adjustable temperature setpoint
ūū Adjustable temperature alarms
ūū Built-in contacts for remote alarms
ūū Self-closing doors
ūū Adjustable shelves
ūū Smart defrost for temperature stability
ūū Duplex interior plug
UL certified.
Cold Storage
Temperature range: +1°C to +8°C, factory pre-set to +4°C (auto defrost)
Cat. No.
Cu. Ft.
Voltage (Hz)
Amps/
Breaker
(Plug)
R3865-1A
23.3
115 (60)
9.4/15 (P1)
Upright
Single, glass
0/2
58 x 29 x 24
79.2 x 36.4 x 28
425
R3865-1D
23.3
208/230 (60)
6.0/15 (P4)
Upright
Single, glass
0/2
58 x 29 x 24
79.2 x 36.4 x 28
425
CC304A
29.2
115 (60)
9.4/15 (P1)
Upright
Single, glass
0/2
58 x 29 x 30
79.2 x 36.4 x 34
435
CC304D
29.2
208/230 (60)
6.0/15 (P4)
Upright
Single, glass
0/2
58 x 29 x 30
79.2 x 36.4 x 34
435
CC454AB
45.8
115 (60)
15.0/20 (P2)
Upright
Double,
sliding glass
4/2
58 x 26 x 52.5
79.1 x 34.5 x 56.5
670
CC454D
45.8
208/230 (60)
8.0.5/15 (P4)
Upright
Double,
sliding glass
4/2
58 x 26 x 52.5
79.1 x 34.5 x 56.5
670
R3865-5A
51.1
115 (60)
15/20 (P2)
Upright
Double, glass
4/2
58 x 29 x 52.5
79.1 x 36.4 x 56.5
580
R3865-5D
51.1
208/230 (60)
8.0.5/15 (P4)
Upright
Double, glass
4/2
58 x 29 x 52.5
79.1 x 36.4 x 56.5
580
R3865-10A
78.8
115 (60)
16.0/20 (P2)
Upright
Triple, glass
8/2
58 x 29 x 81
79.2 x 36.4 x 85
965
R3865-10D
78.8
208/230 (60)
10.5/15 (P4)
Upright
Triple, glass
8/2
58 x 29 x 81
79.2 x 36.4 x 85
965
Cabinet
Door
Shelves
(Full/Half)
Int. Dimensions*
H x D x W in.
Ext. Dimensions*
H x D x W in.
Ship
Weight lbs.
* Published interior volumes are nominal; useable cu. ft. capacities may be offset by shelves, drawers, blower coils or cabinet protrusions. For specific cabinet dimensions and allowances, or for
verification of clearance tolerances, contact our sales representatives. Product performance may be affected by ambient temperature conditions, humidity conditions, sample loading preferences
and frequency of door openings. Contact our sales representatives for specific inquiries regarding your application.
52
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
cardinalhealth.com
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Cold Storage
Refrigerators: Chromatography
Pro Series
Chromatography Refrigerators
CARDINAL HEALTH - Designed for a variety of
applications requiring close temperature control,
our chromatography refrigerators deliver stable
temperatures over a range of +1°C to +12°C.
ūū Internal duplex outlet; two external
side access ports
ūū Full featured alarm system
ūū Glass doors for easy viewing of content
UL certified.
Temperature range: +1°C to +12°C, preset to +4°C (auto defrost)
Chart
Recorder
Ext. Dimensions
H x D x W in.
Ship
Weight lbs.
Voltage (Hz)
Finish
Door
MH30PAGAEE
27
115 (60)
Painted
Glass
No
4
61.75 x 27 x 28.5
78 x 32 x 30
300
MH30PAGARE
27
115 (60)
Painted
Glass
Yes
4
61.75 x 27 x 28.5
78 x 32 x 30
300
MH30SSGAEE
27
115 (60)
Stainless steel
Glass
No
4
61.75 x 27 x 28.5
78 x 32 x 30
300
MH30SSGARE
27
115 (60)
Stainless steel
Glass
Yes
4
61.75 x 27 x 28.5
78 x 32 x 30
300
MH38PAGAEE
38
115 (60)
Painted
Glass
No
8
61.75 x 40.5 x 27
78 x 32 x 43.5
524
MH38PAGARE
38
115 (60)
Painted
Glass
Yes
8
61.75 x 40.5 x 27
78 x 32 x 43.5
524
MH45PAGAEE
45
115 (60)
Painted
Glass
No
8
61.75 x 48.63 x 27
78 x 32 x 52
561
MH45PAGARE
45
115 (60)
Painted
Glass
Yes
8
61.75 x 48.63 x 27
78 x 32 x 52
561
MH45SSGAEE
45
115 (60)
Stainless steel
Glass
No
8
61.75 x 48.63 x 27
78 x 32 x 52
561
MH45SSGARE
45
115 (60)
Stainless steel
Glass
Yes
8
61.75 x 48.63 x 27
78 x 32 x 52
561
MH49PAGAEE
49
115 (60)
Painted
Glass
No
8
61.75 x 48.63 x 28.5
78 x 32 x 52
597
MH49PAGARE
49
115 (60)
Painted
Glass
Yes
8
61.75 x 48.63 x 28.5
78 x 32 x 52
597
MH49SSGAEE
49
115 (60)
Stainless steel
Glass
No
8
61.75 x 48.63 x 28.5
78 x 32 x 52
597
MH49SSGARE
49
115 (60)
Stainless steel
Glass
Yes
8
61.75 x 48.63 x 28.5
78 x 32 x 52
597
MH72PAGAEE
72
115 (60)
Painted
Glass
No
12
61.75 x 72 x 28.5
78 x 32 x 75
730
MH72PAGARE
72
115 (60)
Painted
Glass
Yes
12
61.75 x 72 x 28.5
78 x 32 x 75
730
MH72SSGAEE
72
115 (60)
Stainless steel
Glass
No
12
61.75 x 72 x 28.5
78 x 32 x 75
730
MH72SSGARE
72
115 (60)
Stainless steel
Glass
Yes
12
61.75 x 72 x 28.5
78 x 32 x 75
730
cardinalhealth.com
Cold Storage
Cu. Ft.
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Shelves
Int. Dimensions
H x D x W in.
Cat. No.
53
Cold Storage
Refrigerators: Chromatography
Thermo Scientific Revco® High-Performance
Chromatography Refrigerators
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Chromatography refrigerators are designed
for a variety of applications requiring close temperature control.
Revco® high-performance chromatography refrigerators feature a
microprocessor control system, positive airflow systems, industrial-quality
cabinet construction and extra-strength refrigeration compressors
selected for industrial, clinical and scientific use. Two 2 in. dia. (5.1cm)
access ports with hinged covers allow full access to chromatography
instrumentation and easy setup of instrumentation and apparatus within
the chamber.
Adjustable temperatures between 1°C and 8°C, factory-preset setpoint
at 4°C. CFC-free refrigerant. Positive forced-air circulation maintains
temperature uniformity at all shelf levels. Peripheral closed-cell door
gaskets maintain temperature integrity and automatic condensate
removal and defrost.
Digital electronic technology designed to simplify operation and
deliver greater accuracy. Instrumentation and controls mounted at
cabinet bottom on 45.8 cu. ft. models, top on other models. Icon-based
controls with large, easy-to-read digital display that shows temperature
within 0.1°C.
Graphic thermometer is green when temperature is normal, flashes
top bar for overtemperature, flashes bulb for undertemperature. Sensor
automatically initiates defrost cycle on demand, eliminating need for
a defrost timer, minimizing frost buildup and optimizing coil efficiency.
Audible/visual warnings for temperature deviations or power failure,
remote alarm contacts. Key-operated ON/OFF/ALARM ON master switch
for setpoint security. Alarm silence, ringback and auto reset; controller
battery backup. Alarm setpoints are preset to warn of temperature
deviation at 5.5°C overtemperature, 1.5°C undertemperature.
Cold Storage
Cold-rolled steel surfaces finished with high-impact, powder-paint
coating. Multipane sliding glass doors (45.8 cu. ft. models), key-locked
swinging doors with spring-loaded closures on others stay open at 90°.
Adjustable epoxy-coated, open-wire shelves. Dual-wheel casters.
NOTE: Chart recorders are optional, not standard.
Cat. No.
REC2304-A
REC3004-A
REC4504-A
REC7504-A
Mfr. No.
REC2304A
REC3004A
REC4504A
REC7504A
Description
23.3 cu. ft refrigerator
29.2 cu. ft. refrigerator
45.8 cu. ft. refrigerator
78.8 cu. ft. refrigerator
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Expertise
Cardinal Health is an experienced, dependable partner
that knows the lab business and solves problems.
•60 years of experience serving laboratories.
•Dependable service, with tenured representatives
who are committed to understanding and attending
to customers’ needs.
•Sales representatives who help educate lab managers
about their options with comparative information
about different manufacturers and products.
•Specialty customer service team that manages
high-volume, high-value and perishable materials.
• Extensive supply chain and logistics expertise.
54
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
cardinalhealth.com
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Cold Storage
Refrigerators: Pharmacy
Premier Series
Pharmacy Refrigerators
CARDINAL HEALTH - Configured for accurate storage and easy retrieval
of pharmacy products, our pharmacy refrigerators feature full-extension
stainless steel roll-out drawers. Developed for stable temperature control
over a range of +1°C to +8°C.
ūū Powerful industrial compressors
ūū Thick CFC-free insulation
ūū Access ports standard
ūū Adjustable temperature setpoint
ūū Adjustable temperature alarms
ūū Built-in contacts for remote alarms
ūū Self-closing doors
ūū Adjustable steel drawers
ūū Smart defrost for temperature stability
UL certified.
Temperature range: +1°C to +8°C, factory pre-set to +4°C (auto defrost)
Cu. Ft.
Voltage (Hz)
R3872-1A
23.3
115 (60)
9.4/15 (P1)
Upright
Single, glass
6
58 x 29 x 24
79.2 x 36.4 x 28
470
R3872-1D
23.3
208/230 (60)
6.0/15 (P4)
Upright
Single, glass
6
58 x 29 x 24
79.2 x 36.4 x 28
470
TFSPR304A
29.2
115 (60)
9.4/15 (P1)
Upright
Single, glass
6
58 x 29 x 30
79.2 x 36.4 x 34
505
TFSPR304D
29.2
208/230 (60)
6.0/15 (P4)
Upright
Single, glass
6
58 x 29 x 30
79.2 x 36.4 x 34
505
R3872-5A
51.1
115 (60)
15.0/20 (P2)
Upright
Double, glass
12
58 x 29 x 52.5
79.2 x 36.4 x 56.5
640
R3872-5D
51.1
208/230 (60)
8.0.5/15 (P4)
Upright
Double, glass
12
58 x 29 x 52.5
79.2 x 36.4 x 56.5
640
Cabinet
Door
Drawers
Int. Dimensions*
H x D x W in.
Ext. Dimensions*
H x D x W in.
Ship
Weight lbs.
* Published interior volumes are nominal; useable cu. ft. capacities may be offset by shelves, drawers, blower coils or cabinet protrusions. For specific cabinet dimensions and allowances, or for
verification of clearance tolerances, contact our sales representatives. Product performance may be affected by ambient temperature conditions, humidity conditions, sample loading preferences
and frequency of door openings. Contact our sales representatives for specific inquiries regarding your application.
To order, call: 800.964.5227
cardinalhealth.com
55
Cold Storage
Cat. No.
Amps/
Breaker
(Plug)
Cold Storage
Refrigerators: Pharmacy
Thermo Scientific Jewett® High-Performance Pharmacy Refrigerators
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Jewett® high-performance pharmacy
refrigerators are configured for accurate storage and easy
retrieval of pharmacy products. Feature full-extension, stainless
steel rollout drawers and standard glass doors. Developed for
stable temperature control over a range of 1° to 8°C, these highperformance refrigerators are available in three sizes.
ūū High-density, CFC-free, blown-in insulation conforms to cabinet
shape to reduce gaps and increase temperature uniformity
ūū Powerful, industrial-grade compressors for optimal
product protection
ūū 1 in. (2.5cm) insulated access port standard
ūū Positive, forced-air circulation maintains temperature
uniformity throughout the cabinet
ūū Spring-loaded, self-closing, lockable doors with
90° stay-open feature
ūū Hospital-grade plug
ūū Optional, inkless, 7-day chart recorder
ūū Bright temperature display
ūū Microprocessor control system with audio and visual alarms
ūū Environmentally friendly, mercury-free, LED interior lighting
ūū Safety glass, double-pane doors
ūū Adjustable stainless-steel drawers
Cat. No.
JPR2304A
JPR3004A
JPR5004A
Mfr. No.
JPR2304A
JPR3004A
JPR5004A
Description
23.3 cu. ft. refrigerator
29.2 cu. ft. refrigerator
51.1 cu. ft. refrigerator
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Thermo Scientific Revco® High-Performance Pharmacy Refrigerators
Cold Storage
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - These high-performance
pharmacy refrigerators feature enhanced digital
electronic technology that simplifies operation and
delivers greater accuracy.
They feature microprocessor control, positive airflow
systems, industrial-quality cabinet construction,
extra-strength refrigeration compressors and fullextension stainless-steel rollout drawers. Designed for
stable temperature control over a range of 1°C to 8°C.
Adjustable temperature control from 1°C to 8°C,
factory preset at 4°C. Icon-based controls and displays
include graphic references for universal operation.
Setpoint security with key-operated, triple-position
master switch controls power to all systems.
Audible/visual warnings for overtemperature,
undertemperature and power failure, with visual
status reports on critical functions. Remote alarm
contacts. Graphic thermometer confirms proper operation:
steady green for normal, flashing top bar for overtemperature, flashing
bulb for undertemperature.
Advanced defrost sensor manages the defrost cycle, minimizing frost
buildup. Enlarged digital display with resolution to within 0.1°C. Alarm
silence, ringback and automatic reset functions. Push-button alarm test
verifies sensor continuity.
Battery backup assures control panel function during power failure.
Heavy-duty, industrial-grade, hermetically sealed compressors.
Automatic defrost maintains optimum cooling capacity. Automatic
condensate removal; no drain lines required.
Adjustable full-extension stainless steel drawers. Full-view glass door(s):
double-pane construction eliminates condensation. Spring-loaded,
lockable door closures enable 90° stay-open.
56
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
High-density, CFC-free urethane foam insulation protects cabinet
from ambient temperature fluctuations. Positive, forced-air circulation
maintains temperature uniformity at all shelf levels. Directional airflow
assures quick recovery after door openings.
Interior cabinet lights with door-activated switch, plus independent
switch on control panel. Doors self-close against closed-cell peripheral
gasket. Smooth, scratch-resistant painted interior and exterior surfaces.
Cat. No.
RPR1204A
RPR2304A
RPR3004A
RPR5004A
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
RPR1204A
RPR2304A
RPR3004A
RPR5004A
Description
11.5 cu. ft.
23.3 cu. ft.
29.2 cu. ft.
51.1 cu. ft.
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Cold Storage
Refrigerators: Pharmacy
Premier Laboratory and
Pharmacy Refrigerators
Pharmaceutical Refrigerators
PANASONIC - Panasonic’s +4°C MPR
Series offers a complete and integrated
solution for the increased requirements
of exacting storage temperatures for
pharmaceuticals, medicines, vaccines
and other temperature-sensitive
biologicals. The slim front-to-back
design and optional sliding shelves
allows for an ergonomic easy-reach
retrieval of your product.
NOR-LAKE SCIENTIFIC - Heavyduty design with one or two
doors, in either solid or glass.
Automatic defrost and digital
LED microprocessor control with
audible/visual high/low alarms
with remote alarm contacts. White
exterior front, sides and back.
Exterior top and bottom are
galvanized steel. White interior
with three epoxy-coated shelves
per door, which can be adjusted
in 1 in. increments.
Refrigerator cabinet is formedin-place with high-density
polyurethane foam insulation.
Doors have heavy-duty pivot
hinges and pull handles with
centered key locks and self-adjusting
magnetic gaskets. Top-mounted refrigeration, air-cooled condensing
unit, automatic condensate evaporation and door-opening heaters (glass
door models). Four casters (two locking) on one- and two-door models.
Available with optional chart recorder, up to eight stainless steel drawers,
up to six wire basket drawers, internal electrical outlet, lead access ports,
stainless steel interior and exterior and extra shelves. UL/CUL listed.
Warranties: 18-month parts and labor, 5-year compressor (US and Canada).
Cat. No.
Glass doors
PR241WWG0
PR331WWG0
PR522WWG0
Solid doors
PR241WWW0
PR331WWW0
PR522WWW0
2°C to 10°C factory preset at 4°C
115V, 60 Hz
12.8 sq. ft.
59 x 23½ x 30 in.
795/8 x 27½ x 35½ in.
15.8 sq. ft.
67 x 27¾ x 31 in.
87½ x 31¾ x 36½ in.
28.6 sq. ft.
59 x 51 x 30 in.
795/8 x 55 x 35½ in.
Mfr. No.
Description
Qty.
NSPR241WWG/0
NSPR331WWG/0
NSPR522WWG/0
24 cu. ft. - 1 door
33 cu. ft. - 1 door
52 cu. ft. - 2 doors
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
NSPR241WWW/0
NSPR331WWW/0
NSPR522WWW/0
24 cu. ft. - 1 door
33 cu. ft. - 1 door
52 cu. ft. - 2 doors
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Specifications:
Power requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115V, 60Hz, 1 phase, NEMA 5-15
MPR-311DH
Temperature control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2°C to 14°C
Interior dimensions (W x D x H). . . . . . . . . . 28.3 x 13.8 x 56.5 in.
Exterior dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . . 31.4 x 17.7 x 70.8 in.
MPR-514, MPR-514R
5 polyester-coated shelves/racks . . . . . . . . Shelves (load 50kg/shelf )
Racks (load 20kg/shelf )
Interior dimensions (W x D x H). . . . . . . . . . 31.5 x 18.3 x 51.2 in.
External dimensions (W x D x H). . . . . . . . . 35.4 x 23.6 x 70.5 in.
MPR-1014, MPR-1014R
10 polyester-coated shelves/racks. . . . . . . Shelves (load 50kg/shelf )
Racks (load 20kg/shelf )
Interior dimensions (W x D x H). . . . . . . . . . 66.9 x 18.3 x 51.2 in.
External dimensions (W x D x H). . . . . . . . . 70.9 x 23.6 x 70.5 in.
Cat. No.
MPR-311DH
MPR-514
MPR-514R
MPR-1014
MPR-1014R
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
MPR-311DH-PA
MPR-514-PA
MPR-514R-PA
MPR-1014-PA
MPR-1014R-PA
Description
12 cu. ft.
17.3 cu. ft. - 5 shelves
17.2 cu. ft. - 5 sliding racks
36.6 cu. ft. - 10 shelves
36.5 cu. ft. - 10 sliding racks
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
57
Cold Storage
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PR241WWG0 and PR241WWW0
Shelf area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . .
Exterior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . .
PR331WWG0 and PR331WWW0
Shelf area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . .
Exterior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . .
PR522WWG0 and PR522WWW0
Shelf area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . .
Exterior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . .
To help ensure quality, safety and
effectiveness of vital medical supplies,
this pharmaceutical refrigerator features
a precisely regulated cooling system
that maintains a delicate temperature
balance under a wide range of
conditions. It has a highly efficient
hermetic compressor that provides
MPR-514R model shown
powerful, immediate cooling, which is
effective at maintaining constant inside
temperature. A thermistor sensor monitors the temperature inside the
chamber and the microprocessor and electronic temperature control
helps ensure that the set temperature is maintained. An easy-to-read
digital temperature display provides at-a-glance confirmation of the
current operating temperature. If the inside temperature suddenly
descends below 0°C or rises above 15°C, the buzzer sounds an alarm and
the digital temperature display flashes.
Cold Storage
Refrigerators: Pharmacy
Pharmaceutical Refrigerators with Freezers
PANASONIC - With the growing
emphasis on proper storage of
laboratory and pharmacy materials,
Panasonic MPR Series pharmacy
refrigerators with freezers combine
high performance refrigeration,
control and alarm/monitoring
systems with energy efficient, costeffective cabinet design. One unit
with dual temperature zone needs
only minimal installation space.
The two- and four-door designs
reduce air loss during door openings.
The triple or double-pane windows
with heat reflection film help
reduce condensation. Calibration
adjustment is available through
the control panel to provide easier
validation services. The MPR Series
combo units offer quiet operation
and have two separate specially
designed compressors.
Additional features include:
ūū Validated storage of reagents, pharmaceuticals and
biological samples
ūū Ideal biologic storage environment for precise control and superior
temperature uniformity
ūū Microprocessor controller and interior forced air circulation
ūū Safe and secured storage behind a keyed locking door
ūū Integrated alarm functions, remote alarm contacts and monitoring
Specifications:
Temperature range
Refrigerator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2°C to 14°C ambient temp. 30°C
Freezer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20°C to -30°C ambient temp. 30°C
Dimensions (W x D x H)
MPR-215F exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.2 x 21.9 x 70.4 in.
MPR-414F exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.5 x 23.6 x 71 in.
MPR-715F exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.4 x 28.1 x 75.2 in.
MPR-414F model shown
Cat. No.
MPR-215F
MPR-414F
MPR-715F
Mfr. No.
MPR-215F-PA
MPR-414F-PA
MPR-715F
Description
6.2/1.4 cu. ft. ref./freezer - 2-door
12/2.9 cu. ft. ref./freezer - 4-door
14.7/6.2 cu. ft. ref./freezer - 4-door
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Refrigerators: General-Purpose
Cold Storage
Thermo Scientific 5.6 cu. ft.
Undercounter Refrigerators
Thermo Scientific Jewett® Undercounter Refrigerators
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - These Jewett®
undercounter refrigerators are fully
featured for storage of critical materials
that demand constant temperature
and security.
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - This generalpurpose refrigerator features
manual defrost, adjustable
hydraulic thermostat control
and CFC-insulation and coolant.
ūū Uniform cabinet temperatures of
2°C to 4°C with rapid recovery after
door openings
ūū Advanced blower-coil, forced-air
cooling with automatic off
cycle defrost
Cat. No.
3751
Mfr. No.
3751-DB
Description
5.6 cu. ft., 1° to 12°C temp range, 115V
Qty.
1/ea
ūū Recirculating air fan with automatic
shutoff when door is open
ūū Automatic condensate evaporator
(no plumbing required)
ūū Hermetically-sealed refrigeration condensing unit
ūū Minimum 2 in. (5.1cm) CFC-free polyurethane insulation, vapor-sealed
ūū Galvannealed 20-gauge steel exterior cabinet with mar-resistant
beige enamel finish
ūū Illuminated interior with adjusted epoxy-coated wire shelves
ūū High-visibility digital temperature display
ūū Positive door latches with key lock for added security
ūū Dished interior bottoms to contain spills
Cat. No.
UC5B-1B
CT1-1B
58
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
UC5B-1B
CT1-1B
Description
5.4 cu. ft. refrigerator
5.4 cu. ft. blood bank refrigerator standalone HemaPro 101 monitor
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Cold Storage
Refrigerators: General-Purpose
Thermo Scientific Value Refrigerators
17CAR 16.7 cu. ft. General-Purpose Refrigerator
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - These units are intended for basic laboratory use
only. Storage of high-value, life science materials or clinical biologicals
may require alarm, monitoring, back-up and temperature performance
features. The need to add these features should be determined by your
industrial hygienist or safety officer. These units are not suitable for
corrosive environments.
AGA MARVEL SCIENTIFIC - Designed for general laboratory storage, this
full-sized freestanding refrigerator can operate in ambient temperatures
as low as 10°F. It features a heat-assisted automatic defrost cycle and is
therefore not recommended for critical temperature storage applications
such as vaccines. Features include an adjustable thermostat and
automatic defrost. The refrigerator is supplied with two adjustable wire
shelves, two fixed wire shelves, five door racks, a door handle, an interior
light and leveling legs. It requires 3 in. of clearance from the top, sides
and back for proper operation. The refrigerator is white and has a righthand hinged door. Commercial CSA listed. Uses non-CFC refrigerant.
ūū Adjustable shelves or baskets included
ūū CFC-free insulation and coolant
ūū Manual defrost
ūū NRTL tested
ūū Environmentally friendly, non-CFC refrigerants
ūū Adjustable temperature control, manual defrost
Mfr. No.
3754
3766A
Description
6 cu. ft., 1°C to 12°C temp range
20 cu. ft., 2°C to 10°C temp range
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Cat. No.
17CAR001
Mfr. No.
17CAR001
Description
17CAR general-purpose refrigerator
Qty.
1/ct
If you don't see what you are looking for … contact us.
If you don't see the product you are looking for, just pick up the phone and ask your sales or customer
service representative to assist you. Visit our website at cardinalhealth.com for more information.
Customer Service: 800.964.5227
To order, call: 800.964.5227
cardinalhealth.com
59
Cold Storage
Cat. No.
R54802
3766AA
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . 37°F to 46°F
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.7 cu. ft.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 115V, 60 Hz, 5.0A
Dimensions (H x W x D)
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 x 27 x 21¾ in.
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64½ x 32 x 26½ in.
Cold Storage
Refrigerators: General-Purpose
6CARM General-Purpose Refrigerators
3CARM General-Purpose Refrigerator
Cold Storage
AGA MARVEL SCIENTIFIC - These refrigerators feature the exclusive
MicroSentry™ Scientific refrigeration controller with digital temperature
display to provide superior temperature accuracy, control and monitoring
of temperature-critical contents. The MicroSentry™ Scientific controller
permits the user to select the “setpoint” temperature, high- and lowtemperature alarm values and the alarm delay period to perfectly match
storage requirements. Other features include control keypad lockout
mode, high- and low-temperature history record, door ajar alarm, remote
alarm interface and built-in diagnostics. Includes three adjustable wire
shelves, positive-close door hinge system, jacketed commercial power
cord with hospital-grade plug and forced air condenser ventilation that
eliminates the need for cooling air clearance in built-in applications.
Commercial UL- and CUL-listed. Uses non-CFC refrigerant.
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1°C to 7°C
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 cu. ft.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 115V, 60 Hz, 3.3A
Dimensions (H x W x D)
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221/8 x 12 x 18¼ in.
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 x 147/8 x 235/8 in.
Cat. No.
3CARM001
3CARM104
60
Mfr. No.
3CARM100
3CARM104
Description
3.0 cu. ft.
With door lock and probe port
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
AGA MARVEL SCIENTIFIC - These refrigerators feature the exclusive
MicroSentry™ Scientific refrigeration controller with digital temperature
display to provide superior temperature accuracy, control and
monitoring of temperature-critical contents. The MicroSentry™ Scientific
controller permits the user to select the “setpoint” temperature,
high- and low-temperature alarm values and the alarm delay period to
perfectly match storage requirements. Other features include control
keypad lockout mode, high-and low-temperature history record, door
ajar alarm, remote alarm interface, and built-in diagnostics. The 6CARM
has two adjustable wire shelves, positive-close door hinge system,
jacketed commercial power cord with hospital-grade plug and forced
air condenser ventilation that helps eliminate the need for cooling
air clearance in built-in applications. Commercial UL- and CUL-listed.
Uses non-CFC refrigerant.
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1°C to 7°C
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1 cu. ft.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 115V, 60 Hz, 3.3A
Dimensions (H x W x D)
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26½ x 21 x 20¾ in.
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 x 237/8 x 24 in.
Cat. No.
6CARM001
6CARM102
Mfr. No.
6CARM100
6CARM102
6CARM103
6CARM103
6CARM176
6CARM106
cardinalhealth.com
Description
6.1 cu. ft.
With door lock and probe
port, right-hand hinge
With door lock and probe
port, left-hand hinge
With glass door and probe
port, right-hand hinge
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Cold Storage
Refrigerators: General-Purpose
8CARM General-Purpose Refrigerators
6CADM General-Purpose Refrigerators,
ADA Height-Compliant
AGA MARVEL SCIENTIFIC - These refrigerators feature the exclusive
MicroSentry™ Scientific refrigeration controller with digital temperature
display to provide superior temperature accuracy, control and
monitoring of temperature-critical contents. The MicroSentry™ Scientific
controller permits the user to select the “setpoint” temperature,
high- and low-temperature alarm values and the alarm delay period to
correctly match storage requirements. Other features include control
keypad lockout mode, high- and low-temperature history record, door
ajar alarm, remote alarm interface and built-in diagnostics. The 6CADM
has two adjustable wire shelves, positive-close door hinge system,
jacketed commercial power cord with hospital-grade plug and forced
air condenser ventilation that helps eliminate the need for cooling
air clearance in built-in applications. Commercial UL- and CUL-listed.
Uses non-CFC refrigerant.
Cat. No.
6CADM100
6CADM102
Mfr. No.
6CADM100
6CADM102
6CADM103
6CADM103
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Description
5.4 cu. ft. - ADA compliant
With door lock and probe
port, right-hand hinge
With door lock and probe
port, left-hand hinge
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1°C to 7°C
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.0 cu. ft.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 115V, 60 Hz, 3.3A
Dimensions (H x W x D)
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26½ x 28 x 20¾ in.
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 x 297/8 x 24 in.
Cat. No.
8CARM100
8CARM101
8CARM102
Mfr. No.
8CARM100
8CARM101
8CARM102
8CARM103
8CARM103
Description
8.0 cu. ft., right-hand hinge
With left-hand hinge
With door lock and probe port,
right-hand hinge
With door lock and probe port,
left-hand hinge
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
cardinalhealth.com
61
Cold Storage
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1°C to 7°C
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4 cu. ft.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 115V, 60 Hz, 3.3A
Dimensions (H x W x D)
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19½ x 20¼ x 19½ in.
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31½ x 237/8 x 243/8 in.
AGA MARVEL SCIENTIFIC - These refrigerators feature the exclusive
MicroSentry™ Scientific refrigeration controller with digital temperature
display to provide superior temperature accuracy, control and
monitoring of temperature-critical contents. The MicroSentry™ Scientific
controller permits the user to select the “setpoint” temperature, highand low-temperature alarm values and the alarm delay period to
correctly match storage requirements. Other features include control
keypad lockout mode, high- and low-temperature history record, door
ajar alarm, remote alarm interface and built-in diagnostics. The 8CARM
has two adjustable wire shelves, positive-close door hinge system,
jacketed commercial power cord with hospital-grade plug and forced
air condenser ventilation that helps eliminate the need for cooling
air clearance in built-in applications. Commercial UL- and CUL-listed.
Uses non-CFC refrigerant.
Cold Storage
Refrigerators: General-Purpose
General-Purpose
Laboratory Refrigerator
NOR-LAKE SCIENTIFIC - This
general-purpose refrigerator
provides convenience and durability.
The exterior front, sides, back and
door are white baked-on enamel.
The exterior top and bottom are
galvanized steel. Unit offers topmounted refrigeration, cold wall
evaporator, air-cooled condensing
unit and manual defrost. They have
an internal chamber thermometer.
The cabinet and doors are foamed-inplace with high-density polyurethane
foam insulation. The interior liner
and interior door panel are smooth
aluminum and there are three
epoxy-coated adjustable wire shelves.
General-Purpose Laboratory Refrigerator Upright
Auto Defrost
Other features include self-closing solid door with magnetic door gasket,
heavy-duty spring-loaded hinges, door-opening heaters, full-length
stainless steel pull handles, key lock and four casters (two locking).
UL- and CUL-listed. Available with stainless steel drawers, stainless steel
interior and exterior, digital thermometer with alarm, chart recorder and
extra shelves.
Specifications:
Shelf area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . .
Exterior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . .
Mfr. No.
NSLR241WMW/0M
Description
24 cu. ft.
refrigerator
Features a white interior, exterior, door and handle. Operating
temperature +4°C with adjustable temperature control. The cabinet
is foamed-in-place with CFC-free high-density polyurethane foam
insulation. Units come with a 12-month parts warranty.
Specifications:
Interior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . 52 x 27½ x 21½ in.
Exterior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . 64½ x 32 x 28½ in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115V/1PH, 60Hz
Qty.
1/ea
Cold Storage
Cat. No.
LR241WMW0M
12.8 sq. ft.
2°C to 8°C
115V, 60 Hz
76¾ x 23½ x 30 in.
803/8 x 27½ x 347/8 in.
NOR-LAKE SCIENTIFIC - This auto forced-air defrost model’s standard
shelving includes two adjustable wire shelves, five full-width fixed door
bins, two fixed wire shelves and a bottom shelf. The unit offers an interior
light, two adjustable leg levelers and automatic door closers.
Cat. No.
LR161WWW0
Mfr. No.
LR161WWW/0
Description
16.7 cu. ft. refrigerator
Qty.
1/ea
The unit offers a base-mounted refrigeration system, air-cooled
condensing unit, automatic defrost, two front-leveling legs, interior light
and magnetic gasket. It has a reversible solid door with pull door handle
and door lock. Operating temperature is 4°C and there are seven control
settings. The cabinet and door are foamed-in-place with high-density
polyurethane foam insulation. Exterior and interior are painted white.
Available with optional digital thermometer with alarm, stacking kit
and freestanding chart recorder. UL- and CUL-listed. Units come with a
12-month parts warranty.
Undercounter and Freestanding Refrigerator
NOR-LAKE SCIENTIFIC - Ideal for pharmacy and general laboratory
storage, this compact refrigerator features an industrial-quality cabinet
and a heavy-duty refrigeration system to maintain your valuable
materials. It can be built-in on three sides, as the airflow is through the
base, top and rear of the unit. Standard shelving includes four interior
shelves (three adjustable and removable full-size glass shelves and one
half-size glass shelf ) and three adjustable door shelves.
62
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Specifications:
Shelf area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . .
Exterior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . .
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cat. No.
LR061WWW0
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
LR061WWW/0
5.2 sq. ft.
2°C to 8°C
27½ x 20¾ x 17¾ in.
33½ x 23 x 23½ in.
115V, 60 Hz
Description
5.5 cu. ft. refrigerator
Qty.
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Cold Storage
Refrigerators and Freezers: General-Purpose
Select Series
Laboratory Refrigerators and Freezers
CARDINAL HEALTH - Cardinal Health Select Series
Laboratory Refrigerators, Freezers and Combination
Units provide an economical solution for safe sample
storage. Our range of models are particularly suited
for routine laboratory applications with sizes from
small benchtop to full-height freestanding.
ūū Factory-tested prior to shipment
ūū NRTL-listed
ūū Non-CFC refrigerants
ūū Adjustable temperature control
ūū Easy-to-clean, durable finish
ūū Manual and auto defrost combination units
ūū Manual defrost refrigerators and freezers
Certifications: CSA or UL
Refrigerators (temperature range 1°C to 12°C)
Cat. No.
Cu. Ft.
Defrost
Voltage
Shelves
(Interior)
Key Lock
Int. Dimensions
H x D x W in.
Ext. Dimensions
H x D x W in.
CH06LR16WW
5.6
Manual
120V/60Hz
4 adjustable
Yes
16 x 20 x 27.5*
33.5 x 25.13 x 23.65
102
CH20LR16WW
20.3
Manual
115V/60Hz
5 fixed
Yes
20 x 27 x 57**
70 x 32 x 30.75
240
Ship Weight lbs.
** 17 in. (for bottom 20 in.), 20 in. (for top 40 in.)
Freezers (temperature range -12°C to -20°C)
Cat. No.
Cu. Ft.
Defrost
Voltage
Shelves
(Interior)
Key Lock
Int. Dimensions
H x D x W in.
Ext. Dimensions
H x D x W in.
CH05LF16WW
5
Manual
115V/60Hz
2 fixed, 3 door
No
15 x 18 x 28.5
33.5 x 23.5 x 21
84
CH20LF16WW
20.6
Manual
115V/60Hz
4 fixed
Yes
20 x 27 x 57
71 x 31 x 32
200
Combination Refrigerator/Freezers (temperature range 1°C to 12°C ref., -12°C to -20°C frz.)
Shelves
(Interior)
Cat. No.
Cu. Ft.
Defrost
Voltage
CH10LC16WW
10
Manual
120V/60Hz
Ref: 3/4
Frz: 1
CH18LC16WW
18.2
Automatic
120V/60Hz
Ref: 2
Frz: 3
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Int. Dimensions
H x D x W in.
Ext. Dimensions
H x D x W in.
Ship Weight lbs.
–
13.5 x 19.5 x 38.5 (ref.)
15 x 17.5 x 11.5 (frz.)
60 x 23.5 x 26.5
150
3
18.75 x 22.5 x 39.5 (ref )
14.5 x 23.75 x 13.5 (frz)
66.1 x 32.4 x 29.6
205
Drawers
cardinalhealth.com
63
Cold Storage
* 10 in. (for bottom 8 in.), 16 in. (for top 19.5 in.)
Ship Weight lbs.
Cold Storage
Refrigerators and Freezers: General-Purpose
Thermo Scientific Jewett® Dual-Temperature
Refrigerator/Freezer
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - These Jewett® refrigerator/freezers feature
the convenience of two separate cooling compartments. The Jewett®
dual-temperature refrigerator/freezer combinations are fully equipped
for more demanding general-purpose storage requirements.
ūū Dual-temperature refrigerator/freezer control
ūū Upright models with operating temperatures of 2°C to 4°C
(refrigerator) and -20°C (freezer)
ūū Rapid temperature recovery after door openings
ūū Advanced forced-air cooling and automatic/off-cycle defrost
ūū High-visibility digital temperature display
ūū Positive door latches with key lock for added security
ūū Options include alarm/monitoring system and temperature
chart recorder
Cat. No.
PRF17-1B
Mfr. No.
PRF17-1B
Description
11 cu. ft. refrigerator/
4.7 cu. ft. freezer
Qty.
1/ea
Cold Storage
Thermo Scientific Value Refrigerator/
Freezer Combinations
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - An
economical solution for safe,
sample storage. These units are
intended for basic laboratory
use only. Storage of highvalue, life science materials or
clinical biologicals may require
alarm, monitoring, back-up
and temperature performance
features. The need to add these
features should be determined
by your industrial hygienist or
safety officer. These units are not suitable for corrosive environments.
NRTL-listed. Environmentally friendly, non-CFC refrigerants. Adjustable
temperature control. Easy-to-clean, durable finish. Manual and auto
defrost combination units.
Specifications:
Refrigerator range . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1°C to 12°C
Freezer range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12°C to -20°C
Cat. No.
R4038-2
R4038-3A
3772A
Mfr. No.
3750
3764A
3772
RCRF192A
R3800-01
RCRF192A
RCRF252A
Description
5.6 cu. ft. - manual defrost - 120V
10 cu. ft. - manual defrost - 120V
12 cu. ft. - auto defrost (refrigerator)
manual defrost (freezer) - 115V
17.6 cu. ft. - automatic defrost - 115V
24.6 cu. ft. - automatic defrost - 120V
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
6CRF General-Purpose
Combination
Refrigerators/Freezers
AGA MARVEL SCIENTIFIC These refrigerators/freezers
feature forced air ventilation,
which helps eliminate the
need for clearance space in
built-in applications. They
include two wire shelves,
three door shelves, adjustable
microprocessor-based
thermostat and manual defrost.
Commercial UL- and CUL-listed. Uses non-CFC refrigerant.
Specifications:
Volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1 cu. ft.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 115VAC, 60 Hz, 3.3A
Temperature range
Refrigerator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1°C to 7°C
Freezer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -18°C to -9°C
Dimensions (H x W x D)
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 x 21 x 20¾ in.
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 x 237/8 x 24 in.
Cat. No.
6CRF7001
6CRF7004
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Description
6.1 cu. ft.
With door lock and probe
port, right-hand hinge
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
8CRF General-Purpose
Combination
Refrigerator/Freezer
AGA MARVEL SCIENTIFIC - This
combination refrigerator/freezer
fits easily under lab benches
and casework. Forced air
ventilation eliminates the need
for clearance space in built-in
applications. Features two wire
shelves, three door shelves,
adjustable microprocessor-based
thermostat and manual defrost.
Commercial UL- and CUL-listed. Uses non-CFC refrigerant.
Specifications:
Volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.0 cu. ft.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115VAC, 60 Hz, 3.3A
Temperature range
Refrigerator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1°C to 7°C
Freezer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -18°C to -9°C
Dimensions (H x W x D)
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28½ x 28 x 20¼ in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 x 297/8 x 24 in.
Cat. No.
8CRF7001
64
Mfr. No.
6CRF7100
6CRF7102
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
8CRF7100
Description
8.0 cu. ft.
Qty.
1/ct
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Cold Storage
Refrigerators and Freezers: General-Purpose
Combination Refrigerator/Freezer
General-Purpose Laboratory Refrigerator/Freezer
Upright Auto Defrost
NOR-LAKE SCIENTIFIC - Ideal for compact
spaces, this unit is configured with a
freezer compartment on the bottom and a
refrigerator compartment on top. The exterior
front, doors and sides are white baked-on
enamel. The exterior top, back and bottom
are galvanized steel. The interior is white
enamel and there are two epoxy-coated
adjustable wire shelves per chamber. The
cabinet and doors are foamed-in-place with
high-density polyurethane foam insulation.
The unit offers two digital LED display
microprocessor controllers (one each for
freezer and refrigerator), high/low visual
alarm, remote alarm contacts, air-cooled
condensing unit and automatic defrost. The doors feature heavy-duty
pivot hinges, key locks, full-length pull handles, magnetic gaskets and
doorframe heater wires. Air-cooled condensing unit and top-mounted
refrigeration system. It is mounted on four casters (two locking). UL/CULlisted. Available with optional extra shelves, access port, electrical outlet,
chart recorder and stainless steel interior and exterior, lead access ports,
stainless steel drawers and wire basket drawers. Warranties: 18-month
parts and labor, 5-year compressor (US and Canada).
Specifications:
Shelf area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.8 sq. ft.
Temperature preset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20°C freezer/+4°C refrigerator
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115V, 60 Hz
Dimensions (H x W x D)
Interior (per compartment). . . . . . . . . . . 27½ x 23½ x 30 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81½ x 27½ x 347/8 in.
Cat. No.
RF202WWW0
Mfr. No.
NSRF202WWW/0
Description
20 cu. ft. refrig./freezer
Qty.
1/ea
NOR-LAKE SCIENTIFIC - This
auto, forced air defrost model’s
standard shelving and storage
for the refrigerator includes
three adjustable sliding
full-width shelves, three
independent removable clear
plastic drawer storage bins,
three full-width fixed door bins
and one-door storage bin with
removable hinged clear plastic
cover. Standard shelving and
storage for the freezer two
full-width door storage bins
and one adjustable shelf.
The unit offers an interior light, two adjustable leg levelers and automatic
door closers. Feature a white interior, exterior, door and handle.
Operating temperature +4°C refrigerator, -10°C freezer with adjustable
temperature control independent for refrigerator and freezer. The
cabinet is foamed-in-place with CFC-free high-density polyurethane
foam insulation. Units come with a 12-month parts warranty.
Specifications:
Refrigerator compartment (H x W x D)
Interior dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . 39½ x 26 x 26½ in.
Exterior dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . 68 x 30 x 34 in.
Freezer compartment (H x W x D)
Interior dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . 17¼ x 24 x 22 in.
Cat. No.
LRF201WWW0
Mfr. No.
LRF201WWW/0
Description
20.5 cu. ft.
Qty.
1/ea
Cold Storage
Undercounter Refrigerator/Freezer
NOR-LAKE SCIENTIFIC - Standard product features:
ūū Independent internal freezer compartment with door
ūū Exterior front, door, top and sides are painted white
ūū Interior liner and interior door panel are white durable vacuum
formed poly with seamless rounded corners for easy cleaning
ūū Cabinet and door are foamed-in-place with CFC-free high-density
polyurethane foam insulation
ūū Stackable design with optional stacking kit
ūū One solid outer door, pull door handle
ūū Door lock (two keys)
ūū Two adjustable and removable glass shelves
ūū One removable clear plastic drawer bins
ūū Two front leveling legs
ūū 5-15P NEMA plug and cord set
ūū Base mount refrigeration system
ūū May be built-in on three sides, air intake and exhaust is through the
base, top and rear of the unit
ūū Compatible with laboratory casework dimensions
ūū Air-cooled condensing unit
ūū Manual defrost freezer, auto defrost refrigerator
ūū Interior light
ūū Drain pan evaporation
To order, call: 800.964.5227
ūū Reversible door, magnetic door gasket
ūū Recessed kickplate
Warranty: 12 months parts only. UL- and CUL-listed.
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . .Adjustable to -20°C freezer, +4°C refrigerator
Power requirements . . . . . . . . 115V, 1PH, 60Hz
Dimensions (H x W x D)
Interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 x 17.5 x 16.5 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.5 x 23.625 x 24.875 in.
Cat. No.
LRF051WWW
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
LRF051WWW/0M
Description
4.1 cu. ft. refrig./freezer
Qty.
1/ea
65
Cold Storage
Refrigerators and Freezers: Spark-Free
Select Series
Spark-Free Laboratory Refrigerators and Freezers
CARDINAL HEALTH - Cardinal Health Spark-Free Refrigerators,
Freezers and Combination Units are designed to be used in areas
where ignitable materials are normally present.
A range of models, particularly suited for safe storage in hazardous
environments, are available with sizes from undercounter to full
height freestanding.
ūū Spark-free interior and exteriors reduce the risk of explosion
ūū All models are manual defrost
ūū Tough, white exterior
ūū CFC- and HCFC-free refrigeration system and insulation
ūū Designed for use in Class 1, Division 1, Group C and D environments
ūū Plug-free cords (units must be hardwired to wall)
Certifications: CSA or UL
Cold Storage
Refrigerators (temperature range 1°C to 12°C)
Cat. No.
Cu. Ft.
Defrost
Voltage
Shelves
(Interior)
Key Lock
Int. Dimensions
H x D x W in.
Ext. Dimensions
H x D x W in.
CH06ER16WW
5.6
Manual
120V/60Hz
4 adjustable
Yes
16 x 20 x 27.5*
33.5 x 29.5 x 23.5
110
CH20ER16WW
21
Manual
120V/60Hz
4 fixed
Yes
16.5 x 27 x 55
74.5 x 31.75 x 32
230
Ship Weight lbs.
Ship Weight lbs.
* 10 in. (for bottom 8 in.); 16 in. (for top 19.5 in.)
Freezers (temperature range -12°C to -20°C)
Cat. No.
Cu. Ft.
Defrost
Voltage
Shelves
(Interior)
Key Lock
Int. Dimensions
H x D x W in.
Ext. Dimensions
H x D x W in.
CH05EF16WW
5
Manual
115V/60Hz
2 fixed, 3 door
No
15 x 18 x 28.5
33.5 x 29.75 x 21
84
CH20EF16WW
20.6
Manual
115V/60Hz
4 fixed
Yes
20 x 27 x 57
73 x 36 x 32
200
Int. Dimensions
H x D x W in.
Ext. Dimensions
H x D x W in.
Ship Weight lbs.
13.5 x 19.5 x 38.5 (ref.)
15 x 17.5 x 11.5 (frz.)
60 x 31.5 x 23.5
150
Combination refrigerator/freezer (temperature range 1°C to 12°C Ref., -12°C to -20°C Frz.)
Cat. No.
Cu. Ft.
Defrost
Voltage
CH10EC16WW
10
Manual
120V/60Hz
66
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Shelves
(Interior)
Ref: 4 door,
3 adjustable;
Frz: 1 fixed
Key Lock
No
cardinalhealth.com
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Cold Storage
Refrigerators and Freezers: Explosion-Proof
Thermo Scientific Explosion-Proof Refrigerator
Hydraulic thermostat and manual defrost. Magnetic vinyl gaskets for
positive door seal. CFC-free insulation and refrigerant.
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - This explosion-proof refrigerator is engineered
to prevent triggering an explosion inside or outside the unit.
Suitable for use in Class I, Division I Group C and D hazardous
environments.
Thermostat and compressor components are isolated within a vaporproof enclosure. Electrical connections are hardwired to help prevent
sparking and accidental disconnection.
Cat. No.
R403520
Mfr. No.
3566A
Description
21 cu. ft. refrigerator - 120V
Qty.
1/ea
Refrigerators and Freezers: Flammable Material
Select Series
Flammable Material Laboratory Refrigerators and Freezers
CARDINAL HEALTH - Cardinal Health Flammable Storage Refrigerators, Freezers
and Combination Units are designed to be used for storage of volatiles where
a spark-free internal cabinet environment is required.
A range of models particularly suited for storage of flammable materials with
sizes from small undercounter to full height freestanding.
ūū Spark-free interiors to reduce risk of internal explosion
ūū All units are manual defrost
ūū Tough, white exterior
ūū CFC- and HCFC-free refrigeration system
and insulation
ūū Designed to meet NFPA 45 and 99 along
with OSHA article 1910.307
Certifications: CSA or UL
Cat. No.
Cu. Ft.
Defrost
Voltage
Shelves
(Interior)
Key Lock
Int. Dimensions
H x D x W in.
Ext. Dimensions
H x D x W in.
CH06FR16WW
5.6
Manual
120V/60Hz
4 adjustable
Yes
16 x 20 x 27.5*
33.5 x 28.75 x 23.5
110
CH20FR16WW
21
Manual
115V/60Hz
4 fixed
Yes
16.5 x 27 x 55
74.5 x 31.75 x 32
230
Ship Weight lbs.
Ship Weight lbs.
* 10 in. (for bottom 8 in.); 16 in. (for top 19.5 in.)
Freezers (temperature range -12°C to -20°C)
Cat. No.
Cu. Ft.
Defrost
Voltage
Shelves
(Interior)
Key Lock
Int. Dimensions
H x D x W in.
Ext. Dimensions
H x D x W in.
CH05FF16WW
5
Manual
115V/60Hz
2 fixed, 3 door
No
15 x 18 x 28.5
33.5 x 31.25 x 21
84
CH20FF16WW
20.6
Manual
115V/60Hz
4 fixed
Yes
20 x 27 x 57
73 x 36 x 32
200
Combination refrigerator/freezer (temperature range 1°C to 12°C Ref., -12°C to -20°C Frz.)
Cat. No.
Cu. Ft.
Defrost
Voltage
CH10FC16WW
10
Manual
120V/60Hz
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Shelves
(Interior)
Ref: 4 door,
3 adjustable
Frz: 1 adjustable
Key Lock
No
cardinalhealth.com
Int. Dimensions
H x D x W in.
Ext. Dimensions
H x D x W in.
Ship Weight lbs.
13.5 x 19.5 x 38.5 (ref.)
15 x 17.5 x 11.5 (frz.)
60 x 30 x 23.5
150
67
Cold Storage
Refrigerators (temperature range 1°C to 12°C)
Cold Storage
Refrigerators and Freezers: Flammable Material
Thermo Scientific Flammable
Material Refrigerator
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - This
flammable storage refrigerator
is designed for storage of volatiles
where a spark-free internal cabinet
environment is required. This unit
has manual defrost with CFC- and
HCFC-free refrigerants and insulation.
Cat. No.
3566-10AA
Mfr. No.
3566-10A
Description
21 cu. ft. refrigerator - 120V
Qty.
1/ea
Thermo Scientific Flammable Materials
Storage Refrigerator/Freezer
Cold Storage
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Choose this
refrigerator/freezer to help protect your
lab from explosions caused by fume
seepage from containers within the
working chamber. The refrigerator/freezer’s
compressor motor and relay are sealed
within explosion-resistant enclosures,
helping to eliminate the possibility of an
electrical spark or arc from any component.
Exterior construction is heavy-gauge, rigid
braced steel with white baked-on enamel
finish; interior is ABS plastic. Magnetic
positive-seal vinyl door gaskets provide a
tight-sealed door. Shelves rest on brackets
to permit easy removal. With outlet box,
wire and cord. Meets OSHA and NFPA
safety requirements.
Flammable Storage Refrigerator
NOR-LAKE SCIENTIFIC - Designed for storage of flammable materials in
approved containers for Class I, Division 2 Storage of Flammable Liquids
per NFPA Standards, 70, 99, 45, 497A, UL471. This heavy-duty refrigerator
has an internal chamber thermometer that is preset at 4°C. The exterior
front, sides, back and door are white baked-on enamel. The exterior
top and bottom are galvanized steel. The interior liner and door panel
are smooth aluminum and there are three epoxy-coated adjustable wire
shelves. The cabinet and doors are foamed-in-place with high-density
polyurethane foam insulation.
Unit offers complete top-mounted refrigeration system, cold wall
evaporator, air-cooled condensing unit and manual defrost. It has a
self-closing solid door with magnetic door gasket, heavy-duty, springloaded hinges, full-length stainless steel pull handles and key lock.
Mounted on four casters (two locking). UL/CUL-listed. Available with
optional legs instead of casters, extra shelves, up to eight stainless steel
drawers, up to six wire basket drawers and stainless steel interior and
exterior. Warranties: 18-month parts and labor, 5-year compressor
(US and Canada).
ūū Store volatiles more safely
ūū Thermostat located on exterior of
cabinet to eliminate interaction with
stored materials
ūū Magnetic vinyl gaskets for positive door seal
ūū CFC-free insulation and coolant
ūū Three adjustable shelves and four door shelves in
refrigerator section
Specifications:
Shelf area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . .
Exterior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . .
ūū Hydraulic thermostat; adjustable natural airflow vent
ūū Manual defrost
Specifications:
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1 cu. ft.
Temperature range
Refrigerator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -1°C to 12°C
Freezer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20°C to 12°C
Cat. No.
R4037-14A
68
Mfr. No.
3551-10
Description
10.1 cu. ft. refrigerator/freezer
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Cat. No.
FR241WMW0M
12.8 sq. ft.
2°C to 10°C
59 x 23½ x 30 in.
795/8 x 27½ x 347/8 in.
Mfr. No.
NSFR241WMW/0M
Description
24 cu. ft.
refrigerator
Qty.
1/ea
Qty.
1/ea
cardinalhealth.com
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Cold Storage
Freezers: General Laboratory
Premier Series
Laboratory Freezers
CARDINAL HEALTH - Our -30°C high-performance
laboratory freezers are designed for medical and
scientific applications such as storage of reagents,
pharmaceuticals, biologicals or other temperature
sensitive laboratory materials. Models offer cabinet
sizes to fit a variety of space needs and storage
volume requirements.
ūū Powerful industrial compressors
ūū Thick CFC-free insulation
ūū Access port standard
ūū Adjustable temperature setpoint
ūū Adjustable temperature alarms
ūū Built-in contacts for remote alarms
ūū Self-closing doors
ūū Adjustable shelves
ūū Forced air for rapid cooling
ūū Smart defrost for temperature stability
UL certified.
Temperature range: -30°C (auto defrost)
Cat. No.
Cu. Ft.
Voltage (Hz)
Amps/
Breaker
(Plug)
R3863-2A
4.9
115 (60)
8.0/15 (P1)
Undercounter
Single, solid
3
20 x 20.5 x 20
33.4 x 26 x 24
R3800-3A
11.5
115 (60)
8.0/15 (P1)
Space saver
Single, solid
4
52.4 x 21 x 20
73.6 x 30 x 24
280
R3800-5A
23.3
115 (60)
16.0/20 (P2)
Upright
Single, solid
4
58 x 29 x 24
79.2 x 37.2 x 28
425
R3800-5D
23.3
208/230 (60)
12.0/15 (P4)
Upright
Single, solid
4
58 x 29 x 24
79.2 x 37.2 x 28
425
R3800-6A
29.2
115 (60)
16.0/20 (P2)
Upright
Single, solid
4
58 x 29 x 30
79.2 x 37.2 x 34
445
R3800-6D
29.2
208/230 (60)
12.0/15 (P4)
Upright
Single, solid
4
58 x 29 x 30
79.2 x 37.2 x 34
445
R3800-10A
51.1
115 (60)
16.0/20 (P2)
Upright
Double, solid
8
58 x 29 x 52.5
79.2 x 37.2 x 56.5
600
R3800-10D
51.1
208/230 (60)
12.0/15 (P4)
Upright
Double, solid
8
58 x 29 x 52.5
79.2 x 37.2 x 56.5
600
Cabinet
Door
Shelves
Int. Dimensions*
H x D x W in.
Ext. Dimensions*
H x D x W in.
Ship
Weight lbs.
220
Cold Storage
* Published interior volumes are nominal; useable cu. ft. capacities may be offset by shelves, drawers, blower coils or cabinet protrusions. For specific cabinet dimensions and allowances, or for
verification of clearance tolerances, contact our sales representatives. Product performance may be affected by ambient temperature conditions, humidity conditions, sample loading preferences
and frequency of door openings. Contact our sales representatives for specific inquiries regarding your application.
To order, call: 800.964.5227
cardinalhealth.com
69
Cold Storage
Freezers: General Laboratory
Pro Series Freezers
CARDINAL HEALTH - Our freezers deliver stable temperature
control over a range of -12°C to -30°C with automated defrost.
ūū 1 in. access port
ūū 2 in. dual wheel casters
ūū Solid door and stainless steel exterior
UL certified.
1 in. access port standard on
all refrigerators and freezers
Cold Storage
Temperature range: -12°C to -30°C (auto defrost)
Cat. No.
Cu. Ft.
Voltage (Hz)
Finish
Door
Chart
Recorder
Shelves
Int. Dimensions
H x D x W in.
Ext. Dimensions
H x D x W in.
Ship
Weight lbs.
MF25SSSAEE
24
115 (60)
Stainless steel
Solid
No
3
60 x 28 x 22
78.5 x 32 x 26
392
MF25SSSARE
24
115 (60)
Stainless steel
Solid
Yes
3
60 x 28 x 22
78.5 x 32 x 26
392
MF34SSSAEE
34
115 (60)
Stainless steel
Solid
No
3
60 x 28 x 31
78.5 x 32 x 35
429
MF34SSSARE
34
115 (60)
Stainless steel
Solid
Yes
3
60 x 28 x 31
78.5 x 32 x 35
429
MF49SSSAEE
48
115 (60)
Stainless steel
Solid
No
6
60 x 28 x 48
78.5 x 32 x 52
630
MF49SSSARE
48
115 (60)
Stainless steel
Solid
Yes
6
60 x 28 x 48
78.5 x 32 x 52
630
Thermo Scientific Jewett® High-Performance
Lab Freezers
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - These laboratory freezers are designed for medical
and scientific applications such as storage of reagents, pharmaceuticals,
biologicals, and other commonly used laboratory materials.
These Jewett® high-performance freezers feature microprocessor control,
positive airflow systems, industrial-quality cabinet construction and
extra-strength refrigeration compressors selected for industrial,
clinical and scientific use.
These high-performance laboratory freezers provide a stable, lowtemperature environment for frequently accessed laboratory reagents,
pharmaceuticals and biological materials. Factory-preset at -30°C.
Microprocessor control system with audio and visual alarms. Bright
digital temperature displays. Alarm silence, ringback and automatic
reset functions. Setpoint security with key-operated, triple-position
master switch that controls power to all systems.
Audible/visual alarms for high/low temperature and power failure.
Battery backup and remote alarm connections.
Rugged, long-life cabinets with smooth, scratch-resistant interiors and
exteriors that are easy to clean. Set of four 2 in. (5.2cm) casters included,
two locking and two regular.
70
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
High-density, CFC-free insulation. Solid self-closing doors with 90° stayopen feature, keyed lock for added sample security. Closed-cell gasket
provides a positive door seal to maintain a constant interior temperature.
Directed airflow for fast temperature recovery after door openings.
Painted open-wire shelves are adjustable in 1 in. (2.5cm) increments.
1 in. (2.5cm) insulated access port standard. Heavy-duty, industrialgrade, hermetically sealed compressors. Automatic defrost maintains
optimum cooling.
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-30°C
Temperature control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Microprocessor
Defrost. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic (-30°C)
Cat. No.
JLF430-115
JLF430D
JLF1230A
JLF2330A
JLF2330D
JLF3030A
JLF5030D
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
JLF430A
JLF430D
JLF1230A
JLF2330A
JLF2330D
JLF3030A
JLF5030D
Description
4.9 cu. ft. - 115V
4.7 cu. ft. - 230V
11.5 cu. ft. - 115V
23.3 cu. ft. - 115V
23.3 cu. ft. - 230V
29.2 cu. ft. - 115V
51.1 cu. ft. - 230V 2-door model
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Cold Storage
Freezers: General Laboratory
Thermo Scientific Revco® High-Performance
Lab Freezers
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Revco® high-performance lab freezers feature
microprocessor control for simplified operation and greater accuracy.
These Revco® -30°C automatic defrost and -20°C manual defrost highperformance freezers are designed for medical and scientific applications
such as storage of reagents, pharmaceuticals, biologicals or other
commonly used laboratory materials. Models offer cabinet sizes to fit
a variety of space needs and storage volume requirements.
ūū Icon-based controls and displays
ūū Large, easy-to-read digital display shows temperature within 1°C
ūū Graphic thermometer is steady green when temperature is
normal, flashes top bar for overtemperature, flashes bulb
for undertemperature
ūū Automatic defrost and condensate removal
ūū Sensor automatically initiates defrost cycle on demand, eliminating
need for a defrost timer, minimizing frost buildup and optimizing
coil efficiency
ūū Forced-air circulation improves temperature uniformity, providing
faster recovery after door is opened
-20°C freezers—manual defrost
ūū Suitable for applications in which slight intermittent coil warming
during an automatic defrost cycle is not desired (such as
enzyme storage)
ūū Gravity convection air system for maximum stability without
a blower or fan, manual defrost
ūū Controller battery backup system
Cat. No.
R3929-7A
ULT1230-A
C1800-43
ULT3030-A
ULT5030-A
R3803-20A
Mfr. No.
ULT430A
ULT1230A
ULT2330A
ULT3030A
ULT5030A
UGL2320A
ūū High-density, 2 in. thick (5.1cm) CFC-free urethane foam insulation
protects against ambient temperature fluctuations
R3803-25A
UEN2320A
ūū Audible/visual warnings for overtemperature, undertemperature
or power failure
ūū Key-operated OFF/ON/ALARM ON master switch for
setpoint security
ūū Alarm silence, ringback, auto reset, remote alarm contacts
ūū CFC-free, HFC-blend refrigerant
Description
4.9 cu. ft., -30°C freezer, 115V
11.5 cu. ft., -30°C freezer, 115V
23.3 cu. ft., -30°C freezer, 115V
29.2 cu. ft., -30°C freezer, 115V
51.1 cu. ft., -30°C freezer, 115V
23.3 cu. ft., -20°C freezer, manual
defrost, 115V
23.3 cu. ft., -20°C enzyme freezer,
manual defrost, 115V
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
ūū Single-door models are hinged on right
ūū Full-length door handle and key lock, doors self-close and lock
open at 90°
ūū Adjustable epoxy-coated wire shelves
ūū 1 in. (2.5cm) dia. access port with plug on undercounter model
To order, call: 800.964.5227
cardinalhealth.com
71
Cold Storage
ūū Temperature factory preset at -20°C (manual defrost) or -30°C
(automatic defrost)
-30°C freezers—automatic defrost
Cold Storage
Freezers: General Laboratory
Thermo Scientific Value Lab Freezers
Thermo Scientific™ Value Undercounter Freezer
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - These lab freezers provide an economical solution
for safe sample storage. All units are factory-tested prior to shipment;
NRTL-listed and have non-CFC refrigerants. Units are intended for basic
laboratory storage only. Storage of high-value, life science materials
or clinical biologicals may require alarm, monitoring, back-up and
temperature performance features. These units are not suitable for
corrosive environments.
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - This undercounter freezer provides
low-temperature storage. It features external controls with an
adjustable thermostat that has a deep freeze setting and an
over-temperature warning with visual alarm. Other features include
three fixed bins, manual defrost and a built-in keylock for added safety.
CFC-free insulation and coolant. UL listed.
Cat. No.
R4038-5
Mfr. No.
3752-DB
B3767A
3767A
Description
5 cu. ft. freezer, 115V,
-12°C to -20°C, manual defrost
20.6 cu. ft. freezer, 115V,
-12°C to -20°C, manual defrost
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Specifications:
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 cu. ft.
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . -12°C to -20°C
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 120V, 60 Hz, 144W
Dimensions (H x W x D)
Interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24¼ x 17¾ x 16½ in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33½ x 23½ x 23½ in.
Cold Storage
Cat. No.
R4038-9
Mfr. No.
3753
Description
3.2 cu. ft. low-temperature freezer
Qty.
1/ea
Expertise
Cardinal Health is an experienced, dependable partner
that knows the lab business and solves problems.
•60 years of experience serving laboratories.
•Dependable service, with tenured representatives
who are committed to understanding and attending
to customers’ needs.
•Sales representatives who help educate lab managers
about their options with comparative information
about different manufacturers and products.
•Specialty customer service team that manages
high-volume, high-value and perishable materials.
• Extensive supply chain and logistics expertise.
72
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
cardinalhealth.com
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Cold Storage
Freezers: General Laboratory
Enzyme Laboratory Freezer
Premier Laboratory Freezers
NOR-LAKE SCIENTIFIC - Supplied with nine epoxy-coated wire shelves
for ample enzyme storage, this freezer has a microprocessor control with
LED digital display and accuracy to within 1°C. Temperature is preset
at -20°C and there are high/low audible and visual alarms and remote
alarm contacts to alert you of fluctuations. The exterior front, sides, back
and door are white baked-on enamel. The exterior top and bottom are
galvanized steel. The interior liner and door panel are smooth aluminum.
Cabinet and doors are foamed-in-place with high-density polyurethane
foam insulation.
NOR-LAKE SCIENTIFIC - These laboratory freezers are designed for
heavy-duty use and are available with one, two or three solid doors.
They feature a top-mounted non-CFC refrigeration system, air-cooled
condensing unit, automatic condensate evaporators, automatic defrost
and microprocessor control with integrated LED visual display and
warm/cold audible and visual alarm.
Specifications:
Shelf area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . .
Exterior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . .
Cat. No.
ZF241WMW0M
Mfr. No.
NSZF241WMW/0M
To order, call: 800.964.5227
40.2 sq. ft.
-25°C to -10°C
59 x 23½ x 30 in.
795/8 x 27½ x 347/8 in.
Description
24 cu. ft. - 115V, 60Hz
Qty.
1/ea
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25°C to -10°C
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115V, 60 Hz
PF241WWW0
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . I nterior: 59 x 231/2 x 30 in.
Exterior: 795/8 x 271/2 x 347/8 in.
PF331WWW0 (H x W x D)
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . I nterior: 67 x 273/4 x 31 in.
Exterior: 873/4 x 313/4 x 353/4 in.
PF522WWW0 (H x W x D)
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . I nterior: 59 x 51 x 30 in.
Exterior: 795/8 x 55 x 347/8 in.
Cat. No.
PF241WWW0
Mfr. No.
NSPF241WWW/0
PF331WWW0
NSPF331WWW/0
PF522WWW0
NSPF522WWW/0
cardinalhealth.com
Description
24 cu. ft. - 12.8 sq. ft.
shelf area - 1 door
33 cu. ft. - 15.9 sq. ft.
shelf area - 1 door
52 cu. ft. - 28.6 sq. ft.
shelf area - 2 doors
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
73
Cold Storage
Freezer offers manual defrost, complete top-mounted refrigeration
system and cold-wall evaporator. Self-closing solid door with magnetic
door gasket, heavy-duty, spring-loaded hinges, full-length stainless steel
pull handles, key lock and doorframe heater wires. Mounted on four
casters (two locking). Available with several optional features, including
up to eight stainless steel drawers, up to eight wire basket drawers,
temperature chart recorder, 4-20ma, stainless steel interior and exterior
and lead access ports. UL/CUL-listed. Warranties: 18-month parts and
labor, 5-year compressor (US and Canada).
The freezer cabinet is formed-in-place with high-density polyurethane
foam insulation. The exterior front, sides, back and doors are painted
white, while exterior top and bottom are galvanized steel. The interior
liner and interior door panel are white and there are three epoxy-coated
wire shelves per door. Doors have heavy-duty pivot hinges, pull handles
with centered key locks and self-adjusting magnetic gaskets. There are
four casters (two locking) on one- and two-door models and six casters
(three locking) on three-door models. Preset at -25°C. UL- and CUL-listed.
Cold Storage
Cold Storage
Freezers: General Laboratory
Premier Glass-Door Low-Temperature Freezer
Premier Low-Temperature Laboratory Freezer
NOR-LAKE SCIENTIFIC - Ideal for laboratory and pharmacy storage,
these heavy-duty freezers have full-size, double-pane glass doors to view
inside contents. Available with one or two doors, freezers have white
interior with three epoxy-coated shelves per door. The exterior front,
sides and back are white and the exterior top and bottom are galvanized
steel. The complete cabinet is foamed-in-place with high-density
polyurethane foam insulation. Doors have heavy-duty pivot hinges and
pull handles with centered key lock.
NOR-LAKE SCIENTIFIC - Designed for heavy-duty laboratory and
pharmacy storage, this freezer features a digital LED microprocessor
control with high/low visual alarm and remote alarm contacts. Also
features a top-mounted, non-CFC refrigeration system, air-cooled
condensing unit, automatic condensate evaporator and automatic
defrost. Freezer has white interior with three epoxy-coated shelves per
door. The exterior front, sides and back are white baked-on enamel and
the exterior top and bottom are galvanized steel. The cabinet and doors
are foamed-in-place with high-density polyurethane foam insulation.
Doors have heavy-duty pivot hinges, full-length stainless steel pull
handles and centered key locks, magnetic door gasket and interior light.
Freezers also feature top-mounted refrigeration system, air-cooled
condensing unit, automatic condensate evaporation, auto defrost,
door-opening heaters and interior light. They are mounted on four
casters for convenient mobility. Factory preset operating temperature
is -20°C. UL/CUL-listed. Freezers are also optionally available with legs
instead of casters, stainless steel drawers, extra shelves, stainless steel
interior and exterior, high/low audible alarm with remote alarm controls
and temperature chart recorder. Digital LED display microprocessor
temperature controller. Warranties: 18-month parts and labor, 5-year
compressor (US and Canada). Models rated for 115V, 1PH, 60H includes:
power cord with NEMA 5-20 plug.
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-15°C to -25°C
XF211WWG0
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interior 59 x 23½ x 30 in.
Exterior 81½ x 27½ x 35½ in.
XF482WWG0
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interior 59 x 51 x 30 in.
Exterior 83¼ x 55 x 35½ in.
Cat. No.
XF211WWG0
Mfr. No.
NSXF211WWG/0
XF482WWG0
NSXF482WWG/0
74
Description
22.5 cu. ft. - 18.3 sq. ft.
shelf area - 3 shelves
48.8 cu. ft. - 39.7 sq. ft.
shelf area - 6 shelves
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Mounted on four casters for convenient mobility. Operating temperature
factory preset to -30°C. UL/CUL-listed. Warranties: 18-month parts and
labor, 5-year compressor (US and Canada). Available with optional
features including chart recorder, stainless steel interior and exterior,
extra shelves, stainless steel drawers (eight per door), wire drawers
baskets (eight per door) and lead access ports. This model is rated for
115V, 1PH, 60H includes: power cord with NEMA 5-20 plug.
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -30°C to -20°C
Interior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . 50 x 51 x 30 in.
Exterior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . 83¼ x 55 x 347/8 in.
Cat. No.
XF482WWW0
Mfr. No.
NSXF482WWW/0
Description
52 cu. ft. - 39.7 sq. ft. 6 shelves
Qty.
1/ea
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
cardinalhealth.com
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Cold Storage
Freezers: General Laboratory
Biomedical Laboratory
Upright Freezers
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MDF-U333
Baskets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PANASONIC - Panasonic’s MDF Series
biomedical freezers offer the reliability
and performance required in a wide
variety of storage and research
applications. In the medical field, they
provide effective storage of life-saving
fresh and frozen blood supplies
and vaccines, as well as samples
for diagnosis. In the biotechnology
field, they provide effective storage
of enzymes for genetic research, as
well as culture media, reagents and
samples for testing. As a storage
environment with easy operability and
a host of other features, these freezers
offer reliability and functionality for
short- or intermediate-term storage at
temperatures as low as -30°C.
Additional features include:
-20°C to -30°C at 35°C
115V, 60Hz
4 large, 1 small
Interior 19.3 x 19.1 x 50.8 in.
Exterior 24.2 x 28.9 x 63.8 in.
MDF-U5312
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I nterior 25.9 x 23.9 x 50.1 in.
Exterior 31.5 x 30.4 x 70.9 in.
MDF-U731 (auto defrost)
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interior 25.6 x 27.5 x 59.8 in.
Exterior 30.3 x 32.7 x 77 in.
MDF-U731M (manual defrost)
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interior 25.6 x 27.5 x 59.8 in.
Exterior 30.3 x 32.7 x 77 in.
MDF-U731M model shown
ūū Front-mounted display/control panel
(with new microprocessor) located at convenient waist height
Cat. No.
MDF-U333
MDF-U5312
MDF-U731
MDF-U731M
Mfr. No.
MDF-U334-PA
MDF-U5312-PA
MDF-U731
MDF-U731M
Description
9.7 cu. ft.
17.0 cu. ft.
22.0 cu. ft.
24.4 cu. ft.
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
ūū Memory backup
ūū Temperature display
ūū Front access calibration for 7-day temperature recorder
Right products, right time.
Cold Storage
To order, call: 800.964.5227
cardinalhealth.com
75
Cold Storage
Freezers: Blood Bank/Plasma
Premier Series
Plasma Freezers
CARDINAL HEALTH - Our -30°C plasma freezers
are designed to meet AABB, ANRC and FDA
standards for safety and performance in plasma
storage. Cabinet options include full-extension
roll-out drawers to meet a variety of space
needs and storage volume requirements.
ūū Powerful industrial compressors
ūū Thick CFC-free insulation
ūū Access port standard
ūū Adjustable temperature setpoint
ūū Adjustable temperature alarms
ūū Built-in contacts for remote alarms
ūū Self-closing doors
ūū Adjustable steel drawers
ūū Built-in chart recorder
(freestanding on 4.9 cu. ft.)
ūū Automatic alarm test
ūū Additional lower temperature probe
ūū Smart defrost for temperature stability
UL certified.
Cold Storage
Temperature range: -30°C (auto defrost)
Voltage (Hz)
Amps/
Breaker
(Plug)
Cabinet
Door
Drawers
Int. Dimensions*
H x D x W in.
Ext. Dimensions* Ship
H x D x W in.
Weight lbs.
4.9 (78)
115 (60)
8.0/15 (P1)
Undercounter
Single, solid
2
20 x 20.5 x 20
33.4 x 26 x 24
11.5 (273)
115 (60)
8.0/15 (P1)
Space saver
Single, solid
7
52.4 x 21 x 20
73.6 x 30 x 24
365
R3850-5A
23.3 (532)
115 (60)
16.0/20 (P2)
Upright
Single, solid
7
58 x 29 x 24
79.2 x 37.2 x 28
425
R3850-5D
23.3 (532)
208/230 (60)
12.0/15 (P4)
Upright
Single, solid
7
58 x 29 x 24
79.2 x 37.2 x 28
425
UPF3030A
29.2 (665)
115 (60)
16.0/20 (P2)
Upright
Single, solid
6
58 x 29 x 30
79.2 x 37.2 x 34
580
UPF3030D
29.2 (665)
208/230 (60)
12.0/15 (P4)
Upright
Single, solid
6
58 x 29 x 30
79.2 x 37.2 x 34
580
R3850-10A
51.1 (1064)
115 (60)
16.0/20 (P2)
Upright
Double, solid 14
58 x 29 x 52.5
79.2 x 37.2 x 56.5
600
R3850-10D
51.1 (1064)
208/230 (60)
12.0/15 (P4)
Upright
Double, solid 14
58 x 29 x 52.5
79.2 x 37.2 x 56.5
600
Cat. No.
Cu. Ft.
(Box Capacity)
R3863-3A
R3850-3A
220
* Published interior volumes are nominal; useable cu. ft. capacities may be offset by shelves, drawers, blower coils or cabinet protrusions. For specific cabinet dimensions and allowances, or for
verification of clearance tolerances, contact our sales representative. Product performance may be affected by ambient temperature conditions, humidity conditions, sample loading preferences
and frequency of door openings. Contact our sales representative for specific inquiries regarding your application.
76
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
cardinalhealth.com
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Cold Storage
Freezers: Blood Bank/Plasma
Thermo Scientific Jewett® High-Performance
Plasma Freezers
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Jewett® high-performance plasma
freezers are designed to meet the highest standards for
sensitive plasma freezing.
These high-performance plasma freezers feature easy-to-use
microprocessor controls and meet storage requirements
large and small.
ūū High-density, CFC-free, blown-in insulation conforms
to cabinet shape, to reduce gaps and increase
temperature uniformity
ūū Powerful, industrial-grade compressors for
optimal product protection and adjustable
stainless steel drawers
ūū 1 in. insulated access port standard
ūū Positive, forced-air circulation maintains temperature
uniformity throughout the cabinet
ūū Set of four 2 in. casters: two locking and two regular
ūū Lockable doors for added sample security
ūū Standard inkless, 7-day graphic temperature chart recorder
ūū Bright digital temperature display
ūū Microprocessor control system with audio and visual alarms
ūū Preset -30°C cabinets
ūū Hospital-grade plug
Cat. No.
JPL430A
JPL430D
JPL1230A
JPL2330A
JPL2330D
JPL3030A
JPL3030D
Mfr. No.
JPL430A
JPL430D
JPL1230A
JPL2330A
JPL2330D
JPL3030A
JPL3030D
Description
4.7 cu. ft. - 115V - 2 drawers
4.7 cu. ft. - 240V - 2 drawers
11.5 cu. ft. - 115V - 7 drawers
23.3 cu. ft. - 115V - 7 drawers
23.3 cu. ft. - 240V - 7 drawers
29.2 cu. ft. - 115V - 7 drawers
29.2 cu. ft. - 240V - 7 drawers
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Cold Storage
Thermo Scientific Jewett® Undercounter Plasma Freezer
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Jewett® undercounter freezers safely meet small
storage requirements at -30°C. They are ideal for small storage needs
and for confined spaces. Includes: HemaPro 101-3000 monitor.
Features include:
ūū Frost-free (hot gas or electric) operation
ūū CFC-free refrigerant
ūū HemaPro 101-3000 monitor alerts to unsafe conditions
ūū Storage for up to 88 (300mL) plasma packs
ūū Forced-air circulation system for maximum
temperature uniformity and rapid recovery times
ūū Single door, two drawers
Specifications:
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4 cu. ft. (153L)
Interior dimensions (D x W x H). . . . . . . . . . 21.5 x 19.37 x 20.37 in.
Exterior dimensions (L x W x H). . . . . . . . . . 24.12 x 24 x 36 in.
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Cat. No.
CTF306-1B
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
CTF306-1B
Description
Undercounter freezer stainless steel - 5.4 cu. ft.
Qty.
1/ea
77
Cold Storage
Freezers: Blood Bank/Plasma
Thermo Scientific Revco®
High-Performance Plasma Freezers
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Revco® high-performance
plasma freezers feature microprocessor control for
simplified operation and greater accuracy.
These -30°C plasma freezers are designed to
meet AABB and FDA standards for safety and
performance in plasma storage. Five models offer
cabinet sizes to meet a variety of space needs and
storage volume requirements.
Automatic condensate removal and defrost, with
sensor that automatically initiates defrost cycle
on demand, eliminating need for a defrost timer,
minimizing frost buildup and optimizing coil
efficiency. Icon-based controls and displays. Preset
temperature setpoint.
ūū Graphic thermometer is steady green when
temperature is normal, flashes top bar for
overtemperature, bulb for undertemperature
ūū Large, easy-to-read digital display shows temperature within 1°C
ūū Audible/visual warnings for overtemperature, undertemperature
or power failure
ūū Key-operated OFF/ON/ALARM ON master switch for setpoint security
ūū Alarm silence, ringback and auto reset; remote alarm contacts
ūū Controller battery backup system
ūū Adjustable leveling feet
ūū High-density, CFC-free urethane foam insulation protects cabinet
interior from ambient temperature fluctuations, minimizing
operating costs
ūū Positive, forced-air circulation maintains uniformity at all shelf levels
Cold Storage
ūū Directional airflow assures quick recovery after door openings
Plasma Freezers -30°C
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . -30°C
Temperature resolution. . . . . . . . 1°C
Temperature control. . . . . . . . . . . microprocessor
Cat. No.
UFP430-A
UFP1230-A
UFP2330-A
UFP3030-A
UFP5030-A
Mfr. No.
UFP430A
UFP1230A
UFP2330A
UFP3030A
UFP5030A
Description
4.9 cu. ft. plasma freezer - 115V
11.5 cu. ft. plasma freezer - 115V
23.3 cu. ft. plasma freezer - 115V
29.2 cu. ft. plasma freezer - 115V
51.1 cu. ft. plasma freezer - 115V
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Specifications:
BF211WWW0
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . Interior 59 x 23½ x 30 in.
Exterior 81½ x 27½ x 347/8 in.
BF482WWW0
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . Interior 59 x 51 x 30 in.
Exterior 83¼ x 55 x 347/8 in.
Available with one or two doors, freezers
feature streamlined design to optimize
airflow and maintain temperature uniformity. They have eight solid
pullout stainless steel drawers per door. The units have a capacity of
48 to 300mL packs per drawer. The interior and exterior front, sides
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
ūū 1 in. (2.5cm) access port with plug on undercounter model only
and back are painted white. Complete cabinet is foamed-in-place with
high-density polyurethane foam insulation. Doors have heavy-duty pivot
hinges, full-length pull handles and key locks. Freezers also feature auto
defrost and recessed interior light. They are mounted on four casters
(two locking) for convenient mobility. UL/CUL-listed. Designed to meet
AABB, ANRC and FDA requirements for plasma storage. Freezers are
available with optional shelves, wire basket drawers, 4-20ma output,
stainless steel interior and exterior. These models are rated for 115V, 1PH,
60Hz includes: power cord with NEMA 5-20 plug. Warranties: 18-month
parts and labor, 5-year compressor (US and Canada).
NOR-LAKE SCIENTIFIC - Designed
for secure plasma storage, these
freezers feature a programmable logic
microprocessor controller with LCD
control panel and message center. They
provide continuous product temperature
display and include temperature chart
recorder and chart paper. An air probe
monitors temperature and includes
high/low alarms, both audible and visual.
Freezers offer two levels of user password
protection: setpoints and parameters.
There is a door-ajar alarm with adjustable
delay, a power failure alarm and a
100-event alarm log that includes date/
time stamp and product temperatures.
Operating temperature is -30°C.
78
ūū Heavy-duty, hermetically sealed compressors
Cat. No.
BF211WWW0
Mfr. No.
NSBF211WWW/0
BF482WWW0
NSBF482WWW/0
cardinalhealth.com
Description
24 cu. ft. - 1 door,
8 drawers
52 cu. ft. - 2 doors,
16 drawers
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Cold Storage
Freezers: Blood Bank/Plasma
The freezer has a base-mount non-CFC refrigeration system, an aircooled condensing unit, automatic defrost, four 4 in. legs, magnetic door
gasket, pull handle and key lock. The cabinet and door are foamed-inplace with high-density polyurethane foam insulation. Freezer includes
digital LED display microprocessor temperature controller, high/low
product alarm, freestanding chart recorder, remote contacts, key door
lock, 1 in. diameter sensor access port, four 4 in. legs and one coated wire
shelf. Casters are optional. UL/CUL-listed. Warranties: 18-month parts and
labor, 5-year compressor (US and Canada). Meets AABB, ANRL and FDA
requirements for plasma storage.
Undercounter Plasma Freezer
NOR-LAKE SCIENTIFIC - This compact plasma freezer features an
industrial-quality cabinet and heavy-duty refrigeration system and
is preset at -30°C. The exterior is white and the back and bottom are
made of galvanized steel. The interior liner and door panel are aluminum.
There is one adjustable gray epoxy-coated shelf.
Specifications:
Shelf area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 sq. ft.
Adjustable height. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 to 35¼ in.
Dimensions (H x W x D)
Interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227/8 x 23 x 19½ in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 x 27 x 25 in.
Cat. No.
BF051WMW0
Mfr. No.
NSBF051WMW/0
Description
5.0 cu. ft. - 115V, 60Hz
Qty.
1/ea
Freezers: General-Purpose
6CAF General-Purpose Freezers
AGA MARVEL SCIENTIFIC - These 4.5 cu. ft. freezers feature forced-air
ventilation, which helps eliminate the need for clearance space in built-in
applications. They fit easily under lab benches and casework. They also
feature a manual defrost system that protects freezer contents from
auto defrost thaws and dehydration. Freezers have positive-close door
hinges, flat door liners, one wire shelf, adjustable microprocessor-based
thermostat and manual defrost. Commercial UL- and CUL-listed. Use
non-CFC refrigerant.
AGA MARVEL SCIENTIFIC - These freezers feature forced-air ventilation
that eliminates the need for clearance in built-in applications. A manual
defrost system protects freezer contents from auto defrost thaws and
dehydration. The freezers include one wire shelf, three door shelves and
an adjustable microprocessor-based thermostat. They also feature a
jacketed commercial power cord with hospital-grade plug, positive-close
door hinges and shelf retaining bar. Commercial UL- and CUL-listed.
Use non-CFC refrigerant.
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -23°C to -18°C
Volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 cu. ft.
Interior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . 24¾ x 19 x 18¼ in.
Exterior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . 34 x 237/8 x 24 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115VAC, 60 Hz, 3.3A
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -12°C to -7°C
Volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1 cu. ft.
Interior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . 27½ x 21 x 21 in.
Exterior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . 34 x 237/8 x 24 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115VAC, 60 Hz, 3.3A
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Right-hand hinged freezers
4CAF7001
4CAF7100
4CAF7049
4CAF7102
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Description
Qty.
4.5 cu. ft.
Lock and probe port
1/ea
1/ea
Cat. No.
6CAF7001
6CAF7038
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
6CAF7100
6CAF7102
Description
6.1 cu. ft.
With door lock and probe port,
right-hand hinge
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
79
Cold Storage
4CAF General-Purpose Freezers
Cold Storage
Freezers: General-Purpose
15CAF General-Purpose Freezer
AGA MARVEL SCIENTIFIC - This freezer is ideal for countertop or built-in
use. Forced-air ventilation eliminates the need for clearance space in
built-in applications. Features manual defrost that protects freezer
contents from auto defrost cycle thaws and dehydration. The freezer also
features positive-close door hinges, adjustable mechanical thermostat,
flat inner door and manual defrost. Commercial UL- and CUL-listed.
Uses non-CFC R134a refrigerant.
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . .
Exterior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . .
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cat. No.
15AF0001
Mfr. No.
15CAF120
-20°C
1.5 cu. ft.
12 x 11¼ x 175/8 in.
24¼ x 147/8 x 221/8 in.
115VAC, 60 Hz, 3.3A
Description
General-purpose freezer
NOR-LAKE SCIENTIFIC - Available with auto, forced air and manual
defrost. Both units feature interior light, lock with pop-out key, two
adjustable leg levelers, one full access sliding storage basket and
automatic door closers. Units come with a 12-month parts warranty.
These units feature a white interior, exterior, door and handle. Operating
temperature of -10°C to -20°C with adjustable temperature control. The
cabinet is foamed-in-place with CFC-free high-density polyurethane
foam insulation.
Qty.
1/ea
Manual defrost units feature three white evaporator shelves, five fullwidth fixed door bins and a defrost drain. Auto defrost forced-air units
feature four fixed-position wire shelves, six full-width fixed door bins,
power-on light and temperature alarm system with buzzer and light.
Specifications:
25CM General-Purpose
Ice Machine
Cold Storage
General-Purpose Laboratory Freezer Upright Defrost
Manual defrost model
Interior dimensions (W x D x H). . . . . . . . . .
Exterior dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . .
Auto defrost model
Interior dimensions (W x D x H). . . . . . . . . .
Exterior dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . .
AGA MARVEL SCIENTIFIC - This
ice machine produces up to 12 lbs.
of ice per day and stores 15 lbs.
Crescent-shaped ice cubes are the
perfect size for sports medicine
and other commercial applications.
The ice machine features compact
footprint, flat inner door and
jacketed commercial power
cord. Forced-air ventilation helps
eliminate the need for clearance
space in built-in applications.
No drain is required. Commercial
UL- and CUL-listed. Uses non-CFC R134a refrigerant.
Cat. No.
LF161WWW0M
Mfr. No.
LF161WWW/0M
LF201WWW0
LF201WWW/0
27½ x 21½ x 52 in.
32 x 30½ x 64½ in.
27½ x 23½ x 57½ in.
32 x 30¾ x 703/8 in.
Description
17.1 cu. ft. manual defrost
20.5 cu. ft. auto defrost
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -18°C to -7°C
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115VAC, 60 Hz, 3.3A
Interior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . 12 x 11¼ x 175/8 in.
Exterior dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . . . 34 x 147/8 x 221/8 in.
Cat. No.
25CM0002
80
Mfr. No.
25CM0112
Description
General-purpose ice machine
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Qty.
1/ea
cardinalhealth.com
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Cold Storage
Freezers: General-Purpose
General-Purpose Laboratory Freezer
NOR-LAKE SCIENTIFIC - Designed for
convenience and durability, these generalpurpose freezers have an internal chamber
thermometer that is preset at -20°C. The
exterior front, sides, back and door are white
baked-on enamel. The exterior top and
bottom are galvanized steel. The interior
liner and interior door panel are smooth
aluminum and there are three epoxy-coated
adjustable wire shelves. The cabinet and
doors are foamed-in-place with high-density
polyurethane foam insulation.
Undercounter and Freestanding Freezer
NOR-LAKE SCIENTIFIC - Designed for general laboratory and pharmacy
storage, this compact freezer has two fixed-position shelves and three
removable clear-plastic storage bins. The exterior is painted white and
the back and bottom are galvanized steel. The interior liner and door
panel are white vacuum-formed poly with seamless rounded corners for
easy cleaning.
Freezers offer manual defrost, top-mounted
refrigeration system, cold wall evaporator and
air-cooled condensing unit. Other features
include self-closing solid door with magnetic
door gasket, heavy-duty spring-loaded hinges,
door-opening heaters, full-length stainless
steel pull handles and key lock. Freezers
are mounted on four casters (two locking).
Freezers are also available with optional legs
instead of casters, extra shelves, stainless steel
interior and exterior, chart recorder, stainless steel
drawers and digital thermometer with alarm. UL- and CUL-listed.
The unit can be built-in on three sides and features a base-mount
refrigeration system, manual defrost, two leveling legs, magnetic gasket,
reversible door with handle and lock. Also includes a color-coded
thermostatic control. Operating temperature is -20°C. Freezer is also
available with optional digital thermometer with alarm, stacking kit and
freestanding chart recorder. UL- and CUL-listed. 12-month parts warranty.
Specifications:
Shelf area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11 sq. ft.
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . -20°C to -10°C
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 115V, 60 Hz
Dimensions (H x W x D)
Interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 x 17½ x 16½ in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33½ x 23 x 23½ in.
Specifications:
Shelf area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9 sq. ft.
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -25°C to -10°C
Dimensions (H x W x D)
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 x 231/2 x 30 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 803/8 x 271/2 x 347/8 in.
Cat. No.
LF241WMW0M
Mfr. No.
NSLF241WMW/0M
Description
24 cu. ft. 115V, 60Hz
Qty.
1/ea
NOR-LAKE SCIENTIFIC - Designed
for general laboratory and pharmacy
storage, these compact freezers can be
built-in on three sides, as the air intake
and exhaust is through the base in front.
Available with forced-air evaporator and
automatic defrost or wraparound coldwall evaporator and manual defrost.
Both units have one adjustable gray
epoxy-coated shelf. The exterior is painted
white enamel and the back and bottom
are made of galvanized steel; interior liner and door panel are aluminum.
The units feature a base-mount refrigeration system, air-cooled
condensing unit, four 4 in. legs, magnetic gasket, pull door handle and
door lock. Operating temperature is -20°C. The cabinet and door are
foamed-in-place with high-density polyurethane foam insulation. UL- and
CUL-listed.
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Mfr. No.
LF041WWW/0M
Description
3.5 cu. ft.
Qty.
1/ea
Model LF051WMW0 (auto defrost) includes digital LED display
microprocessor controller with warm and cold audible and visual alarms
with remote alarm contacts. Warranties:18-month parts and labor, 5-year
compressor (US and Canada).
Specifications:
Shelf area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 sq. ft.
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . -20°C to -10°C
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 115V, 60 Hz
Dimensions (H x W x D)
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227/8 x 23 x 19½ in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 x 27 x 25 in.
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
Qty.
Forced air model with auto defrost - microprocessor control
LF051WMW0
NSLF051WMW/0
6 cu. ft.
1/ea
cardinalhealth.com
81
Cold Storage
Undercounter Freezer
Cat. No.
LF041WWW0M
Cold Storage
Freezers: General-Purpose
5.0 cu. ft. Undercounter Freezers
5.4 cu. ft. Undercounter
Freezer (Manual Defrost)
PANASONIC - Save valuable space in
your laboratory with these undercounter
freezers. They have an operating
temperature of -20°C. The chamber has
two fixed shelves with one removable
bottom shelf and two door shelves.
Freezer HF-5015WSEC features a hasp
lock for security.
Specifications:
Temperature range.. . . . -20°C to -15°C
Exterior dimensions. . . . 21.4 x 25.4 x 33.4 in.
Power requirements . . . 115V, 60 Hz, 1.1A
Cat. No.
HF-5015WSEC
HF-5020W
Mfr. No.
HF-5017W-SEC-PA
HF-5017W-PA
HF-5020W model shown
Description
Qty.
4.9 cu. ft. freezer w/ lock 1/ea
4.9 cu. ft. freezer w/o lock 1/ea
PANASONIC - This compact
undercounter freezer features a
microprocessor controller with digital
display to regulate temperature. An
alarm notifies you if the temperature
deviates more than 3°C from the
setpoint. A door ajar alarm features a
delay timer to help eliminate nuisance
alarms and the chamber enables the
unit to restore temperature uniformity
after door openings. The unit also
SF-L6111W model shown
includes remote alarm contacts to allow
connection to a centralized alarm monitoring system.
There are two fixed shelves and a keyed door lock.
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . -15°C to -25°C
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . 34.5 x 23.6 x 25.2 in. (including handle)
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 115V, 60 Hz, 0.9A
Cat. No.
SF-L6111W
Mfr. No.
SF-L6111W-PA
Description
5.4 cu. ft. freezer
Qty.
1/ea
Freezers: Explosion-Proof/Flammable Material
Thermo Scientific Flammable
Material Freezers
Cold Storage
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - These flammable
storage freezers are designed to be
used for storage of volatiles where a
spark-free internal cabinet environment
is required. All units are manual defrost
with CFC- and HCFC-free refrigerants
and insulation.
Thermo Scientific Explosion-Proof Freezers
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - These explosion-proof freezers are engineered to
prevent triggering an explosion inside or outside the unit.
Cat. No.
3552-10AA
Mfr. No.
3552-10A
Description
20.6 cu. ft. freezer, 115V,
-12°C to -20°C
Qty.
1/ea
Thermostat and compressor components are isolated within a
vapor-proof enclosure. Electrical connections are hardwired to help
prevent sparking and accidental disconnection.
Hydraulic thermostat. Manual defrost. Magnetic vinyl gaskets for positive
door seal. CFC-free insulation and refrigerant.
Suitable for use in Class I, Division I Group C and D hazardous
environments.
Cat. No.
3552AA
82
Mfr. No.
3552A
Description
20.6 cu. ft. freezer,
115V, -12°C to -20°C
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Qty.
1/ea
cardinalhealth.com
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Cold Storage
Freezers: Ultra-Low Temperature
Thermo Scientific Revco® CxF Series -86°C and
-40°C Ultra-Low Temperature Chest Freezers
ūū Optional built-in chart recorder or data logger for
continuous monitoring
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Revco® CxF Series
chest freezers provide versatile and
reliable sample storage.
ūū Stainless steel interior
ūū Easy-to-remove air filter
ūū Inner sub-lids protect bulk samples from ambient exposure
during single sample retrievals
These chest freezers deliver all the
sample protection features of the
ExF and DxF freezers in four convenient
sizes and are available with a full range
of racking solutions for maximum
sample storage.
ūū Optional CO2 or LN2 safety back-up system for additional
protection in the event of a power or mechanical failure
ūū RS-232 and 4-20 milliamp analog outputs for independent
monitoring devices and recorders
Cat. No.
ULT390-10A
ULT139010A
ULT139010D
ULT179010A
ULT209010A
ULT350-10A
ULT135010A
ULT135010D
ULT175010A
ULT205010A
ūū Eye-level, easy-to-use
microprocessor control panel
ūū Message center: 12-character
alphanumeric LED displays setpoints,
system status and alarm messages
ūū Access code to ensure setpoint security
ūū Heavy gauge, cold-rolled steel exterior construction with a
powder-coat paint finish that resists chipping and rust and
ergonomic, lockable door handle
ūū 5 in. (127mm) foamed-in-place, polyurethane insulation
Mfr. No.
ULT390-10-A
ULT1390-10-A
ULT1390-10-D
ULT1790-10-A
ULT2090-10-A
ULT350-10-A
ULT1350-10-A
ULT1350-10-D
ULT1750-10-A
ULT2050-10-A
Description
3 cu. ft., 115V, -86°C
12.7 cu. ft., 115V, -86°C
12.7 cu. ft., 230V, -86°C
17 cu. ft., 115V, -86°C
20 cu. ft., 115V, -86°C
3 cu. ft., 115V, -40°C
12.7 cu. ft., 115V, -40°C
12.7 cu. ft., 230V, -40°C
17 cu. ft., 115V, -40°C
20 cu. ft., 115V, -40°C
Thermo Scientific Revco® DxF Series
-40°C Upright Freezers
Thermo Scientific Revco® ExF Series
-86°C Upright Freezers
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Revco® DxF
Series upright freezers are designed
for daily sample protection and
dependability for applications
requiring -10°C to -40°C.
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Revco® ExF
Series upright freezers are designed
for daily sample protection and
dependability for applications
requiring -50°C to -86°C.
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
ūū Easy-to-use, eye-level
microprocessor control
ūū Five interior compartment doors
ūū Five interior compartment doors
ūū Galveneel interior in three sizes
(13, 17.3 and 23 cu. ft.)
ūū Stainless steel interior in four
sizes (13, 17.3, 23 and 28 cu. ft.)
ūū Heavy-gauge, cold-rolled steel
exterior construction
ūū Heavy-gauge, cold-rolled steel
exterior construction
ūū 5 in. foamed-in-place,
polyurethane insulation
ūū 5 in. foamed-in-place,
polyurethane insulation
ūū Optional, built-in chart recorder
ūū Optional, built-in chart recorder
ūū Sturdy, solid, stainless steel shelving
ūū Sturdy, solid, stainless steel shelving
ūū Vacuum relief port
ūū Vacuum relief port
ūū Power management system with low voltage surge protection and
buck/boost
ūū Power management system with low voltage surge protection and
buck/boost
Cat. No.
DxF24040A
DxF24040D
DxF32040A
DxF32040D
DxF40040A
DxF40040D
Mfr. No.
DxF24040A
DxF24040D
DxF32040A
DxF32040D
DxF40040A
DxF40040D
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Description
13 cu. ft. - 115V (240 box)
13 cu. ft. - 208-230V (240 box)
17.3 cu. ft. - 115V (320 box)
17.3 cu. ft. - 208-230V (320 box)
23 cu. ft. - 115V (400 box)
23 cu. ft. - 208-230V (400 box)
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Cat. No.
ExF24086A
ExF24086D
ExF32086A
ExF32086D
ExF40086A
ExF40086D
ExF60086D
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
ExF24086A
ExF24086D
ExF32086A
ExF32086D
ExF40086A
ExF40086D
ExF60086D
Description
13 cu. ft. - 115V (240 box)
13 cu. ft. - 208-230V (240 box)
17.3 cu. ft. - 115V (320 box)
17.3 cu. ft. - 208-230V (320 box)
23 cu. ft. - 115V (400 box)
23 cu. ft. - 208-230V (400 box)
28 cu. ft. - 208-230V (600 box)
Cold Storage
ūū Easy-to-use, knee-level
microprocessor control
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
83
Cold Storage
Freezers: Ultra-Low Temperature
Thermo Scientific Revco® -80°C Benchtop Freezer
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - The Revco® -80°C Benchtop Freezer is ideal for
personal or clinical trial applications. This benchtop freezer offers
a full 1 cu. ft. (28L) capacity, and help ensure the protection of your
valuable samples.
ūū Air-cooled refrigeration systems are engineered to maintain design
temperatures in warm 32°C (90°F) ambient conditions (factory
setpoint -30°C)
ūū Solid-state control system with adjustable temperature setpoint
ūū Digital temperature display resolution to 1°C
ūū Compact 25.2 x 30.7 in. (640 x 781mm) footprint
ūū Industrial-grade, hermetically sealed refrigeration compressors
ūū All-steel cabinet with high-impact epoxy finish for easy cleaning
ūū 4 in. (102mm) foamed-in-place, CFC-free urethane insulation to
protect product against high ambient conditions
ūū Heavy-duty counterbalanced lid with key lock
ūū Thermal interior sublid
ūū Digital temperature display resolution to 1°C
ūū Push button setpoint display
ūū Key operated main power switch
ūū Integrated preset overtemperature safety alarm with battery backup and audible warning of temperature deviation
ūū Exterior alarm contacts for connection to remote monitoring system
Thermo Scientific Revco® UxF Series -86°C
Upright Freezers
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Revco® UxF Series upright freezers are
built specifically to protect the most critical samples, achieving
outstanding thermal performance, safety and security through
state-of-the-art engineering.
Cold Storage
ūū Performance - Revco® UxF Series feature an outstanding BTU (British
thermal unit) reserve, leading to fast door opening recovery times
so sample integrity isn’t compromised.
ūū Safety and security - The highlight of the new Revco® UxF Series
is an innovative, touch-screen control panel. Here you can control
all freezer settings and user authority levels, as well as monitor
the freezer’s health 24/7 and access a detailed event log. You can
download a report of the event log to a portable drive via a built-in
USB port.
ūū Sample storage capacity - Revco® UxF Series freezers maximize
sample storage capacity while minimizing the freezer’s physical
space inside your laboratory. Choose from five new capacities,
storing up to 700 - 2 in. boxes or 525 - 3 in. boxes inside a
single freezer.
ūū Energy-savings - Save up to 15% in energy usage* with the Revco®
UxF Series’ energy-savings mode. Or, choose high-performance
mode for applications requiring ultra-tight temperature
uniformity—all through an easy-to-use, touch screen interface.
*Compared to energy-savings model
Cat. No.
UxF30086A
UxF30086D
UxF40086A
UxF40086D
UxF50086A
UxF50086D
UxF60086A
UxF60086D
UxF70086A
UxF70086D
Mfr. No.
UxF30086A
UxF30086D
UxF40086A
UxF40086D
UxF50086A
UxF50086D
UxF60086A
UxF60086D
UxF70086A
UxF70086D
Description
14.9 cu. ft. - 115V (300 box)
14.9 cu. ft. - 208-230V (300 box)
19.4 cu. ft. - 115V (400 box)
19.4 cu. ft. - 208-230V (400 box)
24.1 cu. ft. - 115V (500 box)
24.1 cu. ft. - 208-230V (500 box)
28.8 cu. ft. - 115V (600 box)
28.8 cu. ft. - 208-230V (600 box)
33.5 cu. ft. - 115V (700 box)
33.5 cu. ft. - 208-230V (700 box)
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Cat. No.
R3928-185A
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Description
Benchtop freezer
Qty.
1/ea
Low-Temperature
Undercounter Freezers
NOR-LAKE SCIENTIFIC - This compact
freezer has a heavy-duty refrigeration
system and industrial-quality cabinet
with one gray epoxy-coated shelf.
The exterior is white enamel, the back
and bottom are galvanized steel and
the interior liner and door panel are
aluminum. The unit features a digital
LED display microprocessor temperature
controller, warm and cold audible and
visual alarm and remote alarm contacts. The base-mount, non-CFC
refrigeration system has an air-cooled condensing unit, automatic
defrost, four 4 in. legs, magnetic gasket and door lock. The complete
cabinet and door are foamed-in-place with high-density polyurethane
foam insulation. Operating temperature is -30°C. UL/CUL listed.
Warranties: 18-month parts and labor, 5-year compressor (US and
Canada). The freezers have several available options, including
casters instead of legs, stainless steel interior and exterior and digital
thermometer alarm.
Specifications:
Shelf area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7 sq. ft.
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -30°C to -25°C
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115V, 60 Hz
Dimensions (H x W x D)
Interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227/8 x 23 x 19½ in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 x 27 x 25 in
Cat. No.
XF051WMW0
84
Mfr. No.
ULT185-5-A
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
NSXF051WMW/0
Description
5.0 cu. ft. freezer
Qty.
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Cold Storage
Freezers: Ultra-Low Temperature
-86° Select™ Ultra-Low
Upright Freezers
Space-Saving -86°C Ultra-Low
Temperature Freezers
NOR-LAKE SCIENTIFIC - Designed to
meet the demanding requirements
for scientific and laboratory research.
Advanced engineered design
incorporates the latest in cabinet,
refrigeration, temperature control and
monitoring features. Provides energy
efficient, convenient, safe and reliable
performance for optimal storage
temperature environments necessary
for a wide range of life science,
pharmacy, biological, medical, clinical,
and industrial applications.
PANASONIC - Panasonic conventionally
insulated PRO Series™ ultra-low
freezers provide energy savings
while minimizing carbon footprint
throughout the laboratory without
compromising performance. The
conventionally insulated series also
maintains internal temperatures
as low as -86°C. All models use
Panasonic-designed compressors for
ultra-low temperature applications.
Manufactured with foam-in-place
insulation to maximize interior
temperature uniformity, they are
ideally suited for use in hospitals and
laboratories for long-term preservation and storage of blood, specimens
and components, as well as material testing.
ūū Advanced PLC (programmable
logic) microprocessor controller,
door mounted eye level display and interface
ūū Password protection—2 levels set points and parameters, security
for power, temperature and alarm settings; incoming voltage
monitoring and digital display
ūū Power failure alarm (audible and visual), audible and visual
high/low temperature alarms, user settable via controller keypad
remote alarm contacts located on back of cabinet for easy
installation and access
These freezers feature a super capacity (tri-tube) capillary tube system,
an evaporator design enhances refrigerant flow increasing the overall
efficiency, temperature uniformity and recovery performance and an
air cooled condenser, high capacity with large surface area. CFC free,
commercially available refrigerants are used: R404a in first stage and
R508b in second stage.
Compatible with optional stainless steel storage racks, fiberboard boxes
and dividers for multiple storage needs—ask your sales or customer
service representative for details.
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . -50°C to -86°C
NSSUF191W0 and NSSUF191W4
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . Interior 25.2 x 24.3 x 53 in.
Exterior 36.5 x 36.1 x 77.8 in.
NSSUF241W0 and NSSUF241W4
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . Interior 31.1 x 24.3 x 53 in.
Exterior 42.3 x 36.1 x 77.8 in.
NSSUF281W0 and NSSUF281W4
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . Interior 36.8 x 24.3 x 53 in.
Exterior 48.2 x 36.1 x 77.8 in.
Cat. No.
NSSUF191W0
NSSUF191W4
NSSUF241W0
NSSUF241W4
NSSUF281W0
NSSUF281W4
Mfr. No.
NSSUF191WWW/0
NSSUF191WWW/4
NSSUF241WWW/0
NSSUF241WWW/4
NSSUF281WWW/0
NSSUF281WWW/4
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Cat. No.
MDFU5486S
MDFU7486S
Mfr. No.
MDF-U5486SC
MDF-U7486SC
-50°C to -86°C
208/230V, NEMA 6-15
24.8 x 23.6 x 50.4 in.
35 x 34.4 x 78.3 in.
34.2 x 23.6 x 50.4 in.
44.5 x 34.4 x 78.3 in.
Description
17.1 cu. ft.
23.5 cu. ft.
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Cold Storage
There is a CFC free polyurethane foam insulation cabinet and door
and it is painted with a high impact, smooth scratch and corrosion
resistant white paint. Five internal storage compartments with four
heavy duty reinforced stainless steel shelves. Shelves are adjustable in
1 in. increments.
Specifications:
Temperature control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MDFU5486S
Interior dimensions (W x D x H). . . . . . . . . .
Exterior dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . .
MDFU7486S
Interior dimensions (W x D x H). . . . . . . . . .
Exterior dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . .
Online ordering services at
cardinalhealth.com put you
in command.
Use our online services to help simplify your ordering
process. Our site provides one-click access to key areas
such as:
• Shop for products
• Quick orders
Description
18.9 ft3 - 120V 60Hz
18.9 ft3 - 208/230V, 60Hz
23.2 ft3 - 120V 60Hz
23.2 ft3 - 208/230V, 60Hz
27.5 ft3 - 120V 60Hz
27.5 ft3 - 208/230V, 60Hz
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
• Order status
• Review purchase history
Visit cardinalhealth.com and register today.
cardinalhealth.com
85
Cold Storage
Freezers: Ultra-Low Temperature
Twin Guard® Series -86ºC
Ultra-Low Freezers
ūū In the unlikely event of a compressor failure in one system, the
remaining system will automatically maintain a minimum of
-65°C for an indefinite period
PANASONIC - The Twin Guard® Series
Ultra-low freezers include integrated
LCD performance monitor and
digital controller for comprehensive
system management, data logging,
remote communications, alarms,
predictive performance and validation.
Maintenance free, filterless design.
ūū A unique EcoMode deploys both systems in overlapping cycles
to maintain -86°C and to reduce energy consumption by as much
as 15%
ūū Evaporator coils embedded in the patented, high-tech, Panasonic
VIP® PLUS vacuum-insulated thin-wall cabinet are strategically
oriented to deliver the best temperature uniformity at all shelf
levels, top-to-bottom and front-to-back
The Panasonic Twin Guard® Series
satisfies an industry demand for
safe, long-term storage for the
most high-valued materials. Two,
independent refrigeration systems,
combined with optional liquid nitrogen
or liquid CO2 back-up systems, offer a
MDFU700VXC model shown
circle of protection unmatched in the
marketplace. Developed for use with
conventional inventory racks and boxes, the Twin Guard® Series is
ideal for storage of sensitive stem cells, embryos, cell lines, and other
rare specimens.
The Twin Guard® Series Ultra-Low Freezer avoids conventional cascade
refrigeration technology by using two completely independent
one-compressor, autocascade cooling systems, each capable of
maintaining ultra-low temperatures.
ūū Each refrigeration circuit includes a closed-loop cold-wall
evaporator configured in parallel to the other
Cold Storage
ūū Independent evaporators and cooling fans assure back-up status at
all times, eliminating system failure due to sub-component failure
in conventional cascade systems configured of mutually dependent
high- and low-stage systems
ūū New Panasonic designed Cool Safe refrigeration compressors
feature innovative refrigerant feedback processes to reduce
compressor temperature, thereby extending compressor life and
minimizing heat output
ūū In the event of a facility power failure with optional CO2 or LN2
backup system installed, the freezer will maintain -65°C storage
temperature for up to 8 hours
Specifications:
Temperature control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -50°C to -86°C
Power requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208/230V NEMA 6-15
MDFU500VXC
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . I nterior 25.6 x 23.6 x 54.3 in.
Exterior 33.5 x 40.2 x 78.3 in.
MDFU700VXC
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interior 34.3 x 23.6 x 55.1 in.
Exterior 39.8 x 34.3 x 79.1 in.
Cat. No.
MDFU500VXC
MDFU700VXC
Mfr. No.
MDF-U500VXC-PA
MDF-U700VXC-PA
Description
18.3 cu. ft.
25.7 cu. ft.
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Ultra-Low Temperature Chest Freezers
PANASONIC - These ultra-low temperature freezers maintain internal
temperatures as low as -86°C (-123°F) at an ambient temperature of
+30°C (86°F). They are ideally suited for use in hospitals and laboratories,
in long-term preservation and storage of blood, specimens and
components and in testing of various types.
ūū Microprocessor temperature control system with digital
temperature display
ūū Platinum resistance sensor in the temperature control for extra
precision and reliability
ūū Power failure warning system with built-in audible and
visual indicators
MDF-594C
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . I nterior 50.3 x 19.7 x 30 in.
Exterior 79.1 x 30.3 x 42.1 in.
MDF-794C
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interior 72.4 x 19.7 x 30 in.
Exterior 101.2 x 30.3 x 42.1 in.
ūū Double-insulation polyurethane walls
ūū Easy-open/easy-close hinged doors
ūū AT models also offer an automatic temperature recording
mechanism and CO2 back-up system
Specifications:
Temperature control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20°C to -95°C (1°C increment)
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220V, 60 Hz, built-in voltage booster
86
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Cat. No.
MDF-594C
MDF-794C
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
MDF-594C
MDF-794C
Description
17.1 cu. ft. freezer
24.7 cu. ft. freezer
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Cold Storage
Freezers: Ultra-Low Temperature
-80°C Ultra-Low Temperature
VIP® PLUS Freezer
VIP® Series -86°C Ultra-Low
Temperature Freezers
PANASONIC - The MDF-C8V’s ideal
-80°C freezing environment using
VIP® PLUS insulation technology
maximizes storage capacity. The newly
developed single-compressor system
achieves higher energy efficiency and
space-saving construction. Designed to
achieve 40% higher energy conservation
than conventionally insulated models.
PANASONIC - The Panasonic MDFSeries -86°C ultra-low freezers feature
refrigeration systems designed to deliver
energy-saving, high-performance
cooling. Designed for long-term
preservation of biologicals, the VIP®
Series offers maximum storage volume
in the smallest possible footprint. Shelves
are configurable for use with racks.
Panasonic’s most advanced insulation
system VIP® PLUS enables reduced
thickness of insulation to approximately
one half compared to conventional
systems. Patented vacuum insulation cabinet construction reduces
wall thickness and achieves greater storage capacity. Use of VIP® PLUS
insulation material on the front, left and right sides enables a smaller
installation space with exceptional storage capacity to footprint ratio.
New refrigeration circuit without filter makes the inconvenient customer
maintenance procedure of filter cleaning unnecessary.
Panasonic VIP® ultra-low freezers
represent a complete combination
of refrigeration, control, alarm,
monitoring and accessibility for
product safety at -86°C. Ideal for
material storage in repositories,
hospitals, clinics and medical research
facilities, the VIP® Series is designed to
significantly reduce energy consumption.
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-60°C to -80°C (-1°C increments)
Interior dimensions (W x D x H). . . . . . . . . 15.9 x 19.3 x 16.9 in.
Exterior dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . 21.6 x 27 x 37.2 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115V, 60 Hz
Cat. No.
MDF-C8V
Mfr. No.
MDF-C8V1
Description
3 cu. ft. freezer
Qty.
1/ea
MDF-U76VC model shown
The Panasonic microprocessor control system is secure, easy-to-use and
comprehensive. Setpoint, alarm parameters and self-diagnostic functions
are accessed through a tamper-resistant keypad protocol. Control inputs
are managed with convenient push-ad buttons on a unitized, sealed
control overlay. The panel is door-mounted and angled for easy access.
The environmentally friendly refrigeration system is intelligently
managed by intuitive microprocessor controls and integrated into
Panasonic’s patented VIP® vacuum panel cabinet makes the most
efficient use of available floor space.
Cat. No.
MDF-U32VT1
MDF-U53VA
MDF-U56VC
MDFU76VAPA
MDF-U76VC
Mfr. No.
MDF-U33V-PA
MDF-U53VA-PA
MDF-U56VC-PA
MDF-U76VA-PA
MDF-U76VC-PA
-50°C to -86°C (+30°C ambient)
19.3 x 23.6 x 44.9 in.
26.4 x 34.1 x 73.2 in.
Cold Storage
Specifications:
Temperature control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MDF-U32VT1
Interior dimensions (W x D x H). . . . . . . . . .
Exterior dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . .
MDF-U53VA and MDF-U56VC
Interior dimensions (W x D x H). . . . . . . . . .
Exterior dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . .
MDFU76VAPA and MDF-U76VC
Interior (W x D x H). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exterior (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24.8 x 23.6 x 54.3 in.
30.3 x 34.4 x 78.3 in.
34.2 x 23.6 x 55.1 in.
39.8 x 34.4 x 78.3 in.
Description
11.8 cu. ft. - 115V
18.3 cu. ft. - 115V
18.6 cu. ft. - 208/230V
25.7 cu. ft. - 115V
25.7 cu. ft. - 208/230V
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Equipped
to make a difference.
To order, call: 800.964.5227
cardinalhealth.com
87
Cold Storage
Freezers: Ultra-Low Temperature
Stirling Ultracold Undercounter/Benchtop/
Stackable Ultra-Low Freezer
STIRLING ULTRACOLD - This ultra-low freezer offers a spacious 3.7 cu. ft.
(105L) cabinet that delivers stable, uniform storage over a range of
-20°C to -86°C at a fraction of the operating cost of conventional cascade
refrigeration systems.
It combines the performance of a unique free-piston Stirling engine with
an efficient, thin-wall, non-CFC urethane foam and vacuum-insulated
cabinet. This permits high-performance ultra-low storage capacity in
an undercounter, benchtop or stacked cabinet configuration.
The ultra-low freezer operates on standard 115V, 60Hz AC. Engine power
demand is typically 150W, nominal. The Humm™ self-modulating cooling
system demands only 230W at ambient start-up and decreases for most
efficiency when setpoint is reached.
Cold Storage
The Stirling Swift™ integral control and alarm system includes an
intuitive graphic user interface to display operating temperature, reserve
cooling capacity, status functions and performance metrics for field
troubleshooting. Secure touchpad inputs permit secure programming
for all control setpoints. An optional communications system interface
permits remote viewing of freezer performance.
Cat. No.
SU105
Mfr. No.
SU105
Description
3.7 cu. ft. freezer
Qty.
1/ea
Please call your sales or customer service
representative to check up-to-the-minute
pricing and availability.
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
STIRLING ULTRACOLD - The Stirling Shuttle™ is a portable ultra-low
freezer developed for personal or mobile applications without the
need for dry ice. It offers reliable, energy-efficient storage for coldchain management, short-term or long-term ultra-low storage and
secure mobile transport of high-value vaccines or biological specimens.
It is ideal for use within biorepositories, in medical/surgical suites,
pathology laboratories, tissue banks, regenerative medicine and in other
applications associated with clinical or diagnostic medicine, medical
research and pharmaceutical distribution.
The Shuttle™ creates -86°C deep cold temperatures enabled through
Humm™, a proprietary free-piston Stirling engine technology without
conventional refrigeration, Peltier or cascade compressor systems.
Lightweight and easily transported, it operates on both AC and DC
power at both 60Hz and 50Hz electrical service. It can be placed on a
desktop, lab bench or cart in laboratories or operating rooms, and is
easily transferred to vehicles, aircraft, remote and disaster locations.
It can operate from a standard car or truck battery and through a vehicle
DC power adapter supplied standard with the unit.
Pricing
88
Stirling Shuttle™ Portable Ultra-Low Freezer
Cat. No.
ULT-25
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
ULT-25
Description
0.9 cu. ft. portable freezer
Qty.
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Constant Temperature
Hot Plates
Thermo Scientific Cimarec®
Digital Hot Plates
Thermo Scientific Micro Hot Plate
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - These hot
plates feature a Cimarec® seamless,
reflective white ceramic top that helps
to increase sample visibility, is easy
to clean and is resistant to acids and
alkalies. An easy-to-read LED display
shows temperature settings, which
are adjustable in 5° increments. The
sturdy, low-profile units are ideal for
labs that perform repetitive processes.
The units’ microprocessor-controlled
feedback technology maintains
consistent, repeatable temperature
settings. The flat top and highwattage heating elements provide
superior heating transfer and fast boil
time. To help prevent accidental burns, hot plates include a hot-surface
safety alert system that signals when the heating surface is too hot to
touch (>50°C).
Available in two sizes. All hot plates are supplied with a detachable cord
and an integral ring stand holder that accommodates a ½ in. diameter
support rod.
Cat. No.
H2179-6
H2179-7
Mfr. No.
HP130915
HP131225
Description
4 x 4 in. - temp. range 5°C to 540°C
7 x 7 in. - temp. range 5°C to 540°C
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Thermo Scientific Cimarec®
Digital Stirring Hot Plates
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - These hot
plates feature a Cimarec® seamless,
reflective white ceramic top
that helps to increase sample
visibility, is easy to clean and
is resistant to acids and alkalies.
An easy-to-read LED display shows temperature settings, which are
adjustable in 5° increments. The sturdy, low-profile units are useful in
labs that perform repetitive processes. The microprocessor-controlled
feedback technology maintains consistent, repeatable temperature
settings. The hot plates include high-wattage heating elements and
a flat top that allow for superior heating transfer and fast time to boil.
To prevent accidental burns, hot plates include a hot-surface safety
alert system that signals in red when the heating surface is too hot
to touch (>50°C).
Cat. No.
H2179-9
Mfr. No.
SP131015Q
Description
4 x 4 in. top plate - temp. range
5°C to 540°C
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Cat. No.
H2155
Mfr. No.
HP2305B
Description
Micro hot plate
Qty.
1/ea
Thermo Scientific Super-Nuova™
Stirring Hot Plates
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Ideal for cold
room applications, these stirring
hot plates are designed to
provide control of temperatures
below 100°C. Plates feature
user-programmable preset
buttons that allow up to four
commonly used temperatures
to be recalled, making them useful for labs that perform repetitive
procedures. Safety features include a hot-top surface alert, a walk-away
timer that shuts off heating after a user-defined time period and an
adjustable over-temperature protection circuit. A calibration mode
permits a remote probe to be calibrated to external standards, and
microprocessor-controlled feedback technology provides consistent,
repeatable temperature settings. Stirring hot plates have an operating
temperature range of 1°C to 370°C.
The units’ seamless, reflective white ceramic top increases sample
visibility and allows for easy cleaning. A low-profile cast aluminum body
increases stability and durability. The 7 x 7 in. hot plates accommodate
sample weights up to 25 lbs.
Stirring hot plates feature StirTrac™ technology, which improves
slow-speed stirring and speed control and provides stronger magnetic
coupling from 50 to 1,200 rpm. Plates include an RS232 port, a 6 in. type
K probe, detachable cord and retention bracket.
Cat. No.
H2185-53
Mfr. No.
SP131825Q
Description
7 x 7 in. stirring hot plate
Qty.
1/ea
Constant Temperature
Hot plates have an adjustable speed range from 60 to 1,200 rpm and
feature StirTrac™ technology, which enables improved slow-speed
stirring, stronger magnetic coupling and consistent speed control. The
technology also utilizes a braking feature that immediately stops the stir
bar for quick flask removal. All hot plates include a detachable cord.
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Use this compact
hot plate where single or multiple heat
source is required. Ideal for volumes
under 500mL. Hot plate provides stepless
temperature control from 38°C to 371°C ±5°.
Nickel-chromium element is embedded in
refractory plate. Case is perforated for heat
dissipation. Complete with three-conductor
appliance cord with three-prong plug.
Dimensions (H x D): 3¾ x 3½ in., top plate
3¾ in. dia. Operates on 120V, 50/60 Hz, 2.7A,
325W at 371°C. UL listed.
Qty.
1/ea
cardinalhealth.com
89
Constant Temperature
Hot Plates/Miscellaneous
Talboys Advanced Hot Plates
Specifications:
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . 600mL (4 x 4 in.), 2,500mL (7 x 7 in.)
Temperature range
Ceramic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ambient +5°C to 500°C
Aluminum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ambient +5°C to 400°C
Temperature stability
Ceramic* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±3%
Aluminum*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±2%
*Below 100°C ±2°C. Environmental and sample conditions permitting.
TROEMNER - Talboys Advanced
hot plates deliver accurate and
repeatable results. Excellent
temperature uniformity.
These units are microprocessorcontrolled and have an LED
display for temperature. Control
panel features easy-to-use controls
that allow users to dial in adjustments.
Rear housing features an integral support
rod holder with locking knob to accept the
optional support rod and clamp kit.
Cat. No.
TA4AHPUSA
TA4CHPUSA
TA7AHPUSA
TA7CHPUSA
Description
4 x 4 in. aluminum top plate
4 x 4 in. ceramic top plate
7 x 7 in. aluminum top plate
7 x 7 in. ceramic top plate
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Talboys Basic Hot Plate
Dry Baths
TROEMNER - Featuring a powerful heater that
reaches 400°C in minutes, this rugged hot plate is
ideal for educational labs. A durable cast aluminum
top plate provides an even heating surface.
The compact design helps save valuable bench
space. Hot plates are set with a fixed temperature
(thermostatic control preset at 400°C).
AZER SCIENTIFIC - These digital
dry baths offer digital control
over both temperature and
time, eliminating the need for an
external thermometer or timer.
Available in two configurations,
the digital dry baths offer capacity
for up to two blocks making them
extremely space efficient. Each
dry bath comes complete with a
built-in user recalibration function to guarantee long-term temperature
accuracy. Each dry bath includes an easy-to-use block lifter with a
temperature-insulated handle for quick, convenient exchange of blocks,
even while they’re still hot.
Cat. No.
TR-953203
Mfr. No.
953203
Description
Hot plate
Qty.
1/ea
Tropicooler™ Benchtop Freezer
BOEKEL - Use this benchtop
freezer for storing frozen
restriction enzymes or DNA
libraries. It can also be used for
warm incubation of microtubes.
The freezer has a microprocessorcontrolled temperature selection.
Peltier effect heat pumps use no
compressors or CFCs. Dry heat
and cold are excellent alternatives
to ice buckets and waterbaths.
The incubator is supplied with
2 machined aluminum blocks each
with a capacity for 14 x 1.5mL
microcentrifuge tubes. The blocks
have a self-contained recessed handle for easy transport.
Constant Temperature
Mfr. No.
984TA4AHPUSA
984TA4CHPUSA
984TA7AHPUSA
984TA7CHPUSA
The cavities of the high-grade aluminum blocks are precision machined
to match the conical size and shape of 0.5, 1.5, 2.0, 15 and 50mL tube
sizes, providing unsurpassed temperature uniformity.
Specifications:
Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fast-heating aluminum
Timer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 to 999 minutes
Electrical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115V~, 60 Hz
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . -19°C to 69°C
Performance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5°C
Power requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . 115V, 100W
Dimensions
Sample well (L x W x H). . . . . . . . . 3½ x 2¼ x 1½ in. (8.7 x 5.7 x 3.7cm)
Overall (W x D x H). . . . . . . . . . . . . 9¾ x 11¾ x 7¼ in. (24.8 x 28.6 x 18.4cm)
Cat . No.
J1667-16
90
Mfr. No.
260014
Description
Benchtop freezer
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Qty.
1/ea
Temperature
Accuracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +/- 0.2°C
Increments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1°C
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +4°C to + 65°C
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ambient +5° to 150°C
Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1°C
Uniformity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +/- 0.2°C
Dimensions
Single position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.8 x 9 x 3.2 in. (20 x 23 x 8cm)
Two position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.7 x 10.3 x 3.2 in. (22 x 26 x 8cm)
Block dimension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 x 3.75 x 2 in. (7.6 x 9.5 x 5cm)
Cat. No.
ES3363
ES3364
ES3387
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
ES3363
ES3364
ES3387
Description
1-block dry bath
2-block dry bath
20 x 13mm test tubes
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Constant Temperature
Ovens
Gravity Convection Ovens
Thermo Scientific Precision® Compact Gravity
Convection Ovens
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Precision® compact heating and drying ovens
conserve valuable benchtop space. Double-wall interior with 2.5cm
(1 in.) silica-based insulation and powder-coated cold-rolled steel
exterior. Pilot light visually indicates oven operation status.
Feature mechanical or gravity convection models that provide the ideal
choice for any application. 48L (1.7 cu. ft.) capacity.
Gravity convection models
ūū Gentle drying with low turbulence: air is moved vertically through
chamber to heat samples
ūū Preset high-temperature safety bimetallic thermostat ensures
overtemperature protection
ūū Interior (D x W x H): 11.5 x 16 x 16.2 in.
Mechanical convection models
ūū Uniform heating, precise temperature control and fast drying
ūū Hydraulic thermostat and LED display
ūū Stainless-steel chamber
ūū Interior (D x W x H): 11.5 x 16 x 16 in.
ūū Exterior (L x W x H): 18.4 x 25 x 15.6 in.
Mfr. No.
PR305225G
PR305225M
Description
Gravity convection oven
Mechanical convection oven
These units are designed for continuous temperature uniformity,
with natural air convection that allows them to reach the maximum
temperature within ½ hr. of the start-up time. All models are equipped
with intake/exhaust vents, a cool handle, a neon pilot light and an
on/off switch. All ovens utilize bimetallic thermostats and reach a
maximum temperature of 225°C in 30 min. Ovens include 2 removable
zinc-plated steel shelves, a thermometer with holder and a 6 ft. cord
with grounded plug. Ovens operate on 115V. Do not use ovens with
combustible materials.
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . 100°C to 225°C
Temperature control. . . . . . . . . . . ±1.0°C
Dimensions (W x D x H)
ūū Exterior (L x W x H): 13.5 x 18.5 x 22.5 in.
Cat. No.
N8222-25
N8222-27
BOEKEL - These durable yet lightweight reach-in ovens are suited for
bacteriological, clinical, educational and industrial laboratory needs.
The exterior is constructed of steel and finished in gray baked enamel.
The inside chamber is aluminum and is insulated from the outer chamber
with glass wool insulation.
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
N8412-1
Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 x 15 x 14 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16½ x 19 x 21¼ in.
N8414-1
Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 x 15 x 18½ in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19½ x 18¾ x 25¼ in.
Cat . No.
N8412-1
N8414-1
Mfr. No.
107905
107801
Description
1.6 cu. ft. - 115V, 1,200W power req.
2.7 cu. ft. - 115V, 1,500W power req.
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Constant Temperature
To order, call: 800.964.5227
cardinalhealth.com
91
Constant Temperature
Constant Temperature
Plasma Thawers
Plasma Thawing Bath
SAHARA-III - Dry Tempering System
CARDINAL HEALTH - This plasma thawer is designed for use in blood
banks and laboratories where it is required to thaw up to four units of
Fresh Frozen Plasma (FFP) or Cryoprecipitated AHF or Plasma Frozen
within 24 hours after Phlebotomy (PF24) for future infusion into a
patient. It offers both controlled temperature and agitation to thaw
various volumes of plasma via two independently controlled baskets
that accommodate up to two plasma bags per basket. The digital
microprocessor control offers rapid temperature recovery and
optimal temperature stability to reduce the time required to thaw
multiple bags. The easy-to-program user interface allows multiple
time options for thawing various-sized bags. Upon completion of
a timed cycle, the baskets will automatically raise from the bath.
Advanced safety features will notify the user of unsafe conditions
and raise the baskets upon alarm activation. Designed to meet FDA
standards for safety and performance in plasma thawing. Certified
to applicable UL and CSA standards – 60601-1 & 61010-1. Disposable
overwrap protection bags (available separately) provide security and
protection from contamination.
SARSTEDT - SAHARA-III is a dry tempering system that enables blood
components such as frozen plasma, cryo preparations, whole blood
or erythrocytes to be thawed or warmed prior to transfusion. The
tempering process is carried out dry without the use of water. Instead
of water, heat is transferred from a temperature-controlled warming
plate to the blood components according to the principle of thermal
conduction (SAHARA-III basic model) and from highly turbulent,
temperature-controlled heated ambient air according to the principle of
forced convection (SAHARA-III basic model and SAHARA-III MAXITHERM).
The SAHARA-III warming plate can accommodate up to three blood
bags, while the SAHARA-III MAXITHERM non-warming double plate can
accommodate up to six blood bags.
Specifications:
Thawing capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 bags
Baskets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 stainless steel
Electrical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V, 50/60Hz 7A, 900W
Chamber
Drain time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approx. 5 min.
Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stainless steel
Volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.98L (4.75 gal.)
Temperature
Accuracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +/- 0.3°C
Setpoint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.0°C
Dimensions (W x L x H)
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.5 x 16.25 x 14.75 in. (43 x 41.3 x 37.5cm)
Overall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.75 x 23 x 15.5 in. (39.4 x 27.9 x 19.1cm)
Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.5 x 11 x 7.5 in. (39.4 x 27.9 x 19.1cm)
Cat. No.
CH-PT1000
Accessories
CH-PTBAG
CH-PTCOVR
CH-PTTHRM
92
Description
Plasma thawing bath
Qty.
1/ea
Overwrap protection bags
Chamber cover
Plasma thawer thermometer
250/bx
1/ea
1/ea
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
ūū Contamination risks by waterborne pathogens associated with
water baths are prevented
ūū Standardized thawing and warming procedure
ūū Active drying of the bag surface provides hygienic conditions
surrounding the blood bag
ūū Contactless measurement of the blood component temperature by
an infrared sensor
ūū Fast availability of frozen blood components due to ice-free indication
ūū Gentle agitation to achieve an almost homogeneous temperature
profile within the blood bag and to help prevent damage to
the blood
ūū Tempering of different blood components
ūū No disposables or consumables required for operation
Cat. No.
S978710502
S978710802
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
97.8710.502
97.8710.802
Description
SAHARA-III
SAHARA-III MAXITHERM
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Constant Temperature
Water Baths
Thermo Scientific Lab-Line™ AquaBath™ Water Baths
Thermo Scientific™ Precision™ Circulating Water Bath
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - These water baths provide precise temperature
control and are available with an analog or digital operating system.
Temperature range: ambient to 100°C.
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - This circulating bath is ideal for critical research,
quality control and legal or referee tests. Temperature sensing is by a
platinum probe located in the bath medium, which can be oil or water.
The bath features an LED temperature display in 0.1°C increments and
a stainless steel impeller that directs circulation flow steadily around the
bath perimeter and elevated, diffuser type sample platform. Bolted to
the underside of the bath chamber is the heater element for fast heat
transfer. Fiberglass insulation around the chamber protects temperature
levels from heat loss. Controls turn on the heater, circulator pump, heater
indicator light and microprocessor safety thermostat. Stainless steel
gable cover is included. Baked powder-coated finish on exterior is scratch
and chemical resistant. Precision rubber duck included. UL listed. 240V
models are available—ask your sales or customer service representative
for details.
Available in a variety of sizes, including a shallow form to meet specific
application needs and budgets. Bath features dual thermostats and an
independent high-limit thermostat for overtemperature protection.
ūū Hinged acrylic cover lifts to a 90° stay-open position or can be
removed completely
ūū “Fins” on the hinged clear acrylic gable cover (included) protect
hands from hot vapors. Exterior remains cool to the touch even
after extended use to prevent accidental burns
ūū Temperature-resistant plastic rim fits over the seamless
rust-resistant stainless-steel reservoir for a leak-free seal
ūū Stainless-steel exterior; tough, easy-to-clean enamel coating
ūū Heating elements will not burn out if the bath accidentally runs dry
Digital operating system
ūū Field-calibratable. Digital temperature set and readout selectable
display with 0.1°C resolution
ūū PID control provides ±0.24°C uniformity, ±0.5°C stability and ±0.1°C
control resolution at 37°C
Analog operating system
ūū Easy-to-use analog control and hydraulic thermostat—ideal for fixed
setpoint applications. Temperature uniformity ±0.2°C at 37°C
Specifications:
Temperature range w/cover. . . . . . . . . . Ambient plus 5°C to 99.9°C
Temp w/out cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ambient plus 5°C to 70°C
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19L
Power requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V, 50/60 Hz, 1000W, 8.3A
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 x 12 x 7½ in.
Overall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24½ x 14 x 9½ in.
Cat. No.
W3085-5A
Mfr. No.
2864
Description
19L - circulating water bath
Qty.
1/ea
ūū Diffuser tray, thermometer clip and nonhazardous liquid, partial
immersion (76mm) thermometer (-10°C to +110°C) included
(230V models do not include a thermometer)
Mfr. No.
18022A-1CEQ
18050AQ
18000AQ
18005AQ
18007AQ
Description
2L (0.5 gal.) shallow - digital - 230V
2L (0.5 gal.) - analog - 120V
5L (1.3 gal.) analog - 120V
10L (2.6 gal.) analog - 120V
10L (2.6 gal.) digital - 120V
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Looking for a specific product?
If you know the catalog number of the product you
need, you can use the Catalog Number Index to direct
you to the correct page.
cardinalhealth.com
Constant Temperature
Cat. No.
18022A1CE
W2981-13
18000A
W2981-3
18007A
93
Constant Temperature
Water Baths
Thermo Scientific™ Precision™
General-Purpose Water Baths
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - These generalpurpose water baths are designed
for constant performance. A sensor
is located outside the bath chamber
for accurate heat control—analog
models have a hydraulic thermostat
sensor while digital models have an
RTD sensor. Obstruction-free stainless
steel chamber with rounded corners
makes cleaning an easy task. Welded
steel cabinet has baked powder finish
to resist chemicals and scratches. Low-wattage, bolt-on immersion
heater saves energy and will not burn out if bath runs dry. Baths have
fiberglass insulation on five sides. Analog models include a 20°C to 100°C
thermometer. All units include adjustable diffuser shelf, grounded line
cord and the Precision rubber duck. Units have stainless steel gable
cover except B7008-1A and B7009-2, which have polypropylene cover.
CSA approved, UL listed. 240V models are available—ask your sales or
customer service representative for details.
Specifications:
Temperature range w/cover. . . . . . . . . . Ambient plus 5°C to 100°C
B7009-2
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5L
Power requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V, 50/60 Hz, 225W
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 x 6 x 6 in.
Overall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 x 9¾ x 9¾ in.
B7009-3
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5L
Power requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V, 50/60 Hz, 300W
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 x 11½ x 6 in.
Overall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 x 15¼ x 9¾ in.
B7008-2A
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5L
Power requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V, 50/60 Hz, 300W
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 x 11½ x 6 in.
Overall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 x 16½ x 9¾ in.
Mfr. No.
2829
2833
2831
Description
2.5L - digital water bath
5.5L - digital water bath
5.5L - analog water bath
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - The shallow chamber of this bath is ideal for
incubation of microcentrifuge tubes and thawing of cryopreservation
vials. Temperature uniformity at 37°C meets Class 1A requirements as
tested by ASTM method E175. This rating ensures that all samples in the
bath are exposed to the same uniform temperature. Temperature control
system is hydraulic with analog readout. The electropolished stainless
steel chamber resists electrolysis and corrosion and has rounded corners
for easy cleaning. Baked powder-coated finish is chemical and scratch
resistant. Compact units occupy less than 1 sq. ft. of bench space. This
unit includes a thermometer, elevated sample platform and stainless
steel gable cover. CSA approved, UL listed. 240V models are available—
ask your sales or customer service representative for details.
Specifications:
Temperature range w/cover. . . . . . . . . . Ambient plus 5°C to 95°C
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5L
Uniformity
37°C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.2°
56°C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.3°
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 x 11.5 x 2 in.
Overall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.9 x 14 x 6.7 in.
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Cat. No.
M7658-1A
Mfr. No.
2823
Description
1.5L - molecular biology bath - 120V
Qty.
1/ea
Constant Temperature
Cat. No.
B7009-2
B7009-3
B7008-2A
Thermo Scientific™ Precision™ Molecular Biology Bath
94
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
cardinalhealth.com
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Constant Temperature
Water Baths
Boekel Hot Tubs General-Purpose Water Baths
Thermo Scientific™ Precision™ Shaker Water Baths
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - This bath provides digital accuracy and
convenience for enzyme activations, hybridization studies, tissue
dissociations and homogenate and RIA studies. Push-button
temperature selection and LED readout are in increments of 0.1°C.
A microprocessor proportional heating circuit controls the temperature
with an indicator light and a high-limit thermostat. The unit can be used
as a standard shaker without heat and water. Immersion heaters are
made of low-watt density nickel alloy. The chamber, shaker platform and
other chamber parts are made of rust-resistant stainless steel. Powdercoated steel cabinets resist scratches and chemicals. This unit includes
stainless steel gable cover, removable tray and Precision rubber duck.
UL listed. 240V model is available—ask your sales or customer service
representative for details.
Specifications:
Shaking speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 200 strokes/min.
Stroke length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 to 38mm
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5L
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V, 50/60 Hz, 1000W, 8.8A
Maximum temperature
Uncovered. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70°C
Covered. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99.9°C
Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.05°C
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 x 12 x 7½ in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24½ x 14 x 9½ in.
Cat. No.
W3380-1A
Mfr. No.
2870
Description
14.5L shaking water bath - 120V
BOEKEL - These unstirred water baths offer excellent performance and
are ideal for general lab applications. They feature a PID controller for
easy temperature selection, rapid heat-up and excellent stability (±0.1°C).
You can program the timer up to 99 hrs., 59 min. The baths will stop
heating when the timed mode is complete. The water baths also feature
a seamless passivated stainless steel tank and include a stainless steel
diffuser tray/shelf. Easy operation instructions are clearly printed on the
front of each unit. The temperature can be set in 0.1°C increments up to
100°C. These baths can also be used as a boiling water bath. Each unit is
supplied with a polycarbonate lid. A stainless steel gabled lid, available
separately, is required when you place the unit in the boiling mode.
Specifications:
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 115VAC, 50/60 Hz
PB-600A - Dimensions (W x L x H)
Tank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.75 x 6 x 5.5 in.
Overall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.25 x 8.25 x 9.88 in.
PB-1400A - Dimensions (W x L x H)
Tank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.75 x 12.75 x 5.75 in.
Overall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.25 x 15.13 x 9.63 in.
PB-2800A - Dimensions (W x L x H)
Tank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.75 x 20 x 7.5 in.
Overall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.25 x 22.13 x 11.63 in.
Cat . No.
PB-600A
PB-1400A
PB-2800A
Mfr. No.
290100
290200
290300
Description
6L volume - 360W power req.
14L volume - 700W power req.
28L volume - 1400W power req.
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Qty.
1/ea
Constant Temperature
To order, call: 800.964.5227
cardinalhealth.com
95
Constant Temperature
Water Baths
PolyScience Digital Water Baths
MiniFridge II Cold Block Incubator
BOEKEL - Use this MiniFridge II Cold Block in your laboratory for
convenient, reliable sample incubation and storage at temperatures
from 4°C to ambient. A press-to-set microprocessor controller lets you
set temperatures quickly and easily and a large LCD allows you to visually
monitor temperatures. The dry cold provides an ideal substitute for
messy ice buckets.
Unit has a large open well that holds up to two standard 2 x 3 x 3¾ in.
dry blocks (sold separately). A large variety of dry block modules are
available. The MiniFridge II unit can also function as a small refrigerated
water bath, accommodating flasks or beakers.
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4°C to ambient
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 115VAC, 50 Hz, 100W
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11¾ x 9¾ x 7¼ in. (29.8 x 24.8 x 18.4cm)
Well. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6¼ x 3¾ x 2¼ in. (15.4 x 9.7 x 5.7cm)
Cat . No.
J1667-10
Mfr. No.
260009
Description
Cold block incubator
Qty.
1/ea
Pricing
Constant Temperature
Please call your sales or customer service
representative to check up-to-the-minute
pricing and availability.
POLYSCIENCE - These microprocessor-controlled water baths combine
superior temperature control, range and uniformity. Three user-defined
temperature preset buttons allow for quick selection of common set
points and the bright, easy-to-read LED temperature display offers added
convenience. Dual thermostats provide optimal protection. A secondary
safety set thermostat guards against thermal runaway, automatically
cutting power to the heater at the onset of extreme temperatures or
low liquid levels. The tilting transparent gabled cover accommodates
glassware of various heights and permits easy loading and removal of
samples while allowing condensate to drain neatly back into the bath.
Choose from four capacities. Stability is ±0.25°C.
Specifications:
Temperature Range. . . . . . . . . . . . Ambient +5°C to 100°C
Temperature Readout. . . . . . . . . . 0.1°C
B3686-10
Power requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V, 60Hz, 2.5A
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Overall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2 x 8 x 11.8 in. (25.9 x 20.3 x 30cm)
Opening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9 x 4.3 x 5.5 in. (9.9 x 10.9 x 14cm)
B3686-11
Power requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V, 60Hz, 4.2A
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Overall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6 x 13.6 x 12 in. (26.9 x 34.5 x 30.4cm)
Opening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 x 10.8 x 5.5 in. (12.7 x 27.4 x 14cm)
B3686-12
Power requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V, 60Hz, 4.2A
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Overall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.7 x 14.8 x 11.8 in. (42.4 x 37.6 x 30cm)
Opening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6 x 11.6 x 5.5 in. (26.9 x 29.5 x 14cm)
B3686-13
Power requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V, 60Hz, 8.3A
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Overall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.4 x 21.6 x 12 in. (41.5 x 54.8 x 30.5cm)
Opening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.5 x 17.5 x 5 in. (24.1 x 44.5 x 12.7cm)
Cat. No.
B3686-10
B3686-11
B3686-12
B3686-13
96
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
WD02A11B
WD05A11B
WD10A11B
WD20A11B
Description
2L
5L
10L
20L
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Constant Temperature
Water Baths
SHEL LAB® Shaking Water Baths
PolyScience Economy Water Baths
POLYSCIENCE - These versatile water baths offer superior temperature
control and range. Suitable for a wide range of general laboratory
applications, they maintain temperatures from 5°C above ambient to
100°C with a ±0.2°C uniformity. The tilting transparent gabled cover
accommodates glassware of various heights and permits easy loading
and removal of samples while allowing condensate to drain back into
the bath. Dual thermostats provide optimal protection and a secondary
safety set thermostat guards against thermal runaway. Choose from four
capacities. Stability is ±0.25°C.
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . Ambient +5°C to 100°C
B3686-14
Power requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V, 60Hz, 2.5A
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Overall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 x 8 x 11.8 in. (27.7 x 20.3 x 30cm)
Opening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9 x 4.3 x 5.5 in. (9.9 x 10.9 x 14cm)
B3686-15
Power requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V, 60Hz, 4.2A
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Overall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4 x 13.6 x 12 in. (28.9 x 34.5 x 30.4cm)
Opening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 x 10.8 x 5.5 in. (12.7 x 27.4 x 14cm)
B3686-16
Power requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V, 60Hz, 4.2A
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Overall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.5 x 14.8 x 11.8 in. (44.5 x 37.6 x 30cm)
Opening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6 x 11.6 x 5.5 in. (26.9 x 29.5 x 14cm)
B3686-17
Power requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V, 60Hz, 8.3A
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Overall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1 x 21.6 x 12 in. (43.4 x 54.8 x 30.5cm)
Opening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.5 x 17.5 x 5 in. (24.1 x 44.5 x 12.7cm)
Mfr. No.
WA02A11B
WA05A11B
WA10A11B
WA20A11B
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Description
2L
5L
10L
20L
Specifications:
Oscillation rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 to 200 rpm
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . Ambient +5°C to 90°C
Temperature uniformity. . . . . . . . ±0.2°C at 37°C
17L water bath dimensions
Interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 x 15 x 8 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 x 25 x 13 in.
Platform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 x 13 x 8 in.
27L water bath dimensions
Interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 x 12 x 7 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 x 15 x 13 in.
Platform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 x 25 x 8 in.
Cat. No.
WS17
WS17-2
WS27
WS27-2
Mfr. No.
WS17
WS17-2
WS27
WS27-2
Description
17L - 120V
17L - 220V
27L - 120V
27L - 220V
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
cardinalhealth.com
Constant Temperature
Cat. No.
B3686-14
B3686-15
B3686-16
B3686-17
SHELDON MFG - Capable of handling a wide variety of applications,
these shaking water baths provide precise microprocessor-controlled
temperature control and a smooth, reciprocal shaking motion. They
feature independent oscillator control, allowing bath to also be used for
regular constant temperature water bath applications such as thawing,
warming reagents and general incubation. An adjustable stroke length
can be set at 0.5, 1 or 1.5 in. to change the degree of agitation. Available
in two sizes, baths have a stainless steel tank and include a stainless steel
gable cover.
97
Furniture
Furniture
Blood Draw Chairs
Bariatric Blood Drawing Chairs
Bariatric Blood Drawing Chairs
CARDINAL HEALTH - These
chairs are durable and
constructed for long life. Rated
to accommodate up to 700 lbs.,
the chair comfortably seats
larger-proportioned individuals
or an adult with a small child.
This gray vinyl upholstered chair
features two hinged, padded
arms and a type 304 stainless
steel footrest. Constructed of
a powder-coated, glacier white 1 in. square tubular steel frame, this
sturdy unit comes with a 10-year limited warranty on materials and
workmanship. Two easy-to-use knob mechanisms on each arm allow
for incremental adjustment. The hinged arms may be lifted upright to
vertical and the elevated seat reduces back strain on the technician.
The vinyl upholstery on this chair is durable and easy to clean.
Dimensions for chair only (W x D x H): 50.10 x 30.75 x 43.45 in.
CLINTON INDUSTRIES - These blood-drawing chairs have seats with
additional depth and extra center support for added strength. Weight
capacity is 700 lbs. Comfortable 2 in. padding throughout is covered
with an antimicrobial, heavyweight vinyl upholstery that is easy to clean.
The chairs’ 35 x 21 in. seats sit 20 in. H and arms adjust from 29 to 34 in.
H. Additional features include locking armrest that flips up for easy exit,
neutral gray powder-­coated frame and adjustable foot levelers.
The optional storage cabinet is constructed of epoxy-coated steel with
a laminate top and has a slide-out tray with inside dimensions (W x D):
14 x 20.5 in. The tray is removable for cleaning and the cabinet
placement is interchangeable from the left side to the right side of the
chair. Some assembly is required. Dimensions for chair with cabinet
(W x D x H): 67.10 x 30.75 x 43.45 in.
Cat. No.
L5165-4A
L5165-5A
Mfr. No.
1132202
1132203
Description
Chair without cabinet
Chair with cabinet
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Bariatric Blood Drawing Chair with Flip-Arms
CLINTON INDUSTRIES - Chair
features padded and upholstered
seat, back and armrests.
Accommodates a larger patient
or child with adult up to 700 lbs.
combined weight. Includes two
adjustable flip-arms.
Mfr. No.
6000B-F
Description
Bariatric chair with flip-arms
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Blood Drawing Chairs
CARDINAL HEALTH - For patient
comfort and safety, our blood
drawing chairs feature a contoured,
cushioned arm that extends across
the front of the chair, allowing you
to draw blood from either arm.
The arm easily adjusts to fit any
size patient and is angled to support
the patient’s arm in a fully extended
position for easier venipuncture. The elevated seat on these chairs places
the patient at the ideal height to allow you to draw blood with limited
back strain. A stainless steel footrest provides support for the patient.
Qty.
1/ea
Cat. No.
L5165-1A
L5165-2A
L5165-3A
Description
Blood drawing chair
Blood drawing chair w/side storage cabinet
Double blood drawing chair w/center storage cabinet
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Blood Drawing Chair
CLINTON INDUSTRIES - Chair features
padded and upholstered seat, back
and armrests and adjustable arms.
All-welded steel frame. Adjustable
height and depth flip-arm. Armrest
locks in place when in use, then flips out
of the way for easy exit. Comfortable
2 in. padding. Easy-clean, antimicrobial,
heavyweight, vinyl upholstery. White
powder-coated frame. Two knobs lock
chrome armrest into position. Non-marking
glides. Adjustable arm width. Weight capacity: 300 lbs.
Cat. No.
CT64950-BF
98
Qty.
Constructed of scratch-resistant, compression-molded polyester with
a durable, powder-coated tubular steel base. Models L5165-2A and
L5165-3A also feature a powder-coated steel storage cabinet with
padded urethane top and slide-out tray of high-impact ABS plastic.
Seat has additional depth and an
extra center support for added
strength. Larger size makes chair
more accessible for patient and
technician. Adjustable height and depth flip-arms. Armrests lock in
place when in use, then flip out of the way for easy exit. Comfortable
2 in. padding. Easy-clean, antimicrobial, heavyweight, vinyl upholstery.
Neutral gray powder-coated frame. Two knobs lock chrome armrests into
position. Adjustable foot levelers. Chairs may be special ordered with
straight armrests instead of flip-arms (677 option).
Cat. No.
CT6000B-F
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
With two adjustable arms, 48 x 32 in. (W x D)
600B­F­3BK
600B­F­3BK
Black
600B­F­3CS
600B­F­3CS
Clamshell
600B­F­3GM
600B­F­3GM
Gunmetal
600B­F­3WW
600B­F­3WW
Wedgewood
With one adjustable arm and one drawer, 58 x 32 in. (W x D)
60B­FD­3BK
60B­FD­3BK
Black
60B­FD­3CS
60B­FD­3CS
Clamshell
60B­FD­3GM
60B­FD­3GM
Gunmetal
60B­FD­3WW
60B­FD­3WW
Wedgewood
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
64950-BF
Description
Chair
Qty.
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Furniture
Blood Draw Chairs
Blood Drawing Chair Flip-Arm
Extra-Tall Blood Drawing Chair
with Flip-Arm and Drawer
CLINTON INDUSTRIES - Chair
features an adjustable, padded
and upholstered flip-arm. Model
CT6020-F has a one-piece drawer.
Variety of load capacities are offered.
ūū 1¼ in. square, heavy-duty, allwelded, tubular steel frame
ūū Adjustable height and depth flip-arm
ūū Armrest locks in place when in use,
then flips out of the way for easy exit
ūū 1¼ in. square, heavy-duty,
all-welded, tubular steel frame
ūū Comfortable 2 in. padding throughout
ūū Adjustable height and depth flip-arm
ūū Neutral gray powder-coated frame
ūū Two knobs lock chrome armrest into position
ūū Armrest locks in place when in use, then flips out of the way
for easy exit
ūū Adjustable foot levelers
ūū Comfortable 2 in. padding throughout
ūū Easy-clean durable antimicrobial vinyl
ūū Neutral gray powder-coated frame
ūū Complete series of chairs to choose from
ūū Two knobs lock chrome armrest into position
ūū Padded and upholstered seat and back
ūū Adjustable foot levelers
Cat. No.
CT6020-F
CT6010-F
Mfr. No.
6020-F
6010-F
Furniture
CLINTON INDUSTRIES - Chair
features an adjustable, padded
and upholstered flip-arm and an
easy-clean, one-piece drawer.
Extra height reduces bending for
staff and makes it easy for patients
to sit and exit chair. A footrest is
included for the patient.
Description
Chair with flip-arm and drawer
Chair with flip-arm
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
ūū Easy-clean durable antimicrobial vinyl
ūū Weight capacity: 400 lbs.
Cat. No.
CT6022-F
Mfr. No.
6022-F
Description
Chair - extra tall with drawer
Qty.
1/ea
Extra-Tall and Wide Blood
Drawing Chair with Flip-Arms
CLINTON INDUSTRIES - Chair
features padded and upholstered
seat, back and armrests. Extra
height reduces bending for staff.
Accommodates large patient or
child with adult up to 400 lbs.
combined weight.
ūū Includes two adjustable flip-arms
ūū 1¼ in. square, heavy-duty,
all-welded, tubular steel frame
ūū Adjustable height and depth flip-arm
ūū Armrest locks in place when in use, then flips out of the way
for easy exit
Care Cliner™ Drop-Arm Recliners
ūū Comfortable 2 in. padding throughout
ūū Neutral gray powder-coated frame
ūū Two knobs lock chrome armrests into position
ūū Adjustable foot levelers
ūū Easy-clean durable antimicrobial vinyl
Cat. No.
CT6099-FA
Mfr. No.
6099-F
Description
Chair - extra tall/wide
Qty.
1/ea
WINCO - Suitable for use in dialysis, oncology, acute care and other
clinical environments, these recliners provide superior comfort and
support to your patients. The side arms drop level with the seat and assist
in patient transfer to and from wheelchairs or for emergency access.
Construction incorporates a unidirectional elastic seat and back support
system, built-in headrest and one-touch release for the dual drop-arms.
Trendelenberg release bar on seatback is accessible from either side of
the chair. Recliner includes dual, fold-down side trays that help contain
spills. The side-panels are removable for cleaning and maintenance.
Configured with three-directional and one total lock 5 in. nylon casters.
Weight capacity: 275 lbs.
Cat. No.
WI655-17
To order, call: 800.964.5227
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
6550-17
Description
Blueridge drop-arm recliner
Qty.
1/ea
99
Furniture
Furniture
Blood Draw Chairs
Care Cliner™ Three-Position Recliners
WINCO - These recliners are suitable for use in dialysis, blood collection,
oncology, respiratory, critical care and cardiac care. They feature left
and right blow-molded flip-up side tables. Three comfortable, patient
operated seating positions are standard. The Trendelenburg release
handle can be easily operated from either side of chair by attendant.
A unidirectional, full coverage, elastic support system in the seat base
and back support area provide individualized patient comfort. The steel
frame is powder-coated and the chair has steel or optional rust-resistant
vinyl casters. Seat height is 21 in. and seat back width is 21 in. Overall
dimensions (H x W): 49 x 301/2 in. Weight capacity: 275 lbs.
Cat. No.
WI653-17
WI653-14
WI653-06
WI653-02
Mfr. No.
6531-17
6531-14
6531-06
6531-02
Description
Blueridge recliner
Burgundy recliner
Hunter green recliner
Royal blue recliner
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Designer™ Blood Drawing Chairs
WINCO - These chairs feature a padded seat and back, nonslip rubber
feet and high-strength steel frame. They are cushioned with 1¼ in.
medium density foam for enhanced comfort. The armrest height can be
adjusted and a reversible armrest can be mounted to provide support
across front of patient or angled arm support on side. Neutral gray
powder coating provides a durable finish and gray laminate is easy to
clean. A variety of upholstery colors are available. Regular chairs have a
seat width of 18 in. and a weight capacity of 300 lbs. XL chairs have a seat
width of 24 in. and a weight capacity of 450 lbs.
Cat. No.
Regular chairs
WI573-17
WI573-14
WI573-06
WI573-02
XL chairs
WI575-17
WI575-14
WI575-06
WI575-02
Mfr. No.
Description
Qty.
2573-17
2573-14
2573-06
2573-02
Blueridge
Burgundy
Hunter green
Royal blue
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
2575-17
2575-14
2575-06
2575-02
Blueridge
Burgundy
Hunter green
Royal blue
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Care Cliner™ XL Recliners
WINCO - Extra-large recliners offer higher weight capacities and wider
seating areas for safe and comfortable handling of larger patient
populations. Recliners have three comfortable patient-operated seating
positions. The Trendelenburg release handle can be easily operated from
either side of chair by attendant. A unidirectional, extra-capacity, full
coverage, elastic support system in the seat base and back support area
provide individualized patient comfort. The steel frame is powder-coated
with a lifetime warranty. Four heavy-duty 5 in. steel or optional vinyl
casters have positive locking swivel and wheel brakes. Seat height is
21 in. and seat back width is 25 in. Overall dimensions (H x W): 49 x 35 in.
Weight capacity: 450 lbs.
Cat. No.
WI654-14
WI654-06
WI654-16
WI654-02
100
Mfr. No.
6541-14
6541-06
6541-17
6541-02
Description
Burgundy XL recliner
Hunter green XL recliner
Mauve XL recliner
Royal blue XL recliner
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Economy Blood Drawing Chairs
WINCO - The flip-up contoured urethane armrest provides comfort, easy
access and added safety for the user. Offers a durable easy-clean seat
and back, laminated cabinet and drawer with glides and sturdy leveling
feet, to provide years of trouble-free service. Chair with cabinet features
durable plastic resin seat and non-marring leveling feet.
Cat. No.
WI571
WI570
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
2571
2570
Description
Chair
Chair with cabinet
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Furniture
Blood Draw Chairs/Carts
Padded Blood Drawing
Chair with Cabinet
Glassware Cart
Cat. No.
WI572-06
Mfr. No.
2572-06
Description
Chair with cabinet
Qty.
1/ea
LABCONCO - This chemicalresistant cart is designed for
transporting laboratory glassware.
A large pan helps protect the floor
from dripping moisture. Portable
wire baskets feature a corrosionresistant vinyl coating to cushion
labware. Cart has 1 in. square steel
tubing with welded construction,
ergonomic rubber handle grips
and is mounted on 4 in. casters,
two with toe locks. Dimensions
(W x D x H): 347/8 x 19 x 363/8 in.
Cat. No.
C1253
Mfr. No.
8045000
Furniture
WINCO - This chair features a
padded seat and back, complete
with drawer storage cabinet.
The adjustable flip-up contoured
urethane armrest provides easy
access and superior safety for
the user.
Description
With four 16 x 18 x 4 in. baskets
Qty.
1/ea
XL Convalescent Recliner
Instrument Desk
WINCO - This recliner features a
unique full-coverage elastic support
system for enhanced patient comfort.
The oversized footrest gives tall
patients foot support. Features
5 in. total lock casters in the rear
with 5 in. rigid casters in front.
Includes dual non-porous blow
molded trays, comfortable,
ergonomic, built-in headrest and
heavy-gauge expanded vinyl.
This extra weight recliner has a
450 lbs. weight capacity and a
wider seat for larger patients.
Cat. No.
WI529-14T
Mfr. No.
5291-14-TB
LABCONCO - This desk includes
4 in. casters (two with toe locks)
for mobile or stationary use.
It features standard desk height
with a center reinforcing bar to
allow seating from either side.
Top is phenolic board with
high-pressure melamine laminate
surface and handle has ergonomic
rubber grip. Glacier white epoxycoated frame is welded of 1 in.
square steel tubing. The desk holds
up to 400 lbs. Dimensions (W x L x H): 421/8 x 19 x 315/8 in.
Description
Burgundy XL chair
Qty.
1/ea
ZIDO Fixed-Height Work Station
Mfr. No.
ZD2535SB/CG4
Description (W x H)
25 x 35 in.
Description
Instrument desk
Qty.
1/ea
Qty.
1/ea
LABCONCO - This cart is specifically
designed to store supplies
commonly used in biological
safety cabinets. It fits easily under
Purifier® Logic®+ Class II Biosafety
Cabinets mounted on telescoping
base stands adjusted to any height.
Cart features 2 in. dia. casters
and handles, allowing it to be
easily moved within your reach.
Cart consists of three right-side
compartments for pipettes and
other supplies, a top left-side
compartment with front panel cutouts for boxes of wipes and gloves,
a drawer to hold a variety of miscellaneous supplies and an open storage
area in the bottom to hold larger equipment and supplies. Cart’s work
surface and bottom are constructed of easy-to-clean, corrosion-resistant
white HDPE. Remaining parts are constructed of corrosion-resistant
white ABS. Dimensions (W x D x H): 25 x 19 x 27 in.
Cat. No.
L5302-21
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Mfr. No.
8052500
LOGIC® Cart
ANTHRO CORP - Comes with wood
cap shelf, cap shelf bracket, 2.5 in. dia.
column with holes in 1 in. increments
for accessory. The cap shelf has a weight
capacity of 50 lbs. Includes 4 casters
(4 in. size, 2 locking). Available in
Slate Blue (SB) metal with Cool Grey (CG)
laminate. Heavy cast metal base.
Cat. N.
L5012-13
Cat. No.
C1262
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
8022000
Description
Cart
Qty.
1/ea
101
Furniture
Carts
Furniture
Mobile Bench
Stainless Steel
Laboratory Cart
LABCONCO - This heavyduty auxiliary bench may be
transported from lab to lab.
The cart has 5 in. toe-locking
polyurethane casters and
2 in. square steel tubing frame.
Holds up to 540 lbs. Lifetime
guarantee. Dimensions
(W x L x H): 24 x 48 x 373/16 in.
Cat. No.
C1260-1
Mfr. No.
8060000
Description
Mobile bench
Qty.
1/ea
Pan Cart
LABCONCO - This pan cart transports
wet or soiled glassware, labware and
other materials. Features two 2 in.
deep powder-coated steel removable
watertight pans. The unit is lined with
removable gray rubber mats to help
prevent loads from shifting. The pan
cart ships fully factory-assembled
and ready to roll on its 4 in. dia.
casters. Features include ergonomic,
extruded rubber handle grips; a
durable glacier white, powder-coated
18G welded tubular steel frame and ID tag. The pan cart can
support loads up to 400 lbs. and comes with a lifetime guarantee.
Dimensions (L x W x H): 347/8 x 19 x 363/8 in.
Cat. No.
C1256
Mfr. No.
8047500
Description
Laboratory pan cart
Qty.
1/ea
Portable Table
102
Mfr. No.
8025000
Description
Portable table
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Cat. No.
C1257
Mfr. No.
8019000
Description
Stainless steel lab cart
Qty.
1/ea
Variable-Height
Mobile Bench
LABCONCO - This mobile bench
provides additional working space,
with an adjustable height (299/16 to
373/8 in.) for applications involving
sitting or standing. The work surface
offers more than 7 sq. ft. of space.
The 5 in. polyurethane casters have
toe locks. Bench holds up to 540 lbs.
Dimensions: (W x L) 28 x 38 in.
Cat. No.
C1260-5
Mfr. No.
8075000
Description
Variable-height mobile bench
Qty.
1/ea
Stainless Steel Utility Carts
LABCONCO - Use this portable table
as a mobile workstation. Two open
shelves make equipment transfer
easy from countertop to cart. Table
features 1 in. square steel tubing
and has 4 in. casters for mobility,
two with toe locks. Shelves of
glacier white phenolic board
with high-pressure melamine
laminate surface resist staining and
corrosion. Handles have ergonomic
rubber grips. Holds up to 400 lbs.
Dimensions (H x D x W): 363/8 x 19 x 347/8 in.
Cat. No.
80250
LABCONCO - You can use this
stainless steel laboratory cart to
hold a variety of laboratory supplies,
equipment and miscellaneous
containers. It includes two removable
polished type 304 stainless steel
pans that are 2 in. deep on three
sides. An open side makes equipment
transfer easy. The pans rest on a durable
glacier white frame that is welded 1 in.
square steel tubing with corrosion-resistant,
baked-on powder coating. Four 4 in. casters, two with toe locks, stabilize
movement over rough, uneven floors. Handles have ergonomic rubber
grips. Delivered with no assembly required. Cart holds up to 400 lbs.
Dimensions (W x D x H): 347/8 x 191/8 x 363/8 in.
LAKESIDE MFG CO - Constructed of rugged stainless steel, these carts
maneuver easily to transport supplies and equipment where needed.
The rubber bumpers on the uprights and handles help protect walls and
furniture from damage. Reinforced shelf edges help prevent items from
rolling or sliding off.
Qty.
1/ea
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
300 lbs. capacity cart with 4 swivel casters
C1202­1
311
16¼ x 27½ x 321/8 in.
400 lbs. capacity cart with 4 swivel casters
C1202-3
444
223/8 x 39¼ x 37¼ in.
500 lbs. capacity cart with guardrail and 4 swivel casters
C1202-23
526
19 x 31 x 33¾ in.
cardinalhealth.com
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Furniture
Carts/Chairs and Stools
Deluxe Storage Cart
LAKESIDE - Stainless steel utility carts
feature a 20G top shelf with reinforced
front and back, swivel casters and
heavy chrome legs. 1 in. O.D.
TRIPPNT - The deluxe storage lab cart
offers an efficient way to sort, store,
organize, lock and transport a wide
variety of supplies with drawers, shelves
and bulk storage features. Constructed
from tough, non-reactive high-density
polyethylene and ABS, this lab cart
glides smoothly across most surfaces on
its 3 in. non-marking rubber casters. Its
small footprint allows for out-of-the-way
storage. Features three full-extension
drawers, six side compartments and
two with dispensing slots. A large bulk
storage area with a sliding, clear door
secures supplies with the built-in lock.
ūū White polyethylene, ABS and PETG construction
ūū Six shelves; two dispensers for gloves, wipers or tissues
ūū Three full-extension drawers
ūū Tool and document holder
ūū Sliding door with built-In lock
ūū Built-in, easy-to-grab handles
ūū 3 in. non-marking rubber casters
ūū 23 x 34¾ x 17¾ in. (W x H X D); 58 lbs.
Specifications
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 lbs.
Shelf clearance. . . . . . . . . 18¾ in.
Casters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 in.
Dimensions
Shelves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15½ x 24 in.
Overall (W x D x H). . . . . 17½ x 27 x 35¾ in.
Cat. No.
C1202-11
Mfr. No.
472
Description
Two-shelf cart
Qty.
1/ea
Core DX™ Lab Cart with Security Railed Top
TRIPPNT - The Core DX™ Lab Cart with
Security-Railed Top offers an efficient
way to safely sort, store, organize, lock
and transport a wide variety of supplies
with drawers, shelves and bulk storage
features. The 1.75 in. tall, four-sided
rail top keeps items on the top secure.
Constructed from tough, non-reactive
high-density polyethylene and ABS,
this lab cart glides smoothly across
most surfaces on its 3 in. non-marking
rubber casters. A small footprint allows
it to be stored easily out of the way. The
Core DX™ features three full-extension
drawers, six side compartments and
two with dispensing slots. A large bulk
storage area with a locking, sliding,
clear door secures supplies with the built-in lock.
ūū Edge rail on four sides
ūū White polyethylene, ABS and PETG construction
ūū Six shelves; two dispense gloves, wipers or tissues
ūū Three full-extension drawers
ūū Tool and document holder
ūū Lockable sliding door
ūū Built in, easy-to-grab handles
Cat. No.
TNT50007
Mfr. No.
50924
Qty.
1/ea
BIOFIT - This chrome-plated, five-legged
chair has fingertip control of seat height with
pneumatic air-ride mechanism. Upholstered
back features a plastic back panel to help
protect it and is adjustable both vertically
and horizontally. It is designed to provide
lumbar support. The task-control backrest
tilt mechanism provides ergonomic comfort
and easy chair adjustment with the touch
of a control paddle. The durable heavy-duty
base has a 23 in. leg spread and casters as
well as a 20 in. dia. footrest. Chair has black
vinyl upholstery.
Description
Lab cart with railed top - 23 in. top
Qty.
1/ea
Specifications:
Seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 to 28 in.
Seat (W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18½ x 16½ in.
Back (W x H). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14½ x 9½ in.
Seat cushion thickness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 in.
Cat. No.
L5140-26
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Description
Storage cart - 23 in. top
Adjustable Five-Legged Chair
ūū 23 x 36½ x 17¾ in. (W x H x D); 59 lbs.
Cat. No.
TNT50924
Mfr. No.
51007
Furniture
Tubular Stainless Steel Utility Cart
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
BTT2328-R-C-684
Description
Adjustable 5-legged chair
Qty.
1/ea
103
Furniture
Furniture
Chairs and Stools
Class 100 Cleanroom Chairs
Ergonomic Lab Chair
BIOFIT - The patented filtration system
in the seat cushion of these chairs helps
keep particle emissions at low levels for
Class 100 through 1000 cleanrooms.
The super-strong chrome-plated tubular
base is equipped with a 20 in. dia.
footring. Seat height is easily adjusted
by a pneumatic air-ride mechanism.
The task-control backrest tilt mechanism
provides ergonomic comfort and easy
chair adjustment with the touch of
a control paddle. Chairs have black
vinyl upholstery.
BIOFIT - Featuring a large ergonomic backrest
with lumbar support, this chair is ideal for use in
plants, laboratories and offices. A comfortable
waterfall-front seat with internal seat board
bumper guard and four-way contouring helps
to properly distribute weight. The chair also
features a Soft Touch pneumatic seat-height
adjustment, a fixed rearward seat tilt of 3.5°,
a backrest tilt and a backrest height adjustment.
Chair has black vinyl upholstery and a five-legged
cast aluminum base with a chrome-plated finish
and a 23 in. leg spread. Five standard casters
provide mobility.
Specifications:
Seat (W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18½ x 16½ in.
Back (W x H). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14½ x 9½ in.
Seat cushion thickness. . . . . . . . . 3 in.
Specifications:
Seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 to 32 in.
Seat (W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18½ x 17 in.
Back (W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15½ x 14½ in.
Seat cushion thickness. . . . . . . . . 3 in.
Cat. No.
With glides
L5154-19
L5154-21
With casters
L5154-20
Mfr. No.
Description
Qty.
BTT2126-VUV-684
BTT2530-VUV-684
21 to 26 in. seat adj.
25 to 30 in. seat adj.
1/ea
1/ea
BTT2328CRC-VUV-684
23 to 28 in. seat adj.
1/ea
BIOFIT - This ESD chair features a stable,
five-legged cast aluminum base with
conductive casters, brass drag chain
and a 20 in. dia. chrome footring.
A pneumatic mechanism makes
adjusting seat height smooth and easy.
Special upholstery materials and metalto-metal contact throughout the chair
effectively drains charge through the
chair to the ground. Backrest adjusts
both horizontally and vertically, with
a task-control backrest tilt mechanism
that provides ergonomic comfort and
easy chair adjustment with the touch
of a control paddle.
Qty.
1/ea
Five-Legged Adjustable Aluminum Stool
Cat. No.
L5140-17
Mfr. No.
RXC1924-R-C-G-684
Description
Adjustable aluminum stool
Qty.
1/ea
Heavy-Duty Microscope Chair
Description
Black vinyl
Qty.
1/ea
BIOFIT - This five-legged, heavy-duty
tubular base chair offers increased comfort
during microscope use. Seat and backrest
tilt independently to give support in nearly
any position. Small backrest provides
ergonomic support while allowing freedom
of movement. Chair has black metal frame
with black vinyl upholstery.
Specifications:
Seat (W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18½ x 17 in.
Back (W x H). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 x 12 in.
Seat cushion thickness. . . . . . . . . 3 in.
Cat. No.
L5143-8
104
Description
Ergonomic lab chair
Specifications:
Seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 to 24 in.
Seat diameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 in.
Seat cushion thickness. . . . . . . . . . . 3 in.
Specifications:
Seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 to 28 in.
Seat (W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18½ x 16½ in.
Back (W x H). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14½ x 9½ in.
Seat cushion thickness. . . . . . . . . 3 in.
Mfr. No.
BTC2328-R-K-G-MBLK
Mfr. No.
EEC2232-R-C-684
BIOFIT - This lightweight, polished aluminum
stool features pneumatic, air-ride seat
adjustment mechanism. The seat is round
with black vinyl upholstery. The base has a
23 in. leg spread with casters. Bright chrome
footrest is 20 in. dia.
Deluxe Static Control Chair
Cat. No.
L5155-156
Cat. No.
4X53-C-R
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
EAT2732-R-FFAC-684
Description
Chair with casters,
27 to 32 in. seat adj.
Qty.
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Furniture
Chairs and Stools
Microscope Chairs
BIOFIT - These tubular base ESD chairs
offer outstanding static control protection
and durability. The chrome-plated base is
equipped with a 20 in. dia. footring and brass
drag chain. A pneumatic air-ride mechanism
makes adjusting seat height easy. The
comfortable upholstered seat and backrest
are available in black static-dissipative vinyl.
Backrest is adjustable vertically. A task-control
backrest tilt mechanism provides ergonomic
comfort and easy chair adjustment with the
touch of a control paddle. 100% inspected to
help ensure conductivity.
BIOFIT - These chairs help relieve back strain
during microscope work. The ergonomic
seat and backrest control allow both
seat and backrest to tilt forward to help
support the spine. The narrow backrest
allows freedom of movement to shoulders,
arms and elbows while providing lumbar
support. The seat provides ample support
without cutting off circulation to the
lower legs. Chairs have a pneumatic seat
height mechanism. They come with a black
metal frame and black vinyl upholstery.
Specifications:
Seat (W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18½ x 16½ in.
Back (W x H). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14½ x 9½ in.
Seat cushion thickness. . . . . . . . . 3 in.
Cat. No.
With glides
L5155-142
With casters
L5155-146
L5155-147
Cat. No.
L5153-2
L5143-4
Mfr. No.
Description
Qty.
BTT2126-K-MBLK
21 to 26 in. seat adj.
1/ea
BTT2328-R-K-MBLK
BTT2732-R-K-MBLK
23 to 28 in. seat adj.
27 to 32 in. seat adj.
1/ea
1/ea
Lab Chairs
BIOFIT - These pneumatically operated
chairs have an ergonomically designed seat
and backrest with lumbar support. The seat
and back tilt independently to conform to
an individual’s body shape and/or work
position. The durable, five-legged cast
aluminum base has 2 in. dia. ball bearing
casters. Chairs have chrome metal parts
and black vinyl upholstery.
Mfr. No.
ETC1924R-C-FFAC-684
L5142-3
ETC2328RCFFACATF684
L5142-4
ETC2530RCFFACATF684
Description
19 to 24 in. seat adj. no footrest
23 to 28 in. seat adj. footrest
25 to 30 in. seat adj. footrest
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Nylon Upholstered Class 10
Chair with Tubular Base
BIOFIT - This chair features breathable
100% nylon upholstery that is laminated
with an efficient filter media to purify expelled
air from cushions to Class 10 levels. The sturdy
chrome-plated tubular base helps keep
particulates at ultralow levels. Seat height
adjusts smoothly and easily with a pneumatic
mechanism. Backrest is also adjustable,
with a task-control backrest tilt mechanism
that provides ergonomic comfort and easy
chair adjustment with the touch of a control
paddle. Chair has black Nytek® upholstery.
Cat. No.
L5154-38
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Mfr. No.
BTT2732CRCN10J1BLK
Description
Chair with casters 27 to 32 in. seat adj.
Qty.
1/ea
Pneumatic Adjustable Five-Legged Stool
BIOFIT - This chrome-plated, five-legged stool
features pneumatic air-ride adjustment for
quick and easy seat height changes. The round
seat has black vinyl upholstery and a hidden
bumper guard for extended upholstery life.
The rugged tubular base has a 23 in. leg
spread with 2 in. ball bearing casters.
Excellent as a lab or examination stool.
Specifications:
Seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 to 28 in.
Seat diameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 in.
Seat cushion thickness. . . . . . . . . 3 in.
Cat. No.
L5140-16
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Description
19 to 24 in. seat adj.
25 to 30 in. seat adj.
Specifications:
Seat (W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18½ x 16½ in.
Back (W x H). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14½ x 9½ in.
Seat cushion thickness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 in.
Specifications:
Seat (W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18½ x 17 in.
Back (W x H). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14½ x 9½ in.
Seat cushion thickness. . . . . . . 3 in.
Cat. No.
L5142-2
Mfr. No.
EAC1924R-FFAC-G-684
EAC2530RFFACC-G-684
Furniture
Heavy-Duty Static Control Chairs
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
RXT2328-R-C-684
Description
Pneumatic adjustable stool
Qty.
1/ea
105
Furniture
Furniture
Chairs and Stools
Static Control Chairs
P-55 Deluxe Lab Stools
BIOFIT - These conductive chairs are for use
in static-sensitive areas and must be used
on a conductive floor or mat to be effective.
Models are available black static-dissipative
vinyl. Metal-to-metal construction ensures
continuity throughout all components.
Chairs are 100% inspected to help ensure
conductivity. They feature an extra-stable
5-legged cast aluminum base with brass
drag chain. The task-control backrest tilt
mechanism provides ergonomic comfort
and easy chair adjustment with the
touch of a control paddle. The backrest
adjusts both horizontally and vertically.
PEDIGO PRODUCTS - These stools have screw
shaft height adjustment of 215/8 to 335/8 in.
Capacity up to 300 lbs. Feature upholstered
spring backs and 14 x 15 in. square cushioned
seats. Rubber floor tips.
Cat. No.
P-55-BGE
P-55-FWY
P-55-GRY
P-55-LAK
P-55-STL
Mfr. No.
P-55-BGE
P-55-FWY
P-55-GRY
P-55-LAK
P-55-STL
Description
Beige
Fairway
Grey
Lake blue
Steel
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Specifications:
Seat (W x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18½ x 16½ in.
Back (W x H). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14½ x 9½ in.
Seat cushion thickness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 in.
Cat. No.
With glides
L5155-140
With casters
L5155-144
Mfr. No.
Description
Qty.
BTC1722-K-MBLK
17 to 22 in. seat adj.
1/ea
BTC1924-R-K-MBLK
19 to 24 in. seat adj.
1/ea
P-555-GS Lab Stools
PEDIGO PRODUCTS - These stools
have adjustable back support and
pneumatic height adjustment
(255/8 to 33 in.). Capacity up to 300 lbs.
Feature 16 x 17 in. contoured seats
and easy-rolling 2½ in. casters.
Cat. No.
P-555-GS-B
P-555-GS-F
P-555-GS-G
P-555-GS-L
P-555-GS-S
Mfr. No.
P-555-GS-BGE
P-555-GS-FWY
P-555-GS-GRY
P-555-GS-LAK
P-555-GS-STL
Description
Beige
Fairway
Grey
Lake blue
Steel
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Ergonomic Chair and Footrest
LABCONCO - This black vinyl upholstered chair has removable armrests
and features a six-way articulating seat and back control for personalized
adjustment. A pneumatic mechanism lets you adjust seat height from
181/4 to 253/4 in. The chair has a black reinforced composite base with
five legs that rest on 2 in. ball bearing casters. Includes aluminum
support ring. Use with adjustable footrest for added comfort. Footrest
elevates the feet and can be positioned at any angle. Footrest
dimensions: (W x D x H): 181/2 x 111/2 x 8 in. Accessory to the Purifier®
Logic®+ Biosafety Cabinet or for use elsewhere in your laboratory.
Cat. No.
L5302-16
L5302-17
106
Mfr. No.
3744000
3746000
Description
Chair
Footrest
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Online ordering services at
cardinalhealth.com put you
in command.
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
cardinalhealth.com
To order, call: 800.964.5227
General Lab
Miscellaneous
Thermo Scientific
SPECTRONIC® 20D+
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Compact,
rugged and easy-to-use, these
sleek instruments house up-todate electronics and unsurpassed
optical components for excellent
performance, capabilities and
longevity. Only 10 keys simplify use
while the two-line, 20-character LCD
readout displays data and provides straightforward instructions. Clear
messages indicate error conditions. In just four simple steps, you can
measure absorbance or transmittance. To run concentrations, just follow
the instructions on the display. The cuvette holder provided with the
spectrophotometer works with 10mm square cuvettes, 10mm test
tubes or SPECTRONIC® 20½ in. test tubes. Optional snap-in holders are
available for COD test tubes, 1 in. test tubes, filters and lenses or—
for increased sensitivity—cylindrical or rectangular longpath cells up
to 50mm long. For data output, use the built-in RS232C interface or
the built-in Centronics printer port. Spectrophotometer S6018-2
includes an internal 20-column printer to record printed data.
Programmed languages include English, Spanish, French, Czech,
Portuguese and German. Includes dust cover, operator’s manual and
five disposable cuvettes.
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - This
spectrophotometer is durable and
easy-to-use. Unit covers the entire
wavelength range of 340 to 950nm
and filters can be changed with the
push of a lever. There is no need to
construct standard curves for each
analysis. Just set the concentration with a standard, place the unknown
sample in the instrument and read the concentration on the display.
If no standard is available, simply input the factor. The unit’s sample
compartment holds a variety of adapters, cuvettes and test tubes for
running a diverse range of chemical tests. Features an easy-to-read digital
display and built-in print control.
Specifications:
Wavelength range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accuracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spectral slit width. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stray radiant energy. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cat. No.
S6011-12
Mfr. No.
333183-000
340 to 950nm
±2.5nm near 525nm
20nm
<0.5% T over entire wavelength range
Description
Spectrophotometer
Qty.
1/ea
Specifications:
Wavelength
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accuracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeatability . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spectral bandwidth. . . . . .
Advanced® BR2 Bilirubin
STAT-Analyzer®
325 to 1100nm
±2.0nm
±0.5nm
8nm
Photometric
Readout. . . . . . . . . Abs, %T, Conc, Factor
Range. . . . . . . . . . . -0.1 to 2.5Å 0 to 125%T; 0 to 1999C
Accuracy. . . . . . . . 0.003Å (from 0 to 0.3Å); 1% of reading (from 0.3 to 2.5Å)
Cat. No.
S6018-1
S6018-2
Mfr. No.
4001-000
4004-000
Description
Spectrophotometer
Spectrophotometer with
internal printer
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
If you don’t see what you are
looking for … contact us.
If you don’t see the product you are looking for, just
pick up the phone and ask your sales or customer
service representative to assist you. Visit our website at
cardinalhealth.com for more information.
Customer Service: 800.964.5227
To order, call: 800.964.5227
ADVANCED INSTRUMENTS - The
Advanced BR2 Stat-Analyzer system
provides fast, accurate results for
both total and direct bilirubin levels
in neonates using only a 30µL serum
or plasma sample. It determines total
bilirubin by spectrophotometric
analysis and direct bilirubin using a
modified version of the proven Malloy-Evelyn
method. Because of its accurate results, compact design and
ease of use, it is ideally-suited for pediatric physician offices, satellite
labs, hospital stat labs or pediatric research laboratories. Both the total
bilirubin test kit and total and direct bilirubin test kit contain reagents
and cuvettes for 100 determinations.
Specifications:
Sample size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30μL
Resolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1mg/dL
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 30mg/dL
Repeatability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±2mg/dL (1SD)
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . 7 x 11 x 13 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . 100 to 130VAC, 60Hz or 200 to 250V, 50Hz
Cat. No.
B5900-2A
B5900-12
B5900-3
Mfr. No.
BR2
B2A800
B2A101
B5900-4
B2A102
cardinalhealth.com
Description
Photometer
Disposable cuvettes
Total bilirubin test kit for
100 samples
Total and direct bilirubin test
kit for 100 samples
Qty.
1/ea
100/pk
1/ea
1/ea
107
General Lab
Thermo Scientific GENESYS™ 20
Spectrophotometers
General Lab
Miscellaneous
General Lab
AnthroBench Utility Benches
ANTHRO CORP - These strong utility benches are ideal for extremely
heavy loads of equipment, such as medical testing systems (hold up to
500 lbs.). Each bench includes two vertical legs with integrated cable
management and a baked-on silver metallic powder coat finish. They
also feature a 1.5 in. thick 45 lbs. industrial-grade particleboard shelf
with high-pressure, scratch-resistant light gray laminate; two 2.5 in. base
tubes; two 1.75 in. cross tubes and four 5 in. locking casters. Benches are
shipped unassembled with all the tools needed to build. Dimensions
(H x D): 35.5 x 28 in.
Cat. N.
L5011-91
L5011-92
Mfr. No.
UB6035SM/LG5
UB7235SM/LG5
Description
60 in.
72 in.
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Azer Revolve Countertops
AZER SCIENTIFIC - These countertops are designed to provide safe
and efficient movement of your benchtop equipment during standard
maintenance and cleaning. Designed to support over 1,000 lbs., they can
also be customized to fit your lab’s individual needs.
Cat. No.
ESR3100
ESR4000
108
Mfr. No.
ESR3100
ESR4000
Description
31 in. width
40 in. width
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
FreeZone® 1L Benchtop Freeze Dry System
LABCONCO - This freeze dry system features an upright, stainless steel
collector coil and chamber that can remove 1L of water in 24 hrs. and
holds 1L of ice before defrosting. Easy-to-read LCD shows system set-up
and operating parameters. System can be set for automatic or manual
mode. When automatic mode is selected, simply turn on the main power
switch to automatically begin the collector cool down and vacuum
pull-down sequence. Manual mode begins collector cool down when
main power switch is turned on, but the vacuum pump must be turned
on manually. A CFC-free refrigeration system provides rapid cooling and
a condensing module cools the collector coil to -50°C, making these
units ideal for freeze drying aqueous samples.
Constructed of durable powder-coated steel with brushed stainless steel
front panel, system features an acrylic lid with 3 in. dia. attachment port
for connection of drying accessories (sold separately), a small footprint
and four rubber feet for sturdy placement on a countertop or laboratory
cart. The collector drain hose is accessible from the left side for easy
disposal of defrosted material. The rear-mounted ¾ in. O.D. vacuum
connector extends vertically to save space and a rear-mounted electrical
receptacle permits connection of vacuum pump (sold separately). Three
feet of ¾ in. I.D. vacuum hose and two clamps are included. A three-wire
cord with 20A NEMA plug is factory wired. ETL and CE listed. Overall
dimensions (W x D x H): 12.6 x 17.9 x 16.9 in. System requires the use of a
vacuum pump with a displacement of at least 86L/min., drying accessory
and freeze dry glassware (if not bulk freeze drying).
Cat. No.
L5218-33
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
7740020
Description
With stainless steel collector
coil and chamber
Qty.
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
General Lab
Miscellaneous
FreeZone® 6L Benchtop Freeze Dry System
Constructed of brushed stainless steel and glacier white powder-coated
steel, systems feature an LCD that shows system operating parameters,
set-up parameters and alarm messages. It can be user-configured to
display vacuum in millibar, Pa or torr and temperature in °F or °C. Safety
features include a red alarm light that flashes along with a beeping
sound to warn you that an abnormal system event has occurred
and a sensor that protects the vacuum pump by helping to prevent
refrigeration or vacuum startup if moisture is detected in the collector
chamber area. In addition, a vacuum control valve maintains set-point
vacuum level and a vacuum break valve protects the system from oil
back streaming by bleeding air into the system when power is shut off.
The 3 in. dia. attachment port simplifies connection of drying accessories
(sold separately) and a rear-mounted ¾ in. O.D. vacuum connection
extends parallel to the back of the unit to save space. Systems are
supplied with 3 ft. of ¾ in. I.D. vacuum hose and two clamps to connect
vacuum pump (not included) to the rear-mounted electrical receptacle.
Other features include a rear-mounted RS232 port to transmit data to
a user-supplied computer and a 9 in. retractable collector drain hose
accessible from the left side for easy disposal of defrosted material.
System is factory wired with a three-wire cord with 20A NEMA plug.
UL, ETL and CE listed. Overall dimensions (W x D x H): 31.8 x 28.1 x 14.5 in.
Stoppering tray dryer option allows samples to be pre-frozen, lyophilized
and stoppered under vacuum. It accommodates batches of serum
bottles, vials or ampules and can also be used with trays for bulk freeze
drying. Overall dimensions for systems with stoppering tray dryer
(W x D x H): 32 x 31.1 x 40.6 in. Systems require the use of vacuum
pump with displacement of at least 144L/min., drying accessory
(except systems with stoppering tray dryer) and freeze dry glassware
(if not bulk drying), all available separately.
Cat. No.
L5218-81
Mfr. No.
7752020
Description
6L benchtop freeze dry system
Qty.
1/ea
FlaskScrubber® Glassware Washers
LABCONCO - These washers, with type 304 brushed stainless steel
exteriors and interiors, sanitize glassware with water that reaches
180°F (82°C) on 115V models and 199°F (93°C) on 230V models.
Features:
ūū LCD for customizing cycles, monitoring water temperature and
cycle progress
ūū Water recirculation rate of 96 gallon/minute (363L/minute) on 115V
and 230V 50Hz models and 112 gallon/minute (424L/minute) on
230V 60Hz models for thorough cleaning
ūū Dual pumps, one for washing and one for draining, to reduce
cross-contamination potential
ūū Built-in deionized water pump to bring non-pressurized or
pressurized deionized or purified water into the chamber for up
to six pure water rinses
ūū Steam generation that produces hot vapor to penetrate and remove
dried residue for cleaner glassware
ūū Manual-fill detergent dispenser for powder or liquid detergent
ūū Seven pre-set cycles including RINSE ONLY, PLASTIC, GLASS,
GLASS PLUS, SCIENTIFIC, SCIENTIFIC PLUS, (230V unit includes
three additional cycles of INTENSE, INTENSE PLUS and EXTREME)
ūū Two user-set cycle programs
ūū User-set delayed start of up to 8 hours
ūū Forced air-drying through spindles
ūū Includes lower stainless steel spindle rack with 36 detachable large
spindles, 36 clips and 10 additional interchangeable small spindles
ūū Accommodates optional upper spindle rack or SteamScrubber
upper and lower racks for washing beakers, culture tubes and other
specialty glassware. Upper spindle rack and SteamScrubber racks
are sold separately.
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Freestanding
W1852-73
4420420
W1852-74
4420421
Undercounter
W1852-69
4420320
To order, call: 800.964.5227
cardinalhealth.com
Description
Qty.
Domestic electrical (115V, 60Hz,
16A), heats up to 180°F (82°C)
Domestic/international electrical
(208/230V, 50/60Hz, 12A),
high heats up to 199°F (93°C)
1/ea
Domestic electrical (115V, 60Hz,
16A), heats up to 180°F (82°C)
1/ea
1/ea
109
General Lab
LABCONCO - This 6L benchtop freeze dry system includes an upright,
stainless steel collector coil that can remove 4L of water in 24 hrs.
and hold 6L of ice before defrosting. With four rubber feet for sturdy
placement on top of a counter or lab cart, system utilizes a 3/4 hp CFC-free
refrigeration system to cool collector to -50°C, making it ideal for freeze
drying aqueous samples. Collector cool-down and vacuum pull-down
sequence can be started with one touch of the automatic start-up switch.
Manual override switches are also included for manual refrigeration
and vacuum. Relative system vacuum and collector temperature are
displayed by vacuum and temperature graphs. Amber LED “waves” light
up when vacuum and temperature levels are out of range for adding
samples; green LED lights indicate safe conditions for adding samples.
General Lab
Miscellaneous
RapidVap® N2/48 Evaporation System
LABCONCO - This system uses
nitrogen blow-down, vortex motion
and heat to speed evaporation of up
to 48 samples with volumes up to
26mL each. A stream of nitrogen or
dry gas is directed downward onto
the surface of the sample. Nitrogen
blow-down helps reduce the partial
pressure directly over the liquid to
speed evaporation and remove the
solvent as it evaporates. There are
8 clusters of 6 ports each. Nitrogen can be delivered to 2, 4, 6 or 8 clusters
at once so that nitrogen is conserved when a full load is not required. Use
this system to prepare samples for drug development and metabolism,
bioresearch, combinatorial chemistry, environmental testing, forensics
and toxicology applications.
General Lab
SteamScrubber Glassware Washers
LABCONCO - These washers, with type 304 brushed stainless steel
exteriors and interiors, sanitize glassware with water that reaches
180°F (82°C) on 115V models and 200°F (93°C) on 230V models.
Features:
ūū LCD for customizing cycles, monitoring water temperature and
cycle progress
ūū Water recirculation rate of 96 gallon/minute (363L/minute) on 115V
and 230V 50Hz models and 112 gallon/minute (424L/minute) on
230V 60Hz models for thorough cleaning
ūū Dual pumps, one for washing and one for draining, to reduce
cross-contamination potential
ūū Built-in deionized water pump to bring non-pressurized or
pressurized deionized or purified water into the chamber for up
to six pure water rinses
ūū Steam generation that produces hot vapor to penetrate and remove
dried residue for cleaner glassware
ūū Manual-fill detergent dispenser for powder or liquid detergent
ūū Seven pre-set cycles including RINSE ONLY, PLASTIC, GLASS,
GLASS PLUS, SCIENTIFIC, SCIENTIFIC PLUS, (230V unit includes
three additional cycles of INTENSE, INTENSE PLUS and EXTREME)
ūū Two user-set cycle programs
ūū User-set delayed start of up to 8 hours
ūū Forced air-drying
ūū Includes upper and lower standard open racks of type 304
stainless steel
ūū Accommodates optional upper and lower spindle racks
(without forced air-drying through spindles). Spindle racks are
sold separately.
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Freestanding
W1852-65 4400420
Undercounter
W1852-61 4400320
W1852-62
110
4400321
Description
Qty.
Domestic electrical (115V, 60Hz, 16A) - 1/ea
heats up to 180°F (82°C)
Domestic electrical (115V, 60Hz, 16A) - 1/ea
heats up to 180°F (82°C)
Domestic/international electrical
1/ea
(230V, 50/60Hz, 12A) high heats up to 199°F (93°C)
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Units feature easy-to-read LCD screen, Teflon®-coated aluminum
chamber, powder-coated cast aluminum cabinet base, acrylic/PVC
thermoplastic upper housing, glass lid and dual lid clamps. A phenolfree gasket provides complete sealing. There is an audible alarm with
automatic shutdown for timed end point and an audible/visual alarm
for end point detected by temperature sensors at heater and block.
As many as nine different user-set programs, each with different
parameter set points, can be stored in memory, and you can set
parameters of time, heat, vortex speed and number of active nitrogen
positions. All mechanical components are isolated from the chemical
fumes and vapors for longer life. Dimensions with closed lid (W x D x H):
21.7 x 19 x 13.5 in. (55 x 48 x 34cm).
Cat. No.
E5405-36
Mfr. No.
7910012
Description
Standard system 115V, 50/60 Hz, 8A
Qty.
1/ea
Darkfield Quebec® Electronic
Register Colony Counter
REICHERT ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTS A built-in electronic register in this
colony counter automatically records
count in open or closed petri dishes.
In open dishes, when ground and
counting probes are both touching
conductive agar, the electrical circuit is
completed and digital counter activated.
Each probing action is automatically
counted. An electronic marking pen is
available for counting closed petri dishes. Each time the pen tip
is depressed, a microcircuit in the pen’s barrel is completed and the
counter is activated.
An automatic reset provides immediate zeroing of the five-digit counter.
Each unit is complete with a Wolffhuegel counting plate, counting probe
with magnetic ground and an adjustable dish holder. The tilt leg may
be mounted in front or back, providing a convenient angle for reading.
Dimensions (H x W x L): 10 x 11 x 10½ in. UL listed, CSA certified.
Cat. No.
C8374-5
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
13332700
Description
110V/50Hz with USA cord
Qty.
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
General Lab
Miscellaneous
Goldberg Ultraprecision Brix
Handheld Refractometer
Rhino IFT 40 Industrial Fluid Tester
REICHERT ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTS This refractometer measures percent
solids (Brix) in water-soluble solutions
on a 0° to 30° scale. It provides high-end precision refractometry in a
handheld model and produces Brix better than 0.1%. The refractometer
features automatic temperature compensation that provides accurate
readings without correction tables or temperature measurement. All
optics and instrument scales are permanently sealed inside shock- and
damage-resistant bodies. The refractometer also has magnified scales
with easy-to-read markings and divisions to allow true readings and
accurate results with every use.
Specifications:
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0% to 30% Brix
Accuracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.1%
Refractive index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3330 to 1.3811
Mfr. No.
13104230
Description
Handheld refractometer
Qty.
1/ea
High Precision TS400
Clinical Refractometer
REICHERT ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTS The Reichert TS400 is a high performance
handheld clinical refractometer that determines urine specific gravity,
protein concentration in plasma or serum and total solids in other
aqueous solutions. It is designed specifically for clinical, chemistry
and classroom laboratories.
Automatic temperature compensation provides accurate readings
without correction tables or temperature measurement. Instant results
with just a drop of sample. Simply place sample on the prism, hold the
unit perpendicular to a light source and look into the eyepiece. Easy-toread scale and a 10x focusable eyepiece optimizing image resolution and
viewing. Highly visible, bright, blue shadowline. Small sample required—
just 0.01mL.
Cat. No.
R3631-14
Mfr. No.
13740000
Description
Clinical refractometer
Qty.
1/ea
Triple Scale Goldberg Ultraprecision
Total Solids (TS) Meter
REICHERT ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTS Use this TS meter to determine specific
gravity of urine, concentration in serum
or plasma and total solids in other
aqueous solutions. A small 0.002mL sample is all that is needed for fast,
accurate results. This handheld refractometer is portable; no batteries
or power cords are necessary. Automatic temperature compensation
between 65°F and 95°F. Exclusive liquid-filled prism technology enables
accuracy comparable with laboratory refractometers. CSA certified.
The refractometer has large, easy-to-read scales and depth of field
as well as a chemical-resistant polycarbonate housing and doublecemented glass optics. Its scale has blue painted prisms to further
aid in visibility. Both housing and eyepiece are sealed, making them
IP67-resistant to water and dust and the housing’s black color helps
reduce stray light, which is designed to improve the overall quality
of the image.
Specifications:
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 30
Scale divisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5
Refractive index (nD). . . . . . . . . . . 1.3330 to 1.3860
Calibration liquid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Distilled water
Cat. No.
7540
Mfr. No.
13754000
Description
Industrial fluid tester
Qty.
1/ea
TS Meter-D Digital Handheld Refractometer
REICHERT ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTS - This
refractometer is designed to automatically read
your samples with precision comparable to
high-end automatic refractometers. Its simple,
three-button, fully automatic operation makes
it easy for any operator to obtain fast, accurate
results. Sapphire prism delivers 4X more
durability than glass. The refractometer
helps to reduce operator error since operator
interpretation of unclear shadowlines is no
longer necessary. It also has an accuracy of
±0.0001 refractive index to help ensure you get
the right result every time. The refractometer can read all sample types,
including transparent, translucent and opaque liquids. It has four scales
built in: 1.000 to 1.060 urine specific gravity (±0.001), 0.0 to 15.0g/100mL
serum protein (±0.1), 1.0000 to 1.200 copper sulfate specific gravity
(±0.001) and 1.3300 to 1.5600 refractive index (±0.0001). Powered by four
AAA batteries. Battery life: more than 3,000 readings.
Cat. No.
R3631-4
Mfr. No.
13960000
Description
Digital handheld refractometer
Qty.
1/ea
Specifications:
Ranges
Urine specific gravity. . . . . . . . . . . 1.000 to 1.035
Protein concentration. . . . . . . . . . 2.5 to 15g/100mL
Refraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 320
Cat. No.
B5996-1
Mfr. No.
1310400A
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Description
TS meter
Qty.
1/ea
cardinalhealth.com
111
General Lab
Cat. No.
R3612
REICHERT ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTS Quickly and accurately determine the
ratio or concentration of water-soluble
industrial fluids using this handheld
refractometer. No batteries or power
cord are required, making it very portable.
For use in a variety of settings, including chemical, pharmaceutical,
clinical or auto/vehicle services, this device offers automatic temperature
compensation, which provides accurate readings without correction
tables or temperature measurement.
General Lab
Miscellaneous/Mixers
Unistat® Bilirubinometer
General Lab
REICHERT ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTS Designed to quickly measure total serum
bilirubin concentration in newborn
infants, this bilirubinometer displays
results within 5 seconds. Point-ofcare test for all ethnicities. The unit
requires only 20μL of undiluted
whole serum. Simply place your
sample in a disposable plastic
cuvette and insert it into the sample
chamber. Push a button and the
results are displayed on a large LED display. Accuracy comparable to
diazo Jendrassik-Groff and HPLC method. Complete with calibration
and high-level check cuvettes, reference manual, box of 51 disposable
cuvettes, replacement lamp and three-wire cord with grounded plug.
Operates on 120VAC, 50/60 Hz cETLus, CE approvals.
Cat. No.
B5905-1C
B5905-2A
Mfr. No.
1310310C
13102140
Description
Bilirubinometer
Disposable cuvettes
Qty.
1/ea
51/pk
Thermo Scientific
MaxiMix® I Vortex Mixer
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Ideal for
enzymatic and RIA assays, general test
tube mixing, biochemical assays, viral
dilution preparations, precipitated
assays, cell suspension vortexing and
tissue sample mixing. Excellent for
single and multiple tubes and small
flasks with closed tops.
ūū Fast, uniform mixing in continuous
operation or touch-on mode
ūū Simultaneously mixes up to
four test tubes
ūū Push-button top-mounted ON/OFF switch
ūū Vary vortex mixing by simply changing pressure of tube against
foam rubber top
ūū Cast-aluminum base with suction-cup rubber feet provides
maximum stability
ūū Compact design with 4 in. diameter (10.2cm) foam rubber top
Specifications:
Speed range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,000 rpm
Platform, foam pad. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 in. (10.1cm)
Exterior L x W x H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5 x 5.5 x 4.2 in. (13.9 x 13.9 x 10.6cm)
Cat. No.
M16715Q
Mfr. No.
M16715Q
Description
Vortex mixer
Qty.
1/ea
Thermo Scientific
MaxiMix® II Vortex Mixer
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Excellent for
mixing media in test tubes, mixing
cytogenetic suspensions in centrifuge
tubes, vortexing cell suspensions and
vortexing drug extractions. Ideal for
enzymatic and RIA assay applications,
atomic absorption sample preparation
and Nelson’s assay for reducing sugars.
ūū Continuous-run or touch-activated
run modes
ūū Simultaneously mixes contents
of up to four test tubes or small
flasks with closed tops
ūū White, durable plastic housing
resists acids and alkalines
ūū Heavy-duty cast metal base with rubber feet assures stability and
helps eliminate creep during use
ūū With two mixing devices: rubber single-cup tube holder and foam
pad for mixing flasks or multiple tubes simultaneously
Specifications:
Speed range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 to 3,000 rpm
Platform, foam pad/cup. . . . . . . . Pad: 3.5 in. (8.8cm); cup: 1 in. (2.5cm)
Exterior L x W x H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 x 4.5 x 6 in. (17.7 x 11.4 x 15.2cm)
Cat. No.
M37615Q
Mfr. No.
M37615Q
Description
Vortex mixer
Qty.
1/ea
Thermo Scientific
MaxiMix® III Vortex Mixer
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Choose the
MaxiMix® III mixer with its distinct,
interchangeable holders to handle
a complete range of laboratory mixing
needs. Versatility of speed selection is
ensured through precise matching of
an electronic speed control to a high
torque DC motor drive.
Rotary shaker combines a heavy castaluminum base with a counterbalance
system to help eliminate creeping
and walking of the unit, even when mixing a large volume. The springs
in the legs are short, improving the stability of the unit at high speeds.
Permanently lubricated, ball bearing motor and drive system guarantee
for continuous trouble-free operation of loads up to 5 lbs. (2.2kg).
A lighted on/off switch indicates when the shaker is in operation.
The interchangeable holders for holding a variety of vessels can be
mounted or removed in seconds with the unit’s three-point fastening
system. Soft rubber plate for vortexing tubes is included.
Specifications:
Ambient temperature range. . . . . . . . . . 5° to 40°C
Operating speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 to 2,200 rpm
Relative humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0% to 80%
Mixing surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (W x L) 6.25 x 5.5 in.
Overall (W x H x D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.50 x 5.13 x 8.5 in.
Cat. No.
S8249-2
112
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
M65825
Description
Vortex mixer
Qty.
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
General Lab
Mixers
Thermo Scientific
Speci-Mix™ Mixer
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - This precisioncontrolled platform mixer provides
a smooth rocking motion for
consistently uniform specimen
suspension. Features a preset
18 rpm motor speed and a preset
48° angle mixing zone. The reversible
pad features one side for capped tubes 110mm long while the opposite
side accommodates longer tubes. A white silicone rubber friction grip
pad contrasts specimens and labels for easy viewing. Capped tubes
can be easily loaded or unloaded without turning off the mixer. Include
three-wire cord and plug.
Cat. No.
R4189-2
Mfr. No.
M71015Q
Description
Half-size mixer
Qty.
1/ea
AZER SCIENTIFIC - This mixer combines the actions of an orbital shaker
with a rocker to provide gentle and thorough 3-D mixing without foaming.
Ideal for use with blood and centrifuge tubes and for resuspending
large, fragile DNA fragments. Mixer has a fixed 20° pitch and can hold a
maximum load of 1.75 lbs. Supplied with a dimpled mat to hold tubes in
place. Fixed speed and pitch. Safe for cold room use.
Specifications:
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 rpm
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ambient 4° to 65°C
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V, 60 Hz
Dimensions
Platform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.5 x 6.75 in.
Overall (W x D x H). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.5 x 6.75 x 6 in.
Cat. No.
ESS0500
Mfr. No.
ESS0500
Description
Nutating mixer
General Lab
Specifications:
Operating speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 rpm
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 tubes: 10 to 20mm; 3 tubes: 22 to 30mm
Mixing surface (D x W) . . . . . . . 4½ x 6 in.
Dimensions (W x H x D) . . . . . . 7½ x 4.3 x 5½ in.
GyroMini™ 3-D Nutating Mixer
Qty.
1/ea
Vortex Mixer
Thermo Scientific Vari-Mix™ Test Tube Mixer
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - The adjustable-speed motor of this mixer lets you
choose from 2 to 20 rpm. Adjustable mixing platform of 1° to 48° angle.
The precision-controlled platform mixer helps ensure smooth rocking
action for consistently uniform specimen suspension. The reversible
pad provides one side for capped tubes 110mm long (lip on end of pad
prevents tubes from sliding) and another side for longer tubes. A frictiongrip white silicone rubber pad creates a contrast between specimens and
labels for easy viewing. Load and unload capped tubes easily without
turning off mixer. The mixer is compact, attractive and easy to clean.
The exterior case is protected by a baked-on enamel finish.
Specifications:
Operating speed. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 to 20 rpm
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 tubes: 10 to 20mm; 7 tubes: 22 to 30mm
Mixing surface (W x L). . . . . . . 4.5 x 12.0 in.
Dimensions (W x H x D) . . . . . 15.0 x 4.25 x 5.5 in.
Cat. No.
R4188-1
Mfr. No.
M48725Q
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Description
Test tube mixer
AZER SCIENTIFIC - This vortex mixer
provides smooth instant vortexing of
even the largest sample sizes, including
full 50mL tubes. Variable speed control
from 0 to 2,500 rpm. The unique
counter balance system creates
maximum vortexing action, while
minimizing noise and excessive
vibration. This results in quieter, more
efficient and longer-lasting operation.
Specifications:
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,500 rpm
Operation mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Touch or continuous
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 x 5 x 6 in.
Electrical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115V~, 60 Hz
Cat. No.
ES3362
Mfr. No.
ES3362
Description
Vortex mixer
Qty.
1/ea
Qty.
1/ea
cardinalhealth.com
113
General Lab
Mixers
BD Adams™ Nutator Mixer (120V)
Multitube Vortexers
BD DIAGNOSTICS - The BD Adams™
Nutator Mixer is a laboratory
aliquot shaker for keeping or
resuspending colloidal mixtures
in a uniform suspension. The
Nutator provodes continous
mixing action and maintains
the homogeneous suspension
of blood cells in collection
tubes prior to the dilution of specimens for testing in blood cell counters.
TROEMNER - Used for vortexing
cell suspension, mechanical
and chemical cell lysis, mixing
cytogenetic suspensions and
general mixing, these vortexers
hold multiple test tubes. Choose
timed or continuous operation
and mix up to 50 samples at one
time. When vessels are inserted
into the unit, the top of the vessel
is secured, allowing the bottom to
move freely in a defined eccentric
orbit. You can easily remove samples from the tray. Attached suction
cup feet on the bottom of the unit help prevent sliding. Operating
conditions: 18°C to 33°C (64°F to 91°F), 20% to 85% relative humidity.
The Nutator and specimen tray can accommodate the following
numbers and types of containers:
General Lab
ūū 15 each: 7mL, 10mL or 15mL blood collection tubes
ūū 24 each: pediatric blood collection tubes
ūū 16 each: UNOPETTE® Disposable Diluting Pipetes
ūū 16 each: serum bottles
Digital vortexer TR-945065 features a microprocessor controller that
is ideal for applications that require accuracy and repeatability. Digital
vortexers feature easy-to-read LED displays for speed and time and a
programmable timer. You can set the speed range in 25 rpm increments.
Programmable pulsing mode allows user to adjust the pulse on and
pulse off times from 1 to 59 seconds. One 12mm diameter tube rack is
included with each vortexer.
Larger containers, up to 1¾ lbs. maximum in weight, can also
be accommodated.
Specifications:
Dimensions (Dia. x H x D). . . . . . . . . . 51/8 x 91/2 x 53/4 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V, 60 Hz
Cat. No.
R4187-7
Mfr. No.
421105
Description
BD Adams™ Nutator Mixer
Qty.
1/ea
Tap Dancer Mini Vortex Mixer
BOEKEL - This compact mixer features a low
profile and small footprint, a pressure-sensitive
cup, continuous or touch operation capabilities
and rubber suction pads to prevent walking
and absorb vibration. It uses a low-voltage
supply, which makes it safe for cold room use.
Cat. No.
S8284-1
TR-945065
Specifications:
Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 to 3,000 rpm
Orbit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2mm
Maximum tube diameter. . . . . . . 20mm
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . 3¼ x 5¾ x 3 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 12V, 0.5A
Cat . No.
S8250-4A
Mfr. No.
270100
Description
Mini vortex mixer
Qty.
1/ea
LW SCIENTIFIC - This turbo mixer features
variable speed control, continuous
operation and suction-cupped feet. Soft,
rubber cup head is for single tube mixing.
Maximum speed: 3,000 rpm.
114
Mfr. No.
MXL-TMV7-7RC1
Description
Turbo mixer
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Mfr. No.
945007
945065
Description
Analog vortexer
Digital vortexer
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Talboys Advanced Vortex Mixer
Turbo Mixer
Cat. No.
R4199-1
Specifications:
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 lbs.
Orbit diameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6mm
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 120V, 50/60 Hz, 5A, 75W
Operating speed
Analog units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,200 to 2,400 rpm
Digital units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 to 2,500 rpm
Timer
Analog units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 to 60 seconds
Digital units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 second to 9,999 minutes
Qty.
1/ea
TROEMNER - This mixer is ideal for
applications that demand repeatable
results. Features touchpad controls and LED
displays for accurate speed (rpm) and time
(minute/second) results. Microprocessor
feedback control maintains set speed for
strong, consistent mixing action. Timer will
display elapsed time or, when programmed
to a user-defined time limit, the unit will shut
off when time reaches zero. Mixer features
two modes of operation: continuous mode when using accessory
attachments or touch mode, which activates mixing when depressing
the cup head. Mixer includes a cup head and 3 in. head with cover.
Specifications:
Speed range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 to 3,000 rpm
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 x 8 x 5.5 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V, 50/60 Hz, 150W
Cat. No.
TR-945603
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
945603
Description
Vortex mixer
Qty.
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
General Lab
Mixers/Rockers
Talboys Basic Vortex Mixers
TROEMNER - These basic vortex mixers are
touch units designed for high-speed mixing.
They start mixing when the cup head
is pressed down. The speed is fixed at full
rpm to create a vigorous vortex. Each mixer
includes a cup head and a 3 in. head with cover.
Specifications:
Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3200 rpm
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . 4.8 x 6.8 x 4.8 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 120V, 50/60 Hz, 150W
Cat. No.
TR-945610
Mfr. No.
945610
Description
Basic mixer
Qty.
1/ea
Rock-IT™ Tube Mixer
Talboys Pulsing Vortex Mixer
TROEMNER - This mixer features powerful, pulsing
vortex action that produces excellent cell disruption
for glass bead procedures. Capable of complete cell
disruption of samples in only minutes. The pulsing
action reduces heat generation while providing
more effective mixing and disruption. System
includes an easy-to-load holder for 12 x 1.5 or
2mL microcentrifuge tubes. Microtube holder
has a built-in cup head that allows mixer to be
used as a standard vortex mixer in touch mode.
It features a nonslip, reversible and autoclavable tube pad made of
silicone rubber.
Specifications:
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 x 120mm tubes
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 rpm
Microprocessor feedback control maintains
set speed for strong, consistent mixing action. LED digital displays for
both speed (rpm) and time (minute/second) help to provide better
repeatability and accuracy than an analog unit. Displayed time counts
up during continuous operation and counts down during timed runs.
Cat. No.
L-TTR200
L-TTR200-1
Mfr. No.
L-TTR200
L-TTR200-1
Description
15-place tube rocker
Replacement tube pad 15-place
Qty.
1/ea
1/bx
Specifications:
Speed range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 to 3,000 rpm
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . . . 4 x 8 x 5.5 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V, 50/60 Hz, 150W
Cat. No.
TR-945620
Mfr. No.
945620
Description
Pulsing vortex mixer
Qty.
1/ea
Talboys Standard Vortex Mixers
Rocker ll™ Model 260350
TROEMNER - These mixers have a variable speed
and analog control that allows low rpm startup for
gentle shaking or high-speed mixing for vigorous
vortexing of samples. They have two modes
of operation: continuous mode when using
accessory attachments or touch mode, which
activates mixing when depressing the cup
head. Each mixer includes a cup head and
3 in. head with cover.
BOEKEL - Accepts a wide variety of flasks, plates and tubes. Adjust tilt
angle and speed without the need for tools. Supplied with flat non-skid
mat. 2-year warranty. Applications include gel staining and destaining;
Northern, Southern and Western blots; mixing test tubes and rocking
agglutination card. Power Pac is UL, CSA and CE approved.
Specifications:
Load capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7kg (6 lbs.)
Adjustable tilt angle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0° to 20°
Adjustable speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 rpm
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4°C to 40°C
Dimensions with platform (W x D x H) . . . . . 12 x 12 x 7 in.
Specifications:
Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 to 3200 rpm
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . 4.8 x 6.8 x 4.8 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 120V, 50/60 Hz, 150W
Cat. No.
TR-945600
Mfr. No.
945600
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Description
Standard mixer
Qty.
1/ea
Cat . No.
260350
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
260350
Description
Rocker
Qty.
1/ea
115
General Lab
UNICO - This heavy-duty tube mixer provides smooth and gentle
movement at 25 rpm to assure a uniform, thoroughly mixed specimen,
while preserving the integrity of the fragile blood cells. It will also
get hematology controls ready to use in no time for accurate results.
The oversized platform will accommodate larger and hard-to-mix tubes.
The mixer is a compact size that uses minimal benchtop space.
General Lab
Rockers/Rotators
LW-100 Blood Rocker
LW SCIENTIFIC - Gently rock blood sample tubes and small vials with
this rocker. The gentle motion helps provide mixing without damage to
fragile cell suspensions. It features a space-saving design. It also includes
a washable tube pad.
General Lab
Specifications:
Operating speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 cycles per minute
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 tubes
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 x 13½ x 5¼ in.
Cat. No.
R3401-1
Mfr. No.
MXL-BLF7-16T1
Description
LW-100 blood rocker
Qty.
1/ea
Thermo Scientific Cellgro®
Tissue Culture Rotators
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - These rotators
feature variable speed and adjustable
angle rotation to give you optimum
culture results in applications such
as growth of tissues and viruses,
hormone production from selected
tissues and sample testing for the
presence of viruses and cytotoxicity
assays. Constructed of durable
powder-coated stainless steel,
the rotators operate in standard
incubators for cultivation under
controlled temperature conditions
up to 40°C and humidity conditions
from 20% to 80% noncondensing. Drums can be lifted off rotors without
interrupting operation of the units. Choose from single- or dual-drum
configuration. Rotator T4100-33 holds one drum, while rotator T4100-1A
holds two drums.
Specifications:
T4100-33 single drum
Rotating angle. . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustable 5° above horizontal to 90°
Speed range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 to 70 rpm
Tube capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . 142–16mm tubes; 76–25mm tubes;
60–30mm tubes
T4100-1A dual drum
Rotating angle. . . . . . . . . . . . Nonadjustable
Speed range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fixed 0.2 rpm
Tube capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . 284–16mm tubes; 152–25mm tubes;
120–30mm tubes
Cat. No.
T4100-33
T4100-1A
116
Mfr. No.
1640Q
1645Q
Description
Single drum
Dual drum
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Thermo Scientific Lab-Line™ Lab Rotators
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - These rotators are ideal for general rotation of
many types and sizes of vessels including glass trays, vials, petri dishes
and test tube racks. Designed for molecular biology, immunology and
clinical applications, rotators feature a special drive mechanism for
stability and quiet operation and a continuous-duty motor that provides
quiet, smooth rotation through a 0.75 in.-diameter orbit.
Operating continuously in temperatures of 4°C to 40°C, units can be used
in a variety of environments including refrigerators, incubators, warm
rooms and environmental chambers. They achieve gentle to vigorous
agitation with variable speeds from 40 to 220 rpm, adjustable with a
rotary dial. You can operate the rotators in a continuous mode or set
the timer for 1 to 60 min. for time studies. Rotators accommodate up to
10 lbs., and include an easy-to-clean white silicone platform mat that can
be autoclaved. Power requirements: 120V, 0.4A, 50W. Choose 9 x 9 in. or
12 x 12 in. platform.
Cat. No.
2309
2314
Mfr. No.
2309Q
2314Q
Description
9 x 9 in. platform
12 x 12 in. platform
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Thermo Scientific LABQUAKE®
Rotator/Rockers and Shakers
THERMO SCIENTIFIC Variable-action LABQUAKE®
shakers feature removable
trays, which hold up to fortysix 10mL BD Vacutainer® tubes
and/or clip bar with clips,
easily interchangeable with
trays, for rotating tubes. Clip
bar model R4193-1 features
continuous rotation at 8 rpm or oscillating action at 22 to 70 reversals/
minute. Double-deck tray models feature oscillating action at 32 to
70 reversals/minute depending on the angle. Tubes may be added or
removed and trays changed without turning off the motor.
Cat. No.
R4193-1
Mfr. No.
400110Q
R4193-2
415110Q
R4193-3
T400110Q
R4193-4
T415110Q
cardinalhealth.com
Description
Rotator - 14 clips for
10 to 19mm dia. tubes
Rotator - 32 clips for
10 to 19mm dia. tubes
Shaker - double-deck trays holds up to 22–10mL tubes
Shaker - double-deck trays holds up to 46–10mL tubes
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
General Lab
Rotators
Mini Orbitron™ 260100
Thermo Scientific Small Bidirectional Rotator
Cat. No.
S1077-10
Mfr. No.
4630Q
Description
Small bidirectional rotator
Qty.
1/ea
BOEKEL - Accommodates a variety of blood tubes, centrifuge tubes,
glass vials or plates. Provides extremely quiet, gentle, continuous
mixing of specimens. Low profile and small footprint minimizes bench
space. Includes two white mats, one dimpled and one flat. Rubber mats
can be cleaned with soap and water. Mats can be autoclaved too.
2-year warranty.
Specifications:
Load capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.8 lbs. (0.8kg)
Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +4°C to 45°C
Fixed speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 rpm
Tilt angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20° fixed angle
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7½ x 5 x 5½ in.
Cat . No.
R3301-11A
Mfr. No.
260100
General Lab
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Use this lightweight bidirectional rotator for
serological tests. It delivers a gentle rocking motion at a 10° angle
through a 360° rotation at 30 rpm. The rotator features a rugged,
powder-coated steel body with a minimized footprint to conserve bench
space and a white, nonskid platform that can hold up to two microwell
plates, vacutainers, slides, petri dishes and tissue culture flasks. It can
be set for 60 min. or continuous operation. Power requirements: 120V,
0.3A, 60W, 50/60 Hz. Platform dimensions (W x D): 6.75 x 5 in. Overall
dimensions (W x H x D): 16 x 7½ x 14 in.
Description
Model 260100 - 115VAC, 2.2W, 0.2A
Qty.
1/ea
Mini LabRoller™ Rotator
AZER SCIENTIFIC - Mix samples in both a horizontal and vertical plane
with this rotator. It is incubator- and cold room-safe. The rotator’s
compact design helps you to conserve valuable benchtop space. Rotator
features a fixed speed of 24 rpm and rotating, rocking and tumbling
motions that you can adjust by changing the rotisserie position.
Rotisseries are available separately to accept a variety of tube sizes. You
can also use two microplates on any of the rotisseries. Unit is supplied
with two pegs that you can insert to limit rotisserie position to 20°, 45° or
60° and one rotisserie for 36 x 1.5 or 2mL tubes.
Specifications:
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 rpm
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ambient +4°C to 40°C
Dimensions (W x H x D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.4 x 4 x 5 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V, 50/60 Hz, 0.03A
Cat. No.
ESH5500
ESH550015
Mfr. No.
ESH5500
ESH550015
Orbitron Rotator
BOEKEL - This benchtop rotator features a 12 in. square platform and an
even smaller footprint to conserve your valuable bench space. It provides
gentle, low-foaming agitation and uniform mixing. Applications include
immunoassays, hybridizations, mixing of blood samples, coupling affinity
chromatography media and DNA extractions.
Provides fixed-speed operation for 20 orbits per minute and fixed tilt of
23°. Comes with a removable dimpled pad that accepts many different
sizes of tubes at once so you don’t need unwieldy racks or clamps. Solid
vinyl boot helps ensure long life of rotator mechanism.
Description
Rotator
Rotisseries - 10 x 15mL tubes
and 6 x 5mL tubes
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Specifications:
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 120VAC, 0.8A
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Rotator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7½ x 7 x 5 in.
Rotator with platform. . . . . . . . . . 12 x 12 x 12 in.
Cat . No.
R3300-1
To order, call: 800.964.5227
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
260200
Description
Model I rotator
Qty.
1/ea
117
General Lab
Rotators
UNICO® Digital Rotator
General Lab
UNICO - This digital rotator is
a compact, durable, variable
speed orbital mixer that will
accommodate a wide variety
of printed well slides, culture
plates, flasks and small test
tube racks, as well as RPR and
VDRL slides or 96-well microtiter
(immunoassay) plates.
Digital Serology Rotator
ūū 11 x 11 in. mixing platform with a removable/replaceable rubber pad
LW SCIENTIFIC - The serology rotator is designed to give years of
dependable service, even in the busiest laboratory. It’s the ideal
space-saving instrument for procedures that require constant or timed
rotation (mixing) such as RPR, VDRL, EIA, latex tests and for procedures
that require a nonstandard speed. Comes with clear humidity tray.
ūū Humidity cover with moisturizing sponge
Specifications:
Platform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 x 9 in. (230 x 230mm)
Orbit diameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.8 in.
Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-240 rpm
Timer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 hours and 99 minute digital timer
Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120VAC, 10W
Dimensions (H x L x W). . . . . . . . . . . . 6 x 9 x 9 in.
ūū Digital time and speed display
Cat. No.
R3401-2
Mfr. No.
RTL-BLVD-24T1
Description
Digital rotator - variable speed,
digital tachometer and timer
ūū Variable speed from 20 to 240 rpm
ūū Digital timer 0 to 99 hours 59 minutes
ūū Three-position switch for: constant on, off, timed mixing
ūū Load 4.4 lbs. at 20-150 rpm; 2.2 lbs. at 151-240 rpm
ūū Indicator bell at end of timed mixing cycle
ūū Small flask hold down spring
Cat. No.
L-RT30C
Mfr. No.
L-RT30C
Description
Rotator - 10.4 x 9.2 x 6 in.
Qty.
1/ea
Qty.
1/ea
Talboys Digital 3D Rotator Waver
TROEMNER - This rotator waver features precise
speed control that provides smooth, low-foaming,
three-dimensional “wave” motion from 1 to 30 rpm.
Vertical and horizontal wave motion. Ideal for
blood samples, DNA extractions, blotting techniques
and general mixing of various size tubes. Designed
for use in incubators, CO2 incubators, cold rooms
(-10°C to +60°C) and 80% relative humidity
noncondensing environments. Microprocessor
controls with LED displays provide accurate and
repeatable results. Spill-resistant design channels
fluids away from internal components. Base is
constructed of durable aluminum for extra stability.
Microprocessor touchpad provides electronic angle
adjustment, which allows users to adjust rocking angle
while unit is operating. Precise speed control provides
smooth, low-speed rocking motion down to 1 rpm. For improved
repeatability, onboard memory recalls last settings, even when unit
is turned off.
Audible and visual signals will activate when system detects an
overloaded, unbalanced condition or obstruction of the tray. LED display
shows elapsed time or, when programmed to user-defined limit, counts
down to zero and shuts off unit. Audible alarm will sound when time
reaches zero. Optional alarm mute can be set from touchpad control.
Powerful, maintenance-free stepper motor handles heavy loads up to
5 lbs. (2.3kg) and provides a long service life.
118
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Specifications:
Tilt angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0° to 20°
Timer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 second to 160 hours
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 lbs.
Speed
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 to 30 rpm
Accuracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±1%
Cat. No.
TR980537
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
980537
Description
Rotator waver 120V 11¾ x 8¾ in. platform
Qty.
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
General Lab
Shakers
Thermo Scientific MaxQ™ 2000 Benchtop
Orbital Shakers
The triple-eccentric drive handles heavy loads, provides uniform
agitation and continuous 24/7 operation, even at high speeds.
The CO2-resistant digital unit can be used continuously in a CO2
incubator without malfunction or the formation of carbolic acid on
electrical components.
ūū Platform sizes accept loads up to 35 lbs.
ūū Can be used in a variety of incubators, warm rooms, environmental
chambers and refrigerators
ūū Variable speed from 40 to 400 rpm, controlled by a rotary dial
monitored accurately by a traditional tachometer
ūū Perform timed studies with timed operation from 1 to 60 minutes or
operate shaker in continuous mode
ūū Electrical and mechanical components treated to protect them from
up to 10% CO2 and 95% noncondensing humidity
ūū Prevents humidity and CO2 from reacting with electrical
components and forming carbolic acid
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . 0°C to 40°C
Humidity range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 to 80% noncondensing humidity
Speed range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 to 400 rpm
Cat. No.
S10886
S10686
Mfr. No.
SHKA2000
3524-2
Description
Small - analog shaker
18 x 18 in. platform with 64 x 25mL
Erlenmeyer flask clamps
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Thermo Scientific MaxQ™ 4450 Benchtop
Orbital Shaker
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Versatile incubated and refrigerated shaker ideal
for incubating a small number of vessels.
These shakers combine incubated/refrigerated temperatures with orbital
shaking in a compact footprint. Ideal for cell culture, solubility studies,
extraction procedures and protein expression. Clear, scratch-resistant lid
allows unobstructed viewing without disturbing chamber temperature.
Chamber holds four 1L flasks. Interlock stops platform when lid is
opened. Three individual LED displays: speed, time and temperature.
Variable speed control from 15 to 500 rpm.
ūū Triple eccentric drive handles heavy loads, uniform agitation and
continuous 24-hour operation, even at high speeds
ūū Overtemperature safety feature with independent thermostat
provides additional backup by controlling heat if main temperature
controller fails
ūū Continuous and timed from 0.1 to 999 hours or 0.1 to 999 minutes
ūū Shaker shutdown and audible/visual alarms signal temperature
deviations or if unit operates ±10% of set speed, preventing shaker
from walking
ūū Soft-start feature helps eliminate sudden starts and stops, splashing
of vessel contents or wetting of flask closure
ūū Set point retention retains parameters during power failure and
restarts unit automatically after power is restored
ūū Solid-state DC brushless motor is maintenance-free
ūū For plasmid purification and protein expression in bacteria for use
with MaxQ 4450 with cooling coil option
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5°C above ambient to 80°C
Temperature accuracy. . . . . . . . . . ±0.1°C at 37°C
Speed range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-400 rpm
Cat. No.
S108848
To order, call: 800.964.5227
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
SHKA4450
Description
Analog shaker - incubated without cooling coil
Qty.
1/ea
119
General Lab
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - The MaxQ™ 2000 open-air platform shakers
are durable and easy to use. Paired with a variety of platform sizes
for increased sample capacity, they are ideally suited for multiple
applications, such as general mixing, cell cultures, solubility studies,
extraction procedures, diagnostic testing, and many other applications
that require shaking. Shakers are reliable in analog or digital operating
systems with the choice of three platform sizes, combining ease of use
with durability and accuracy.
General Lab
Shakers
3-Dimensional Shakers
AZER SCIENTIFIC - These
platform shakers provide
a 3-dimensional “nutating”
motion for moderately aggressive
mixing. They are incubator- and
cold room-safe. Two platform sizes
and two rubber mat configurations
allow for thorough, foam-free mixing
in blood tubes and centrifuge tubes,
as well as in a variety of flat vessels.
Groovin’ Tubes Compact Benchtop Shaker/Incubator
General Lab
Manufactured in a mini and standard version, each shaker comes
complete with autoclavable dimpled mats for tube applications. Optional
flat mats are available for mixing other vessel types. Both models have
been designed to conserve bench space. The mini shaker is supplied with
a 10.5 x 7.5 in. platform while the standard shaker’s 12 x 12 in. platform
expands the useable work surface by 80%.
Specifications
Maximum speed. . . . . . . . 24 rpm
Tilt angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +/- 20°
Maximum capacity. . . . . . 2.0kg/4.4 lbs.
Operating temp.. . . . . . . . +4°C to +65°C
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . (Mini) 10.5 x 7.5 x 8 in.; (standard) 12 x 12 x 8.3 in.
Electrical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115V~, 60 Hz
Cat. No.
ES3359
ES3361
Mfr. No.
ES3359
ES3361
Description
Mini
Standard
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
BOEKEL - This shaker/incubator is three instruments in one. It can
function as a microtube thermoshaker, a compact benchtop incubator
without shaking or a microtube shaker without temperature control.
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ambient +5°C to 100°C
Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 to 1,400 rpm
Orbit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2mm
Timer (with auto switch off ). . . . . . . . . . 1 minute to 96 hours
Time setting resolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 minute
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 x 9 x 5 in. (205 x 230 x 130mm)
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12V, 0.5A
Cat . No.
R3301-20A
J1667-9A
Mfr. No.
270500
270590
Description
Benchtop shaker/incubator
Interchangeable block for
20 x 1.5/2.0mL microtubes
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
HS 260 Control Horizontal Shaker
Flask Dancer Orbital Shaker
BOEKEL - This microprocessor-controlled shaker uses a smooth
horizontal orbital motion for mixing in bottles, flasks and beakers.
It features a soft start and noise-free operation. Platform not included.
Specifications:
Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 to 300 rpm
Orbit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10mm
Timer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 minute to 96 hours
Time setting resolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 minute
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10½ x 10 x 3¼ in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12V, 0.5A
Cat . No.
R3301-3A
120
Mfr. No.
270200
Description
Orbital shaker
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Qty.
1/ea
IKA WORKS - This compact, flat shaker features ideal swivel motion
and can accommodate a maximum shaking weight of 7.5kg. It has an
electronic adjustment of speed and timer. Control shaker has a digital
display for speed, timer and operating modes, integrated end point
positioning and RS-232 interface. The shaker can be used with a wide
range of attachments (available separately) to make it possible to use
with almost all shapes and sizes of vessels.
Specifications:
Shaking movement. . . . . . . . . . . . Reciprocating
Orbital diameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20mm
Speed range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 to 300 rpm
Timer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Continuous operation or
0 to 9 hours to 59 minutes
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . 360 x 420 x 100mm
Cat. No.
S7389-158
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
3066701
Description
Control shaker - 115V, 50/60 Hz
Qty.
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
General Lab
Shakers
Accessory for IKA® HS 260
and KS 260 Shakers
IKA WORKS - This universal
attachment has four adjustable
bars to secure your vessels.
Cat. No.
S7389-128
Mfr. No.
8017400
Description
Universal attachment
Qty.
1/ea
IKA® Lab Dancer Test Tube Shaker
Specifications:
Fixed speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,800 rpm
Shaking stroke. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5mm orbital
Dimensions (dia. x H). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 x 70mm
Cat. No.
S7389-62
Mfr. No.
3365001
Description
Test tube shaker
Qty.
1/ea
KS 130 Basic Orbital Shaker
IKA WORKS - This small, quiet shaker
helps ensure long service life with
ideal swivel motion and can
accommodate a maximum
shaking weight of 2kg. Features
an electronic adjustment of
speed and timer. Basic model
has LED line display for speed
and time adjustment.
IKA WORKS - These compact, universal shakers are suitable for shaking
tasks with all small vessels and microtiter plates. They feature attachment
detection and offer continuous or touch operation. The shakers have two
operating modes. With safe mode A, the maximum speed of 3,000 rpm
may be reached with the standard attachment in touch mode. When
using other attachments, the speed is limited to 1,300 rpm. In mode B,
a speed of 3,000 rpm is possible with all attachments. Units are stable in
all speed ranges. Digital shakers have a timer with countdown function.
Both shakers include standard attachment, universal attachment,
one-hand insert and test tube insert. Digital shaker S7389-166 also
includes microtiter attachment. Inserts S7389-151 is for use with universal
attachment S7389-130.
Specifications:
Shaking movement.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Orbital
Orbital diameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5mm
Speed range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 3,000 rpm
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 x 205 x 63mm
Cat. No.
S7389-165
S7389-166
S7389-130
S7389-151
Mfr. No.
3617000
3319000
3426600
L001860
Description
Basic shaker - 100-240V, 50/60 Hz
Digital shaker - 100-240V, 50/60 Hz
Universal attachment
Test tube inserts - 4 x 16mm
VORTEX 3 Orbital Shaker
Shaker can be used with a
wide range of attachments to
make it possible to use almost all shapes and sizes of vessels. Universal
attachment S7389-127 includes one basic holder; three clamping rolls
and six fastening screws.
IKA WORKS - This shaker can be used
for either short-term or continuous
operation. Features an infinitely
adjustable wide-speed range. Unit
has a silicon base with special feet to
minimize vibration at high speeds.
Attachments (available separately)
make the shakers useful for many
different applications. Tube holding
foam inserts available for use with
universal attachment S7389-134.
Specifications:
Shaking movement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Orbital
Orbital diameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4mm
Speed range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 to 800 rpm
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 x 316 x 98mm
Specifications:
Shaking movement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Orbital
Orbital diameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4mm
Speed range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 to 2,500 rpm
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 x 149 x 136mm
Cat. No.
S7389-160
S7389-127
Mfr. No.
2980001
8017300
Description
Basic shaker - 115V, 50/60 Hz
Universal attachment
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Cat. No.
S7389-168
S7389-134
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
3340001
3342400
Description
Vortex 3 - 115V, 50/60 Hz
Universal attachment
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
121
General Lab
IKA WORKS - Compact and reliable, this
innovative orbital shaker is ideal for mixing
small vessels up to 30mm in diameter, such as
test tubes, centrifuge tubes and Eppendorf®
vessels. Just push the vessel gently into the
soft attachment to start the shaking process.
Shaking stops when you lift it out. The upper
sections are made from inert plastic. The zinc die cast base holds unit
secure during use. Maximum capacity: one 50mL tube.
MS 3 Basic and Digital Orbital Shakers
General Lab
Shakers
Talboys Microplate Shaker
General Lab
Talboys Advanced 3500 Shaker
TROEMNER - This digital orbital shaker is designed for a range of
applications including cell cultures, solubility studies, bacterial
suspensions and general mixing. The variable-speed microprocessor
control provides consistent, uniform mixing action, while the ramping
feature slowly increases speed to desired set point to avoid splashing.
The timer can be set for operation from 1 second to 160 hours and will
display elapsed time or count down to zero. An audible alarm sounds
when the timer reaches zero. The LED displays show speed and
time independently.
The Accu-Drive shaking system delivers exceptional speed control,
accuracy and durability. The system continuously monitors shaking
speed and maintains set point even under changing loads. Displayed
speed is accurate to 1% of setting or 1 rpm for speeds below 100rpm.
A built-in load sensor detects unbalanced conditions and automatically
reduces rpm to a safe speed or stops unit to protect samples.
The powerful triple eccentric drive and brushless motor provide
reliable service in continuous duty and can handle loads up to 35 lbs.
Microprocessor displays last set point and restarts if power is interrupted.
RS232 serial port provides two-way communication for data logging and
unit control. Shaker is supplied with a nonskid rubber mat that fits the
13 x 11 in. platform tray. Tray is suitable for holding petri dishes and cell
culture flasks.
Specifications:
Orbit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.75 in. (19mm)
Timer range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 second to 160 hours
Maximum load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 lbs. (15.9kg)
Speed
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 to 500 rpm
Accuracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±1% of set speed or 1 rpm for speeds
below 100 rpm
Cat. No.
TR-980023
122
Mfr. No.
980403
Description
Shaker - 120V
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Qty.
1/ea
TROEMNER - This shaker is designed for immunoassays and general
microplate shaking. The four-place platform holds either two or four
microplates, deep-well blocks or up to two microtube racks. Plates
are firmly locked into place with retaining springs. Microprocessor
variable-speed control provides consistent, uniform mixing action.
Ramping feature slowly increases speed to set point for added safety.
Independent LED displays feature speed and time. Timer will display
elapsed time or, when programmed to user-defined limit, will count
down to zero and shut off unit. Audible alarm sounds when time reaches
zero. The triple eccentric drive features permanently lubricated ball
bearings. The maintenance-free, brushless DC motor provides a long
service life. Ideal for use in incubators, CO2 incubators or cold rooms.
Shakers accommodate a 14°F to 140°F (-10° to +60°C), 80% relative
humidity, noncondensing environment. Durable base is constructed of
cast aluminum for extra stability.
Specifications:
Orbit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3mm
Timer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 second to 160 hours
Speed
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 to 1,200 rpm
Accuracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .±2%
Cat. No.
TR980178
Mfr. No.
980178
Description
Shaker 120V - 7.75 x 11 in. platform
Qty.
1/ea
Timing is everything …
call today for prompt shipments of
your laboratory supplies.
cardinalhealth.com
To order, call: 800.964.5227
General Lab
Shakers
Talboys Digital Mini Shaker
TROEMNER - This shaker features a variable-speed
microprocessor control that provides consistent,
uniform mixing action. The ramping feature slowly
increases speed to set point for added safety. The
independent LED display features speed and time.
Timer displays elapsed time or, when programmed to
user-defined limit, will count down to zero and shut
off unit. The audible alarm sounds when time reaches
zero. Ideal for use in incubators, CO2 incubators or
cold rooms. Shakers accommodate a 14°F to 140°F
(-10°C to +60°C), 80% relative humidity, noncondensing
environment. Durable base is constructed of cast
aluminum for extra stability. The triple eccentric drive features
permanently lubricated ball bearings. The maintenance-free,
brushless DC motor provides a long service life.
Cat. No.
TR980175
Mfr. No.
980175
Description
Digital mini shaker - 120V
Qty.
1/ea
Talboys Digital Rocking Platform Shaker
TROEMNER - This shaker is ideal for cell culture work,
staining and destaining gels, hybridization procedures,
hematology and blotting techniques. Designed for use in
incubators, CO2 incubators, cold rooms (-10°C to +60°C)
and 80% relative humidity, noncondensing environments.
The large platform tray is ideal for holding staining trays,
culture flasks, petri dishes and microtiter and multiwell
plates. Spill-resistant design channels fluids away from
internal components. Base is constructed of durable cast
aluminum for extra stability.
Microprocessor touchpad control provides electronic
angle adjustment that allows user to easily adjust rocking
angle from 0° to 15° while unit is operating. Precise speed
control provides smooth, low-speed rocking motion down
to 1 rpm. For improved repeatability, onboard memory
recalls last settings even when unit is turned off.
Audible and visual signals will activate when system detects an
overloaded, unbalanced condition or obstruction of the tray. LED display
will show elapsed time or, when programmed to user-defined limit, will
count down to zero and shut off unit. Audible alarm will sound when
time reaches zero. Optional alarm mute can be set from the touchpad
control. Powerful, maintenance-free stepper motor handles heavy loads
up to 10 lbs. (4.5kg) and provides a long service life.
Specifications:
Tilt angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0° to 15°
Timer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 second to 160 hours
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 lbs.
Speed
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 to 50 rpm
Accuracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±1%
Cat. No.
TR980530
To order, call: 800.964.5227
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
980530
Description
Shaker 120V - 12.75 x 10 in. platform
Qty.
1/ea
123
General Lab
The tray included with the shaker can be used as a platform for mounting
optional Erlenmeyer flask clamps, test tube racks or microplate holders.
It features a nonskid rubber mat appropriate for holding petri dishes and
cell culture flasks.
Specifications:
Orbit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3mm
Timer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 second to 160 hours
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 lbs.
Speed
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 to 1,200 rpm
Accuracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .±2%
General Lab
Stirrers
Thermo Scientific Cimarec®
Ceramic-Top Stirrer
General Lab
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - This stable,
low-profile stirrer features StirTrac™
technology that improves slow-speed
stirring and provides consistent
speed control and stronger magnetic
coupling. The technology’s braking
feature immediately stops the stir
bar for fast flask removal. The units’
seamless reflective white Cimarec®
ceramic top increases sample
visibility and is easy to clean and
alkali/acid-resistant. Offering an
adjustable speed range from 60 to
1200 rpm, units provide exceptional
magnetic coupling, which ensures a locked stir bar with the drive
magnet, even in viscous solutions. Stirrers’ integral ring-stand holder
accommodates a 0.5 in.-diameter support rod.
Cat. No.
S8275-5
Mfr. No.
S131125
Description
4 x 4 in. platform
Qty.
1/ea
IKA® C-Mag Hot Plate Stirrer HS7
IKA WORKS - This hot plate stirrer has a fixed safety circuit that shuts
off if the temperature rises above 550°C. A hot-top indicator light
flashes if the surface is hot to the touch. Digital display allows for
accurate and repeatable temperature settings. Units have a powerful
motor and provide high magnetic adhesion to help prevent stir bar
coupling. Microprocessor control helps maintain constant speed and set
temperature. A one-piece seamless glass ceramic top provides excellent
resistance to chemicals. Elevated control panel minimizes contact with
spills and is easy to read and adjust.
Specifications:
Maximum stirring volume. . . . . . . . . . . . 10L (H2O)
Speed range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 to 1,500 rpm
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50°C to 500°C
Heat output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,000W
Set-up plate size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 x 180mm
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 x 330 x 105mm
Power requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115/230V, 50/60 Hz
Cat. No.
S7389-2
Mfr. No.
3581201
Description
IKA® C-Mag hot plate stirrer (HS7)
Qty.
1/ea
Talboys Basic Stirrer
TROEMNER - This rugged, compact unit
stirs up to 1,000mL of liquid. It has a durable
4.5 in. diameter cast aluminum top plate. The
electronic speed control adjusts stirring from
100 to 1,200 rpm. The powerful motor and
magnet deliver reliable and consistent stirring.
The compact design saves bench space.
A 1.5 x 0.315 in. diameter PTFE-coated stir bar
is included.
We help you
GET YOUR RESULTS
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . To 400°C
Speed range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 to 1,200 rpm
Maximum capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,000mL
Cat. No.
TR-953200
124
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
953200
Description
Basic stirrer - 6.5 x 5.75 x 4.75 in.
Qty.
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Incubators
Thermo Scientific Direct Heat CO2 Incubator Heracell® 150i and 240i
Thermo Scientific Forma® 3960 Series
Environmental Chamber
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - The Heracell®
CO2 Incubators have internal volumes of
5.3 cu. ft. or 8.5 cu. ft., with a choice of TC
or IR CO2 control. Dual stack configurations
double capacity for additional storage
while saving lab space. Heracell® is also
available with 100% solid copper interiors
which provides continuous protection
against contamination. Only 100% copper
eliminates 99% of microbial contaminates.
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Ideal for
many clinical applications, including
elevated temperature stability and
shelf-life testing.
The iCAN™ touchscreen allows for total contamination control
monitoring and an automatic 90°C decontamination function
decontaminates the entire chamber interior without the need to remove
sensors, fittings or shelves. A panless humidity water reservoir promotes
faster humidity recovery. Select an O2 option to simulate physiological
environments for IVF applications.
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +3°C to +55°C
Temperature deviation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.1°C/±0.5°C
Ambient temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +18°C to +33°C
Power requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V, 50/60 Hz
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Laminar airflow through side plenums
for extremely tight temperature
uniformity. Microprocessor controls
offer constant display of temperature,
as well as an alphanumeric message
center for ease of setup and programming.
Access ports, locking casters and alarm contacts are standard.
Directed airflow system promotes an ideal growth environment.
Positive pressure feed plenum and negative pressure return plenum
direct air across shelf surface. Feed plenum cannot be blocked by
chamber contents. Precise temperature control without complicated
programming. Operating modes include run, setpoint, calibration and
system configuration.
Easy-to-read display for continuous monitoring. Audible/visual underand overtemperature alarms. Programmable and indicator low alarm
and remote alarm contacts. Data outputs allow connection to inhouse
monitor/alarm system to track chamber conditions.
Exterior cabinet is 18 gauge cold-rolled steel, powder coated for
durability; resists scratches and chipping. Heated glass door for minimal
condensation and a clear view. 2 in. (5.1cm) thick fiberglass cabinet
insulation for maximum product thermal protection. Solid, stainlesssteel interior and five heavy-duty solid stainless steel shelves ensures
long life and minimized equipment costs. Thru-wall access ports on both
chamber sides for probes, sensors, etc.
Interior GFCI duplex receptacle on 115V model (single European 230V
CEE 7 on 230V model) for shakers, cell rollers and other equipment.
Exterior receptacle on upper-right side of control panel for connecting
optional recorder or other equipment.
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5°C above ambient to 60°C (140°F)
Temperature uniformity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±
0.4°C at 30°C (86°F); ±0.3°C at 37°C
(98.6°F); ±0.5°C at 45°C (113°F)
Temperature sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.1°C
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
J8105-48 3960
Description
29 cu. ft. - environmental chamber
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
cardinalhealth.com
125
Incubators
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
Heracell® 150i incubator - single chamber
J1805-25 51026282 TCD sensor - high temp decon
J1805-27 51026406 IR sensor - high temp decon
51026283 51026283 100% pure copper inner casing
51026534 51026534 100% pure copper inner casing - IR sensor
Heracell® 150i incubator - dual chamber
J1805-26 50116048 CO2 incubator with TCD sensor high temp decon
50116050 50116050 100% pure copper inner casing complete with 185mm castor
mounted support frame
Heracell® 150i Tri-gas incubator
51026410 51026410 Stainless steel inner casing - O2 control
range 1–21% - 3 door inner glass
door assembly
51026408 51026408 100% pure copper inner casing,
O2 control range 1–21% - 3 door
inner glass door assembly
51026402 51026402 Stainless steel inner casing IR sensor O2 control range 1–21% - 3 door
inner glass door assembly,
51026537 51026537 100% pure copper inner casing,
IR sensor, O2 control range 1–21% 3 door inner glass door assembly
Heracell® 240i - single chamber
51026331 51026331 Stainless steel inner casing
51026332 51026332 100% pure copper inner casing
51026420 51026420 Stainless steel inner casing - IR sensor
51026419 51026419 100% pure copper inner casing - IR sensor
Accessories
J1805-31 50057161 Roller base, support frame for 150i
J1805-33 50059043 External gas guard for Heracell®
J1805-34 95001012 CO2 gas regulator, 2-stage, for gas tank
50067224 50067224 Support frame with castors for double
chamber 240i, 200mm high
The 3960 Series features the
horizontal laminar airflow system,
stainless steel interior, microprocessor
controls for a high-performance,
high-capacity unit that is ideal for a
wide range of constant temperature
applications. Optimum uniformity
and an elevated temperature range
helps ensure easy compliance with
regulatory requirements.
Incubators
Thermo Scientific Heratherm Advanced Protocol
Microbiological Incubators
Thermo Scientific Heratherm Advanced
Protocol Security Incubators
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Innovative dual
convection technology with excellent
temperature performance, providing
an optimal, sample environment.
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - This incubator
provides sample protection with all the
features of the General and Advanced
Protocol models plus:
ūū Dual convection for application
versatility—fan speed adjustable
from 0 to 100%
ūū Certified 140°C decontamination
cycle. At 140 °C contaminating
microorganisms are reduced
to a minimum, comparable to
sterilization, within a six hour cycle
ūū Advanced digital timer for daily
or weekly ON/OFF cycles
ūū Internal socket for connection of
electrical device such as shakers
or stirrers inside unit
ūū No need for separate autoclaving
of interior fittings
ūū Easy to clean rounded edges
ūū Lockable incubator door for restricted access
ūū Stackable—no tools or kit required
ūū Audible alarm if door is left open. Automatic over-and-under
temperature alarm
ūū Certified by an accredited microbiological institute
ūū Corrosion-resistant, stainless steel interior (1.4301/AISI 304)
ūū Stainless steel exterior available separately
ūū Large, easy-to-view vacuum fluorescent display
Note: Access port replaces internal socket due to decontamination cycle
Incubators
ūū Internal glass door allows sample viewing without
impacting temperature
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5°C above ambient to 105°C
Temperature uniformity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ± 0.2 °C (measured at 37°C)
Temperature stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.1°C (measured at 37°C)
J1790-45
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V 60 Hz; 600w; 5A
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.9 x 20.0 x 16.3 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.9 x 28.3 x 22.2 in.
J1790-46
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V 60 Hz; 840w; 7A
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.3 x 23.9 x 16.3 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.2 x 32.3 x 22.2 in.
J1790-47
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V 60 Hz; 1020w; 8.5A
Dimensions (D x W x H)
Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.4 x 18.3 x 27.9 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.1 x 25.2 x 36.2 in.
Cat. No.
J1790-45
J1790-46
J1790-47
126
Mfr. No.
51028066
51028067
51028068
Description
2.6 cu. ft. (60L) incubator
4.0 cu. ft. (100L) incubator
6.3 cu. ft. (180L) incubator
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5°C above ambient to 105°C
Temperature uniformity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ± 0.2 °C (measured at 37°C)
Temperature stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.1°C (measured at 37°C)
J1790-48
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V 60 Hz; 1390w; 11.6A
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.9 x 20.0 x 16.3 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.9 x 28.3 x 22.2 in.
J1790-49
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V 60 Hz; 1390w; 11.6A
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.3 x 23.9 x 16.3 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.2 x 32.3 x 22.2 in.
J1790-50
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V 60 Hz; 1390w; 11.6A
Dimensions (D x W x H)
Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.4 x 18.3 x 27.9 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.1 x 25.2 x 36.2 in.
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
J1790-48
51028069
2.6 cu. ft. (60L) incubator
J1790-49
51028070
4.0 cu. ft. (100L) incubator
J1790-50
51028111
6.3 cu. ft. (180L) incubator
*Also available in 400L and 750L sizes
cardinalhealth.com
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Incubators
Thermo Scientific Heratherm
Compact Incubator
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - The most compact
unit of the Heratherm microbiological
incubator family has an 18L capacity,
ideal for a personalized workspace.
ūū Minimal footprint for space
restricted lab areas
ūū Temperatures at or below ambient
ūū High temperature accuracy
ūū Internal light facilitates
sample observation
Thermo Scientific Heratherm General Protocol
Microbiological Incubators
ūū Two stainless steel shelves
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . 17°C to 40°C
Temperature uniformity. . . . . . . . ±1.2°C (measured at 37°C)
Temperature stability . . . . . . . . . . ±0.2°C (measured at 37°C)
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 100–240V, 50/60 Hz; 45w; 0.45–0.85A
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.1 x 12.2 x 11.4 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2 x 16.3 x 18.5 in.
Cat. No.
J1790-54
Mfr. No.
50125590
Description
0.65 cu. ft. (18L) compact incubator
Qty.
1/ea
Our mission is to help you deliver the best
possible care. We give you the tools to keep
your lab running at its optimal level, so you can
ūū Easy to clean rounded edges
ūū Stackable—No tools or kit required
ūū Large, easy to read vacuum fluorescent display
ūū Internal glass door allows sample viewing without
impacting temperature
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ambient +5° to 75°C
Temperature uniformity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.6°C (measured at 37°C)
Temperature stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.2°C (measured at 37°C)
J1790-42
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V 60Hz; 300w; 2.5A
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.9 x 20.0 x 16.3 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.9 x 28.3 x 22.2 in.
J1790-43
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V 60Hz; 540w; 4.5A
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.3 x 23.9 x 16.3 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.2 x 32.3 x 22.2 in.
J1790-44
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V 60Hz; 720w; 6A
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.3 x 27.9 x 23.2 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.2 x 36.2 x 29.1 in.
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
J1790-42
51028063
2.6 cu. ft. (60L) incubator
J1790-43
51028064
4.0 cu. ft. (100L) incubator
J1790-44
51028065
6.3 cu. ft. (180L) incubator
*Also available in 400L and 750L sizes
Incubators
We are committed.
THERMO SCIENTIFIC – This incubator is suited for routine applications
in pharmaceutical, medical, food and research laboratories, with sample
safety in mind. Gravity convection provides gentle airflow and minimal
drying out.
ūū Corrosion-resistant, stainless steel chamber (1.4016 / AISI 430)
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
focus on what matters most—your patients.
To order, call: 800.964.5227
cardinalhealth.com
127
Incubators
Thermo Scientific Large-Capacity
Reach-In CO2 Incubator
Thermo Scientific Midi CO2 Incubator
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - With a
chamber capacity of 1.4 cu. ft.,
this incubator is designed for
personal, single-user or small
sample applications and is ideal
for benchtop use or in a biological
safety cabinet. It features an
IntrLogic® II control system with
alphanumeric set-point display
of temperature, CO2, alarm, calibration and diagnostic functions. The
incubator has a seamless interior chamber with radiant wall heating
for accurate, uniform temperatures in a low-maintenance, easy-toclean configuration. It also has auto-zero calibration, which maintains
accurate thermal gas performance. A touchpad allows for the control of
temperature and CO2 and a high-visibility vacuum fluorescent display
allows for at-a-glance monitoring from across the room.
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Full-featured
Thermo Scientific Large-Capacity
Reach-In CO2 Incubator is ideal
for culturing large volumes of
patient samples for bacterial
growth, performing short-term
growth studies, and working with
large volume products. This unit
provides elevated RH to prevent
product desiccation in medium-term
cultures and maintains temperature
uniformity, even when equipment
(cell rollers, rockers, shakers, spinners,
stirrers) is installed in the chamber.
ūū Directed horizontal laminar
airflow system promotes ideal
growth environment
The incubator’s solid outer door closes gently against the cabinet with
a magnetic gasket and the tempered glass inner door is heated by the
outer door to prevent condensation. The reinforced cabinet permits
stacking and four stainless-steel shelves are supplied. Incubator has
a thermal conductivity sensor, which provides accurate CO2 control
for applications with more consistent temperature and humidity
levels. Power requirements: 120V, 60 Hz, 1.5A. Unit is built to meet UL,
CUL and CE standards for safety and performance.
ūū Three RH system settings:
off, medium, high
ūū Three water fill options:
automatic, semi-automatic,
ergonomic manual
ūū Enviro-Scan® microprocessor control
ūū Selectable temperature, overtemperature, CO2, humidity
ūū Remote alarm contacts and audible/visual alarm and alarm silence
ūū Data outputs to help meet internal and regulatory
documentation requirements
ūū Heated triple-pane glass door minimizes condensation and permits
a clear view to stainless steel interior
Incubators
ūū Two thru-wall access ports (one on right and left sidewalls) for
probes, sensors, power cords
ūū Swivel, locking casters ensure easy mobility for installation and
cleaning and leveling feet provide stability for added safety in the lab
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+5°C above ambient to 60°C
Temperature uniformity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.3°C at 37°C
Temperature control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.1°C
Cat. No.
J1805-30
J1805-41
J1805-42
J1805-44
Mfr. No.
3950
191596
190239
190591
Description
29 cu. ft. - incubator
Carboy kit
Lexan inner door kit
Universal door cover for glass
doors for 3950, factory installed
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5°C above ambient to 60°C
Temperature control. . . . . . . . . . . -±0.1°C
Interior dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . 14 x 12 x 14 in. (H x D x W)
Exterior dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . 18.3 x 18.5 x 23.5 in. (H x D x W)
Cat. No.
J1756-78
Mfr. No.
3403
Description
1.4 cu. ft. (40L) incubator
Qty.
1/ea
Thermo Scientific Water
Jacket CO2 Incubators
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Water Jacket
CO2 Incubators feature a 6.5 cu. ft.,
corrosion-resistant steel chamber
for storing cultures. Insulated with
a triple-wall cabinet and a jacket of
temperature condition water, the unit
offers protection against heat loss,
even in a power outage. Remote
connectivity to in-house alarm system.
Optional HEPA airflow system provides
Class 100 air quality in 5 minutes of a
door opening providing protection
from airborne contaminants.
Internal shelves remove without tools for easy cleaning and an included
stacking kit allows for convenient configurations. Heated dual-pane,
inner glass door minimizes condensation with improved responsiveness
and faster temperature recovery.
Cat. No.
J1805-28
J1805-29
J1805-39
J1805-40
J1805-47
128
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
3010
3020
965010
3050
1902000
Description
Water jacket incubator - CO2
Water jacket incubator - CO2 IR
Regulator - CO2 - 2-stage
External gas guard for water jacket
Filter airflow HEPA system
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Incubators
Mini Incubators
AZER SCIENTIFIC - Use these spacesaving incubators to incubate culture
flasks, dishes, test tubes and plates.
The incubators can hold up to 48 petri
dishes or 28 standard 96-well plates.
Wraparound heating elements provide
even heating and uniformity within
each incubator chamber and are
maintained by a hydraulic thermostat.
A pilot light on the front panel indicates
when the incubator is heating. Analog thermal control. View incubator
contents through a large viewing area in the door. Incubators have a
metal housing and doorframe, a corrosion-resistant interior and include
one shelf. Choose from 120V or 230V models.
High-Performance Digital Incubators
AZER SCIENTIFIC - These high-performance incubators are ideal for
applications that require strict temperature control. They feature
a SmartChek™ system that helps to ensure precise regulation of
temperature. Microprocessor temperature control. In the event of a
primary controller failure, an independent safety thermostat protects
your samples. Warm air surrounds all interior sides (including the door)
to provide a stable, uniform environment. The interior light turns on as
you open the solid outer door. View contents through a full-size glass
inner door. You can turn on a turbo fan for a quick recovery after the door
is opened or for added uniformity. Each incubator includes an interior
outlet for small equipment and two shelves.
Specifications:
Temperature range . . . . . . . . . .
Temperature accuracy . . . . . . .
Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermal control . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power requirement . . . . . . . . . .
Model ESI311D
Temperature uniformity. . . . . .
Cat. No.
ESI110120V
ESI110230V
Mfr. No.
ESI110120V
ESI110230V
Description
Model 120V - 50/60 Hz, 0.6A
Model 230V - 50/60 Hz, 0.3A
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Ambient +5° to 95°C
±0.2°C
To 0.1°C
Microprocessor
120V, 60 Hz
Mfr. No.
ESI311D
ESI611D
Description
2.75 cu. ft.
6 cu. ft.
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Benchtop Incubator
BOEKEL - This convenient benchtop analog incubator provides you with
a reliable, inexpensive method of incubating cultures, test kits, eggs
and other biological materials. It is ideal for use in clinical, industrial
and school laboratories and in physicians’ offices. The unit includes a
see-through smoked acrylic door. It includes a nickel-plated steel bottom
shelf plus one adjustable shelf.
Specifications:
Shelves supplied. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 120VAC, 90W
Temperature
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To 60°C
Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±1.0°C
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11½ x 12 x 10½ in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 x 14 x 16¼ in.
Cat . No.
J1670-10
To order, call: 800.964.5227
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
132000
Description
0.8 cu. ft. benchtop incubator
Qty.
1/ea
129
Incubators
±0.2°C at 37°C, ±0.5°C at 56°C, ±0.75°C at 90°C
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 x 14 x 20 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 x 20 x 29 in.
Model ESI611D
Temperature uniformity. . . . . . ±0.25°C at 37°C, ±0.6°C at 56°C, ±0.9° at 90°C
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 x 20 x 25 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 x 26 x 34 in.
Cat. No.
ESI311D
ESI611D
Specifications:
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.375 cu. ft.
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ambient +5°C to 60°C
Temperature stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.6°C at 37°C
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 x 7.9 x 7.9 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2 x 11 x 13.2 in.
Incubators
Incubator with Digital LCD
Complete Culture Control Analog Incubators
BOEKEL - These incubators are ideal for a wide range of applications,
including culturing, bacteriology, warming of samples, E. coli tests
and diagnostic protocol for water, wastewater, pharmaceutical and
biotech testing. They are manufactured from 22G steel. The exterior
is powder-coated for scratch- and stain-resistance and the interior is
easy-to-clean aluminum. Incubators come with a thermometer as a
standard accessory and have two adjustable shelves. Models below
have a power requirement of 115VAC, 60 Hz. They also have a blower
fan to improve heating and stability of the desired temperature. The
115VAC analog incubators meet UL and CSA requirements. Chamber
dimensions (W x D x H): CCC 1.4a incubator - 13½ x 13½ x 13½ in.;
CCC 2.5a incubator - 17 x 17 x 15 in.
Cat . No.
Mfr. No.
Description
CCC 1.4a analog incubator - 1.4 cu. ft.
BO139200
139200
Solid door, 2 shelves
CCC 2.5a analog incubator - 2.5 cu. ft.
BO139300
139300
Solid door, 2 shelves
Qty.
1/cs
1/cs
Incubators
Complete Culture Control
Digital Incubators
130
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Specifications:
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.8 cu. ft.
Shelves supplied. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115VAC, 90W
Temperature
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ambient +5°C to 60°C
Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±1°C
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11½ x 12 x 10½ in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 x 14 x 16¼ in.
Cat . No.
J1672-1
Mfr. No.
133000
Description
0.8 cu. ft. incubator with digital LCD
Qty.
1/ea
Microplate Incubator
BOEKEL - These incubators are ideal for
incubating and culturing reagents, media
and samples in just about every laboratory
where samples need warming and a steady
temperature. They allow for digital input
and readout of incubation temperature.
Temperature range is from ambient +10°C
to 90°C. The incubators contain a blower
fan for rapid heat-up and better uniformity
of temperature. An over-range safety
thermostat with a red warning indicator light and 5 hour timer are also
provided. Incubators utilize a PID controller and a separate power switch.
Made from 22G steel and the exterior is powder-coated for both scratchand stain-resistance. The interior is easy-to-clean aluminum. Chamber
dimensions (W x D x H): CCC 0.5d incubator - 9½ x 9½ x 9½ in.; CCC 1.4d
incubator - 13½ x 13½ x 13½ in.; CCC 2.5d incubator - 17 x 17 x 15 in.
Cat . No.
Mfr. No.
Description
CCC 0.5d digital incubator - 0.5 cu. ft.
BO138000
138000
Solid door, 1 shelf
CCC 1.4d digital incubator - 1.4 cu. ft.
BO138200
138200
Solid door, 2 shelves
BO138225
138225
See-through door, 2 shelves
CCC 2.5d digital incubator - 2.5 cu. ft.
BO138325
138325
See-through door, 2 shelves
BOEKEL - Incubate cultures, test kits, eggs and other biologicals with
this general-purpose analog incubator. Designed for storage under
low-hanging cabinetry, it features a digital temperature LCD that can be
viewed throughout the laboratory. The unit is supplied with an integral
shelf, an adjustable shelf and a rugged metal door with a magnetic latch.
Qty.
1/cs
1/cs
1/cs
1/cs
BOEKEL - The heating element in this
microplate incubator is located behind
a back panel to provide uniform heat and
to help eliminate the risk of scorching.
The incubator can be used for a wide
range of applications, including RIA, EIA,
FIA, ELISA, culturing, kinetics, enzymatic
incubation, temperature equilibration,
hybridoma screening or any other
technique that requires incubation at
or near 37°C. A Plexiglas® door allows
viewing of contents. The ivory Kydex®
outer cover and sturdy aluminum interior make cleanup easy. The
incubator comes complete with a flat plastic Digitemp® thermometer
which is attached to the interior floor.
Specifications:
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 cu. ft.
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7¾ x 7¼ x 6¼ in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120VAC, 24W
Temperature
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ambient +5°C to 42°C
Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±2.0°C
Cat . No.
J1668-1
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
260700
Description
0.1 cu. ft. microplate incubator
Qty.
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Incubators
Large-Capacity Incubator
with Glass Door
NOR-LAKE SCIENTIFIC - This incubator
features a digital 4 x 20 character LCD
display microprocessor temperature
controller, a programmable ramp soak
feature and an audible and visual high/low
temperature alarm. A variety of features
help monitor product integrity:
ūū Continuous product
temperature display
ūū Air temperature probe with
high/low alarms
Laboratory Incubator
LW SCIENTIFIC - This incubator features simple PID temperature controls
and provides automatic compensation after load changes, setting
changes or door opening. Excellent accuracy and natural convection
heat distribution combined with the adjustable air vents provides
uniformity. Includes adjustable shelves, double doors to allow sample
viewing, stainless steel interior and LED digital temperature display.
Specifications:
Working temperature. . . . . . . . . . Ambient + 5°C to 70°C
Temperature stability . . . . . . . . . . + 0.3°C at 37°C, + 0.4°C at 70°C
Cat. No.
J1438-1
Mfr. No.
ICL-050L-0171
Description
50L laboratory incubator
(1.7 cu. ft.)
Qty.
1/ea
Cardinal Health products combine
for your laboratory patients—with the
cost-effectiveness you require for
your bottom line.
To order, call: 800.964.5227
ūū Two levels of user password protection
ūū 100-event alarm logging with
date/time stamp
ūū Alarms that signal door ajar and
power failure
ūū Three sensor system, one product,
two air
The exterior front, sides and back are painted white. The exterior cabinet
top and bottom are galvanized steel. Interior is stainless steel with three
solid stainless steel shelves. Complete cabinet is foamed-in-place with
CFC free high-density polyurethane foam insulation. Available with
full-size, glass door with key lock protection. Four casters (two locking)
and two leveling legs.
Available options: chart recorder with chart paper, access port, humidity
pan, stainless steel exterior, 4-20 ma output for product temperature,
RS-485 communications port, Ethernet 10 baseT control monitoring
web card and extra shelves—ask your sales or customer service
representative for details.
Specifications:
Shelf area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.1 sq. ft.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 115V, 60 Hz, 1 PH
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . +5ºC to 60ºC
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.75 x 31 x 67 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.75 x 36.5 x 85.625 in.
Cat. No.
SHI331WSG0
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
NSHI331WSG/0
Description
33.1 cu. ft. - glass door
Incubators
the clinical effectiveness you need
ūū An audible and visual high/low
temperature, door ajar alarm, sensor
failure and power failure alarms
Qty.
1/ea
131
Incubators
Large-Capacity CO2 Incubator
CO2/O2 Laboratory Incubators
NOR-LAKE SCIENTIFIC - This
incubator is designed to meet
the demanding requirements of
scientific and laboratory applications
in CO2 environments. Features a
programmable logic microprocessor
controller, LCD control panel with
message center and a programmable
ramp soak feature. The streamlined
design helps optimize mechanical
convection air flow and temperature
uniformity. Incubators have infrared
sensor, CO2 control that is integrated
with primary controller, two CO2 inputs,
one CO2 output and auto CO2 shutoff
upon door opening. Temperature
uniformity is ±0.5°C at 37°C.
PANASONIC - Panasonic models
MCO-5M/19M series CO2/O2
incubators employ multiple
sensor technologies to achieve
in vitro simulation of the in vivo
environment.
ūū P.I.D. Control Sophistication
offers proportional, integral and
derivative infrared CO2 control
accelerates recovery and
prevents overshoot
ūū There are multiple chamber
MCO-5M model shown
inner doors, which minimize
the loss of balanced interior atmosphere
during routine door openings (available on selected models)
ūū Zirconia O2 Control is a non-depleting design for precise O2 control
with fast response to door openings
A variety of features help monitor
product integrity, including continuous
product temperature display, air
temperature probe with high/low
alarms, high/low product temperature
alarms, two levels of user password
protection and 100-event alarm
logging with date/time stamp and
product temperature. There also are
alarms to signal door ajar and power failure.
The exterior front, sides and back are painted white. Interior is stainless
steel with three solid stainless steel shelves. Complete cabinet is foamedin-place with high-density polyurethane foam insulation. Units have
leveling legs and are available with full-size solid or glass door with key
lock. CO2 tanks and gas regulator are not included. Supplied with 9 qt.
stainless steel humidity pan. UL and CUL listed.
Incubators
Available options: RH display, internal electrical outlet, extra shelves,
access ports, RS485 computer interface and chart recorder.
Specifications:
Shelf area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.1 sq. ft.
Temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . 5°C above ambient to 70°C
CO2 properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0% to 20% range, ±1% stability
Inlet pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 to 25 psi
Dimensions (H x W x D)
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 x 27¾ x 31 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82¾ x 31¾ x 357/8 in.
Cat. No.
HI331WSW02
132
Mfr. No.
NSHI331WSW/02
Description
33.1 cu. ft. - 115V, 60Hz
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Qty.
1/ea
Specifications:
CO2 range and variation. . . . . . . . 0–20% ±0.15
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5°C above ambient to 50°C
Uniformity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.25°C at 25°C
MCO-5M and MCO-5MUVPA
Shelves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 3 standard
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 115V, 60hz NEMA 5-15
Dimensions
Exterior (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.9 x 21.6 x 22.6 in.
Interior (W x D x H). . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.8 x 14.9 x 14.8 in.
MCO-19M, MCO-19MUV, and MCO-19MUVH
supplied standard, 15 max./chamber
Shelves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
17 x 17 in. (15.4 lbs. capacity)
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 115V, NEMA 5-15
Dimensions
Exterior (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.4 x 27.9 x 35.4 in.
Interior (W x D x H). . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.3 x 20.6 x 26.2 in.
Cat. No.
MCO-5M
Mfr. No.
MCO-5M-PA
MCO-5MUVPA
MCO-5MUV-PA
MCO-19M
MCO-19M-PA
MCO-19MUV
MCO-19MUV-PA
MCO-19MUVH
MCO-19MUVH-PA
cardinalhealth.com
Description
1.7 cu. ft. - thermal
conductivity CO2 sensor
1.7 cu. ft. UV decontamination light,
thermal conductivity
CO2 sensor
6 cu. ft. - infrared
CO2 sensor with
P.I.D./R recovery
6 cu. ft. UV decontamination light,
infrared CO2 sensor with
P.I.D/R recovery
6 cu. ft. UV decontamination light,
infrared CO2 sensor with
P.I.D/R recovery and
H2O2 decontamination
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Incubators
Dimensions (H x W x D)
MCO-19AIC model shown
CO2 Laboratory Incubators
PANASONIC - All Panasonic CO2 incubators feature patented Direct Heat
and Air Jacket temperature control for accurate, uniform temperature
control and inCu-saFe® for continuous contamination control. Panasonic
laboratory CO2 incubators feature selected SafeCell UV with exclusive,
patented Active Background Contamination Control.
MCO-5AC
Interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.8 x 14.9 x 14.8 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.9 x 21.6 x 22.6 in.
MCO-18AC and MCO-18ACUV—CytoGROW series
Interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.3 x 20.6 x 26.2 in. (per chamber)
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.4 x 27.9 x 35.4 in.
MCO-19AIC, MCO19AICVH, MCO19AICUV—Sterisonic GxP
Interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.3 x 20.6 x 26.2 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.4 x 27.9 x 35.4 in.
MCO-20AIC
Interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.4 x 20.6 x 26.2 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.3 x 27.9 x 35.4 in.
MCO-801C—Reach-in CO2 incubator
Interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.7 x 27.3 x 60 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38.8 x 33.6 x 80.3 in.
Mfr. No.
MCO-5AC-PA
MCO-18AC
MCO-18AC-PA
MCO-18ACUV
MCO-18ACUV-PA
ūū The Sterisonic GxP H202 decontamination system limits downtime
to less than three hours when total chamber decontamination
with verification is desired
MCO-19AIC
MCO-19AIC-PA
ūū SafeCell UV includes narrow bandwidth ultraviolet
decontamination in situ to help reduce air and water pan
contamination without downtime
MCO19AICVH
MCO-19AICUVH-PA
MCO19AICUV
MCO-19AICUV-PA
MCO-20AIC
MCO-20AIC-PA
MCO-801C
MCO-80IC-PA
ūū InCu-saFe® interior offers copper alloy stainless steel plenums,
shelves and brackets which extend contamination control
to the chamber interior
ūū CO2 control options are available with high precision, quick recovery
infrared or thermal conductivity CO2 sensor
ūū Direct Heat and Air Jacket Control is patented, radiant-wall heating
microprocessor controlled in three zones to maintain uniformity and
optimum humidity
Specifications:
Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115V, NEMA 5-15
Description
1.7 cu. ft. - thermal
conductivity CO2 sensor
6 cu. ft. - thermal
conductivity CO2 sensor
6 cu. ft. - UV light
decontamination,
thermal conductivity
CO2 sensor
6.0 cu.ft - infrared
CO2 sensor with
P.I.D/R recovery
6 cu. ft. - UV
decontamination light,
infrared CO2 sensor with
P.I.D/R recovery and
H2O2 decontamination
6 cu. ft. UV decontamination
light, infrared CO2 sensor
with P.I.D/R recovery
7.6 cu.ft. - infrared
CO2 sensor with
P.I.D/R recovery single chamber
30.1 cu. ft. - infrared
CO2 sensor with
P.I.D/R recovery
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Excellent selection. Proven performance. Best value.
To order, call: 800.964.5227
cardinalhealth.com
133
Incubators
Cat. No.
MCO-5AC
Incubators
Heated Only Incubators
PANASONIC - Panasonic MIR-Series incubators are recognized as suitable
for a wide range of applications that require a temperature range of
-10°C to +50°C. Cooled incubator of 126L. The MIR-Series incorporates
an 8-bit microprocessor controller for heat and refrigeration control
±0.2°C. Programmable models include three-step functions useful for
investigations involving microbiology, plant cell biology and more.
Precise temperature control features:
ūū High precision microprocessor controller with heater P.I.D.
heater control
ūū Temperature range 5°C above ambient to 80°C
ūū Temperature accuracy ±0.2°C at +37°C
ūū Temperature uniformity ±1°C
ūū Wide temperature range settable for a range of -10°C to +50°C with
control to ±0.2°C
Incubators
Microprocessor controlled timer features:
ūū Desired start time is set by an automatic start (delay function)
ūū Information function activates buzzer when set time is over
ūū Keeps set temperature after operation finishes
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . (Ambient +5°C) to 80°C
Uniformity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±1°C
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 115V, 60Hz, 1 phase
Dimensions (H x W x D)
134
Mfr. No.
MIR-162
MIR-262
Description
3.3 cu. ft. - 2 shelves
5.4 cu. ft. - 3 shelves
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
PANASONIC - Panasonic’s MIR series incubators are suitable for a wide
range of applications requiring a -10°C to +60°C environment. The wide
variety of temperatures, humidity and lighting patterns that are essential
in research, environmental studies and testing can now be accurately
reproduced and controlled. Features secure, comprehensive alarm
systems.
MIR environmental test chambers/refrigerated incubators are ideal in
testing applications such as:
ūū Industrial testing in the electrical, machinery and textiles industries
ūū Chemical testing (e.g., storage, stability, acid/alkali, durability)
ūū Packaging, quality control and stability in the food industry
ūū Testing for waste water, BOD, soil testing
ūū Microorganism culturing
ūū Germination experiments
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . -10°C to +60°C
Uniformity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5°C at 37°C
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 115V, 60Hz, 1 phase
Dimensions (H x W x D)
MIR-154
Interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.4 x 15.2 x 21.9 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.6 x 22.8 x 40.1 in.
MIR-254
Interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.4 x 15.2 x 42.3 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.6 x 22.8 x 63.7 in.
MIR-554
Interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.17 x 21.65 x 45.68 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.5 x 32.75 x 71.3 in.
MIR-162
Interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.72 x 18.11 x 17.72 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.83 x 23.43 x 32.28 in.
MIR-262
Interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.62 x 20.09 x 19.69 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.74 x 25.39 x 34.25 in.
Cat. No.
MIR-162
MIR-262
Refrigerated Incubators/Environmental
Testing Chambers
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Cat. No.
MIR-154
MIR-254
MIR-554
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
MIR-154
MIR-254
MIR-554
Description
4.3 cu. ft. - 3 shelves
8.4 cu. ft. - 5 shelves
14.3 cu. ft. - 5 shelves
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Incubators
Bactron Anaerobic Chambers
SHELDON MFG - The Bactron anaerobic environmental chamber is
designed to allow efficient and dexterous glove-free handling and
inspection of samples. Modular systems within the Bactron anaerobic
chamber facilitate the completion of procedures from unpacking
material to inoculation, incubation, inspection and recovery—all without
exposure to oxygen. Chamber stands are available separately.
Cat. No.
SS-BACB
Mfr. No.
BACB
SS-BAC1
BAC1
SS-BAC2
BAC2
SS-BAC3
BAC3
SS-BAC4
BAC4
SS-BAC4900
BAC4900
Description
BacBASIC anaerobic
chamber and incubator
Bactron I - 100-plate
capacity incubator
Bactron II - 200-plate
capacity incubator
Bactron III - 300-plate
capacity incubator
Bactron IV - 600-plate
capacity incubator
Bactron IV900 - 900-plate
capacity incubator
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
SHEL LAB® CO2 Incubators
SHELDON MFG - These incubators are an economical choice while still
providing quality and precision. They feature a PID microprocessor
controller, gentle mechanical air convection and a heated outer
door and tempered-glass inner door that combine for exceptional
temperature uniformity. Helps to minimize cold spots that can lead to
condensation (and ultimately sample contamination). The extremely
stable temperature environment maintains constant humidity through
evaporation up to 95%.
Specifications:
CO2 range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recovery rate at 5%. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temperature
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Uniformity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Our focus is on
your lab.
To order, call: 800.964.5227
0% to 20%
<5 min.
120V, 550W, 5A
Ambient +8°C to 60°C
±0.2°C at 37°C
SS-2406A
Interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 x 20 x 25 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 x 26 x 40 in.
SS-24062
Interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 x 20 x 25 (x2) in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 x 26 x 80 in.
Cat. No.
SS-2406A
SS-20462
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
2406
2046/2
Description
6.7 cu. ft. - single chamber
6.7 cu. ft. - double chamber
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
135
Incubators
All systems include 3 shelves (6 max) and several safety backups.
Audible/visual alarms for temperature and CO2 respond when
temperature or CO2 exceeds 0.1°/1%. They offer an independent over
temperature safety control to protect samples from overheating.
Reduced footprint allows incubators to fit into tight spaces.
Incubators
SHEL LAB® CO2 Air
Jacketed Incubator
SHELDON MFG - This incubator was
designed to minimize contamination
and be operational within hours of
installation. This slim, lightweight
incubator is easily repositioned
with minimal downtime and is
well-suited for multiple users.
Three temperature control settings
(main chamber, external door and
front liner) minimize condensation
and yield precise temperature
uniformity with no unwelcome
temperature gradients. The unique
HEPA filtration system removes 99.97% of all airborne microbes and
isolated particulates 0.3 microns or larger. The patented copper housing
around the filter is designed to destroy microbes entrapped in the filter.
Additional anti-contamination features include a stainless steel chamber
with easy-to-clean coved corners, a Quick Clean Shelf System that
disassembles without tools in less than a minute and Non-Tip Shelf
System to reduce spills.
Specifications:
CO2 Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-20%
Recovery rate at 5%. . . . . . . . . . . . <5 minutes
Temperature
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ambient +8°C to 60°C
Uniformity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.25°C at 37°C
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.5 x 19.7 x 21.5 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.3 x 28 x 37.8 in.
Cat. No.
SS-5215
Mfr. No.
5215
Description
5 cu. ft. - 120V, 50/60 Hz
Qty.
1/ea
Specifications:
Incubators
Temperature
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ambient +8°C to 70°C
Uniformity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.35°C at 37°C
Dimensions (W x D x H)
SHEL LAB® Laboratory Incubators
SHELDON MFG - These general-purpose incubators deliver temperature
uniformity usually found in more expensive, application-specific models.
This high level of performance is due to a precise microprocessor
controller and a unique warm air-jacket design. Triple-wall construction
allows heated air to circulate within an open plenum between the inner
chamber and exterior walls. This design requires no blowers or fans
within the incubator chamber where samples are susceptible to crosscontamination and the drying effects of convection.
Five strategically placed heating elements, including a heated outer
door, help ensure uniform heating, even when the incubator chamber
is fully loaded. Independent over temperature protection helps ensure
over temperature safety. Each incubator includes an interior outlet, a
tempered safety glass door and an access port.
136
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
SS-GI2, SS-GI2-2
Interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 x 15 x 15.6 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 x 22 x 27 in.
SS-GI6, SS-GI6-2
Interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.5 x 20 x 26 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.3 x 27.3 x 38 in.
SS-GI7, SS-GI7-2
Interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.7 x 24 x 20 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 x 31.7 x 32.2 in.
SS-GI11, SS-GI11-2
Interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.2 x 20 x 25.7 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42.5 x 27 x 38 in.
SS-GI12, SS-GI12-2
Interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.5 x 20 x 26 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.3 x 27.3 x 76 in.
Cat. No.
SS-GI2
SS-GI2-2
SS-GI6
SS-GI6-2
SS-GI7
SS-GI7-2
SS-GI11
SS-GI11-2
SS-GI12
SS-GI12-2
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
GI2
GI2-2
GI6
GI6-2
GI7
GI7-2
GI11
GI11
GI12
GI12-2
Description
Bench top 2.0 cu. ft. - 110-120V
Bench top 2.0 cu. ft. - 220-230V
Floor model 5.9 cu. ft. - 110-120V
Floor model 5.9 cu. ft. - 220-230V
Under counter 6.6 cu. ft. - 110-120V
Under counter 6.6 cu. ft. - 220-230V
Double doors 10.8 cu. ft. - 110-120V
Double doors 10.8 cu. ft. - 220-230V
Dual/stacked 5.9 (each) cu. ft. - 110-120V
Dual/stacked 5.9 (each) cu. ft. - 220-230V
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Incubators
SHEL LAB® Large-Capacity Incubators
SHELDON MFG - These incubators provide extra-large capacities
while minimizing the amount of floor space used. They incorporate a
microprocessor controller to achieve precise temperature uniformity
and an independent secondary temperature controller offers the added
security of over temperature protection. A forced-air circulation system
creates a one-pass circulation pattern that provides both exceptional
temperature uniformity and rapid heat recovery.
Incubators have a single chamber with a powder-coated white interior
and include a tempered glass-viewing window in the door, a prewired
panel for chart recorder hookup and four interior electrical outlets.
Chamber floors are ruggedly reinforced to support roller apparatus
or shakers. Each incubator is supplied with six sturdy shelves that are
designed not to sag or bend under heavy loads.
Temperature
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ambient +8°C to 70°C
Uniformity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.8°C at 37°C
Dimensions (W x D x H)
SS-RI28, SS-RI28-2
Interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32.3 x 26 x 63.5 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38.5 x 34 x 75.3 in.
SS-RI40, SS-RI40-2
Interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 x 26 x 73 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 x 34 x 87.5 in.
Cat. No.
SS-RI28
SS-RI28-2
SS-RI40
SS-RI40-2
Mfr. No.
RI28
RI28-2
RI40
RI40-2
Description
30.8 cu. ft. - 110-120V
30.8 cu. ft. - 220-230V
38.4 cu. ft. - 110-120V
38.4 cu. ft. - 220-230V
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
SHELDON MFG - These large-capacity incubators have an extremely
stable environment that maintains constant humidity through
evaporation up to 95%. They feature a heated outer door, a glass
inner door, a PID microprocessor controller and gentle mechanical air
convection that provide exceptional temperature uniformity. Helps
to minimize cold spots that can lead to condensation (and ultimately
sample contamination). Incubators also feature chamber floors
specifically designed for easy movement of roller bottle apparatus.
Each incubator is supplied with four 1A interior electrical outlets and six
shelves. Safety backups include audible/visual alarms that respond when
temperature or CO2 exceed ±0.1°/1%, over temperature safety controls.
Specifications:
CO2 range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0% to 20%
Recovery rate at 5%. . . . . . . . . . . . <
5 min. (SS-2428, SS-2428-2)
<3 min. (SS-2440, SS-2440-2)
Temperature
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ambient +8°C to 60°C
Uniformity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5°C at 37°C
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Incubators
Specifications:
SHEL LAB® Large-Capacity CO2 Incubators
SS-2428, SS-2428-2
Interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 x 26 x 63 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 x 34 x 76 in.
SS-2440, SS-2440-2
Interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 x 26 x 75 in.
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 x 35 x 87 in.
Cat. No.
SS-2428
SS-2428-2
SS-2440
SS-2440-2
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
2428
2428-2
2440
2440-2
Description
31 cu. ft. - 120V, 1800W, 15A
31 cu. ft. - 240V, 2200W, 10A
40 cu. ft. - 120V, 1800W, 15A
40 cu. ft. - 240V, 2200W, 10A
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
137
Microscopes and Accessories
Microscopes
Economy Monocular Microscope
Infinity Microscope
C & A SCIENTIFIC CO INC - This research microscope offers the same
optics as larger professional scopes with ball-bearing movements in
focusing and stage systems to help ensure long life, reliability and
accuracy. Complete with standard popular accessories. Contemporary
body design includes plastic plating over the metal base for less heat
conduction, more comfort for the user.
C & A SCIENTIFIC - Design
features include an ergonomical
body, wide mechanical stage
that can hold two slides and a
frontward mounted-pull hatch
condenser for easier lightbulb
changes. The external adapter and
quality objectives offer the user
more convenient operating space
and better observation effects with
a large 22mm field of view. The highintensity illumination system and Infinity
Color Corrected Optics System (ICS) help
ensure high clearance and intensity in images.
Cat. No.
MRJ-01
Mfr. No.
MRJ-01
Description
Economy monocular microscope
Qty.
1/ea
Pricing
Please call your sales or customer service representative
to check up-to-the-minute pricing and availability.
Cat. No.
MIS-6000
Mfr. No.
MIS-6000
Description
Infinity binocular
Qty.
1/ea
Premiere® MRJ-03 Professional Binocular Microscopes
Microscopes and Accessories
C & A SCIENTIFIC - Featuring a 30° binocular head, these research
microscopes are designed to meet the demands of modern laboratory
microscopy. They offer ball-bearing movements in focusing and stage
systems for long life, reliability and accuracy. Contemporary body design
includes plastic plating over the metal base for less heat conduction and
more user comfort. Microscope MRJ-03L includes a variable-intensity
5.5V LED cool illumination system and a built-in rechargeable battery
with detachable AC. Microscope MRJ-03D is a dual-view microscope
designed for one-on-one teaching. It has two binocular heads with
slide-type interpupillary adjustment and 10X wide-field eyepieces.
Supplied with replacement bulb and fuse (except Microscope MRJ-03L)
and immersion oil.
Specifications:
Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30° inclined binocular Seidentopf-type head,
360° rotatable
Eyepiece. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two 10X wide-field eyepieces
Objectives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 DIN achromatic parfocal and parlefted
objectives: 4X (N.A. 0.10), 10X (N.A. 0.25), 40XR
(N.A. 0.65), 100XR (oil immersion, N.A. 1.25)
Magnification. . . . . . . . . . . . . 40X to 1,000X
Focusing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coaxial coarse/fine with low knob position
Diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Iris diaphragm with filter holder and blue filter
Condenser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25
138
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
MRJ-03
MRJ-03D
Stage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47/8 x 415/16 in. (124 x 125mm) mechanical stage
with coaxial drive/rack and pinion adjustment
Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Variable-intensity halogen lamp, 6V, 20W
Dimensions (L x W x H). . . . 6½ x 8¼ x 15 in.
Cat. No.
MRJ-03
MRJ-03D
MRJ-03L
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
MRJ-03
MRJ-03D
MRJ-03L
Description
Standard model
With dual-view feature
With LED light system
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Microscopes and Accessories
Microscopes
MRP-3000
MRP-5000
MRP-3000D
MRP-5000D
Premiere® MRP-3000 Professional
Binocular Microscopes
Premiere® MRP-5000 Professional
Binocular Microscopes
C & A SCIENTIFIC - These high-quality professional microscopes have
a 30° binocular head and incorporate a wide range of sophisticated
features. The objectives face backward for more space. The metal base
is covered with plastic plating for less heat conduction and more user
comfort. The field diaphragm adjustment is built into the illuminator
and offers Koehler illumination for more lighting control options.
Models include spring-loaded slide holder, field diaphragm, focusing
stop to protect objectives and slides from damage and stage with
coaxial drive and low-knob position.
C & A SCIENTIFIC - Designed for extensive use in clinical and research
laboratory settings, these microscopes feature five backward-mounted
objectives and an interchangeable condenser system, which applies to
bright-field, phase-contrast and dark-field techniques. The mechanical
stage knob is placed low on the base, offering comfort for extended use.
Models include spring-loaded slide holder, field diaphragm for more
light control and focusing stop to help protect objectives and slides
from damage.
Choose from standard and dual-view models. Dual-view microscope
MRP-3000D is designed for one-on-one teaching. It has two binocular
heads with slide-type interpupillary adjustment and 10X wide-field
eyepieces. All models are supplied with replacement bulb, fuse and
immersion oil.
Cat. No.
MRP-3000
MRP-3000D
Mfr. No.
MRP-3000
MRP-3000D
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Description
Standard model
With dual-view feature
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Specifications:
Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30° binocular Seidentopf head,
360° rotatable
Interpupillary distance adj.. . . . . 55 to 75mm
Eyepiece. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two 10X wide-field eyepieces
Objectives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 DIN achromatic parfocal and
parcentered objectives: 4X (N.A. 0.10),
10X (N.A.0.25), 40XR (N.A. 0.65), 60XR
(N.A. 0.90), 100XR oil (N.A. 1.25)
Magnification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40X to 1,000X
Focusing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coaxial coarse/fine tension controls
Diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Iris diaphragm with blue filter
Condenser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with rack and
pinion adjustment
Stage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 x 135mm graduated mechanical
stage, 40 x 80mm range of traverse
Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Variable-intensity halogen lamp, 6V, 20W
Dimensions (L x W x H). . . . . . . . . 10 x 8 x 16½ in.
Cat. No.
MRP-5000
MRP-5000D
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
MRP-5000
MRP-5000D
Description
Standard model
With dual-view feature
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
139
Microscopes and Accessories
Specifications:
Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30° inclined binocular Seidentopf head,
360° rotatable
Interpupillary distance adj.. . . . . 55 to 75mm
Eyepiece. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two 10X wide-field eyepieces
Objectives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 DIN achromatic parfocal and
parcentered objectives: 4X (N.A. 0.10),
10X (N.A. 0.25), 40X (N.A. 0.65), 100X
(oil immersion, N.A. 1.25)
Magnification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40X to 1,000X
Focusing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coaxial coarse/fine tension controls
Diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Iris diaphragm with blue filter
Condenser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with rack and
pinion adjustment
Stage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 x 135mm graduated mechanical
stage, 45 x 80mm range of travel
Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Variable-intensity halogen lamp, 6V, 20W
Dimensions (L x W x H). . . . . . . . . 7 x 9 x 15 in.
Choose standard and dual-view models. Dual-view microscope
MRP-5000D is designed for one-on-one teaching. It has two binocular
heads with slide-type interpupillary adjustment and 10X wide-field
eyepieces. All models are supplied with dust cover, replacement bulb,
fuse and immersion oil.
Microscopes and Accessories
Microscopes
Premiere® Stereo
Zoom Microscope
CP-Series Upright Compound Microscopes
C & A SCIENTIFIC - With this versatile
3-dimensional microscope, you can
bring the specimen into focus and
then change the magnification to
suit your needs without refocusing.
There are horizontal zoom controls
at each side of the head.
Specifications:
Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45° inclined binocular observation tubes,
360° rotatable
Eyepiece. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10X wide-field eyepieces with rubber
eye guards
Interpupillary distance adj.. . . . . 55 to 77mm
Objectives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1X to 4X
Magnification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10X to 40X
Field of view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5 to 23mm dia.
Working distance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85mm
Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Halogen transmitted illuminator under
75mm frosted glass stage plate; halogen
incident (top) illumination, 20W
Size (L x W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6¾ x 9½ in.
Cat. No.
SMZ-02
Mfr. No.
SMZ-02
Description
Standard model
Qty.
1/ea
Microscopes and Accessories
JC-Series Microscopes
JENCO INTL. - Utilizing the
latest in optical design, JC-Series
microscopes incorporate infinity
planachromatic objectives to
deliver brilliant, flat images on
a modular frame that expands
to perform multiple techniques.
Features a light drawer for easy bulb
changes, adjustable height focus knobs
combined with low positioned stage
control for user comfort and integrated
carrying handle, improving portability.
Its wide base protects focus knobs from
damage while adding stability and resisting vibration. Add the 50X oil
objective onto the five-hole turret when doing Diffs. Modular expansions
include epifluorescence and more. The polarization model for crystal
examination includes first order full wave polarization while the phase
contrast models make semitransparent specimens like bacteria easier
to identify. 5-year warranty.
JENCO INTL. - These rugged,
affordable compound microscopes
are easy to use and feature a focus
stop to protect objective and specimen,
with durable all metal focus/stage
mechanism and frame for reliable, everyday
use. Ideal for clinics and basic research, they
have antifungal agents and glass condensers
with iris diaphragm to provide image contrast.
High-quality, E-planachromatic objectives
offer sharp images of the entire field. The focus
mechanism’s adjustable tension control knob
prohibits drift and its integrated handle makes
it easy to move. Choose from monocular, binocular and trinocular
(for camera attachment) models. Supplied with spare halogen lamp
and fuse, immersion oil and dust cover.
Specifications:
Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30° inclination, 360° rotation, Seidentopf with
50 to 75mm interpupillary adjustment
Eyepieces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10X wide-field, field no. 20mm
Objectives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brightfield infinity eplanachromat 4X, 10X, 40X,
100XR (oil)
Nosepiece. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reversed, four position ball-bearing
Stage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical with vernier scale, 5.5 x 5.6 in.
Condenser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.25 N.A., two element abbe with iris diaphragm
and rack-and-pinion focusing
Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . 6V/20W halogen bulb with electronic dimmer,
Kohler type
Cat. No.
CP-301S
CP-302S
CP-303S
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Description
Monocular microscope
Binocular microscope
Trinocular microscope
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Specifications:
Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30° inclination, 360° rotation, Seidentopf with
48 to 75mm interpupillary adjustment
Eyepieces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10X wide-field, field no. 22mm
Objectives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brightfield infinity planachromat 4X, 10X, 40X,
100XR (oil)
Nosepiece. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reversed, four/five position ball-bearing
Stage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical, vernier scale, 5.5 x 6.25 in.
Condenser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.25 N.A., two element abbe with iris diaphragm,
rack-and-pinion focusing and color-coded
Kohler illumination. . . . . . 6V/20W halogen bulb with electronic dimmer
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
JC-211
JC-211
JC-221
JC-221
JC-2PL
JC-2PL
JC-311
JC-311
JC-3PL
JC-3PL
Objective lenses
OP-050
OP-050
OP-100
140
Mfr. No.
CP-301S
CP-302S
CP-303S
cardinalhealth.com
OP-100
Description
Binocular
Binocular phase contrast
Binocular polarization
Trinocular
Trinocular polarization
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
50XR (oil) brightfield semiplan
achromatic objective, NA 0.95
100XR (oil) plan achromatic
objective, NA 1.25
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Microscopes and Accessories
Microscopes
ZM-500-Series Stereo Microscope
i4: 4 Objective Infinity Microscopes
JENCO INTL. - Utilize this microscope’s
large stage for dissection or observation
of macro specimens. It allows ample
room for sample manipulation on a stand
small enough to fit in a storage cabinet.
Illuminated stands let you choose light
from above, below or both to help
observe opaque and transparent samples.
Total magnification ranges from 7.5X to
35X at a 4:1 ratio. Features fluorescent/
halogen illumination and all-metal
focusing mechanisms to stand up to
daily use. Supplied with dust cover,
eyeguards, tension control wrench and
instruction manual.
LW SCIENTIFIC - The i4 modular series
microscopes feature exceptional
optical quality and expandability for
top-notch performance in the lab.
Use the rotating head to adjust the
height for taller users. Infinity Plan optics
with a 30-year antifungal coating match
quality with value. The i4 microscope
provides comfort, durability, dependability
and superior imaging for the lifetime of the
laboratory. LED illumination. 4X, 10X, 40X,
100X (oil) objectives.
Cat. No.
ZM-F502
Mfr. No.
ZM-F502
Description
Stereo microscope
Qty.
1/ea
Achiever Stereoscope
LW SCIENTIFIC - Choose this stereoscope for impressive image
capabilities teamed with years of reliable performance. Ideal for
students or hobbyists, its crisp 3-D optics, dual illumination and large
viewing area are excellent for dissecting and inspecting. Built tough to
withstand daily use, with an aluminum alloy construction and acid- and
reagent-resistant finish.
Specifications:
Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45° inclination, 360° rotation
Eyepieces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10X/20X wide-field
Magnification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10X/30X
Focusing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Helical rack and pinion, with tension
adjustment and slip clutch
Stage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frosted glass plate, 75mm dia.
Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5W fluorescent top and bottom, with
dual independent rocker switches
Dimensions (L x W x H). . . . . . . . . 9 x 6.5 x 12.8 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 110VAC, 2A fuse
Cat. No.
M8000-38
Mfr. No.
DMM-S13N-FA77
Description
10X/30X Achiever
stereoscope
Qty.
1/ea
Specifications:
Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inclined 30°, rotates 360°
Eyepiece. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10X/18X eyepieces
Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Variable LED “daylight” long-life light source
Dimensions (H x L x W). . . . . . 14.1 x 10.7 x 6 in.
Cat. No.
M8000-81
Mfr. No.
I4M-B04A-IPL3
M8000-80
I4M-T04A-IPL3
M8000-78
I4M-B04A-ISL3
M8000-79
I4M-T04A-ISL3
Description
Binocular head Infinity Plan objectives
Trinocular head Infinity Plan objectives
Binocular head - Infinity
SEMI-Plan objectives
Trinocular head - Infinity
SEMI-Plan objectives
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Revelation® III Microscopes
LW SCIENTIFIC INC - Equipped for
performance, these microscopes
have titanium-finished DIN
achromatic or plan optics
(4X, 10X, 40X, 100X oil) and an
antifungal coating. They also
feature coarse adjustment with a
range of 30mm and fine adjustment
with a graduation of 2μ. Microscope
includes three 0.5 amp fuses, mirror
attachment (for field use), blue and
green filters, dust cover, immersion
oil, spare bulb and manual.
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Cat. No.
M8000-19
Mfr. No.
R3M-BN4A-DAL3
M8000-17
R3M-D04A-DAH3
M8000-18
R3M-TN4A-DAL3
M8000-112
R3M-BN4A-DPL3
cardinalhealth.com
Description
Binocular head achromatic objectives, LED
Dual binocular head halogen
Trinocular head achromatic objectives, LED
Binocular head DIN Plan objectives, LED
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
141
Microscopes and Accessories
Specifications:
Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inclined 30°, rotates 360°
Eyepiece. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10X/18X wide-field eyepieces
Objectives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4X, 10X, 40X, 100X
Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Variable LED light source
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 x 9 x 7 in.
Microscopes and Accessories
Microscopes
Vision® Stereo Microscope
Lx 500 Ergo Compound Microscope
LW SCIENTIFIC - The Vision® is an
industrial-grade, dual-magnification
stereo microscope designed for
hands-under operation. The long
working distance and extra-wide field
of view make ultrafine details easy
to detect and manipulate. Variable
halogen light and a wide base give
your workspace plenty of flexibility.
The objectives rotate internally with
a convenient control knob. This is an
economical choice where superior
optical quality is a must, but zoom
capability is not required.
MICROSCOPTICS – Lx 500 is the outcome of a
combination of world-class technology and
design innovation. Lx 500 is a versatile
and fully extendable research
microscopy system, with its feature
rich standard configuration
and a host of accessories.
With 0-25° of arc, the ergonomic
tilting viewing body brings the
image to you at your idyllic
head position. All optical
surfaces are treated with high
efficiency anti-fungus coatings.
Specifications:
Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Binocular, inclined 45°, rotates 360°
Eyepiece. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10X/22 wide field high point eyepieces
with rubber eyeguards
Magnification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10X/20X
Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Variable 20W halogen incident and
5W fluorescent bottom, with dual
independent rocker switches
Dimensions (H x L x W). . . . . . . . . 15 x 11 x 8 in.
Cat. No.
M8000-37
Mfr. No.
VSM-S12N-7FH1
Description
10X/20X stereoscope
with pole base
Qty.
1/ea
Microscopes and Accessories
MICROSCOPTICS - Adapted for classroom
and lab environments, the new CxL2
Compound Microscope reflects a
fresh design and delivers a rugged
exterior with quality optical and
mechanical ingredients for a
lifetime of carefree use. This next
generation microscope asserts
its sophistication not only by
design, but also through flawless
functionality. In light of the latest
in manufacturing technology,
the highly modular CxL2 can offer
a high degree of performance for
various applications.
The LP series objectives enable you to view an assortment of specimens
with the highest degree of clarity. CxL’s Semi Plan Achromatic optical
system has been designed to provide true color and contrast. With a
compact design and robust mechanical stage with fluid X/Y operation,
maintenance, free operation is a standard. CxL2 offers flexibility
in illumination. The bright LED provides illumination in a near
daylight spectrum.
Mfr. No.
9144006
Description
Compound microscope
MAXlite™ coated Antifungal Infinity corrected optical system. With its
6V 30W True Köhler illumination system and a rear mounted bulb, Lx 500
provides coolest light and highest contrast. The double layer bulb housing
provides lowest heat emission making the system comfortable to use.
Cat. No.
M6000-9
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Description
Ergo compound microscope
Qty.
1/ea
AE2000 Inverted Phase Microscope
Qty.
1/ea
Specifications:
Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45° inclination
Eyepiece. . . . . . . . . . . . W
ide-field high-eyepoint 10X, paired, 20mm field of
view, with diopter adjustment
Objectives. . . . . . . . . . CCIS infinity objectives: phase 10X, 20X, plan 4X, 40X
Nosepiece. . . . . . . . . . Quad, side-facing type
Focusing. . . . . . . . . . . . Coaxial coarse and fine focusing
Condenser. . . . . . . . . . ELWD N.A. 0.30
Stage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P
lain stage, 200 x 260mm, 207mm height from table
Illumination . . . . . . . . 6V/30W halogen prelefted lamp
Cat. No.
M8100-134
142
Mfr. No.
9144000
MOTIC INSTRUMENTS - This microscope
combines infinity corrected CCIS
optics with ergonomic features
to provide clean and crisp
images with minimal operator
fatigue. It includes an easy-touse phase standard 10X, 20X
phase, with a 40X phase contrast
option. Illumination is provided
by a 6V/30W quartz halogen lamp.
The revolving side facing nosepiece
accepts four objectives. It runs on
ball-bearings and has internal click
stops so that the image remains centered
after each change of magnification. The interpupilliary distance is 50 to
75mm. They are equipped with centerable phase sliders with phase ring
of Ph 1±2, optional PH40x, a centering telescope for use with the phase
slider and a green filter.
CxL2 Compound Microscope
Cat. No.
M6000-2
Lx 500’s ceramic stage and dual specimen holder allows for the user to
peruse thousands of slides without degradation of the stage’s surface.
The rackless stage design is compact and provides ultra-smooth traverse.
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
1100103800042
Description
Binocular inverted
phase microscope
Qty.
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Microscopes and Accessories
Microscopes
Motic® B3-Series and DMB3-Series Professional
Biological Microscopes
Motic® B1-Series and DMB1-223ASC
Biological Microscopes
MOTIC INSTRUMENTS - Designed for clinical examination and teaching
demonstration, the B1-series offers research-quality microscopes
at an affordable price. This is also an ideal instrument for biological,
bacteriological-organic, pathological and pharmaceutical research.
Microscope M8100-7 features a high-resolution 1/3 in. CCD camera. This
model provides both digital and analog output. The analog signal is
provided by a 1/3 in. CCD with a resolution of 480 TV lines. The digital
signal is provided by a ¼ in. CCD with a resolution of 640 x 480 pixels.
A built-in grabber converts analog to digital signal. Motic Images 2.0 ML
software is provided for user-friendly image processing and analyzing for
PC and Mac. Includes USB, RCA and S-video cables.
Specifications:
Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Binocular, inclined 45° and 360° rotating
Eyepiece. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wide-field 10X, paired, 18mm field of view
Objectives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plan 4X/0.10, achromatic 40X/0.10, A10X/0.25,
A40X/0.65 (spring-loaded), A100X/1.25 (oil,
spring-loaded)
Nosepiece. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quadruple, ball-bearing type
Focusing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coaxial coarse and fine focusing adjustment
Stage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Built-in, low-position coaxial mechanical stage
Condenser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Focusable 1.25 N.A. Abbe condenser
(rack and pinion type)
Diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Iris diaphragm with filter holder
(32mm blue filter included)
Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . Built-in halogen illumination, 12V/20W,
with intensity control
Cat. No.
M8100-11
Mfr. No.
1100100500201
M8100-7
1100400800111
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Motic Images 2.0ML software is provided for user-friendly image
processing and analyzing for PC and Mac. Includes USB, RCA and
S-video cables.
Specifications:
Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inclined 30° and 360° rotating
Eyepiece. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wide-field 10X, paired, 20Xmm field of view
Objectives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4X, 10X, 40X (spring-loaded), 100X oil
(spring-loaded)
Nosepiece. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quintuple, ball-bearing type
Focusing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coaxial coarse and fine focusing
Stage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Built-in, low-position coaxial mechanical stage
Condenser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Focusable 1.25 N.A. Abbe condenser
(rack and pinion type)
Diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Iris diaphragm with filter holder
(32mm blue filter included)
Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . Built-in Koehler illumination, halogen 12V/20W
with intensity control
Cat. No.
M8100-15
Mfr. No.
1100100500592
M8100-17
1100100500641
cardinalhealth.com
Description
Binocular - model
B3-220ASC, with
achromatic objectives
Trinocular - model
B3-223ASC, with
achromatic objectives
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Microscopes and Accessories
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Description
B1-220ASC
binocular microscope
DMB1-223ASC
digital microscope
MOTIC INSTRUMENTS - Designed for professional applications,
the B3-series microscopes come in several configurations. A slot-in
type centerable condenser provides extra stability and flexibility for
laboratory applications. A powerful 12V/20W halogen light makes it easy
to observe difficult or light absorbing specimens. A reversed quintuple
nosepiece moves precisely on ball bearings. The precise graduation on
the low-position coaxial control mechanical stage allows quick marking
and makes it easy to find specific parts of your slide.
143
Microscopes and Accessories
Microscopes
Motic® BA BA210 Biological Microscope
Motic® Digital Stereo Microscope
MOTIC INSTRUMENTS - Ideal for clinics, institutes and universities, this
microscope provides high-resolution optical performance with CCIS
(color corrected infinity system) optics. The T-shaped base and pyramiddesigned frame provide excellent stability for ergonomic operation.
Stage, focusing and illumination controls can be reached while resting
your hands on the table. An integral handle makes carrying easy.
MOTIC INSTRUMENTS - From educational to advanced lab and industrial
applications, this digital stereo model offers a 3MP built-in digital camera
for easy and quick image capture on its 1-4X zoom range.
Features:
ūū DM-143-FBGG-C—3MP digital stereo model
This microscope features a locking eyepiece and a 6V/30W halogen lamp
or LED option with intensity control for bright and even illumination.
ūū Wide-field eyepieces WF10/20mm on binocular stereo head
The Abbe condenser is focusable and centerable and provides welldefined illumination for all objective magnifications. The 140 x 135mm
stage incorporates a ball-bearing mechanism with a triangular steel rail
that allows smooth cross-travel motion of 76 x 50mm and vernier scale
readability to 0.1mm.
ūū 2048 x 1536 resolution USB 2.0
Specifications:
Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trinocular, Seidentopf-type, 30° inclined,
360° rotating
Eyepiece. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Corrected wide-field high eyepoint
PL10X/18mm (paired)
Objectives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCIS EFN plan achromat objectives: 4X, 10X,
40X (spring-loaded), 100X oil (spring-loaded)
Nosepiece. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reversed quadruple
Focusing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coaxial coarse and fine
Condenser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Focusable 1.25 N.A. Abbe condenser with slot
Diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Iris diaphragm
Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6V/ 30W quartz halogen lamp or LED with
intensity control
Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blue, 45mm
Power supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 to 240V
ūū Frosted glass stage plate
Cat. No.
M8100-130
Mfr. No.
1100100401251
Description
Trinocular head
Qty.
1/ea
ūū Built-in digital live high-resolution imaging chip
ūū Zoom-type objective 1-4X 1:4 ratio
ūū Pole-type stand with large working base
ūū Reversible stage plate black/white
ūū 12V/10W halogen incident illumination
ūū 12V/10W halogen transmitted illumination
ūū Switching power supply 100V-240V
ūū Motic Images Plus 2.0ML for PC and Mac
ūū Dust cover
ūū Calibration slide
Cat. No.
DX53056101
Mfr. No.
1100500200191
Description
Digital stereo
dissecting microscope
Qty.
1/ea
Need a product immediately?
Microscopes and Accessories
Call your sales or customer service representative
right away. Your representative will check availability
and pricing, place your order and follow through on
a speedy delivery. Or visit us at cardinalhealth.com.
144
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
cardinalhealth.com
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Microscopes and Accessories
Microscopes
SeilerScope Binocular Microscope
SEILER - This microscope features four flat-field achromat objectives,
including a 4X, 10X, 40X and 100X oil objective, mechanical stage, variable
halogen illumination, a reversed nosepiece and a Seidentopf design
binocular head. It also has the ability to add plan achromat objectives.
Cat. No.
S6000-1
Mfr. No.
SXS820
Description
Binocular microscope
Qty.
1/ea
Colposcope Model 955
SEILER - With a 300mm working distance objective lens offering
3, 4, 7, 11 and 17X magnifications, the 955 colposcopes provide a
variety of viewing options. Wide-field 12.5X eyepieces with diopter
locks and fold­down rubber eyecups make viewing easier for eyeglass
wearers. This colposcope has a swing arm that allows the user to practice
in a relaxed setting. A fan­cooled, dual­port variable fiber­optic coaxial
illumination feature allows a quick change from one lamp to another
for an uninterrupted procedure if a lamp were to fail. A spare 15V, 150W
lamp and dust cover are also included.
They have a five­-step turret magnification changer, a maximum height
of 54 in. and a minimum height of 32 in. Colposcope S6000-37 also
includes a video package that includes a beam splitter, video adapter,
high-resolution CCD color camera and a 15 in. flat panel color monitor.
Cat. No.
S6000-35
S6000-37
Mfr. No.
30955-5
30955-5-V
Description
Model 955 colposcope
Model 955 colposcope with
video option
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Westlab III Binocular Microscope
Cat. No.
WLB814
To order, call: 800.964.5227
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
WLB814
Description
Binocular microscope
Qty.
1/ea
145
Microscopes and Accessories
SEILER - This binocular microscope is designed for general use in clinical
laboratories. It features low-position, coaxial coarse and calibrated fine
focus control. It has two 10X wide-field eyepieces with four semi-plan
achromat objectives including 4X, 10X, 40X and 100X oil objective,
all mounted on a ball-bearing inward quadruple click stop nosepiece
with an automatic 100V-240V universal power supply, 6V 20W halogen
illumination and an optional live video feature. The microscope also
comes with a dust cover, blue filter, immersion oil, spare bulb and
instruction manual.
Microscopes and Accessories
Microscopes
G380-Series Microscopes
UNICO - These microscopes provide
crisp, clear imaging on a versatile and
ergonomic platform. They were designed
with your viewing comfort in mind. The
standard 10X high eye-point eyepieces
are engineered to reduce eyestrain for
users wearing glasses. Each eye tube
features an independent focusing diopter
adjustment to compensate for the natural
vision differential between each eye. The
base design adds stability to the body
while allowing extra room for hand access
to the oversized coarse and fine focus
controls and the coaxial mechanical stage
controls. The microscopes are available
with monocular, binocular or dual-view
heads. Binocular head features Seidentopf optical design with 52 to
75mm interpupillary distance adjustment. All rotate 360° and lock in
place with a thumbscrew. All optics feature anti-glare, color-correction
and antifungal coatings.
Specifications:
Eyepiece. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10X high-eyepoint widefield
Objectives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 and 10X, 40 and 100XR
Focusing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coaxial coarse and fine focus
Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LED light source
Cat. No.
G380
G380PL
G381
G383PL
Mfr. No.
G380
G380PL
G381
G383PL
Description
Binocular head
Binocular head with PLAN objectives
Monocular head
Trinocular head with PLAN objectives
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Microscopes and Accessories
Our focus is on your lab.
H600 Series Clinical
Laboratory Microscopes
UNICO - These advanced and versatile
compound microscopes have a greater
potential for research, education and
medical applications. They have a reverse
five-position nosepiece that provides
the user with easier slide insertion and
manipulation as well as room for an extra
objective for special applications. The
precision ball bearings and internal stop
assure operational ease and durability.
All objectives are parfocal, pare centered
and color-coded. The microscopes are
available with either Seidentopf binocular or trinocular heads. Each
head rotates 360° and has a 30° inclination. They also have WF10X/FN
18 eyepieces.
Cat. No.
H602
Mfr. No.
H602
H604
H604
H605
H605
H604T
H604T
Accessories
B6-8903 B6-8903
B6-2308 B6-2308
B6-9005 B6-9005
B6-8910 B6-8910
Description
Binocular head - achromat 4/10X,
40/100X (oil)
Binocular head - Plan 4/10X,
40/100X (oil)
Binocular head - phase contrast
SP4X, SPH10X, SPH40XR, SPH100XR
Trinocular head - Plan 4/10X,
40/100X (oil)
Stage micrometer slide
Din plan oil objective, 50x
Fuse 250V, 1.5A
Optical cleaning kit
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
ZM180-Series Zoom
Stereo Microscope
UNICO - This microscope is ideal
for a variety of industrial, medical,
educational and special OEM
applications. It features a binocular
body and has a comfortable
45° inclination angle. The body
may be rotated 360° for group
sessions. Dual-diopter adjustment
of five diopters enables precise setting
focus according to individuals’ needs.
Total magnification range extends from
2.1 to 225X. Interpupillary adjustment
range from 55 to 75mm.
Specifications:
Eyepiece. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WF10X
Zoom range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.7 to 4.5X
Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Top halogen and bottom fluorescent
Objectives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1X
Cat. No.
ZM181HF
D4-2001
D4-2004
146
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
ZM181HF
D4-2001
D4-2004
Description
Binocular head with PE-HF stand
2X auxiliary lens
0.5X auxiliary lens
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Microscopes and Accessories
Microscope Accessories
Cat. No.
MA98
Mfr. No.
MA98
Microscope Carrying Case
Omni-VID® C-Mount Microscope Camera
C & A SCIENTIFIC - Nylon case has
heavy-duty carrying straps and
zip-down sides. Separate inner
liner provides support. Easy-fitting
inside straps adjust to secure most
microscope models. Dimensions
(W x D x H): 12 x 8 x 18 in.
LW SCIENTIFIC - The Omni-VID® features built-in
live video on a bright 2 in. LCD screen and 8MP
digital imaging. Connect the camera to any
size TV for training large groups or connect to
a PC for capturing digital images. Also connects
to trinocular microscope.
Description
Carrying case
Qty.
1/ea
Specifications:
Sensor resolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1MP
Maximum resolution. . . . . . . . . . . 8MP
Memory card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD/MMC card
USB interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes
TV output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC/PAL
Picture/video format. . . . . . . . . . . JPEG/MPEG4
Power supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC 12V 1.5A
Cat. No.
M8000-84
Mfr. No.
OVC-8MP2-CMT3
Description
Microscope camera with
built-in screen
Qty.
1/ea
Optical Lens Paper
C & A SCIENTIFIC - Lens paper is suitable for cleaning microscopes,
cameras and other optical instruments. Size 4 x 6 in. Supplied in pad
of 50 or 100 sheets.
Cat. No.
MA50
MA02
Mfr. No.
MA50
MA02
Description
50 sheets
100 sheets
Qty.
400/cs
240/cs
Pro Service Kit
MiniVID® USB 5.1MP Digital Camera
LW SCIENTIFIC - Keep your optical equipment operating
flawlessly with this kit.
LW SCIENTIFIC - The innovative
MiniVID® camera slips into any
standard microscope eyepiece
tube, in place of the eyepiece or
fits onto any standard threaded
C-mount.
Cat. No.
M8000-139
Mfr. No.
MVC-U5MP-EMTN
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Description
USB 5.1MP digital camera
Qty.
1/ea
Cat. No.
M8000-41
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
MSP-PSK7-7777
Description
Pro service kit
Qty.
1/ea
147
Microscopes and Accessories
Specifications:
Sensor resolution. . . . . 5.1MP
Image sensor. . . . . . . . . ½ in. CMOS
USB interface. . . . . . . . . Yes
Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ScopePhoto analysis software
Mounting options. . . . . Standard eyetube (23mm and 30mm)
standard threaded C-mount
Picture format . . . . . . . . JPEG/BITMAP
Power supply. . . . . . . . . USB 1.5VVID USB
Kit includes:
ūū Easy-to-understand picture manual
ūū Lens paper - 280 sheets
ūū Air duster - 8 oz.
ūū Lens cleaning fluid - 1 oz.
ūū 100 cotton-tipped applicators
ūū Microfiber lens cloth
ūū Dusting brush
ūū Micro-glide gear lubricant
ūū 3 Allen wrenches
ūū Friction collar wrench
ūū Precision screwdriver set
ūū Nylon carrying case
Microscopes and Accessories
Microscope Bulbs
Microscope Replacement Bulbs
BULBTRONICS
Bulb B17302-001
Bulb B00964-001
Power
Requirements
Shape
Bulb Life (hrs.)
Base
Manufacturer
6V, 10W
6V, 20W
12V, 100W
12V, 100W
6V, 20W
21V, 150W
21V, 150W
T3
T3 1/2
MR16
MR16
T3
MR16
MR16
100
100
50
50
100
40
200
G4, 2 pin
G4, 2 pin
GZ6.35, 2 pin
GZ6.35, 2 pin
G4, 2 pin
GX5.3, 2 pin
GX5.3, 2 pin
OSRAM SYLVANIA
OSRAM SYLVANIA
OSRAM SYLVANIA
PHILIPS
PHILIPS
OSRAM SYLVANIA
PHILIPS
G4 1/2
S11
Overall
Length (mm)
200
50
E10, mini screw
BA15D, DC Bayonet
OLYMPUS
EIKO
Mfr. No.
6V, 10W
120V, 30W
Power
Requirements
Bulb Life (hrs.)
Base
Manufacturer
HBO100W/2 #69217
HBO103W/2 #69182
HBO50W/AC/L1 #69213
HBO50W/AC/L2 #69214
USH-102D #5000273
100W
100W
37V, 50W, 1.45A
42V, 50W, 1.3A
100W
90
90
53
53
90
200
300
100
100
200
SFA7.5-2, SFA9-2
SFA7.5-2, SFA9-2
SFA6-2
SFA6-2
Sleeve
OSRAM SYLVANIA
OSRAM SYLVANIA
OSRAM SYLVANIA
OSRAM SYLVANIA
USHIO
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Halogen bulbs
B00859-001
64225 #54260
B00861-001
64250HLX (ESB) #54261
B00928-001
64627XEFP #54189
B00964-001
6834EFP #314880
B00986-001
7388 (ESB) #256784
B01369-001
EJA #54753
B01401-001
EKE #315929
Incandescent bulbs
B02837-001
8-G102 #OP2103
B17302-001
0017302
Cat. No.
Arc lamps
B00256-001
B00257-001
B00268-001
B00269-001
B00293-001
Bulb B00262-001
Microscope Replacement Bulbs
BULBTRONICS
Power
Requirements
Shape
Bulb Life
Base
Manufacturer
7387 FHC/ESA
#261263
6V 10W
T2 ½
100 hrs.
G4/2 pin
PHILIPS
B01014-001
787 #43115
6V 10W
T2 ¼
100 hrs.
G4/2 pin
GENERAL ELECTRIC
B01813-001
FHD/ESA, JC6V-10W
#1000531
6V 10W
T2 ¾
100 hrs.
G4/2 pin
USHIO
B00124-001
6605 #25684-2
6V 10W
T3
2,000 hrs.
G4/2 pin
PHILIPS
B00584-001
13528 #315044
6V 15W
MR16
500 hrs.
GZ4/2 pin
PHILIPS
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
B00985-001
Microscopes and Accessories
Halogen
148
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
cardinalhealth.com
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Microscopes and Accessories
Microscope Bulbs
Microscope Replacement Bulbs (continued)
BULBTRONICS
Power
Requirements
Shape
Bulb Life
Base
Manufacturer
6V 20W
T3
100 hrs.
PY16-1.25
NARVA
ESB #1000532
6V 20W
(FHE/ESB JC6V-20W)
T2 ¾
100 hrs.
G4/2 pin
USHIO
B01508-001
ESB/FHE #10330
6V 20W
T3
100 hrs.
G4/2 pin
EIKO
B00551-001
13078 AXIAL
#232645
12V 20W
T3
2,000 hrs.
G4/2 pin
PHILIPS
B00634-001
20T3Q/CL/RP
12V #58655
12V 20W
T3
2,000 hrs.
G4/2 pin
OSRAM SYLVANIA
B00880-001
64425 (20T3Q/CL
21V #58661)
12V 20W
T3
2,000 hrs.
G4/2 pin
OSRAM SYLVANIA
B02112-001
JC 12V20WG4
#JC5017
12V 20W
T2 ½
2,000 hrs.
G4/2 pin
HIGUCHI
B02115-001
JC12V20W/G4
#1000821 30MM
12V 20W
T2 ¾
2,000 hrs.
G4/2 pin
USHIO
B02362-001
Q20T2.5/12V/CL
12V #34715
12V 20W
T3
2,000 hrs.
G4/2 pin
GENERAL ELECTRIC
B00916-001
BRL 64610 HLX
#54219
12V 50W
T3
50 hrs.
G6.35/2 pin
OSRAM SYLVANIA
B01121-001
BRL, JC12V-50W
#1000071
12V 50W
T3 ½
50 hrs.
G6.35/2 pin
USHIO
B00924-001
EVA 64623 HLX
#54251
12V 100W
T4
2,000 hrs.
GY6.35/2 pin
OSRAM SYLVANIA
B00926-001
FCR 64625 HLX
#54248
12V 100W
T3 ½
50 hrs.
GY6.35/2 pin
OSRAM SYLVANIA
B00981-001
FCR #261016
12V 100W
T3 ½
50 hrs.
GY6.35/2 pin
PHILIPS
B01740-001
FCR, JC12V-100W
#1000490
12V 100W
T3 ½
50 hrs.
GY6.35/2 pin
USHIO
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
B00966-001
688 (NARVA 55133)
#S688
B01507-001
Halogen
cardinalhealth.com
Microscopes and Accessories
To order, call: 800.964.5227
149
Microscopes and Accessories
Microscope Bulbs
Microscope Replacement Bulbs (continued)
BULBTRONICS
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Power
Requirements
Shape
Bulb Life
Base
Manufacturer
B01367-001
EJA #10264
21V 150W
MR16
40 hrs.
GX5.3/2 pin
EIKO
B01368-001
EJA #441428
21V 150W
MR16
40 hrs.
GX5.3/2 pin
PHILIPS
B01371-001
EJA, JCR21V-150W
#1000297
21V 150W
MR16
40 hrs.
GX5.3/2 pin
USHIO
B01402-001
EKE #54842
21V 150W
MR16
200 hrs.
GX5.3/2 pin
OSRAM SYLVANIA
B01403-001
EKE JCR21V-150W
#1000306
21V 150W
MR16
200 hrs.
GX5.3/2 pin
USHIO
B00935-001
FCS 64640 HLX
#54263
24V 150W
T4
50 hrs.
G6.35/2 pin
OSRAM SYLVANIA
B01742-001
FCS, JC24V-150WUI
#1000492
24V 150W
T4 ¼
50 hrs.
G6.35/2 pin
USHIO
B01743-001
FCS #13598
24V 150W
T4
50 hrs.
G6.35/2 pin
GENERAL ELECTRIC
B00940-001
EJH 64655 HLX
#54254
24V 250W
T4
50 hrs.
G6.35/2 pin
OSRAM SYLVANIA
Microscopes and Accessories
Halogen
150
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
cardinalhealth.com
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Microscopes and Accessories
Microscope Bulbs
Microscope Replacement Bulbs (continued)
BULBTRONICS
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Power
Requirements
Shape
Bulb Life
Base
Manufacturer
B02793-001
77Z #843121
6V 15W
T6
100 hrs.
P250D-4
Flange
DR FISCHER
B02858-001
8018 #76314
6V 15W
T6
100 hrs.
BA15D/DC
Bayonet
OSRAM SYLVANIA
B16357-001
8018 #8000269
6V 15W
T6
200 hrs.
BA15D/DC
BAYONET
USHIO
B12775-001
70313 (390158)
#76305
6V 30W
T11
200 hrs.
P47D/Prefocus
Flange
OSRAM SYLVANIA
B12164-001
8G101
6V 5W
G4 ½
200 hrs.
E10/Mini Screw
OLYMPUS
B02747-001
1460
6.5V 17.8W
S8
100 hrs.
P30D/DC
Prefocus
BULBTRONICS GENERIC
B04091-001
1460X
6.5V 17.8W
S8
100 hrs.
P30D/DC
Prefocus
BULBTRONICS GENERIC
B02809-001
1630 #27488
6.5V 2.75A
S8
100 hrs.
P30D/DC
Prefocus
GENERAL ELECTRIC
B02835-001
78595
115V/125V 20W
T8
200 hrs.
BA15D/DC
Bayonet
NIKON
Incandescent
cardinalhealth.com
Microscopes and Accessories
To order, call: 800.964.5227
151
Microscopes and Accessories
Microscope Bulbs
Microscope Replacement Bulbs (continued)
BULBTRONICS
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Power
Requirements
Shape
Bulb Life
Base
Manufacturer
B04796-001
6S6 DC 120V
120V 6W
S6
3,500 hrs.
BA15D/DC
Bayonet
BULBTRONICS GENERIC
B02808-001
15S11/102
120V #13291
120V 15W
S11
400 hrs.
E26, E27/
Medium screw
GENERAL ELECTRIC
B02927-001
25S11/5C120 130V
120V 25W
S11
500 hrs.
E12/
Candelabra
EIKO
B02834-001
78508
120V 30W
S11
200 hrs.
BA15D/DC
Bayonet
NIKON
B02922-001
BLC #1000060
120V 30W
S11
50 hrs.
BA15D/DC
Bayonet
USHIO
B17302-001
BLC #10020
120V 30W
S11
50 hrs.
B15D/DC
Bayonet
EIKO
B17358-001
EI722 #41079
120V 30W
G9 ½
500 hrs.
BA15D/DC
Bayonet
Incandescent
Microscopes and Accessories
EIKO
152
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
cardinalhealth.com
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Molecular Diagnostics
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Interchangeable units are for use with heaters
H2025- and H2030-series. Blocks are black anodized aluminum for
maximum heat transfer. Pliable tapes fit tightly around any apparatus
for optimum heat transfer. Dimensions (W x L x H): 3¾ x 215/16 x 2 in.
Cat. No.
H2027-2A
H2027-3A
H2027-4A
H2027-5A
H2025-9A
Thermo Scientific Dry Block Heaters
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - These analog and digital dry baths offer precise
temperature control resolution and a much smaller footprint than a
general purpose incubator and can be used at temperatures up to 130°C.
They feature a built-in temperature-sensing probe for improved
temperature accuracy and control. Compact design saves bench space.
The anodized aluminum modular blocks accommodate test tubes,
square cuvettes, microcentrifuge tubes, 96-well plates, PCR plates and
conical bottom centrifuge tubes. Dry block heaters hold 1, 2, 3, 4, and
6 interchangeable modular blocks to accommodate a variety of vessels.
Mfr. No.
2071
2072
2073
2074
2069
Description
24 tubes - 10mm
22 tubes - 12 and 13mm
12 tubes - 15 and 16mm
8 tubes - 20mm
20 tubes - 10mm –
for microcentrifuge tubes
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Thermo Scientific Modular Heat Dri-Bath
THERMO SCIENTIFIC
Cat. No.
H2105-1
Mfr. No.
DB16525
Description
Modular heat dri-bath
Qty.
1/ea
Digital units utilize a PID microprocessor controller with digital
temperature set and easy-to-read LED display for accurate and
reproducible temperature control. Analog units feature bimetallic
dual thermostat control. Powder-coated steel body construction and
chemically resistant design ensures durability.
Modular block mounts on a single temperature probe in dry block
heater bottom, for optimum temperature accuracy and control. Dual
temperature control for precise control over two ranges: low range
slightly above ambient to 60°C; high range 50°C to 130°C.
Specifications:
Analog models
Temperature control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±3.5°C at 37°C
Temperature uniformity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5°C at 37°C
Digital models
Temperature control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5°C at 37°C
Temperature uniformity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.4°C at 37°C
Cat. No.
H2025-1B
H2025-7A
H2025-5B
H2025-6A
H20258A
H2030-1A
H2030-2A
H2030-3A
H2030-4A
Mfr. No.
2050Q
2052Q
2053Q
2054Q
2056Q
2000Q
2001Q
2002Q
2003Q
Thermo Scientific Modular Heating Blocks
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - These aluminum alloy blocks are for use with
Dri-Bath Incubators H2104-1, H2104-2 and H2105-3. All blocks include
thermometer well for easy measuring of block temperature. Wells are
48mm deep. Dimensions (D x W x H): 4 x 3 x 2 in.
Description
Analog - 7.6 x 6.2 x 3.4 in. - 1 block
Analog - 0.6 x 8.4 x 3.4 in. - 2 blocks
Analog - 9.1 x 11.25 x 3.4 in. - 3 blocks
Analog - 12.4 x 8.3 x 3.4 in. - 4 blocks
Analog - 12.9 x 11.25 x 3.4 in. - 6 blocks
Digital - 11.2 x 8.7 x 3.6 in. - 1 block
Digital - 14.2 x 8.7 x 3.6 in. - 2 blocks
Digital - 12 x 10.8 x 3.6 in. - 3 blocks
Digital - 14.1 x 10.8 x 3.6 in. - 4 blocks
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Cat. No.
H2105-25
H2105-15
H2105-16
H2105-20
H2105-10
H2105-13
H2105-33
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
BK165X9A
BK165X6AQ
BK165X7AQ
BK165X8AQ
BK165X4A
BK165X5AQ
BK165X17AQ
Description
6 wells - 25.75mm
12 wells - 15.75mm
12 wells - 16.75mm
12 wells - 20.75mm
20 wells - 10.75mm
20 wells - 13.75mm
20 wells - with microcentrifuge
tube wells
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
153
Molecular Diagnostics
Thermo Scientific Lab-Line™ Aluminum Module Blocks
Molecular Diagnostics
Molecular Diagnostics
Analog Dry Bath Incubators
BOEKEL - These incubators are ideal
for a variety of applications, including
restriction digests, COD denaturing
DNA, BUN, melting agar, coagulation
studies, in situ hybridization and
hot start PCR. They feature amber
pilot lights and come with spiritfilled thermometers. Incubators
are designed to accommodate an
assortment of interchangeable
heating block modules. Available in
1-, 2- or 4-block capacity.
Digital Dry Bath Incubators
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
1-block capacity - 8 x 9.8 x 3.5 in. (W x D x H)
BO112001
112001
150°C maximum temperature 115VAC, 50/60 Hz, 90W power req.
2-block capacity - 8 x 9.8 x 3.5 in. (W x D x H)
BO112002
112002
130°C maximum temperature 115VAC, 50/60 Hz, 180W power req.
4-block capacity - 8 x 13 x 3.5 in. (W x D x H)
BO112004
112004
130°C maximum temperature 115VAC, 50/60 Hz, 360W power req.
Qty.
1/cs
1/cs
1/cs
BOEKEL - These incubators are ideal for a variety of applications
including restriction digests, COD denaturing DNA, BUN, melting
agar, coagulation studies, in situ hybridization and hot start PCR. They
incorporate a proportional integrative derivative (PID) controller for easy
temperature selection, rapid heat-up and superb stability. Temperature
can be set in 0.1° increments up to 120°C. Temperature uniformity is
0.25°C at 37°C. The incubators have a large LED display that can be seen
easily throughout the lab. They are supplied with a block extractor rod
and are designed to accommodate an assortment of interchangeable
heating block modules. Available in 2- and 4-block-capacity models.
Temperature range: ambient +5°C to 120°C.
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
2-block capacity - 8 x 9.8 x 3.5 in. (W x D x H)
BO113002
113002
115VAC, 50/60 Hz, 200W power req.
4-block capacity - 10.2 x 11.3 x 3.5 in. (W x D x H)
BO113004
113004
115VAC, 50/60 Hz, 380W power req.
Qty.
1/cs
1/cs
Eppendorf® IsoTherm Iceless
Cold Storage System
Block Modules for Dry Bath Incubators
BOEKEL - These precision-machined, solid aluminum blocks fit both
digital and analog baths. They have a well for a thermometer and also
have a block extractor hole. Test tube block modules resist corrosion
and feature alpha-/numerical-labeled rows and columns for easy vessel
identification. Applications for the microplate block modules include
incubation for EIAs, ELISAs and monoclonal screening. One block module
per case.
Cat. No.
BO110016
BO110010
BO110013
BO110040
154
Mfr. No.
110016
110010
110013
110040
Description
For 12 x 16mm test tubes
For 20 x 10mm test tubes
For 20 x 13mm test tubes
For 24 x 1.5mL microtubes
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Qty.
1/cs
1/cs
1/cs
1/cs
EPPENDORF - The IsoTherm-System®
specializes in cooling samples
effectively and constantly at -21°C
or 0°C over many hours. It consists
of the following components:
the IsoRack (work rack), IsoPack
(cool pack) and IsoSafe (insulating
box). The IsoTherm System can be
used as an enzyme bar to prevent
enzymes from becoming inactive
as well as for PCR sample preparation, sample transport and slow
thawing of frozen samples. Holds 24 reaction tubes (0.5/2.0mL).
Choose the complete system or combination set with IsoPack cool pack
and IsoRack rack. The white cool pack will maintain 0°C for up to 6 hrs.,
while the blue pack will maintain -21°C for up to 3 hrs. Racks can be
centrifuged and are stackable, autoclavable and floatable.
Cat. No.
C3513-2
Description
System starter set includes IsoSafe,
IsoRack, 0°C IsoPack and -21°C
IsoPack for 1.5/2.0mL tubes
IsoPack and IsoRack set includes 1 each
C3513-8
022510282
For 0.5mL tubes, 0°C
C3513-6
022510240
For 1.5/2.0mL tubes, 0°C
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
022510053
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Molecular Diagnostics
Eppendorf Thermomixer®
Dry Block Heating Shaker
EPPENDORF – With fast speeds,
high precision and reliability,
the Mastercycler® pro easily fulfills
these requirements:
ūū Stop evaporation effectively and
keep the concentration of your
mastermix with the patented
vapo.protect® technology. This
technology leads to improved
reproducibility and specificity at
the rim and corners of the block.
ūū The extremely high heating and
cooling rates of the Mastercycler®
pro S gives you the speed you need. Unsurpassed speed can be
achieved with Eppendorf’s Impulse PCR, a device driven hot-start
function that increases heating rates to 8°C/s.
ūū SteadySlope® technology helps ensure that the heating and cooling
ramp rates are identical in both gradient and normal operation.
ūū Eppendorf’s Mastercycler® pro offers ultimate flexibility. Choose any
plate, tube or strip you want and expand into a mini satellite system.
EPPENDORF - Small and perfectly
designed, Thermomixer® is an
excellent compact unit for 24 x 1.5mL
microcentrifuge tubes. Its impressive
features include an extremely
small footprint, a straightforward
design and high stability—even at
maximum mixing frequency.
Cat. No.
950030015
Mfr. No.
950040015
950040025
950040025
950040035
950040035
Description
Eppendorf Mastercycler® pro
and control panel
Eppendorf Mastercycler® pro S
and control panel
Eppendorf Mastercycler® pro
384 and control panel
Qty.
1/bx
1/bx
1/bx
Molecular Diagnostics
Eppendorf Mastercycler® pro
Thermal Cyclers
Product features:
ūū Dedicated for 24 x 1.5mL microcentrifuge tubes
ūū Dry incubation technology eliminates contamination risk associated
with classical waterbath incubation
ūū Insulated thermoblock for ergonomic operation—designed to help
prevent burns
ūū Optimized borehole design for maximum temperature accuracy
ūū Whisper-quiet operation to benefit the work environment
ūū Small footprint to fit on crowded lab benches
ūū Digital display for reproducible parameter selection
ūū ShortMix function
ūū 2-year warranty
Specifications:
Temperature settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . From 1°C to 99°C
Temperature control range. . . . . . . . From approx. 4°C above RT to 99°C
Incubating accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ± 1°C between 20°C and 45°C ± 2°C
below 20°C and above 45°C
Mixing frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300–1,400 rpm
Mixing orbit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3mm
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5 x 9.4 x 5.7 in.
Cat. No.
S8101-50
Mfr. No.
022670000
Description
Thermomixer® with thermoblock
for 1.5mL test tubes, work rack
and 0°C cool pack - 120V, 50-60 Hz
Cat. No.
22670581
C3515-473
C3515-471
22670573
Mfr. No.
022670581
022670557
022670514
022670573
C3515-472
022670590
Description
24 x 5mL (12mm O.D.)
24 x cryo tubes (12.5mm O.D.)
4 x 50mL conical
Adapter 96-well PCR plate for MTP/
DWP thermoblock
4 x glass slides hybridization
chamber, with humidity control pads
Qty
1/ea
Exchangeable Thermoblocks for use with Eppendorf
Thermomixer® R and ThermoStat Plus
EPPENDORF - Interchangeable thermoblocks help
ensure effective heat transfer and the flexibility to
adapt to your particular application.
Product features:
ūū All blocks are heat-insulated for ergonomic
operation—designed to help prevent burns
ūū Optimized borehole design for precise fitting
of the test tubes promotes maximum
temperature accuracy
Cat. No.
S8101-54
Mfr. No.
022670506
S8101-55
022670522
S8101-56
022670549
Description
24 x 0.5mL with IsoRack and 0°C
cool pack
24 x 1.5mL with IsoRack and 0°C
cool pack
24 x 2.0mL with IsoRack and 0°C
cool pack
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
cardinalhealth.com
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
155
Molecular Diagnostics
Molecular Diagnostics
Eppendorf Thermomixer® R Dry Block Heating and
Cooling Shaker
EPPENDORF - The Thermomixer® R conveniently offers simultaneous
mixing and temperature control. It meets the highest demands for
ease-of-use and flexibility: its counter-cooling ability provides efficient
cooling, thereby greatly expanding both its temperature control
functions and range of applications.
Ten different thermoblocks are available, all of which can be simply
and quickly exchanged, to adapt the unit to daily and/or changing
requirements in the laboratory. Two freely selectable program sequences
with incubating, mixing and rest phases, as well as subsequent cooling to
13°C below room temperature, make everyday lab routines much easier.
Product features:
ūū Wide temperature range and high temperature accuracy due to
active heating and cooling capability
ūū Dry incubation technology helps eliminate contamination risk
associated with classical waterbath incubation
ūū Ten different exchangeable thermoblocks offer a high degree
of flexibility
ūū Whisper-quiet operation to benefit the work environment
ūū Small footprint to fit on crowded lab benches
Eppendorf Vacufuge® plus Vacuum Concentrator
EPPENDORF - Designed to quickly and efficiently concentrate DNA/RNA,
nucleotides, proteins and other samples, this system offers a choice
of three operation modes (aqueous, alcohol or high vapor pressure)
to correspond with sample solvent. Automatic vacuum aeration helps
prevent condensation buildup, maximize evaporation efficiency
and prolong pump life. Choose from four heating levels for efficient
concentration of a variety of samples: 30°C, 45°C, 60°C and ambient.
The unit is narrow to save bench space. Its motorless drive and sealed
chamber require little maintenance. Operation is very quiet, even
with the pump on. It is available as a complete system with built-in
diaphragm pump.
Cat. No.
C3514-3
Mfr. No.
022820109
Description
Qty.
Complete system with built-in
1/ea
diaphragm pump, includes
48 x 1.5/2.0mL fixed-angle rotor 120V, 60 Hz
Rotors
C3514-1
C3514-5
C3514-8
022822080
022822004
022822101
22822228
C3514-424
C3514-10
022822228
022822241
022822144
C3514-38
C3514-37
C3514-9
C3514-36
C3514-35
022822233
022822179
022822128
022822136
022822217
72 x 0.5mL Eppendorf tubes
48 x 1.5/2mL Eppendorf tubes
Stacking spacer for 0.5 and
1.5/2mL tube rotors
6 x 15/50mL conical tubes
2x MTP/PCR plates
24 x 5/7mL tubes
(12 x 67-100mm)
8 x 15mL tubes (18 x 105-120mm)
8 x 16mL tubes (18 x 105-128mm)
36 x 2/4mL tubes (15 x 45-48mm)
16 x 10mL tubes (20 x 42-45mm)
12 x 20mL tubes (31 x 55mm)
ūū 2-year warranty
ūū ShortMix, interval mixing and pause function
ūū RS-232 interface for remote control
Specifications:
Temperature settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . From 1°C to 99°C
Temperature control range. . . . . . . . . From 13°C below RT to 99°C*
Incubating accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5°C between 20°C and 45°C
±2°C below 20°C and above 45°C
Timer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 minute to 99:59 hours, continuous
Mixing speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300–1,500 rpm*
Mixing orbit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3mm
Dimensions, without block: . . . . . . . . 8.7 x 9.8 x 4.9 in. (W x D x H)
*Upper limit depends on thermoblock chosen
Cat. No.
S8101-52
156
Mfr. No.
022670107
Description
Thermomixer® R, without
thermoblock, 120V, 50-60 Hz
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Qty
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Thermal Printer DPU 414
EPPENDORF - Serial printer includes power supply 120 V/60 Hz unit and
printer cable.
Cat. No.
C3514-132
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
952010158
Description
Thermal printer DPU 414
Qty.
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Molecular Diagnostics
Molecular Diagnostics
Aluminum Insert Blocks for Dri-Block® DB-2 and
DB-3 Series Heaters
TECHNE - These heating blocks are for insertion in all Dri-Block® heaters.
All blocks are interchangeable.
Cat. No.
H2097-3
H2097-5
H2097-7
Mfr. No.
6013503
6013505
6013505
Description
10mm tube block, 20 tubes
13mm tube block, 20 tubes
16mm tube block, 12 tubes
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Talboys Analog Dry Block Heaters
TROEMNER - These high-wattage, constant-temperature block heaters
are economical, versatile and compact. They are ideal for many
laboratory procedures, including incubation and activation of cultures,
enzyme reactions, immunoassays and melting/boiling points. Each unit
requires minimum bench space and features convenient front-mounted
temperature adjustment knobs.
Each model accepts separate interchangeable modular blocks that
accommodate various sample enclosures such as vials, microplates,
PCR strips and a wide variety of tubes. Each block contains a
thermometer well and features close tube-and-block contact for
maximum heat retention.
All units offer two separate temperature adjustment knobs, providing
reproducible low- and high-temperature control. Low-range knob
adjusts from ambient to 100°C and high-range knob adjusts from
75°C to 150°C.
Dri-Block® Heaters
TECHNE - Dri-Block® compact heaters provide rapid heatup and
reliable heat control. They are ideal for warming test tubes, cuvettes,
microcentrifuge tubes, 96-well plates and other small containers for
incubation, boiling, inactivation, wet ashing, enzyme analysis and
a variety of clinical and industrial applications. Choose analog or
digital units.
Removable aluminum alloy insert blocks, available separately, accept
test tubes with diameters from 6 to 26mm, 0.5 or 1.5mL microcentrifuge
tubes and a specially designed block to fit Techne® Hi-Temp 96®
polycarbonate microplates. A close fit of tubes in blocks helps ensure
high heat transference. The heater design, temperature sensor and
solid-state circuitry deliver exceptional temperature control uniformity.
Lightweight but durable, these heaters have sufficient insulation to help
ensure that the case remains cool enough to handle even at maximum
operating temperatures. All models have maximum temperature
variation between identical blocks of 0.2°C at 40°C. Heater H2095-7
features red LED temperature display. CSA approved.
Cat. No.
H2095-30A
Mfr. No.
1081400
H2095-3A
1081800
H2095-7
1081900
Description
Analog heater, temp. range:
+5°C to 100°C
Analog heater, temp. range:
+5°C to 200°C
Digital heater, temp range:
+5°C to 200°C
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Qty.
1/ea
Specifications:
Stability at 37°C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±1.5°C
Uniformity within the block at 37°C. . . . . . ±0.1°C
Temperature range
Low range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ambient +5°C to 100°C
High range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75°C to 150°C
Cat. No.
TR-949050
Mfr. No.
949510
TR-949051
949512
Description
12.4 x 8 x 3.5 in. heater 1 block capacity
15.4 x 8 x 3.5 in. heater 2 block capacity
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Talboys Combination Modular
Heating Block
TROEMNER - This block accommodates
samples in tubes of various sizes. It can
hold six 6mm tubes, five 12 to 13mm tubes
or three 25mm tubes. Single block size.
Dimensions (L x W x H): 3.75 x 3 x 2 in.
1/ea
1/ea
Cat. No.
TR-949107
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
949107
Description
Combination heating block
Qty.
1/ea
157
Molecular Diagnostics
Molecular Diagnostics
Talboys Digital Dry Block Heaters
TROEMNER - These economical,
versatile and compact
block heaters are
designed for applications
that require repeatable
results and superior
temperature stability. The
multipurpose units are ideal
for incubation and activation
of cultures, enzyme reactions,
immunoassays, melting/boiling
points and a wide variety of other
laboratory procedures. Easy-touse, front-mounted controls with
independent LED displays show
actual and set point temperatures.
Microprocessor control offers a stability
of ±0.1°C and a uniformity within the
block of ±0.1°C at 37°C, while independent controls allow users to adjust
temperature settings in 0.1°C increments. Temperature uniformity across
multiple blocks is ±0.3°C. The timer displays elapsed time or can be
programmed to count down to zero and shut off unit. Audible alarm will
sound when timer reaches zero. All dry block heaters include a built-in
support rod holder for mounting the probe kit.
Specifications:
Temperature range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ambient +5°C to 120°C
Stability at 37°C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.1°C
Uniformity within the block at 37°C. . . . . . . . . . . ±0.1°C
Cat. No.
TR-949060
Mfr. No.
949500
TR-949061
949502
Description
12.4 x 8 x 3.5 in. digital heater 1 block capacity
15.4 x 8 x 3.5 in. digital heater 2 block capacity
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Talboys Modular Heating
Block for Vials
TROEMNER - Designed for sample/serum
and scintillation vials, this unit is constructed
from a solid anodized aluminum block. The
close contact of tubes to block walls allows
for maximum heat retention. Single block
size. Dimensions: 3.75 x 3 x 2 in.
Cat. No.
TR-949144
Mfr. No.
949144
Description
12 wells - 17mm vial size
Qty.
1/ea
Talboys Modular Heating Blocks for Tubes
TROEMNER - These modular heating blocks are constructed of solid
anodized aluminum. The close contact of block walls to tubes allows for
maximum heat retention. Choose from blocks designed for standardsize test tubes or for conical-bottom centrifuge tubes. Single block size.
Dimensions (L x W x H): 3.75 x 3 x 2 in.
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
For test tubes
TR-949105
949105
8 wells - 20mm tubes
TR-949104
949104
12 wells - 15 to 16mm tubes
TR-949116
949116
16 wells - 12 to 13mm tubes
TR-949103
949103
20 wells - 12 to 13mm tubes
TR-949102
949102
24 wells - 10mm tubes
For microcentrifuge tubes
TR-949110
949110
20 wells - 1.5mL tubes
TR-949113
949113
20 wells - 1.5mL Eppendorf tubes
TR-949151
949151
20 wells - 2mL Eppendorf tubes
For conical-bottom centrifuge tubes
TR-949131
949131
12 wells - 15mL tubes
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Talboys Solid Modular
Heating Block
Talboys Modular Heating Block for Individual
PCR Tubes
TROEMNER - This block is constructed from solid anodized aluminum.
The close contact of tubes to block walls allows for maximum heat
retention. Tapered tube wells accept 0.2mL tubes and are spaced for
easy access and removal. Single block dimensions: 3.75 x 3 x 2 in.
Cat. No.
TR-949129
158
Mfr. No.
949129
Description
Heating block - 64-well
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Qty.
1/ea
TROEMNER - This modular heating
block is constructed from solid
anodized aluminum. Ideal for use
as a low-temperature hot plate or
for drilling a customized block.
Cat. No.
TR-949111
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
949111
Description
Solid heating block - 3.75 x 3 x 2 in.
Qty.
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Osmometers
Advanced® Model 3250
Single-Sample Osmometer
Advanced® Model 2020 Multisample Osmometer
Specifications:
Sample size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20μL
Typical testing time. . . . . . . . . . . . 90 seconds
Sample throughput. . . . . . . . . . . . 35 to 40 samples per hour
Sample capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 20 samples
Resolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 mOsm/kg H2O
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 2,000 mOsm/kg H2O
Linearity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Less than ±1% from a straight line over
calibrated range
Repeatability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±
3 mOsm/kg H2O (1 SD) between
0 and 400 mOsm/kg H2O; ±0.75% (1 SD)
between 400 and 2,000 mOsm/kg H2O
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . 11.4 x 16 x 12.2 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 100 to 240VAC, 50/60 Hz
Cat. No.
N6025-29
N6025-32
N6025-31
N6025-55
N6008-20A
Mfr. No.
2020
202825
202840
202850
3MA005
N6008-21A
3ML085
N6025-27
3LA201
N6008-30
3MA029
3LA028
3LA028
3MA028
3MA028
N6025-28
3LA085
N6024-9
FLA835
Description
Multisample osmometer
Disposable sample tubes
Probe wiper ring
Swab cleaner kit
50 mOsm calibration standard 10 x 2mL
850 mOsm calibration standard 10 x 2mL
2,000 mOsm calibration standard 10 x 5mL
Clinitrol™ 290 mOsm reference
solution - 10 x 2mL
Osmolality linearity set 100 to
2,000 mOsm - 5 x 2 x 5mL
Protinol® 3-level serum control kit 9 x 3 mL
Renol™ 2-level urine control kit 8 x 3mL
Thermal printer paper
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Qty.
1/ea
500/ea
50/ea
50/bx
10/pk
10/pk
10/pk
10/pk
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Specifications:
Sample size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250µL
Typical testing time. . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 minutes
Resolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 mOsm/kg H2O
Linearity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L ess than ±1% from a straight line over
calibrated range
Repeatability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±
2 mOsm/kg H2O (1SD) between
0 and 400 mOsm/kg H2O; ±0.5% (1SD)
between 400 and 4,000 mOsm/kg H2O
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . 16 x 13 x 18 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 100 to 130V or 200 to 250VAC (50/60 Hz)
Ranges
Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 2,000 mOsm/kg H2O
High. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,400 to 4,000 mOsm/kg H2O
Cat. No.
N6025-30
N6025-11
N6024-15
N6025-18
Mfr. No.
3250
3LA825
3DA811
3LA011
N6024-12
3LA051
N6025-19
3LA091
N6024-13
3LA151
N6025-27
3LA201
N6025-8
3LA029
3LA028
3LA028
3MA028
3MA028
N6025-28
3LA085
N6024-9
FLA835
Description
Model 3250
Disposable sample tubes
Heat transfer fluid - 150mL bottle
100 mOsm calibration standard 10 x 5mL
500 mOsm calibration standard 10 x 5mL
900 mOsm calibration standard 10 x 5mL
1500 mOsm calibration standard 10 x 5mL
2,000 mOsm calibration standard 10 x 5mL
Clinitrol™ 290 mOsm reference
solution - 10 x 5mL
Osmolality linearity set 100 to
2,000 mOsm - 5 x 2 x 5mL
Protinol® 3-level serum control kit 9 x 3mL
Renol™ 2-level urine control kit 8 x 3mL
Thermal printer paper
Qty.
1/ea
500/pk
1/ea
10/pk
10/pk
10/pk
10/pk
10/pk
10/pk
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
5/pk
5/pk
cardinalhealth.com
159
Osmometers
ADVANCED INSTRUMENTS - The Advanced® 2020 multisample
osmometer is designed to process up to 20 samples with unattended
operation while providing fast, accurate results. It combines proven
freezing point technology with a functional design that is both simple
to operate and easy to maintain. The Model 2020 is ideally suited for
mid- to high-volume laboratories that prefer to automate osmolality
batch testing while improving laboratory efficiency and throughput.
ADVANCED INSTRUMENTS - The
Advanced® Model 3250 single-sample
osmometer utilizes the freezingpoint method for an accurate
determination of total concentration.
It features a traditional liquid cooling
bath design and offers a wide
measurement range of 0 to
4,000 mOsm using a 250µL sample
size. It is ideally suited for routine
osmolality testing in the clinical
laboratory and also for research
applications in pharmaceutical,
academic and industrial laboratory settings.
Osmometers
Fiske® 210 Micro Sample Osmometer
Osmometers
Advanced® Model 3320 Micro Osmometer
ADVANCED INSTRUMENTS - The Advanced® Model 3320 micro
osmometer is a single sample osmometer designed to provide fast,
accurate test results using a 20µL sample. It combines proven
freezing-point technology and single-step sampling with a functional
design that is both simple to operate and easy to maintain. It is ideally
suited for routine osmolality testing in clinical diagnostic, pharmaceutical
and industrial laboratory settings.
Specifications:
Sample size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20μL
Typical testing time. . . . . . . . . . . . 60 seconds
Resolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 mOsm/kg H2O
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 2,000 mOsm/kg H2O
Linearity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Less than ±1% from a straight line over
calibrated range
Repeatability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±2 mOsm/kg H2O (1 SD) between
0 and 400 mOsm/kg H2O; ±0.5% (1 SD)
between 400 and 2,000 mOsm/kg H2O
Dimensions (H x W x D). . . . . . . . . 14 x 14 x 15 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 100 to 240VAC (50/60 Hz)
Cat. No.
N6008-7
N6008-10
N6008-20A
Mfr. No.
3320
3MA800
3MA005
N6008-21A
3ML085
N6025-27
3LA201
N6008-30
3MA029
3LA028
3LA028
3MA028
3MA028
N6025-28
3LA085
N6008-11
N6024-20
N6008-11P
N6024-26A
3M0825
3M0827
3M0828
3D3835
160
Description
Model 3320 micro osmometer
Sample tips and chamber cleaners
50 mOsm calibration standard 10 x 2mL
850 mOsm calibration standard 10 x 2mL
2,000 mOsm calibration standard 10 x 5mL
Clinitrol™ 290 mOsm reference
solution - 10 x 2mL
Osmolality linearity set 100 to
2,000 mOsm - 5 x 2 x 5mL
Protinol® 3-level serum control kit 9 x 3 mL
Renol™ 2-level urine control kit 8 x 3mL
Ease-Eject™ sampler - 20μL
Sampler calibration key - 20μL
Sampler plunger wire
Thermal paper
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Qty.
1/ea
500/ea
10/pk
10/pk
10/pk
10/pk
1/ea
1/ea
ADVANCED INSTRUMENTS - The Fiske® Model 210 freezing-point
osmometer provides accurate osmolality results in less than 90 seconds
requiring only a 20µL sample. The fully accessible probe design is easy
to clean and service. To use, pipette sample into a disposable sample
tube and place the tube into the test chamber. Lower the probe
into the sample and push the ”test” button. Results are displayed in
keypad window.
Specifications:
Sample size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20μL
Test time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Less than 90 seconds
Resolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 mOsm/kg H2O
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 2,000 mOsm/kg H2O
Linearity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Less than ±1% from a straight line over
calibrated range
Repeatability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±2 mOsm/kg H2O (1 S.D.) between
0 and 400 mOsm/kg H2O; ±0.5% (1 S.D.)
between 400 and 2,000 mOsm/kg H2O
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . 12 x 9½ x 12 in.
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 100 to 240VAC, 50/60 Hz
Cat. No.
N6008-4
N6011-1
N6008-20A
Mfr. No.
210
110825
3MA005
N6008-21A 3MA085
N6025-27
3LA201
N6008-30
3MA029
3LA028
3LA028
3MA028
3MA028
N6025-28
3LA085
1/ea
Description
Model 210 osmometer
Sample tubes and probe cleaners
50 mOsm calibration standard 10 x 2mL
850 mOsm calibration standard 10 x 2mL
2,000 mOsm calibration standard 10 x 5mL
Clinitrol™ 290 mOsm reference
solution - 10 x 2mL
Osmolality linearity set 100 to
2,000 mOsm - 5 x 2 x 5mL
Protinol® 3-level serum control kit 9 x 3mL
Renol™ 2-level urine control kit 8 x 3mL
Qty.
1/ea
250/pk
10/pk
10/pk
10/pk
10/pk
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
2/pk
5/pk
cardinalhealth.com
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Osmometers
Accessories and Supplies for
Micro-OSMETTE™ Osmometers
Micro-OSMETTE™ High-Sensitivity
50μL Osmometer
PRECISION SYSTEMS
PRECISION SYSTEMS - The Micro-OSMETTE™
freezing-point osmometer is a portable unit
with a 50μL sample size and highly reliable,
fully automatic operation. Space-saving
design—just 5 in. wide. Simple to use—
just lower the head and the test begins.
Solid state cooling and easy-clean probe
provide high reliability.
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
Use with P5004 and PS5004F
PS2023
2023
Disposable sample tube - 50μL
Use with PS2430, PS2430F, PS2430E and PS2430EF
PS2020
2020
Sample tube - 30μL
P2017
2017
Multi-OSMETTE™ probe
Qty.
500/pk
1,000/pk
1/ea
Supplied with manual, sample tubes, four
125mL bottles of standards and one pack of
290 controls.
Accessories and Supplies for OSMETTE II™ and
OSMETTE III™ Osmometers
PRECISION SYSTEMS - For use with OSMETTE II™ osmometers PS5005
and PS5005F and OSMETTE III™ osmometers PS5010 and PS5010F.
Mfr. No.
2048
Description
Pipette tip, (10μL) and
CLEANETTES™ chamber wipes
Qty.
1,000/pk
Cat. No.
P5004
Controls for Precision Systems Instruments
Mfr. No.
5004
Description
115V - 50/60 Hz
Osmometers
Cat. No.
PS2048
Specifications:
Sample volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50μL
Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <500 mOsm/Kg: ± 2 mOsm/Kg
>500 mOsm/Kg: ± 0.5%cv
Testing time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 sec.
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 3,000 mOsm/kg
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 x 15 x 10 in.
Qty.
1/ea
PRECISION SYSTEMS - Calibration standards are for use with osmometers
and cryoscopes.
Cat. No.
PS2202
Mfr. No.
2202
PS2201
PS2205
2201
2205
Description
Controls - 5mL ampule - 10 of 290 mOsm 1/ea of 100 mOsm and 500 mOsm
Control - 5mL ampule 100 mOsm
Control - 5mL ampule 500 mOsm
Qty.
12/pk
12/pk
12/pk
Online ordering services at
cardinalhealth.com put you
in command.
Use our online services to help simplify your ordering
process. Our site provides one-click access to key areas
such as:
• Shop for products
• Quick orders
• Order status
• Review purchase history
Visit cardinalhealth.com and register today.
To order, call: 800.964.5227
OSMETTE III™ High-Sensitivity 10μL Osmometer
PRECISION SYSTEMS - The OSMETTE III™ runs 10μL samples for one of
the smallest sample available in a freezing-point osmometer. It features
self-identifying flexible calibration, 3 min. warm-up and 60 to 90 sec.
test time.
Supplied with manual, printer paper and ribbon, pipette tips, chamber
wipes, four 125mL bottles of standards and one pack of 290 controls.
Specifications:
Sample volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10μL
Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <500 mOsm/Kg: ± 2 mOsm/Kg
>500 mOsm/Kg: ± 0.5%cv
Testing time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 sec.
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 2,000 mOsm/kg
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5 x 12 x 4 in.
Cat. No.
PS5010
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
5010
Description
115V, 50/60 Hz
Qty.
1/ea
161
Safety Cabinets and Fume Hoods
Gloves, Hands and Sleeves for Protector® Glove Boxes
LABCONCO - Use these gloves, hands and sleeves with Protector® glove
boxes. Gloves feature a one-piece seamless design and are complete
with O-rings. The glove material is 0.015G thick. Butyl gloves provide
high impermeability to water vapor, gases and toxic chemicals and are
resistant to oxygenated solvents and most oxidizing chemicals. Sleeves
L5281-27 and -15 can be used with either neoprene or latex hands.
Safety Cabinets and Fume Hoods
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Gloves
L5283-17
5005601
Hands
L5281-34
5033100
Neoprene sleeves
L5287-15
5005900
L5281-27
5005800
Description
Qty.
Butyl, size 9¾
2/pk
Neoprene, size 10
2/pk
Accordion
Straight
2/pk
2/pk
Protector® Fiberglass Filtered Glove Box
LABCONCO - This glove box uses ambient air to provide user protection
from extremely hazardous particulates for applications such as
nanoparticle manipulation, toxic powder weighing, pharmaceutical
research and biochemistry. Microorganisms, low-level radiochemicals,
chemical carcinogens and asbestos may also be used in these boxes.
Available with a fiberglass liner, the box has a built-in blower with
speed control capable of airflow from 15 CFM to 85 CFM depending on
voltage and frequency and inlet and outlet HEPA filters that are 99.99%
efficient on 0.3 micron particulates. The box features an LCD display and
programmable alarm levels of volume dilution rates in cubic feet per
minute, air changes/minute and main chamber pressure. The electrical
receptacle is wall-mounted on the interior right hand side, and there
is an interior left-hand side wall-mounted pass-through with plug.
Illumination exceeds 120 footcandles, and particulate containment is
<20 nanograms per cubic meter as confirmed by SafeBridge Consultants,
Incorporated.
The laminated safety glass window is 3/8 in. thick and has a 36 x 27.7 in.
viewing area. The exterior of the glove box is constructed of powdercoated steel for superior corrosion resistance. Includes one pair of
neoprene gloves, size 9¾ in., with clamps, 6 ft. power cord and plug.
Navigating
challenges,
discovering
solutions.
162
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Specifications:
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 100-115V, 50/60 Hz, 10A
Ship wt.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 lbs.
Cat. No.
L5218-249
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
5065010
Description
With fiberglass liner
Qty.
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Safety Cabinets and Fume Hoods
Basic™ 47 Laboratory Hoods
Thermo Scientific 1300 Series A2 Biological
Safety Cabinets
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - The 1300 Series biological safety cabinets deliver
exceptional efficiency, safety and value for daily applications.
ūū Comfort—10° sloped front for comfort and ergonomics
ūū Convenience—intuitive control panel for at-a-glance monitoring
ūū Savings—efficient dual DC motors deliver operational cost savings
and low heat emissions
Cat. No. Mfr. No.
3 ft. safety cabinet
KL1342
1342
1320
1320
1323
1323
4 ft. safety cabinet
KL1395
1395
1305
1305
5 ft. safety cabinet
KL1369
1369
6 ft. safety cabinet
KL1337
1337
KL1387
1387
Description
Qty.
3 ft. - 8 in. sash opening - 120V 50/60 Hz
3 ft. - 10 in. sash opening
3 ft. - 10 in. sash opening - stainless steel
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
4 ft. - 8 in. sash opening
4 ft. - 8 in. sash opening - stainless steel
1/ea
1/ea
5 ft. - 10 in. sash opening
1/ea
6 ft. - 8 in. sash opening - stainless steel
6 ft. - 10 in. sash opening
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Cat. No.
L5250-31
L5150-30
L5301-14
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
2247400
2247300
4882803
Description
Hood without blower
Hood with blower
48 x 30 in. laboratory hood
work surface - for use with
Basic™ 47 hood
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
163
Safety Cabinets and Fume Hoods
ūū Containment—smart flow design automates airflow compensation
and balancing
LABCONCO - Choose these hoods for rooms with ceilings below 8 ft. and
for shallow countertops. Available with or without a blower, the hoods
are constructed of epoxy-coated 16G steel on the interior and exterior.
They have a tempered, safety glass counterbalanced sash, 10 in. diameter
duct collar(s), two switches, a removable front panel, a removable air
foil and a two-piece adjustable baffle. The right side fixture panel is
factory-prepared to accept up to three service fixtures, one duplex
electrical receptacle and a Guardian™ Air Flow Monitor. Right-side
wall accepts one side-wall-mounted cupsink with turret (fixtures not
included). The hood liner top is factory-prepared for two apparatus
rods (rods not included). Four ft. Basic™ 47 hoods are ideal as individual
workstations. Dimensions for the hood without blower (W x D x H):
47 x 25 x 48 in.; static pressure loss does not exceed 0.35 in. H2O at
100 fpm (720 cfm). Hood with blower is 53 in. H; overcomes a maximum
external static pressure of 0.25 in. H2O at 100 fpm (720 cfm). Supporting
work surface, base cabinet or stand, blower and ductwork are required
and each sold separately.
Safety Cabinets and Fume Hoods
Paramount® Ductless Enclosures
LABCONCO - This ductless fume
hood is a self-contained work station
that allows for safe handling of
organic, formaldehyde, acid gas,
sulfur compounds or ammonia
chemical fumes and vapors as well as
particulates. Airflow and filter status
are digitally displayed. Advanced
electronic commutated motor (ECM)
technology uses less energy and runs
quieter than comparable models. No
ducting is required. Exclusive features:
patented slotted rear baffle to promote horizontal laminar airflow, CleanSweep™ air foil, upper containment sash foil, upper dilution air supply.
Accommodates various filters based on application (sold separately).
Seven filter options are available: Activated Carbon Filter for Organic
Vapors; Impregnated Carbon Filter for Acid-Sulfur; Impregnated Carbon
Filter for Ammonia-Amine; Impregnated Carbon Filter for FormaldehydeFormalin; Mixed Bed Carbon Filter for Organic Vapors; Acid-Sulfur and
Ammonia-Amine; Impregnated Carbon Filter for Radioisotopes and HEPA
Filter for Particulates (sold separately).
Safety Cabinets and Fume Hoods
Fiberglass 30 Laboratory Fume Hood
LABCONCO - Use this compact hood for research, educational and
clinical applications that require a small working space and efficient fume
removal. Constructed of glacier white dry powder epoxy-coated steel,
it features a corrosion-resistant, one-piece molded fiberglass interior liner
and a pivoting air foil. The hood also has a tempered, safety glass vertical
rising sash with a powder-coated aluminum handle. A fixture panel on
the hood’s right side is designed to accept up to three service fixtures,
one electrical duplex and one airflow monitor. Service fixtures kits,
electrical duplex receptacle kits and air monitors are available separately.
Hood L5501-40 includes a built-in, corrosion-resistant direct drive
exhaust blower capable of overcoming a maximum external static
pressure of 0.12 in. H2O at 310 CFM (100 fpm) and prewired 100W,
vapor-resistant, incandescent lighting and light and blower switches.
Supporting work surface, base cabinet or stand and ductwork are
required and each sold separately.
Cat. No.
L5501-40
F1307-30
Mfr. No.
3030000
4882806
Description (W x D x H)
Qty.
30 x 30.16 x 48 in. - 115V, 60 Hz
1/ea
30 x 30 in. laboratory hood work
1/ea
surface - for use with Fiberglass 30 hood
Cat. No.
F63200
Mfr. No.
6963200
F63301
6963301
Description (W x D x H)
2 ft. - 2 filters - 24 x 29 x 44 in. 115V, 50/60 Hz, 5A
3 ft. tall - 4 filters - 36 x 29 x 53 in. 115V, 50/60 Hz, 5A
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Protector® Premier®
Laboratory Hoods
LABCONCO - Protector Premier
Fiberglass Fume Hoods have
a one-piece liner of specially
formulated, fiberglass-reinforced
polyester, which offers corrosion
and fire resistance and easy clean
up. There are no seams where
deterioration can occur or where
contaminants can collect. These
general-purpose hoods are ideal for corrosive fumes but should not be
used with perchloric acid, or radioactive or biological hazards
These by-pass hoods feature the largest unobstructed sightline
available—37.5 in. from work surface to header panel. Other features
include Eco-Foil™ air foil that corrects natural turbulence while keeping
cords out of the way, powder-coated steel exterior, safety glass sash, and
molded fiberglass exhaust collar. Standard hoods include T8 fluorescent
lighting. Explosion-proof (EP) models are available.
Customize your hood with optional service fixtures that accommodate
air, gas, vacuum or water lines. Complete your fume hood with a variety
of accessories including blowers, work surfaces, storage cabinets, fire
extinguishers and air flow monitors (all sold separately).
164
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Cat. No.
100400000
Mfr. No.
100400000
100600000
100600000
cardinalhealth.com
Description
Qty.
4 ft. hood - remote blower required, 1/ea
with sash open 28 in. - exhausts 725
CFM at 0.22 static pressure - 115V
6 ft. hood - remote blower required, 1/ea
with sash open 28 in. - exhausts 1180
CFM at 0.41 static pressure - 115V
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Safety Cabinets and Fume Hoods
Protector® Work Stations
LABCONCO - Protector® Work
Stations are specifically designed
for the needs of pathologists and
histotechnologists. These enclosures
rely on patented containmentenhancing features and face
velocities from 60 to 100 fpm to rid the laboratory of solvent vapors
associated with gross sectioning, trimming, cover slipping and staining.
Protector® Work Stations are ideal for cramped or crowded labs as they
feature a low profile to fit easily under standard upper cabinets.
Protector® Work Stations with built-in blower are offered for laboratories
where ducting to the outside is not feasible. These enclosures
accommodate two large carbon filters—Organic, Formaldehyde and/or
Ammonia—used in any combination. The filters keep low concentrations
of these chemicals below OSHA-recommended, time-weighted average
(TWA) levels, restoring clean air to the laboratory. Carbon filters are
sold separately.
Protector® Work Stations geared for connection to a remote blower or
house exhaust system offer protection from a broad range of chemicals
and are recommended when chemical concentrations are high,
unknown or unpredictable.
Cat. No.
L3930-000
L3930-001
Mfr. No.
3930000
3930001
Description
Built-in blower - 115V, 60 Hz, 10A
Remote blower required - 115V,
60 Hz, 10A
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Purifier® Class I Safety Enclosures
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
2 ft. wide enclosures (110 to 155 cfm)
F20002
3980201
115V, 60 Hz, 3A
F20003
3980203
115V, 60 Hz, 3A - built-in
Guardian™ Airflow monitor
3 ft. wide enclosures (165 to 230 cfm)
F30003
3980303
115V, 60 Hz, 3A - built-in
Guardian™ Airflow monitor
To order, call: 800.964.5227
LABCONCO - Protect users from hazardous chemical powders, dust and
allergens in a variety of applications ranging from screening suspicious
mail to weighing chemicals with these HEPA-filtered enclosures.
Available in 3 and 4 ft. widths, enclosures feature a built-in exhaust HEPA
filter that saves space over a separate exhauster and is 99.99% effective
on 0.3µ particles. Upper dilution air supply introduces room air at the
top of the sash to dilute concentrations in the upper chamber and
constantly projects clean air on the back of the sash. A Clean-Sweep™
air foil with airflow openings provides a constant barrier of protection
against contaminants by pulling inflow air from under the air foil,
allowing clean air to continually flow over it. Enclosures also include an
upper containment sash foil that bleeds air into the enclosure, directing
contaminants away from users’ breathing zone. Side-entry air foils
enhance containment by allowing air to sweep across the interior
glass surfaces.
Sash and sides are made of ¼ in. thick tempered safety glass and provide
excellent visibility and protection. The glass also offers more fire-,
scratch- and corrosion-resistance than acrylic. The 10° angled, hinged
sash allows for a closer view, less glare and a more comfortable operating
position than vertical sashes and pivots upward and locks to a loading
height of 20 in. Side seals on the sash help contain contaminants.
A front-mounted Minihelic® pressure gauge monitors pressure
differential across the HEPA filter to help determine loading. These
enclosures’ light and blower switches are front-mounted and in easy
reach of the user. Two utility ports with iris openings for tubing, electrical
cords and cables are located at the back.
Both L5279-47 and L5279-49 models are available with built-in
Guardian™ airflow monitor, which alerts the user if face velocity falls
outside of preset range. ETL and CE listed. Power requirement of 115V,
60 Hz, 3A. Supporting work surface and supporting base, available
separately, are required.
Cat. No.
L5279-47
L5279-49
Mfr. No.
3980302
3980402
Description
3 ft. wide enclosure (165 to 230 cfm)
4 ft. wide enclosure (220 to 310 cfm)
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
cardinalhealth.com
165
Safety Cabinets and Fume Hoods
LABCONCO - When applications do not require
product protection, choose these Class I safety
enclosures as an economical alternative to
Class II laminar flow cabinets. Available in 2 ft.
and 3 ft. widths, these Class I enclosures help
protect you from agents with Biosafety Level
1, 2 or 3 containment. Enclosures have a low
discharge volume that reduces cross currents
and provides quiet operation from 49 to 67 dB.
Units include a fluorescent lamp with a 254nm
UV light that turns on while the enclosure is
not in use. Sturdy, epoxy-coated aluminum
frame and durable, corrosion-resistant steel
rear plenum and baffle. Built-in exhaust HEPA
filter saves space and is 99.99% effective on
0.3µ particles. Features upper dilution air supply
and Clean-Sweep™ air foil. Includes an upper
containment sash foil and side-entry air foils
that enhance containment by allowing air to
sweep across the interior glass surfaces. Sash and sides are made of ¼ in.
thick tempered safety glass for superior visibility and protection and more
fire-, scratch- and corrosion-resistance than acrylic. Hinged, ergonomic
sash is angled 10° for a closer view and less than vertical sashes. ETL and
CE listed. Work surface and base, sold separately, are required.
Purifier® HEPA-Filtered Enclosures
Safety Cabinets and Fume Hoods
Purifier® Logic®+ Class II A2
Biosafety Cabinets
Purifier® Logic®+ Class II B2
Biosafety Cabinets
LABCONCO - Purifier® Logic®+
Class II A2 Biosafety Cabinets
provide personnel, product and
environmental protection suitable
for work in biosafety levels 1, 2 and
3. Other appropriate applications
include work with antineoplastic
drugs, genetic material, carcinogens,
allergens and additional substances
that generate hazardous airborne
particulates. All models are
NSF-listed. These cabinets are
designed to discharge HEPA-filtered
exhaust air directly into the laboratory
or into an exhaust system through an
optional canopy connection.
LABCONCO - Purifier® Logic®+
Class II B2 Biosafety Cabinets
provide personnel, product and
environmental protection suitable
for work in biosafety levels 1, 2 and
3. Other appropriate applications
include work with antineoplastic
drugs, genetic material, asbestos
and additional substances that
generate hazardous airborne
particulates. All models are
NSF-listed. These cabinets are
designed to be hard-ducted to
the outside. Since none of the air
is recirculated, these biohazard
cabinets may be used for work
with agents treated with volatile
toxic chemicals and radionuclides.
Purifier® Logic®+ Biosafety Cabinets excel in user comfort and
functionality. The Inclination™ Technology Suite enhances the user
experience, including the following: 10° angled sash, patented curved
air grille with built-in armrest, fully accessible controls and eye-level
color display. The MyLogic™ Operating System provides color-coded
menus, status messages and alarms with diagnostic troubleshooting.
ECM blower technology allows the unit to consume 60% less energy,
allowing for cooler and quieter operation. The Constant Airflow Profile™
(CAP) maintains a precise volume of air as the filters load to provide
unparalleled safety. Logic®+ Biosafety Cabinets continuously display
HEPA filter life remaining and cabinet status.
Safety Cabinets and Fume Hoods
Some models include non-welded base stands. For those that do not,
base stands are required and are sold separately.
Cat No.
3 ft. model
302381000
Mfr. No.
Description
Qty
302381000
1/ea
302310000
302311000
302310000
302311000
302310100
302310100
8 in. sash opening - UV, service
fixtures, Vacu-Pass Portal - 115V
10 in. sash opening - 115V
10 in. sash opening - UV, service
fixtures, Vacu-Pass Portal - 115V
10 in. sash opening - base stand
included - 115V
4 ft. model
302481000
302481000
302410000
302411000
302410000
302411000
302410100
302410100
5 ft. model
302581000
302581000
302510000
302510100
302510000
302510100
6 ft. model
302680000
302680000
302611000
302610100
302611000
302610100
166
8 in. sash opening - UV, service
fixtures, Vacu-Pass Portal - 115V
10 in. sash opening - 115V
10 in. sash opening - UV, service
fixtures, Vacu-Pass Portal - 115V
10 in. sash opening - base stand
included - 115V
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
8 in. sash opening - UV, service
fixtures, Vacu-Pass Portal - 115V
10 in. sash opening - 115V
10 in. sash opening - base stand
included - 115V
1/ea
8 in. sash opening - UV, service
fixtures, Vacu-Pass Portal - 115V
10 in. sash opening - 115V
10 in. sash opening - base stand
included - 115V
1/ea
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Purifier® Logic®+ Biosafety Cabinets excel in user comfort and
functionality. The Inclination™ Technology Suite enhances the user
experience, including the following: 10° angled sash, patented curved
air grille with built-in armrest, fully accessible controls and eye-level
color display. The MyLogic™ Operating System provides color-coded
menus, status messages and alarms with diagnostic troubleshooting.
ECM blower technology allows the unit to consume 60% less energy,
allowing for cooler and quieter operation. The Constant Airflow Profile™
(CAP) maintains a precise volume of air as the filters load to provide
unparalleled safety. Logic®+ Biosafety Cabinets continuously display
HEPA filter life remaining and cabinet status.
Some models include non-welded base stands. For those that do not,
base stands are required and are sold separately.
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
4 ft. model with 8 in. sash opening
303480000 303480000
115V
303481000 303481000
UV, service fixtures,
Vacu-Pass Portal - 115V
303480100 303480100
Base stand included - 115V
303481100 303481100
UV, service fixtures, pass through base stand included - 115V
6 ft. model with 8 in. sash opening
303680000 303680000
115V
303680100 303680100
UV, service fixtures,
Vacu-Pass Portal - 115V
303681100 303681100
Base stand included - 115V
303681000 303681000
UV, service fixtures, pass through base stand included - 115V
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
cardinalhealth.com
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Safety Cabinets and Fume Hoods
Work Surface with Sink for Protector® Work Stations
Purifier® Nonventilated PCR Enclosure
LABCONCO - Designed for conducting polymerase chain reaction
procedures, this nonventilated enclosure provides a circulation-free
work environment that reduces cross-contamination. Enclosures feature
a 254nm ultraviolet lamp and variable digital timer for timed UV light
exposure. Timer has eight settings: continuous and 5, 10, 15, 30, 60, 120
and 240 minutes. Enclosures also include a glare-free fluorescent light for
interior illumination. Located within easy reach of the user, the three-way
light switch powers the fluorescent and UV light one at a time to protect
user from inadvertent UV exposure.
The ¼ in. thick tempered safety glass sash with 7.8 in. high opening
is angled 20° for more comfortable viewing and less glare. Loading
height of 20 in. Glass is UV-opaque and resistant to UV irradiation. Other
features include two utility ports with iris openings to allow passage
of tubing and electrical cords and an electrical receptacle inside the
enclosure that is powered by the front-mounted auxiliary switch. Bifold
doors close the sash opening to help prevent contaminants from
entering and protect user when the UV light is on. Constructed of UVresistant, glacier white and gray powder-coated aluminum and steel,
enclosures have a nominal width of 4 ft. Supporting work surface and
base are required but not included. ETL listed, CE marked.
Mfr. No.
3952400
Description
PCR enclosure - 115V, 60 Hz, 10A
Qty.
1/ea
Cat. No.
L6942-003
LABCONCO - Black chemical-resistant work surface is contoured to fit
the dimensions of the enclosure and to contain spills.
Cat. No.
F1307-3
Mfr. No.
3908402
Description
Black solid epoxy dished work
surfaces - 1 in. thick
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Qty.
1/ea
Description
Work surface with sink
Qty.
1/ea
Carbon Filters for Protector® Work Stations with
Built-In Blower
LABCONCO - These carbon filters are appropriate for use with current
model Protector® Work Stations and are suitable for vapors from
organics, formaldehyde and ammonia.
Cat. No.
L3924-200
L3924-201
Black Solid Epoxy Work Surface for 4 ft. Protector®
XVS Ventilation Stations, Purifier Non-Ventilated PCR
Enclosures, Xpert Balance Enclosures, Paramount
Ductless Enclosures
Mfr. No.
6942003
Mfr. No.
3924200
3924201
Description
4 ft. organic vapor filter
4 ft. formaldehyde filter
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Solid Epoxy Dished Work Surfaces
LABCONCO - These black, chemical-resistant work surfaces help contain
spills. They are contoured to fit the dimensions of Labconco’s Purifier®
Vertical Clean Benches, Filtered PCR Enclosures, Purifier® Class I Safety
Enclosures and HEPA Filtered Enclosures. Choose from three sizes.
Cat. No.
L5279-36
Mfr. No.
3909900
L5279-37
3909901
L5279-38
3909902
cardinalhealth.com
Description (W x D x H)
24 x 29 x 1 in. - 2 ft. benches
and enclosures
36 x 29 x 1 in. - 3 ft. benches
and enclosures
48 x 29 x 1 in. - 4 ft. benches
and enclosures
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
167
Safety Cabinets and Fume Hoods
Cat. No.
L3952-400
LABCONCO - This dish-shaped work surface is designed for use with
Protector® Work Stations L3930-000, -001 and -020. It contains spills and
accommodates standard dissecting boards. Corrosion-resistant surface is
designed to not absorb liquids or stain. Surface includes a 10 x 14 x 6 in.
deep molded epoxy sink with a chrome-plated gooseneck faucet with
vacuum breaker, two chrome-plated faucet controls and a spray nozzle
with hose. Requires a 1.5 in. drain connection.
Safety Cabinets and Fume Hoods
6 ft. Electric Hydraulic Lift Base Stand
LABCONCO - This adjustable base stand allows you to position your
6 ft. hood or enclosure to accommodate people of different heights
and wheelchair users. Designed to support up to 1,000 lbs., the stand
features a durable 1¾ in. tubular epoxy-coated steel frame with a
glacier-white finish and a 2 x 3 in. tubular steel support frame. The stand
is adjustable from 25½ to 33½ in. in height. The electric stand has an
up/down switch and four powder-coated die-cast feet with levelers.
Cat. No.
L5600-35
Mfr. No.
3780102
Description (W x D)
Qty.
6 ft. electric hydraulic lift base stand - 1/ea
115V, 60 Hz, 2.4A
Safety Cabinets and Fume Hoods
Expertise
Cardinal Health is an experienced, dependable partner
that knows the lab business and solves problems.
•60 years of experience serving laboratories.
•Dependable service, with tenured representatives
who are committed to understanding and attending
to customers’ needs.
•Sales representatives who help educate lab managers
about their options with comparative information
about different manufacturers and products.
•Specialty customer service team that manages
high-volume, high-value and perishable materials.
• Extensive supply chain and logistics expertise.
168
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Welded Telescoping Base Stands for Labconco Fume
Hoods, Safety Cabinets and Enclosures
LABCONCO - Designed to support Labconco fume hoods, safety cabinets
and enclosures, these welded base stands are made of durable 1¾ in.
tubular, white powder-coated steel. They have telescoping legs so they
can be adjusted to seven height positions in 1 in. increments from
27½ to 33½ in. Base stands of multiple widths can be mixed and
matched to equal the width of the hood they support. Stands are
available with fixed feet for stationary use or with 5 in. diameter
toe-locking casters for mobility.
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description (W x D)
Base stands with fixed feet for use with
L5600-3
3746702 4 ft. models of the following: Basic
Hood, Protector® Hood, Protector®
Work Station, Protector® XVS Station,
Purifier® PCR Enclosure, Purifier® Class I
or HEPA Filtered Enclosure, Purifier®
Clean Bench, XPert Enclosure
L5302-13 3730300 3 ft. Purifier® Logic®+ or Purifier® Cell
Logic®+ Biosafety Cabinet
L5302-14 3730400 4 ft. Purifier® Logic®+ or Purifier® Cell
Logic®+ Biosafety Cabinet
L5302-15 3730600 5 ft. Purifier® Logic®+ or Purifier® Cell
Logic®+ Biosafety Cabinet
Base stands with 5 in. dia. toe-locking casters for use with
L3746-710 3746710 2 ft. - Purifier® Vertical Clean Bench,
Filtered PCR Enclosure, Class I
Enclosure, HEPA-Filtered Enclosure,
Paramount® Ductless Enclosure
L5600-25
3746711 3 ft. Purifier® Class I Enclosure, Purifier®
HEPA Filtered Enclosure, Purifier®
Clean Bench, Filtered PCR Enclosure,
Paramount® Ductless Enclosure
Qty.
L5600-23
1/ea
L5600-28
L5600-30
cardinalhealth.com
3730310 3 ft. Purifier® Logic®+ or Purifier® Cell
Logic®+ Biosafety Cabinet
3730410 4 ft. Purifier® Logic®+ or Purifier® Cell
Logic®+ Biosafety Cabinet
3730610 5 ft. Purifier® Logic®+ or Purifier® Cell
Logic®+ Biosafety Cabinet
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Storage
Cabinets/Safety Cabinets
Flammable Safety Storage Cabinets
Clear View Storage Cabinet
SANDUSKY LEE - Durable acrylic doors provide full visibility of contents.
Fully adjustable shelves on 2 in. centers plus raised bottom shelf. Three
point door-locking system. Meets ANSI/BIFMA shelf standards. Powdercoat finish. Shipped assembled with the exception of the handle.
Dimensions (W x D x H) 46 x 18 x 72 in.
Cat. No.
E461872-07
Mfr. No.
EA4V461872-07
Description
Storage cabinet
Qty.
1/ea
EAGLE MANUFACTURING - These storage cabinets allow flammable
liquids to be stored near work areas. They are constructed with 18G steel
double-walled sides, top, bottom and doors with a 1½ in. air space
between the walls. Both vents, with 2 in. threaded fittings, have a
fire baffle and cap. Cabinets feature beige powder-coat finish with a
FLAMMABLE warning in red. They also have a grounding attachment,
three-point keylock and 2 in. raised leak-resistant doorsill. Each shelf is
adjustable, supported by four brackets and can support 350 lbs. Models
with single shelf have a capacity of 30 gal. and have dimensions of
43 x 18 x 44 in. while models with two shelves have a capacity of 45 gal.
and have dimensions of 43 x 18 x 65 in. An additional shelf is available
separately. Factory Mutual (FM) approved.
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
1 self-closing sliding door
E1930BEIGE
1930BEIGE
E1945BEIGE
1945BEIGE
2 manual-closing doors
E1932BEIGE
1932BEIGE
E1947BEIGE
1947BEIGE
E1915
1915
Description
Qty.
1 shelf
2 shelves
1/ea
1/ea
1 shelf
2 shelves
Additional shelf
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Safety Storage Cabinet
Transport Mobile Clear View Cabinet
SANDUSKY LEE - Durable acrylic doors provide full visibility of contents.
Fully adjustable shelves on 2 in. centers plus raised bottom shelf.
Three point door-locking system. Meets ANSI/BIFMA shelf standards.
Patented heavy-duty caster base. Powder-coat finish. Shipped assembled
with the exception of the handle and casters. Dimensions (W x D x H)
46 x 18 x 78 in.
Mfr. No.
TA4V 461872-07
Description
Mobile storage cabinet
Qty.
1/ea
The cabinet is constructed of double-wall, 18G steel with 1½ in. air space
between the walls. Shelf depth is 14¾ in. Both upper and lower vents
have fire baffle plus grounding attachments, three-point keylock and
2 in. raised, leak-resistant doorsills. Model has two doors. Meets NFPA
Code 30 requirements. Not for sulfuric, nitric or hydrochloric acid storage.
Cat. No.
ECRA32
To order, call: 800.964.5227
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
CRA32
Description (H x W x D)
44 x 43 x 18in. - 30 gal. capacity - 1 shelf
Qty.
1/ea
169
Storage
Cat. No.
T461872-07
EAGLE MANUFACTURING - Use this
cabinet to store small containers
(up to 5 gal. capacity) of flammable
and nonflammable acids and corrosive
liquids. All interior and exterior surfaces,
including shelves, are finished with
blue epoxy powder coating for superior
protection against chemical attack in the
event of a spill or splash. For additional
protection, cabinet is supplied with
linear high-density polyethylene trays for shelves and bottom.
Storage
Safety Cabinets
Stackable Safety Cabinet
EAGLE MANUFACTURING - Ideal for storing small containers of
flammables, this 15 gal. stackable cabinet can be used on countertops,
workbenches or the floor. It is constructed of 18G steel with a yellow
high-gloss powder finish and a warning label with FLAMMABLE printed
in red. Sides, top, bottom and doors are double-walled with a 1½ in.
air space between walls. Both vents, with 2 in. threaded fittings, have
fire baffle and cap. Cabinet also has two manual-closing doors and 2 in.
raised leak-resistant doorsill, a grounding attachment and a three-point
keylock. The 14¾ in. deep shelf is adjustable, supported by four brackets
and can support 350 lbs. Dimensions (W x D x H): 43 x 18 x 22¼ in.
Weight: 135 lbs.
Cat. No.
EADD-15
Mfr. No.
ADD-15
Description
Stackable storage cabinet
Qty.
1/ea
Nonmetallic Acids/Corrosives Storage Cabinets
JUSTRITE - These cabinets offer excellent chemical resistance to highly
corrosive liquids such as phenol, nitric acid and sulfuric acid. Their
long-lasting wood construction provides exceptional strength and the
stainless steel handles and hinges resist damage. Shelves are adjustable
to accommodate a wide variety of containers. Cabinets come with
adjustable leg levelers, Haz-Alert™ reflective labels and a double key
set for safety and security.
Cat. No.
S1347-102
Mfr. No.
24120
S1347-37A
24140
Description (H x W x D)
Holds 6 - 2.5L bottles 18.5 x 24 x 16 in.
Holds 36 - 2.5L bottles 1 shelf - 35¾ x 36 x 22 in.
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Flammable Waste Storage Cabinets
JUSTRITE - Choose these white cabinets for temporary on-site storage
of flammable or combustible wastes. Features include double-wall
construction, a 2 in. leak-resistant sill, a three-point stainless steel
bullet latching system, Haz-Alert™ reflective labeling, U•Loc™ padlockcompatible handle with three bullet latches and leveler feet. Model
S1339-60A has one adjustable Spillslope™ shelf with a manually closing
door and dimensions 65 x 59 x 34 in. Code states that no more than
60 gal. may be Class I and Class II liquids.
Mfr. No.
8991053
Description
Two 55 gal. drums
Storage
Cat. No.
S1339-60A
Qty.
1/ea
Piggyback Storage Cabinets
JUSTRITE - These piggyback cabinets fit atop standard nonsliding door
30 gal. or 45 gal. safety cabinets to provide expanded or segregated
storage of flammable materials. They can be bench- or wall-mounted
and feature double-wall construction, dual 2 in. vent openings and a
leak-resistant sill. Cabinets also feature Haz-Alert™ labeling and U•Loc™
padlockable handle with three bullet latches for extra security. Cabinet
S1347-42A includes an adjustable Spillslope™ shelf constructed from
galvanized steel. Doors open and close manually. Cabinets meet OSHA
Standard 1910.106 for flammable and combustible liquids for storage
cabinets. Factory Mutual (FM) approved.
Cat. No.
S1347-41A
S1347-42A
170
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
891300
891700
Description (H x W x D)
12 gal. - 18 x 43 x 18 in.
17 gal. - 24 x 43 x 18 in.
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Storage
Safety Cabinets
Solid Polyethylene Acid Cabinet
JUSTRITE - Justrite’s Solid Polyethylene Acid
Cabinet is ideal for the storage of harsh
corrosive acids. This “solid wall” high-density
polyethylene (HDPE) plastic cabinet has
excellent chemical resistance to handle the
most corrosive chemicals and make clean-up a
snap. Features a protective, all-welded bottom
sump and a clean, sleek design to complement
laboratory settings. Fully-welded, liquid-tight
2 in. (51mm) sump contains accidental spills.
Poly hinges, door handle and internal latching mechanism means there
are no metal parts to corrode. Door hasp accepts padlock for security
against unauthorized use. Cabinet includes adjustable steel leg levelers
and patent pending Haz-Alert™ reflective warning labels in 3 languages.
Cat. No.
1347-73
Mfr. No.
24004
Description
1 door, countertop
Qty.
1/ea
Space Saver Safety Cabinets
JUSTRITE - These 12 gal. capacity cabinets are
designed for areas where small quantities of
flammables are stored. Cabinets feature one
adjustable shelf, a keylock in handle and
leveling feet. Bright yellow powder-coat finish
with Haz-Alert™ reflective labeling. Cabinet
S1347-24A has a self-closing, stainless-steel
bullet-latch self-latching door and is equipped
with a fusible link “hold open” device. Dimensions
(H x W x D): 35 x 23¼ x 18 in. Cabinets comply
with NFPA Code 30 flammable liquids code and
OSHA Standard 1910.106 for flammable and
combustible liquids. Factory Mutual (FM) approved.
Cat. No.
S1347-23A
S1347-24A
Mfr. No.
891200
891220
Description
Manually closing door
Self-closing door
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Description (H x W x D)
30 gal. - 44 x 43 x 18 in. - 1 shelf
Qty.
1/ea
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Qty.
1/ea
JUSTRITE - These compact countertop
flammable liquid storage cabinets are
designed for storage of small quantities
of flammable liquids. You can mount the
4 gal. cabinets on the wall or use them
on the countertop. Cabinets have one
adjustable Spillslope™ shelf, 2 in. vent
openings, a three-point stainless steel
bullet self-latching system, a U•Loc™ handle that can be padlocked for
extra security and leveling feet. Cabinets meet OSHA Standard 1910.106
for storage cabinets. Dimensions (W x D x H): 17 x 17 x 22 in.
Cat. No.
S1347-101A
S1347-72A
Mfr. No.
890420
890400
Description
Self-closing door
Manual closing door
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Looking for a specific product?
Storage
Description
Yellow 30 gal. - manual door
Mfr. No.
893002
Sure-Grip® EX One-Door
Countertop Safety
Storage Cabinets
JUSTRITE - For hands-on
convenience with minimal
exposure, choose this two-door
cabinet for onsite storage of
flammables or combustibles.
It includes one adjustable shelf.
Stores three 5 gal. safety cans
on shelf and three 5 gal. safety
cans in bottom of cabinet.
Factory Mutual (FM) tested and
approved. The Sure-Grip EX®
Storage Cabinet is designed in
accordance with specifications set forth in the National Fire Protection
Association Code 30. Complies with OSHA 29 CFR 1910 regulations.
External dimensions (H x W x D): 35 x 36 x 24 in.
Mfr. No.
893300
JUSTRITE - This double-walled cabinet has U•Loc™ padlockable handle
with three bullet latches for extra security. The Spillslope™ shelves
and bottom are covered with removable polyethylene shelf covers
designed to hold acid containers and trap spills. Cabinet is finished in
acid-resistant blue powder-coat paint with large Haz-Alert™ reflective
ACID label on front. Complies with NFPA Code 30 flammable liquids code
and OSHA Standard 1910.106 for flammable and combustible liquids.
Not recommended for storage of phenol, nitric or sulfuric acid. Factory
Mutual (FM) approved.
Cat. No.
S1347-21A
Sure-Grip® EX
Storage Cabinet
Cat. No.
25330A
Sure-Grip® EX Acids/Corrosives Cabinet
If you know the catalog number of the product you
need, you can use the Catalog Number Index to direct
you to the correct page.
cardinalhealth.com
171
Storage
Safety Cabinets
Sure-Grip® EX Safety Storage Cabinet
Sure-Grip® EX Piggyback Acids/Corrosives Cabinet
JUSTRITE - This piggyback cabinet can be mounted on top of standard
30 or 45 gallon cabinets and feature welded, double-wall steel and a
protective, special chemical-resistant blue powder-coat paint finish.
Features Haz-Alert™ reflective labeling for high visibility in dark areas
and a U•Loc™ handle that can be padlocked for extra security. Includes
three-point stainless steel bullet-latch locking doors with keylocks and
leak-resistant bottom. Model S1347-34A dimensions 18 x 43 x 18 in.
Not recommended for storage of phenol, nitric or sulfuric acid. Factory
Mutual (FM) approved. Complies with OSHA and meets NFPA.
Cat. No.
S1347-34A
Mfr. No.
891302
Description
12 gal. - manual close
Qty.
1/ea
JUSTRITE - When workspace is scarce, use
this safety cabinet for your storage needs.
Holds up to 22 gal. Cabinet has a yellow
chemical-resistant, powder-coat finish and
features a small footprint and a space-saving
design. Its double-wall, air-insulated welded
steel construction provides fire resistance.
Haz-Alert™ reflective labeling is highly visible
when illuminated by a flashlight beam and
helps firefighters locate volatile liquids under
fire conditions; one trilingual (English, French,
Spanish) warning label appears at the top of
the cabinet and a secondary label appears
at the bottom. Cabinet has three adjustable
SpillSlope™ shelves that safely direct spills to the
back and bottom of the 2 in. leak-resistant sump
for spill control, dual vents, adjustable leveling
feet and grounding connector. Door opens and closes manually and has
a U•Loc™ padlockable paddle handle with a slip-resistant grip. Cabinet
is Factory Mutual (FM) approved and meets OSHA Standard 29 CFR
1910.106. Ship. wt.: 209 lbs. Dimensions (H x W x D): 65 x 23.25 x 18 in.
Cat. No.
S1347-432A
Mfr. No.
892200
Description
Safety storage cabinet manual close
Qty.
1/ea
Sure-Grip® EX Safety Can Storage Cabinets
Storage
JUSTRITE - Designed to conform to NFPA Code 30 flammable liquids
code and OSHA Standard 1910.106 for flammable and combustible
liquids, these safety cabinets provide central storage and organization
of flammables. They feature double-wall construction with 1½ in. air
space. Also included are four leveler feet, a three-point U•Loc™ handle
with three stainless steel bullet latch that can be padlocked for extra
security, Haz-Alert™ reflective labeling, Spillslope™ shelves and 2 in.
leak-resistant sill. Finished in yellow powder-coat paint. Cabinets
S1347-3, -4 and -6 have two manually closing doors. A replacement
shelf is available separately for use with 30, 40 and 45 gal. cabinets.
Factory Mutual (FM) approved.
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Self-closing cabinets
S1347-1A
893020
S1347-2A
894520
S1339-61A
896020
Manually closing cabinets
S1347-3A
893000
S1347-4A
894500
S1347-6A
896000
S1347-5A
29937
172
Description (H x W x D)
Qty.
30 gal. - 1 shelf - 44 x 43 x 18 in.
45 gal. - 2 shelf - 65 x 43 x 18 in.
60 gal. - 2 shelf - 65 x 34 x 34 in.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
30 gal. - 1 shelf - 44 x 43 x 18 in.
45 gal. - 2 shelf - 65 x 43 x 18 in.
60 gal. - 2 shelf - 65 x 34 x 34 in.
Replacement shelf for 30, 40,
45 gal. and piggyback models
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Sure-Grip® EX Undercounter Safety Cabinets
JUSTRITE - These double-walled, 18G steel cabinets fit flush under
counter or benchtop and are finished in bright yellow powder-coat
paint with Haz-Alert™ reflective label with “Flammable Keep Fire Away”
print. Cabinets also feature Spillslope™ shelving and U•Loc™ padlockable
handle with three bullet latches. Fitted with a recessed 3.5 in. H x 2.5 in. D
kickplate to mount flush with other cabinetry. Cabinet S1347-32A has
manually closing double doors that open to 180°. Cabinets have a 1½ in.
air space between walls, a 2 in. leak-resistant sill and a kick recess. Two
vent openings in the back wall permit hookup to existing vent system.
Vent openings include flame arresters and have 2 in. pipe thread for
easy attachment to vent connections. Vent caps and one adjustable shelf
are provided. Factory Mutual (FM) approved. Dimensions (H x W x D):
35 x 35 x 22 in. Complies with OSHA and meets NFPA.
Cat. No.
S1347-32A
S1347-33A
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
892300
892320
Description
Manually closing doors - 22 gal.
Self-closing doors - 22 gal.
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Storage
Safety Cabinets/Safety Cans
Yellow Compac Cabinet
Liquid Disposal Cans
JUSTRITE - When storing smaller quantities of
flammable liquids at a work station or adding to
existing storage capacities, these cabinets make
it possible to store flammables safely even when
available space is at a minimum. Supplied with
one adjustable shelf, these cabinets have the same
great features of Justrite’s larger cabinets.
JUSTRITE - These cans are for disposal of
hazardous spent liquids. Made of tough, red
high-density polyethylene that resists physical
abuse and the corrosive effects of fuels and
chemicals. The wide spout makes filling easier.
All cans include stainless steel operating handle,
flame arrester and automatic venting cap.
Factory Mutual (FM) approved.
Compac Safety Cabinets fit almost anywhere
and provide protection even where space is at
a premium. Only 23.25 in. wide, model S1347-43A
holds 15 gallons of flammables. Factory Mutual
(FM) approved, complies with OSHA and meets NFPA.
Cat. No.
S1347-43A
Mfr. No.
891520
Cat. No.
S1343-2A
S1343-5A
Description (H x W x D)
44 x 23.25 x 18 in. - 1 door self close
Qty.
1/ea
Safety Cabinet Shelves
JUSTRITE - These cabinet accessories offer
an opportunity to expand storage and add
new convenience to existing cabinets or
customize your new cabinet with additional shelves to meet specific
work flow needs. Galvanized steel shelves hold up to 350 lbs. and adjust
on 3 in. increments for versatile storage. They can be used on both
lever-style handle cabinets and Sure-Grip®-style cabinets.
Cat. No.
25909A
S1347-5A
Mfr. No.
29944
29937
Description
Shelf fits all 60 gal. 2-door cabinets
Shelf fits 17 gal. piggyback, 30, 40,
45 gal. cabinets
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Mfr. No.
14762
14765
Description
2 gal. - 14¾ in. height
5 gal. - 20 in. height
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Nonmetallic Faucet Safety Can
JUSTRITE - This high-density polyethylene
safety can has a self-closing faucet for
controlled dispensing of hazardous liquids.
The fill spout has a self-closing pressure relief
cap with built-in vacuum breaker and double
mesh flame arrester. The faucet is mounted
2 in. above the bottom of the can. Flexible
faucet exteriors are available. Can S1346-13
is oval to save space and has a stainless steel
faucet. Factory Mutual (FM) approved.
Cat. No.
S1346-13
Mfr. No.
14169
Description
1 gal. oval
Qty.
1/ea
Safety Plunger Can
Oily Waste Can
EAGLE MANUFACTURING - This oily waste can
offers fire-safe temporary storage of solvents,
waste rags, shavings and other materials
subject to spontaneous combustion. The
14 gal. polyethylene can is designed not to
rust or dent and is resistant to most chemical
compounds. It features a self-closing lid
with foot lever. Can is compliant with OSHA
Standards 1910.108 and 1910.106. Factory
Mutual (FM) approved. Dimensions 22 x 18 x 21 in. Weight: 16 lbs.
Cat. No.
E937-FL
Mfr. No.
937-FL
Description
Red - 14 gal.
Qty.
1/ea
JUSTRITE - Use this 24G steel powder-coat
finish can when you clean with flammable
or volatile liquids. A spring-mounted dasher
controls the liquid by forcing a measured
amount of fluid to dampen a cleaning cloth.
Dasher screen acts as fire baffle. The brass
plunger assembly is easily removed for
cleaning. Factory Mutual (FM) approved.
Cat. No.
S1339-10
Mfr. No.
10108
Description
1 qt. - 55/8 in. height
Qty.
1/ea
Type I Metal Safety Can
EAGLE MANUFACTURING - This 1 gal. (3.8L)
stainless steel can has electrically welded
seams, a flame arrester and a Teflon® gasket.
The 13 in. high (33cm) oblong shape
conserves shelf space. Not recommended
for use with strong acids, hydroxides or
solvents. The safety can is Factory Mutual
(FM) approved.
Cat. No.
E1301
Mfr. No.
1301
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Description
Lab safety can
Qty.
1/ea
Cat. No.
S1345-1
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
10301
Description
1 gal. - 7¼ O.D. x 11½ in. height
Storage
JUSTRITE - Use this can for proper in-plant storage
of flammables. Can features a heavy-duty steel
with double-seamed construction and has a
single pour spout for convenient filling and
pouring. This can includes a stainless steel flame
arrester for fast pour-through, a leak-tight,
self-closing spout and automatic pressure relief.
Hoses and funnels are optional. Features a fixed
handle with a trigger-release cap for filling and
pouring. Red powder-coat paint finish. Factory
Mutual (FM) approved, UL listed.
Stainless Steel Lab Safety Can
Qty.
1/ea
173
Storage
Safety Cans and Accessories
Type I Transfer and Storage
Lab Cans for Flammables
Polyethylene Pour Funnel
JUSTRITE - These puncture- and dent-resistant
cans are made of tough, high-density red
polyethylene and are impervious to most
solvents, fuels and chemicals. They feature
stainless steel fittings, a small opening, a flame
arrester and a self-closing cap. The current
carrying carbon insert embedded into rib of
container completes grounding path when
used with antistatic wires. Choose oval or round.
Oval cans help save shelf space. Oval cans measure 45/8 W x 75/8 in. L
(12 x 19cm) and all are Factory Mutual (FM) approved.
Cat. No.
S1340-2A
S1340-1A
S1345-25A
Mfr. No.
14065
14160
14561
Description
Oval ½ gal. can - 9½ in. height
Oval 1 gal. can - 12¾ in. height
Round 5 gal. can - 16 in. height
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
White Biohazard Waste Can
JUSTRITE - Justrite’s Biohazard Waste
Containers meet OSHA 29 CFR 1910.1030 for
the segregation of infectious waste. They may
be used to store contaminated laundry as
well as other regulated waste (not to be
used for sharps).
Mfr. No.
05910
05930
05901
Description
6 gal. - 117/8 O.D. x 157/8 in. height
10 gal. - 1315/16 O.D. x 18¼ in. height
Red liner bags
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
100/pk
Storage
Description
Bottle jacket cover
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Qty.
1/ea
Safety Drum Funnels
JUSTRITE - For disposal of flammable waste,
select from brass-constructed drain tubes to
accommodate a variety of liquids. When disposing
of solvents, a 6 in. or 32 in. flame arrester can be
employed. The funnels are constructed of heavygauge steel and have a large 10¾ in. mouth that
facilitates easy, quick dumping while reducing spills.
Hinged cover minimizes spread of hazardous vapors.
Should ignition occur when cover is open, the fusible link will melt at
165°F, snapping the cover closed and extinguishing the fire. Factory
Mutual (FM) approved.
Mfr. No.
08207
08205
Description
Flammable liquids - 6 in. arrester
Flammable liquids - 32 in. arrester
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Safety Spill Tray
JUSTRITE - This tray features a plated steel,
perforated fire baffle top, 24G steel shell
and powder-coat paint finish. The fire baffle
protects the contents from fire exposure.
Large diameter. Sized to fit standard size
safety containers of 5 gallons or less.
Cat. No.
S1344-20
Qty.
1/ea
Mfr. No.
10177
Description
Spill tray
Qty.
1/ea
Aluminum heads are virtually corrosion-free,
providing easy clean-up and long-lasting
durability. Cease-Fire® drum bodies are heavy-gauge steel, available
with a rust preventative interior coating. Aluminum heads are available
separately for use with existing metal drums. 30 gal. is Factory Mutual
(FM) approved and UL listed. 55 gal. is FM approved.
Cat. No.
S1342-70A
S1342-75A
174
Description
Polyethylene
pour funnel
JUSTRITE - Justrite Cease-Fire® Waste
Receptacles are specially contoured to direct
smoke and gas from any fire inside the
container, back into the combustion area,
cutting off the air supply and extinguishing
flames in seconds. Cease-Fire® Receptacles
provide round-the-clock protection against
trash fires and are suitable for use in plants,
hospitals, schools, offices and stores.
JUSTRITE - This translucent polyethylene
bottle jacket is designed to contain glass
breakage and to minimize spillage if
bottle is dropped. The jacket will protect
photosensitive chemicals from degradation
by light. Convenient pouring handle.
Accommodates 4L bottle (not included).
Jacket is reusable.
Mfr. No.
12009
Mfr. No.
11201
Gray Cease-Fire® Waste Receptacles
Polyethylene Bottle Jacket Cover
Cat. No.
S1339-66
Cat. No.
S1345-61
Cat. No.
S1347-19
S1347-18
Sturdy steel cans feature leak-proof
construction with foot-operated self-closing lid.
Simple and safe foot pedal operation opens the
container cover automatically. Release of pedal
then closes can cover to reduce the risk of contamination. A biohazard
bag is held securely around the circumference of the can top.
Cat. No.
05910
05930
05901
JUSTRITE - This polyethylene pour funnel fits
1/2 and 1 gallon nonmetallic safety cans.
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
26630G
26655G
Description
30 gal. (110L) drum
55 gal. (200L) drum
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Temperature Recorders
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - Seven-day chart recorders record temperatures
from -100°C to 0°C (-40° to + 38 on 6183-7). Use pressure-sensitive paper,
require no inking. 6 in. (15.2cm) chart. These chart recorders provide
7-day history on 6 in. chart; for use with most freezers and refrigerators.
Cat. No.
R3894-42
Mfr. No.
6183-6
TFS6183-7
6183-7
Description
Built-in, with red pen, for ultra
low-temperature freezers
Built-in, factory installed,
panel-mounted
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Thermo Scientific Temperature Chart Recorder Paper
THERMO SCIENTIFIC - For use in freestanding- and panel-mounted chart
recorders. 6 in. (15.2cm) dia. Temperature chart recorder paper is for use
in 7-day circular temperature chart recorders.
Cat. No.
R3894-6
TFS6184
Mfr. No.
6185
6184
Description
-115° to +50°C
-40° to +25°C
Qty.
50/pk
50/pk
6 in. (152mm) Temperature
Chart Recorders
DICKSON - This 6 in. (152mm) line of
temperature chart recorders feature
a sleek look and feel, precision pen
movement, K-thermocouple probes
and eight user-selectable temperature
ranges. The practical size is suitable
for monitoring refrigerators and
freezers. R8200-332 has a digital display for easy min./max. temperature
monitoring. R8200-335 has alarms with audio/visual on high/low temp
limits and relay connections. AC power with battery backup—9V battery.
Charts are available separately.
Cat. No.
R8200-331
R8200-332
Mfr. No.
KT621
KT622
R8200-335
KT625
Description
Recorder with probe
Recorder with probe
and display
Recorder with probe,
display, alarms and relay
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
8 in. Temperature Chart Recorders with
K-Thermocouple Remote Probe
4 in. (101mm) Chart Paper
DICKSON - Use this 7-day,
-22°F to 122°F chart paper with
the R8200-360 temperature
chart recorder.
Cat. No.
R8200-370
Mfr. No.
C206
Description
Chart paper
Qty.
60/bx
Cat. No.
R8200-24
R8200-25
4 in. (101mm) Temperature
Chart Recorders
DICKSON - A practical size coupled with
2-3 year battery life makes these 4 in.
(101mm) temperature chart recorders
a useful monitoring solution. Features
24 hour or 7-day recording. Single AA
battery operation. Switchable: Celsius/
Fahrenheit. Charts are available separately.
Cat. No.
R8200-360
R8200-350
Mfr. No.
SK4350
SL4350
R8200-361
R8200-351
SK4100
SL4100
Description
-22°F to 122°F (-30°C to 50°C)
With display, -22°F to 122°F
(-30°C to 50°C)
0°F to 100°F (-18° to 37°C)
With display, 0° to 100°F
(-18°C to 37°C)
DICKSON - Supplied with a large digital
display and plug-in K-thermocouple
probe for flexibility, these temperature
chart recorders offer user-selectable
recording times and various temperature
ranges. They feature high chart resolution,
a rugged and compact enclosure and
flip-up pen arm for easy chart and pen
changes. Supplied with a 120V power
adapter and a four AA battery backup. Dimensions: 9.2 x 9.2 x 3.1 in.
(23.4 x 23.4 x 7.9cm). Weight: 9 lbs. Charts are available separately.
Description
Qty.
Digital display, -50°F/C to +500°F/C 1/ea
Digital display with alarm,
1/ea
-50°F/C to +500°F/C
8 in. Temperature, Humidity
and Dew Point Chart Recorder
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
DICKSON - This chart recorder features
an 8 in. circular chart, user-selectable
recording times and user-selectable
temperature ranges. It has a rugged
and compact enclosure, flip-up pen
arm for easy chart and pen changes
and a four AA battery backup.
Switchable: Celsius/Fahrenheit and RH/dew point. Dimensions:
9.2 x 9.2 x 3.1 in. (23.4 x 23.4 x 7.9cm). Weight: 9 lbs. Supplied with
120V power adapter, four AA battery backup and pens. Charts are
available separately.
Cat. No.
R8200-58
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Mfr. No.
KT802
KT803
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
TH803
Description
Qty.
Digital display with remote probe and 1/ea
alarm, -20°F to +185°F (-20°C to +50°C)
175
Temperature Recorders
Thermo Scientific Temperature Chart Recorders
Temperature Recorders
Temperature Recorders
Blood Bank Recorder
Replacement Pens for Chart Recorders
DICKSON - This unit is perfect for
monitoring your blood supplies
and tissue samples or specimens.
It documents the temperature
conditions directly onto a paper
chart 24/7 helping you meet FDA,
AABB and JCAHO regulations.
Features remote probe, audio
alarms and AC power with battery backup—9V battery. Dimensions:
3.25 x 7.56 x 7.56 in. Charts are available separately.
DICKSON - Choose from various configurations to
fit different types of chart recorders. Each package
contains six pens.
Cat. No.
61419-7
Mfr. No.
BBR625
Description
6 in. (152mm) temperature recorder
for blood and tissue banks
Qty.
1/ea
Compact 3 in. Temperature Chart Recorders
DICKSON - These circular chart recorders
are small enough to fit in your hand, yet
they provide the accuracy and resolution
required for regulatory compliance and
quality control. Features 24 hr. or 7-day
switchable recording time. The case is
rugged enough to withstand the rigors of
transportation and storage applications.
The 3 in. circular chart provides a
permanent record of temperatures in either
Fahrenheit or Celsius. Dimensions: 3.7 x 3.7 x 2.2 in. (9.3 x 9.3 x 5.7cm).
Weight: 1 lb. Supplied with AA battery, pen and instruction manual.
Charts are available separately.
Cat. No.
R8200-324
R8200-325
R8200-326
Mfr. No.
SC377
SC386
SC387
Description
4°F to 50°F (-15°C to +10°C)
22°F to 68°F (-5°C to +20°C)
50°F to 96°F (10°C to 35°C)
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Replacement Charts for
3–8 in. Chart Recorders
Cat. No.
R8200-222
Mfr. No.
P222
R8200-225
P266
Description
6 red - for temperature and
universal recorders
3 red, 3 blue - for 2-channel,
temperature and universal recorders
Qty.
6/pk
6/pk
Temperature and Humidity Data Logger with LCD
DICKSON - Featuring an easy-to-read four-digit
LCD, this temperature and humidity data recorder
provides high/low alarm, min./max. display,
high-speed USB 2.0 connectivity and one-step
data transfer using removable flash memory
cards. Humidity range is 0% to 95% RH. Unit
operates on four AA alkaline batteries or optional
AC adapter. Dimensions: 4 x 3 x 1.6 in. (10.2 x 7.7 x 3.9cm). Weight: 3 lbs.
Cat. No.
R8200-261
Mfr. No.
TM320
Description
With internal sensor only,
-4°F to +158°F (-20°C to +70°C)
Qty.
1/ea
Temperature Data Loggers with LCD
DICKSON - These temperature data recorders
with four-digit jumbo LCD offer a range of key
features, including high/low alarm, min./max.
display, high-speed USB 2.0 connectivity and
one-step data transfer using removable flash
memory cards. Available with internal sensor
only or with plug-in K-thermocouple probes.
Units operate on four AA alkaline batteries or optional AC adapter.
Dimensions: 4 x 3 x 1.6 in. (10.2 x 7.7 x 3.9cm). Weight: 3 lbs.
Cat. No.
R8200-236
Mfr. No.
SM300
R8200-237
SM320
DICKSON - Supplied in box
of 60 charts.
Description
With internal sensor only,
-4°F to +158°F (-20°C to +70°C)
With K-thermocouple probe,
-4°F to +158°F (-20°C to +70°C)
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
USB Temperature Data Loggers
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
3 in. chart recorders - 7-day recording time
R8200-319
C304
4°F to 50°F
4 in. chart recorders - 7-day recording time
R8200-64
C012
0°F/C to 100°F/C
R8200-706
C203
0°F/C to 70°F/C
R8200-66
C017
-20°F/C to +120°F/C
R8200-315
C181
-30°F/C to +50°F/C
6 in. chart recorders - 7-day recording time
R8200-175
C651
-50°F/C to +50°F/C
R8200-177
C653
0°F/C to ±50°F/C
R8200-181
C657
0°F/C to ±100°F/C
8 in. chart recorders - 7-day recording time
R8200-125
C414
-50°F/C to +50°F/C
176
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Qty.
60/bx
60/bx
60/bx
60/bx
60/bx
60/bx
60/bx
60/bx
60/bx
DICKSON - Monitor and record ambient
temperatures with these highly
accurate instruments, which feature
high-speed USB connectivity, high/low
LED alarm, delayed start capability and
user-replaceable battery with 1-year
life. They offer data storage to 32,000 sample points. Available with
single-channel internal sensor for reading air temperature and also with
external K-thermocouple sensor for reading temperature in extreme
environments or hard-to-reach places. Operate on CR2450 lithium
battery. Range: -10°F to +176°F (-23°C to +80°C). Accuracy: ±1.2°F (±0.7°C).
Dimensions: 3 x 2 x 0.9 in. (8 x 5.4 x 2.2cm). Weight: 1 lb.
Cat. No.
R8200-243
R8200-245
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
SP125
SP175
Description
Internal sensor only
External K-thermocouple sensor
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Temperature Recorders
microDL™ USB Reader Station
MARATHON PRODUCTS INC - Marathon’s
Data Analysis Software (MDAS) allows
you to view up to 16 multiple traces
at one time. It also enables you to
transfer the information recorded
in the logger to your computer
and to view, print and generate a
report of the measurement data. The graphic
representations include rotating 3-D views, unlimited
zooms, temperature data points on the graph, total elapsed time or the
exact time when it was recorded. The software has been designed for the
Microsoft operating system platforms and is compatible with Windows
98, NT, 2000, XP, Vista and Windows 7.
Cat. No.
M2010-26
Mfr. No.
MDAS
Description
MDAS software
Qty.
1/ea
MARATHON PRODUCTS INC - The microDL™ is
a revolutionary multiuse programmable data
logger for displaying and recording temperatures
for shipping and storage applications. Now all
of your critical biologics, cancer drugs and
vaccines can be immediately temperaturequalified. Small, yet so powerful, this investigative
temperature-collecting device is your answer
for regulatory compliance.
With optional memory sizes of 4K, 8K and 32K
and accuracy and resolution of 0.2C, this digital
display technology gives you on-the-spot
verification that the internal temperatures of your packaged contents
meets specifications prior to shipment. Research laboratories and
physicians can now immediately validate temperature information for
clinical studies and patient administration. Alarm conditions can be
programmed for start/delay, high/low, continuous or cumulative time
over alarm conditions. Push the start button to view critical temperature
information upon arrival. Pressing the start button will display the
following information: current temperature, elapsed time in days,
MKT (mean kinetic temperature), high temperature, low temperature,
alarm time over high temperature, alarm time below low temperature
and alarm conditions. The microDL™ is a water-resistant data logger
with non-volatile memory for data retention. For a complete analytical
solution, simply download all of its data to your PC with the proprietary
microDL™ USB Reader and MDAS-Pro™ software. Marathon’s easy-to-use
software is available for PCs running Microsoft.
Windows 2000, XP, Vista and Windows 7. 21CFR compliant software is
available with full database capabilities.
To order, call: 800.964.5227
MARATHON PRODUCTS INC - For use
with the microDL™ Red and microDL™
Silver series loggers.
Specifications:
Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USB, version 1.1 compliant
Height. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24mm (0.96 in.)
Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.84mm (1.76 in.)
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16g (0.5 oz.)
Cable length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81.3cm (32 in.)
Cat. No.
M2010-27
Mfr. No.
MDL READER STATION
Description
USB reader station
Qty.
1/ea
Circular Chart Temperature
Recorders for Panasonic
Biomedical Refrigerators
PANASONIC - These temperature chart
recorders include a circular chart, 7-day chart
drive and 6 in. chart. Choose from built-in or
freestanding models. Felt-tip recording pens
are available separately.
microDL™ Data Loggers
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
EEPROM memory and temperature range
M2010-10
MDL4
4K, 14°F/161°F (-10°C/72°C)
M2010-13
MDL8
8K, -40°F/161°F (-40°C/72°C)
M2010-32
MDL32
32K, -40°F/161°F (-40°C/72°C)
Temperature Recorders
MDAS-Pro™ Marathon Data
Analysis Software (MDAS)
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
Built-in temperature chart recorders
MTR-C954
MTR-C954
Single pen
MTR-C955
MTR-C955
Dual pen
Freestanding temperature chart recorder
MTR-C958
MTR-C958
Single pen
Recording pen
R252
R252
Red recording pen
Chart paper
C738176
C738176
For 4°C refrigerators/
recorder MTR-C954
C740306REV
C740306REV
For combination units or
-30°C freezers/recorders
MTR-C954 and -C955
C7100386REV C7100386RE
For -86°C freezers/
recorder MTR-C954
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Panasonic Accessories for Temperature Recording
PANASONIC
Cat. No.
MTR-0620LH
RP-06
Mfr. No.
MTR-0620LH
RP-06
MTR-85H
MTR-85H
RP-G04
RP-G04
PG-R
PG-R
cardinalhealth.com
Description
Chart paper recording strip
Chart paper strip for use
with MTR-0620LH
Recording chart strip for
Panasonic freezers
Recording paper for use
with MTR G04
Recording pen
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
50/bx
1/ea
177
Weighing
A stable, flat bottom and a flat-turned gripping edge make them easier
to manipulate than unwieldy papers or heavy glass and porcelain
labware. Flexible boats can be squeezed to control pouring, then can
be rinsed with a wash-bottle stream, transferring the total sample.
The smooth surface finish and rounded interior corners facilitate the
removal of granular and powdered samples. Non-wetting polystyrene is
resistant to inorganic solutions. Precision manufacturing methods hold
individual Weigh Boat® containers to close weight tolerance, simplifying
taring procedures. 500 containers per package.
Weigh Boat® Containers
Mfr. No.
80050
80055
80060
Description
Micro - 7mL
Standard - 100mL
Large - 250mL
Qty.
12 pk/cs
4 pk/cs
2 pk/cs
Weighing
DYN-A-MED - These lightweight and disposable plastic Weigh Boat®
containers simplify handling and transferring of liquid or solid samples
during weighing procedures.
Cat. No.
B2045-5
B2045-10
B2045-15A
ASTM Class 6 Balance Mass Set
OHAUS - For routine analytical and technical work, these masses
are analytically shaped with concave bases. Set is made of certified
stainless steel from 2,000g to 1g. Set is arranged in an integrally hinged
polypropylene covered box.
Cat No.
B1903-05
Mfr. No.
80850116
Description
ASTM 6 calibration mass set
Qty.
1/ea
ASTM Class 4 Balance Mass Set
OHAUS - For routine analytical and technical work, these masses are
analytically shaped with concave bases. Set is made of certified stainless
steel down to 200mg and aluminum down to 1mg. Set is arranged in
an integrally hinged polypropylene covered box with an individually
covered compartment for fractional weights. Includes 84mm forceps.
Cat. No.
B1900-50
178
Mfr. No.
291-01
Description
ASTM Class 4 - no certificate, stainless
steel/aluminum 50g x 1mg weight set
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Qty.
1/ea
Cardinal Health offers more
than 80,000 laboratory
products from 400 leading
manufacturers.
cardinalhealth.com
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Weighing
CS Portable Balances
OHAUS - The OHAUS CS Compact
Scale is a lightweight, portable scale
perfectly suited for use in laboratory,
industrial, education and home
use applications. Applications can
include forensic testing, quality
control, formulation, soil sampling,
postal weighing and dietary. Includes stainless steel pan and AC adapter.
Superior RF protection for use near cell phones and production areas.
Available with postal charts. 145 x 133mm platform.
B1900-100
B1900-103
Adventurer® Pro Analytical and Precision Balances
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
Capacity/platform size/readability
B1900-103
AV53
50g/120mm/1mg
B1903-01
AV213
210g/120mm/1mg
B1900-100
AV212
210g/120mm/0.01g
B1903-03
AV313
310g/120mm/1mg
B1900-226
AV313C
310g/120mm/1mg
B1900-105
AV812
810g/149 x 162mm/0.01g
B1900-232
AV812C
810g/168 x 180mm/0.01g
B1903-58
AV2102
2,100g/168 x 180mm/0.01g
B1900-215
AV2101C
2,100g/168 x 180mm/0.1g
B1900-101
AV4101
4,100g/149 x 162mm/0.1g
B1900-231
AV8101C
8,100g/168 x 180mm/0.1g
Qty.
1/bx
1/bx
1/bx
1/bx
1/bx
1/bx
1/bx
1/bx
1/bx
1/bx
1/bx
Adventurer™ Pro Precision Balance
OHAUS - The Adventurer™ Pro Precision
Balance features:
ūū SmarText™ Software utilizing text
prompts to guide users through
application use and balance setup
ūū QuadraStance™ design incorporates four
feet to provide superior footprint stability
on any surface to enhance weighing stability
ūū InCal™ ensures weighing accuracy with internal calibration
ūū USB or second RS232 interface option allows connection to
multiple peripherals
Specifications:
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . AC adapter (included)
Dimensions W x H x D. . . . . . . . . . 8.7 x 7.5 x 11.8 in.
Pan size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.6 x 7.1 in.
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3100g
Readability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.01g
Cat. No.
B1900-224
Mfr. No.
AV3102C
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Description
Precision balance
Cat. No.
B1900-60
B1901-99
B1902-00
Accessories
B1902-04
Mfr. No.
CS200
CS2000
CS5000
Description
200g capacity - 0.1g readability
2,000g capacity - 1g readability
5,000g capacity - 1g readability
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
90524-66
AC adapter for compact scales
1/ea
Dial-O-Gram® Balances
OHAUS - These balances feature
the convenience of direct
reading from an engraved dial to
help speed fine measurements.
A permanent, self-regulating
magnetic damping feature
minimizes oscillations and
speeds weighing. Covered,
self-aligning bearings and
precision-ground steel knives
help ensure accuracy. Balances
consist of two graduated beams with a center indicating slide poise.
They are ruggedly constructed for years of service and are insensitive to
out-of-level conditions. Beams are constructed of die-cast aluminum and
pan and bow are made of stainless steel. Balance B1900-13 includes a
self-storing specific gravity platform. Pan and bow are keyed numerically,
permitting easy handling of laboratory materials.
Specifications:
Readability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1g
Vernier dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 x 0.1g
Model B1900-13
Front beam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 x 10g
Rear beam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 x 100g
Pan size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.9 dia. x 0.7cm deep
Tare capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No
Model B1900-11
Front beam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 x 100g
Rear beam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 x 10g
Pan size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.2cm plate
Tare capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225g
Cat. No.
B1900-13
B1900-11
Mfr. No.
310-00
1650-00
Description
310g balance
610g balance (2,610g with weights)
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Qty.
1/ea
cardinalhealth.com
179
Weighing
OHAUS - The OHAUS Adventurer® Pro series counts, sums, holds and
delivers traceable results. Analytical models have capacities from
65g to 260g and incorporate a frameless draftshield design for easy
access and cleaning. Precision models offer capacities from 53g to
8,100g. Key features include RS232, full GLP/GMP data output, dynamic
weighing and multiple weigh units. Optional features include InCal™ and
approved models. SmarText™ software utilizes a two-line backlit LCD to
easily guide users through balance set-up, operation and application
mode procedures by displaying critical information.
Weighing
Discovery Semi-Micro
and Analytical Balances
OHAUS - The OHAUS Discovery
series of semi-micro and analytical
balances combine unmatched
weighing performance with OHAUS’
innovative SmarText™ software. The
Discovery features durable glass and
steel construction and advanced
AutoCal™ dual mass internal calibration,
performance found in premium-priced
balances. 90mm platform.
Mfr. No.
DV114C
DV214C
Harvard Trip Balances
Description
110g capacity - 0.1mg readability
210g capacity - 0.1mg readability
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Weighing
Cat. No.
B1900-233
B1900-234
Explorer® Pro High-Capacity Balance
OHAUS - This balance features an extra-large 11 x 14 in. platform, ideal
for laboratory applications. It also offers check and differential weighing,
statistical functions, formulation and filling.
Specifications:
Readability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1g
Repeatability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1g
Linearity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.4g
Cat. No.
B1900-109
Mfr. No.
EP12001C
Description
12,000g capacity
Qty.
1/bx
Handheld Scales
OHAUS - These portable scales
include a 0.4 in. display for
enhanced viewing and a snap-on
protective molded cover, as well
as an auto shut-off feature and
low-battery, overload and underload
indicators. High-contrast LCD for easy
viewing in low light. Superior radio frequency
protection for use near cell phones, registers and computers.
OHAUS - These highly versatile balances are ideal for comparative
weighing with known standards and can be used for virtually any
massing application. Magnetic damping minimizes oscillation and
speeds weighing. Harvard trip balances offer a choice of angled
beams with center reading poises and a spring-loaded, zero adjust
compensator. Precision-ground hardened steel knives, covered selfaligning bearings and a cross-braced aluminum alloy box end beam
are all featured. All models have stainless steel plate weighing platforms
and angle view beams with black values on white backgrounds for
easy viewing.
Specifications:
Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2kg
Readability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1g
Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1g
Beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double
Metric. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 x 0.1g/200 x 10g
Platform size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.2cm dia.
Cat. No.
B1900-18
B1900-19
Mfr. No.
1550-SD
1560-SD
Description
2kg balance - no tare capacity
2kg balance - 225g (8 oz.)
tare capacity
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Ohaus Spring Scale
OHAUS - This spring scale is a versatile way
to measure a variety of materials. Available in
both dial- and pull-type models, with a wide
range of weighing units including grams,
pounds, ounces and newtons.
Cat. No.
8008-MN
Mfr. No.
8008-MN
Description
Spring scale 5000 x 100g
Qty.
1/ea
They offer weighing in basic grams. Scales B1902-02 and -03 also provide
ounce, troy ounce and pennyweight options. The display on scales
B1902-02 and -03 are capable of illuminating at the push of a button.
All models can be easily calibrated and require only 3 seconds for
stabilization. 83 x 76mm platform.
Cat No.
B1902-02
B1902-03
180
Mfr. No.
HH120
HH320
Description
120g capacity - 0.1g readability
320g capacity - 0.1g readability
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
cardinalhealth.com
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Weighing
Scout® Pro Portable Electronic Balances
OHAUS - Designed for use in laboratory, industrial and education
applications, these portable balances are designed to fit your needs.
They feature multiple weighing units including grams, kilograms,
pounds, ounces, a combined pound/ounce display, troy ounces and
pennyweights. The multiple application modes include enhanced parts
counting, percentage weighing, totalization and display hold. The highcontrast LCD combined with two-key operation makes the balances easy
to use. They also have a removable stainless-steel weighing platform,
sealed front panel and molded spill ring that helps keep them safe from
spills. Choose from balances with round or square weighing surfaces.
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Expertise
OHAUS - These rugged, easy-to-use triple beam balances are designed
to provide years of accurate and dependable service. All balances
are equipped with two extension pivots on beam end which accept
attachment weights B1900-7 (sold separately) to increase capacity.
Magnetic damping, easy-to-read tiered beam construction and a
spring-loaded zero adjust compensator all help these precision
balances deliver accurate, high-speed performance. The alloy box
end beam is made of die-cast aluminum. Tare beam and poise are
provided with balances B1900-2 and -5 for 225g (8 oz.) tare. Contoured
base stores weights.
Weighing
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
Round weighing surface - 120mm
B1900-118
SP202
200g capacity - 0.01g readability
B1900-119
SP402
400g capacity - 0.01g readability
B1900-147
SP401
400g capacity - 0.1g readability
Square weighing surface - 165 x 142mm
B1900-121
SP601
600g capacity - 0.1g readability
B1900-117
SP2001
2,000g capacity - 0.1g readability
B1900-146
SP4001
4,000g capacity - 0.1g readability
B1900-120
SP6000
6,000g capacity - 1g readability
Accessories
B1900-148
71147376 USB interface kit (cable included)
Triple Beam Balances
Specifications:
Readability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1g
Beams
Front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 x 0.1g
Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 x 100g
Rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 x 10g
Capacity
Without attachment weights. . . . . . . . . 610g
With attachment weights . . . . . . . . . . . . 2610g
Cat. No. Mfr. No. Description
Stainless steel plate platform
B1900-6 750-S0
6 in. dia. platform - no tare capacity
B1900-5 760-00
6 in. dia. platform - 225g tare capacity
Stainless steel pan platform
B1900-1 710-00
6 in. dia. x 0.75 in. deep - no tare capacity
B1900-2 710-T0
6 in. dia. x 0.75 in. deep - 225g
tare capacity
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Cardinal Health is an experienced, dependable partner
that knows the lab business and solves problems.
•60 years of experience serving laboratories.
•Dependable service, with tenured representatives
who are committed to understanding and attending
to customers’ needs.
•Sales representatives who help educate lab managers
about their options with comparative information
about different manufacturers and products.
•Specialty customer service team that manages
high-volume, high-value and perishable materials.
• Extensive supply chain and logistics expertise.
To order, call: 800.964.5227
YA Gold Handheld Pocket Scale
OHAUS - The OHAUS YA series features a SofTouch outer case, stainless
steel weighing pan and hinged protective cover. Bright blue backlit
display and ultra-fast stabilization time. Small size allows a comfortable
fit in your pocket.
Cat. No.
B1900-300
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
YA102
Description
Pocket scale
Qty.
1/ea
181
Weighing
Cast Iron Weights
Cat. No.
TR9078
TR9280T
Mfr. No.
9078
9280T
TR9284T
9284T
Description
25 lbs. grip weight
5kg grip weight with
traceable certificate
20kg grip weight with
traceable certificate
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Weighing
TROEMNER - Cast Iron
Class F Grip Handle Weights
are primarily used to test
commercial weighing devices
by state and local weights and
measures officials, device installers
and service technicians. These weights
may be used to test most accuracy Class III scales, all scales of
Class III L or IIII and scales not marked with a class designation. Class F
is also acceptable for use verifying scales that have a 0.1% accuracy and
lower. Cast Iron Class F Grip Handle Weights larger than 5kg/10 lbs. are
legal for trade, so they are acceptable for use in checking devices where
the price of the item being purchased is based on its weight.
Choose from a variety of weight denominations and certifications.
Weights with a traceable weight certificate are designed for use in
organizations that require traceability but do not need to meet any
stringent regulatory requirements. The measurement process used
for these weights is based on a single standard and utilizes one series
of comparisons.
Class 1 Stainless Steel Electronic Balance
Calibration Weights
Class 4 Stainless Steel Electronic Balance
Calibration Weights
TROEMNER - Class 1 weights have a mirror-like finish and are made of
high-quality, stainless steel alloy, which offers controlled density, low
magnetic susceptibility, good stability and resistance to corrosion and
damage. They have an adjusting cavity to allow for adjustment during
future calibrations.
TROEMNER - Class 4 weights have a satin-like appearance and finish and
are made of high-quality, stainless steel alloy, which offers controlled
density, low magnetic susceptibility, good stability and resistance to
corrosion and damage. An adjusting cavity allows for adjustment during
future calibrations.
Weights are available in a cylindrical design up to 5kg and a stackable
grip-handle design from 4 to 30kg. Weights 5kg and below are supplied
in protective case. Weight sets include five weights: 100, 200, 300 and
500g and 1kg. All weights are supplied with a statement of accuracy. Also
available with traceable calibration certificate or with NVLAP calibration
certificate (NVLAP Lab Code 105013-0).
Weights are available in a cylindrical design up to 5kg and a stackable
grip-handle design from 4 to 30kg. Weights 5kg and below are supplied
in a protective case. All weights are supplied with a statement of
accuracy. Also available with traceable calibration certificate or with
NVLAP calibration certificate (NVLAP Lab Code 105013-0).
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
Weight sets (100g to 1kg)
B2185-29
8170
With statement of accuracy
TR8170T
8170T
With traceable certificate
Cylindrical weights
B2185-22
8154
30g weight
B2185-20
8152
50g weight
B2185-12
8136
300g weight
B2185-10
8132
500g weight
Cylindrical weights with traceable certificate
TR8152T
8152T
50g weight
Cylindrical weights with NVLAP certificate
B2185-16C
8144W
100g weight
TR8134W
8134W
400g weight
B2185-10C
8132W
500g weight
182
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
Cylindrical weights
B2185-45
8452
50g weight
Cylindrical weights with traceable certificate
TR8432T
8432T
500g weight
Cylindrical weights with NVLAP certificate
TR8444W
8444W
100g weight
TR8438W
8438W
200g weight
TR8432W
8432W
500g weight
TR8428W
8428W
1kg weight
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
cardinalhealth.com
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Weighing
Metric Precision Troemner UltraClassSM Weights
TROEMNER - Choose this precision weight set to use as reference
standards. All weight sets are supplied with a statement of accuracy that
contains both the date of calibration and the class of each weight. Please
note that the statement of accuracy does not provide NIST traceability
and is not suitable for strict quality or regulatory requirements. This
statement verifies that the product has been manufactured to meet
all specifications for its class and has been calibrated using standards
traceable to NIST.
TROEMNER - These precision weights are supplied with a statement
of accuracy that contains both the date of calibration and the class
of each weight. Please note that the statement of accuracy does
not provide NIST traceability and is not suitable for strict quality or
regulatory requirements. This statement verifies that the product has
been manufactured to meet all specifications for its class and has been
calibrated using standards traceable to NIST.
UltraClassSM weights 2kg and larger are made of stainless steel. Weights
1g to 1kg are made of Troemner Alloy 8 stainless steel, which possesses
low magnetic susceptibility, uniform consistency and high resistance
to corrosion. Weights 5 to 500mg are made of stainless steel (30mg
weights are made of aluminum). Weights 3mg and smaller are made
of aluminum. Weights 1g and larger feature a two-piece construction.
The body of the weight is one piece, and the knob of the weight is the
second piece. The knob has a thread that screws into the body and is
tightened. There is a cavity below the knob thread in the body that
contains adjusting material, typically of the same material from which
the weight is made. Weights 500mg and smaller feature one-piece
construction with one side turned up to make them easy to handle
with forceps. The corners and edges of these weights are smooth. The
nominal value is etched or stamped on the top surface of the weight and
their shape is square. All surfaces are polished to a mirror-like finish and
conform to specifications in ANSI/ASTM E617.
Cat. No.
TR7239-0T
Mfr. No.
7239-0T
Description
500mg to 10mg weight set with
traceable calibration certificate
Qty.
1/ea
Pricing
Please call your sales or customer service
representative to check up-to-the-minute
pricing and availability.
To order, call: 800.964.5227
UltraClassSM weights 2kg and larger are made of stainless steel. Weights
1g to 1kg are made of Troemner Alloy 8 stainless steel, which possesses
low magnetic susceptibility, uniform consistency and high resistance
to corrosion. Weights 5 to 500mg are made of stainless steel (30mg
weights are made of aluminum). Weights 3mg and smaller are made
of aluminum. Weights 1g and larger feature a two-piece construction.
The body of the weight is one piece and the knob of the weight is the
second piece. All surfaces are polished to a mirror like finish and conform
to specifications in ANSI/ASTM E617. Weights 1mg through 2kg are
supplied with a case.
These weights are also available with a NVLAP or traceable calibration
certificate (NVLAP Lab Code 105013-0).
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
B2174-22
7037-0
1mg weight
B2174-26
7033-0
10mg weight
B2174-33
7026-0
500mg weight
B2174-34
7025-0
1g weight
B2174-38
7021-0
10g weight
B2174-41
7018-0
50g weight
Weights with NVLAP calibration certificate
TR7033-0W
7033-0W
10mg weight
TR7029-0W
7029-0W
100mg weight
TR7025-0W
7025-0W
1g weight
TR7021-0W
7021-0W
10g weight
TR7018-0W
7018-0W
50g weight
TR7017-0W
7017-0W
100g weight
TR7016-0W
7016-0W
200g weight
TR7014-0W
7014-0W
500g weight
Weights with traceable calibration certificate
TR7033-0T
7033-0W
10mg weight
cardinalhealth.com
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
183
Weighing
Metric Precision Troemner UltraClassSM Weight Set
Weighing
Weighing
Metric Precision Weight Sets, ANSI/ASTM Class 1
Metric Precision Weight Sets, ANSI/ASTM Class 4
TROEMNER - Troemner Class 1 precision weight sets conform to
ANSI/ASTM E617 Class 1 standards. All weight sets are supplied with
a statement of accuracy that contains both the date of calibration and
the class of each weight. Please note that the statement of accuracy
does not provide NIST traceability and is not suitable for strict quality
or regulatory requirements. This statement verifies that the product has
been manufactured to meet all specifications for its class and has been
calibrated using standards traceable to NIST.
TROEMNER - Troemner Class 4 precision weight sets conform to
ANSI/ASTM E617 Class 4 standards. All weight sets are supplied with
a statement of accuracy that contains both the date of calibration and
the class of each weight. Please note that the statement of accuracy
does not provide NIST traceability and is not suitable for strict quality
or regulatory requirements. This statement verifies that the product has
been manufactured to meet all specifications for its class and has been
calibrated using standards traceable to NIST.
Class 1 weights 2kg and larger are made of stainless steel. Weights
1g to 1kg are made of Troemner Alloy 8 stainless steel, which possesses
low magnetic susceptibility, uniform consistency and high resistance
to corrosion. Weights 5 to 500mg are made of stainless steel (30mg
weights are made of aluminum). Weights 3mg and smaller are made
of aluminum. Weights 1g and larger feature a two-piece construction.
The body of the weight is one piece, and the knob of the weight is the
second piece. The knob has a thread that screws into the body and is
tightened. There is a cavity below the knob thread in the body that
contains adjusting material, typically of the same material from which
the weight is made. Weights 500mg and smaller feature one-piece
construction with one side turned up to make them easy to handle
with forceps. The corners and edges of these weights are smooth. The
nominal value is etched or stamped on the top surface of the weight and
their shape is square. All surfaces are polished to a mirror-like finish and
conform to specifications in ANSI/ASTM E617.
Class 4 weights 2kg and larger are made of stainless steel. Weights
1g to 1kg are made of Troemner Alloy 8 stainless steel, which possesses
low magnetic susceptibility, uniform consistency and high resistance
to corrosion. Weights 5 to 500mg are made of stainless steel (30mg
weights are made of aluminum). Weights 3mg and smaller are made
of aluminum. Weights 1g and larger feature a 2-piece construction.
The body of the weight is one piece, and the knob of the weight is the
second piece. The knob has a thread that screws into the body and is
tightened. There is a cavity below the knob thread in the body that
contains adjusting material, typically of the same material from which
the weight is made. Weights 500mg and smaller feature one-piece
construction with one side turned up to make them easy to handle
with forceps. The corners and edges of these weights are smooth. The
nominal value is etched or stamped on the top surface of the weight and
their shape is square. All surfaces are polished to a mirror-like finish and
conform to specifications in ANSI/ASTM E617.
These weights are also available with a traceable certificate or a NVLAP
calibration certificate (NVLAP Lab Code 105013-0). The traceable
certificate is designed for those laboratories and companies that
require traceability but do not need to meet any stringent regulatory
requirements. The NVLAP certificate provides compliance in both
measurement process and data reported to the customer to meet
a variety of standards, including NVLAP Handbook 150-2, ISO 9000,
ISO/IEC 17025, FDA, GMP, GLP, DOD, ANSI/NCSL Z540-1 and nuclear
requirements. One weight set per each.
These weights are also available with a traceable certificate or a NVLAP
calibration certificate (NVLAP Lab Code 105013-0). The traceable
certificate is designed for those laboratories and companies that
require traceability but do not need to meet any stringent regulatory
requirements. The NVLAP certificate provides compliance in both
measurement process and data reported to the customer to meet
a variety of standards, including NVLAP Handbook 150-2, ISO 9000,
ISO/IEC 17025, FDA, GMP, GLP, DOD, ANSI/NCSL Z540-1 and nuclear
requirements. One weight set per each.
Cat. No.
TR7233-1T
TR7229-1T
184
Mfr. No.
7233-1T
7229-1T
Description
1mg to 50g weight set
1g to 50g weight set
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
Cat. No.
B2187-3
TR7224-4T
cardinalhealth.com
Mfr. No.
7228-4
7224-4T
Description
Qty.
1mg to 100g weight set
1/ea
1g to 100g weight set with
1/ea
traceable calibration certificate
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Weighing
Metric Precision Weights,
ANSI/ASTM Class 1
TROEMNER - Troemner
Class 1 precision weights are
manufactured of high-quality
stainless steel and conform
to ANSI/ASTM E617 Class I
specifications. All weights are
supplied with a statement of
accuracy that contains both
the date of calibration and the
class of each weight. Please
note that the statement of accuracy does not provide NIST traceability
and is not suitable for strict quality or regulatory requirements. This
statement verifies that the product has been manufactured to meet
all specifications for its class and has been calibrated using standards
traceable to NIST.
These weights are also available with a traceable calibration certificate
or a NVLAP calibration certificate (NVLAP Lab Code 105013-0). The
traceable certificate is designed for those laboratories and companies
that require traceability but do not need to meet any stringent
regulatory requirements. The NVLAP certificate provides compliance
in both measurement process and data reported to the customer
to meet a variety of standards, including NVLAP Handbook 150-2,
ISO 9000, ISO/IEC 17025, FDA, GMP, GLP, DOD, ANSI/NCSL Z540-1 and
nuclear requirements.
To order, call: 800.964.5227
cardinalhealth.com
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
Keeping pace
with today’s lab.
185
Weighing
Class 1 weights 2kg and larger are made of stainless steel. Weights
1g to 1kg are made of Troemner Alloy 8 stainless steel, which possesses
low magnetic susceptibility, uniform consistency and high resistance
to corrosion. Weights 5 to 500mg are made of stainless steel (30mg
weights are made of aluminum). Weights 3mg and smaller are made of
aluminum. Weights 1g and larger feature a two-piece construction. The
body of the weight is one piece and the knob of the weight is the second
piece. The knob has a thread that screws into the body and is tightened.
There is a cavity below the knob thread in the body that contains
adjusting material, typically of the same material from which the weight
is made. Weights 500mg and smaller feature one-piece construction
with one side turned up to make them easy to handle with forceps. The
corners and edges of these weights are smooth. The nominal value is
etched or stamped on the top surface of the weight and their shape
is square. All surfaces are polished to a mirror-like finish and conform
to specifications in ANSI/ASTM E617. Weights 1mg through 2kg are
supplied with a case.
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
B2170-29
7037-1
1mg weight
B2170-26
7033-1
10mg weight
B2170-23
7029-1
100mg weight
B2170-17
7025-1
1g weight
B2170-14
7021-1
10g weight
B2170-12
7018-1
50g weight
TR7016-1
7016-1
200g weight
Weights with NVLAP calibration certificate
TR7033-1W
7033-1W
10mg weight
TR7032-1W
7032-1W
20mg weight
TR7029-1W
7029-1W
100mg weight
TR7025-1W
7025-1W
1g weight
TR7024-1W
7024-1W
2g weight
TR7022-1W
7022-1W
5g weight
TR7021-1W
7021-1W
10g weight
TR7020-1W
7020-1W
20g weight
TR7018-1W
7018-1W
50g weight
TR7017-1W
7017-1W
100g weight
TR7016-1W
7016-1W
200g weight
TR7014-1W
7014-1W
500g weight
Weights with traceable calibration certificate
TR7030-1T
7030-1T
50mg weight
TR7028-1T
7028-1T
200mg weight
TR7022-1T
7022-1T
5g weight
Weighing
Weighing
Metric Precision Weights, ANSI/ASTM Class 2
Metric Precision Weights, ANSI/ASTM Class 4
TROEMNER - Troemner Class 2 precision weights are manufactured of
high-quality stainless steel and conform to ANSI/ASTM E617 Class 2
specifications. All weights are supplied with a statement of accuracy that
contains both the date of calibration and the class of each weight. Please
note that the statement of accuracy does not provide NIST traceability
and is not suitable for strict quality or regulatory requirements. This
statement verifies that the product has been manufactured to meet
all specifications for its class and has been calibrated using standards
traceable to NIST.
TROEMNER - Troemner Class 4 precision weights are manufactured of
high-quality stainless steel and conform to ANSI/ASTM E617 Class 4
specifications. All weights are supplied with a statement of accuracy that
contains both the date of calibration and the class of each weight. Please
note that the statement of accuracy does not provide NIST traceability
and is not suitable for strict quality or regulatory requirements. This
statement verifies that the product has been manufactured to meet
all specifications for its class and has been calibrated using standards
traceable to NIST.
Class 2 weights 2kg and larger are made of stainless steel. Weights
1g to 1kg are made of Troemner Alloy 8 stainless steel, which possesses
low magnetic susceptibility, uniform consistency and high resistance
to corrosion. Weights 5 to 500mg are made of stainless steel (30mg
weights are made of aluminum). Weights 3mg and smaller are made of
aluminum. Weights 1g and larger feature a two-piece construction. The
body of the weight is one piece and the knob of the weight is the second
piece. The knob has a thread that screws into the body and is tightened.
There is a cavity below the knob thread in the body that contains
adjusting material, typically of the same material from which the weight
is made. Weights 500mg and smaller feature one-piece construction
with one side turned up to make them easy to handle with forceps. The
corners and edges of these weights are smooth. The nominal value is
etched or stamped on the top surface of the weight and their shape
is square. All surfaces are polished to a mirror-like finish and conform
to specifications in ANSI/ASTM E617. Weights 1mg through 2kg are
supplied with a case.
Class 4 weights 2kg and larger are made of stainless steel. Weights
1g to 1kg are made of Troemner Alloy 8 stainless steel, which possesses
low magnetic susceptibility, uniform consistency and high resistance
to corrosion. Weights 5 to 500mg are made of stainless steel (30mg
weights are made of aluminum). Weights 3mg and smaller are made of
aluminum. Weights 1g and larger feature a two-piece construction. The
body of the weight is one piece and the knob of the weight is the second
piece. The nominal value is etched or stamped on the top surface of the
weight and their shape is square. All surfaces are polished to a mirror-like
finish and conform to specifications in ANSI/ASTM E617.
These weights are also available with a traceable calibration certificate
or a NVLAP calibration certificate (NVLAP Lab Code 105013-0). The
traceable certificate is designed for those laboratories and companies
that require traceability but do not need to meet any stringent
regulatory requirements. The NVLAP certificate provides compliance
in both measurement process and data reported to the customer to
meet a variety of standards, including NVLAP Handbook 150-2,
ISO 9000, ISO/IEC 17025, FDA, GMP, GLP, DOD, ANSI/NCSL Z540-1
and nuclear requirements.
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
Weights with traceable calibration certificate
TR7037-2T
7037-2T
1mg weight
TR7026-2T
7026-2T
500mg weight
TR7022-2T
7022-2T
5g weight
TR7021-2T
7021-2T
10g weight
TR7018-2T
7018-2T
50g weight
TR7017-2T
7017-2T
100g weight
B2173-22
7224-2
100g to 1g weight set
186
Cardinal Health Equipment Products
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
These weights are also available with a traceable calibration certificate or
a NVLAP calibration certificate (NVLAP Lab Code 105013-0).
Cat. No.
Mfr. No.
Description
B2187-4
7037-4
1mg weight
B2187-7
7033-4
10mg weight
B2187-13
7025-4
1g weight
B2187-16
7021-4
10g weight
B2187-17
7020-4
20g weight
B2187-18
7018-4
50g weight
B2187-19
7017-4
100g weight
TR7016-4
7016-4
200g weight
TR7014-4
7014-4
500g weight
Weights with NVLAP calibration certificate
TR7033-4W
7033-4W
10mg weight
TR7029-4W
7029-4W
100mg weight
TR7028-4W
7028-4W
200mg weight
TR7025-4W
7025-4W
1g weight
Weights with traceable calibration certificate
TR7020-4T
7020-4T
20g weight
cardinalhealth.com
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
1/ea
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Weighing
Metric Test Weight,
NIST Class F
Weighing Metric Test Weight Set, NIST Class F
Supplied with carrying case and either manufacturer’s statement of
accuracy, traceable certificate or NVLAP weight calibration certificate.
(Lab Code 105013-0). Legal for trade (USA)—meets NIST Handbook
105-1 specifications.
Cat. No.
TRTW10010W
Mfr. No.
TW-100-10W
Description
10mg - 100g weight set
with NVLAP certificate
Qty.
1/ea
Weights 200g and larger are made from grade 303 stainless steel alloy
that possesses closely controlled density, low magnetic susceptibility,
good stability and resistance to corrosion and handling damage. These
weights have a two-piece construction.
Weights with a traceable weight certificate are designed for use in
organizations that require traceability but do not need to meet any
stringent regulatory requirements. The measurement process used
for these weights is based on a single standard and utilizes one series
of comparisons.
Cat. No.
TR1303T
Mfr. No.
1303T
Description
500g weight with traceable certificate
Qty.
1/ea
UltraClassSM Stainless Steel Electronic Balance
Calibration Weights
TROEMNER - UltraClassSM weights are precise type II weights with
weight tolerances 50% greater than ANSI/ASTM E617 Class 1 standards.
They combine high precision with two-piece construction for enhanced
durability. They have a mirror-like finish and are made of high-quality
stainless steel alloy, which offers controlled density, low magnetic
susceptibility, good stability and resistance to corrosion and damage.
An adjusting cavity allows for adjustment during future calibrations.
Weights are available in a cylindrical design up to 5kg and a stackable
grip-handle design from 4 to 30kg. Weights 5kg and below are supplied
in protective case. Weight set B2174-21 includes five weights: 100, 200,
300 and 500g and 1kg. All weights are supplied with a statement of
accuracy. Traceable certificates and NVLAP certification are also available.
Cat. No.
B2174-21
B2174-14
Mfr. No.
8070
8038
To order, call: 800.964.5227
Description
100g to 1kg weight set
200g weight
Qty.
1/ea
1/ea
cardinalhealth.com
187
Weighing
TROEMNER - Test commercial weighing devices with this cylindrical
Class F weight set. Used primarily by state and local weights and
measures officials, device installers and service technicians, you can use
these weights to test the accuracy of Class III L and IIII scales and most
Class III scales. You can also use the weight set to verify scales that have a
0.1% accuracy. Weights are manufactured from grade 303 stainless steel
alloy, which offers closely controlled density, low magnetic susceptibility,
good stability and resistance to corrosion and handling damage. Weights
smaller than 200g, 8 oz. and 0.5 lbs. have a one-piece design.
TROEMNER - Test commercial
weighing devices with these
Class F weights. Used primarily
by state and local weights
and measures officials, device
installers and service technicians,
you can use these weights to test
most accuracy Class III scales,
all Class III L and IIII scales and
scales not marked with a class designation. You can also use the weights
to verify scales that have a 0.1% accuracy or lower. The weights are legal
for trade, which means their design meets specifications as outlined in
National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) Handbook 105-1,
and they are approved for use on legal for trade devices within the
United States.
We are your lab partner.
Expertise. Choice. Efficiency. Savings.
For more information or to order,
contact your Cardinal Health sales representative,
call 800.964.5227 or visit cardinalhealth.com.
cardinalhealth.com
© 2013 Cardinal Health. All rights reserved. CARDINAL HEALTH, the Cardinal Health LOGO,
ESSENTIAL TO CARE, are trademarks or registered trademarks of Cardinal Health. All other
marks are the property of their respective owners. Lit. No. 2LAB11454 (10/2013)
Cardinal Health
Laboratory Products
7000 Cardinal Place
Dublin, Ohio 43017

Similar documents

×

Report this document